Mercurial > emacs
view doc/misc/gnus.texi @ 112228:417b1e4d63cd
Merge from emacs-23
| author | Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 14 Jan 2011 12:18:41 -0500 |
| parents | faa4a1c986c6 376148b31b5e |
| children |
line wrap: on
line source
\input texinfo @setfilename ../../info/gnus @settitle Gnus Manual @syncodeindex fn cp @syncodeindex vr cp @syncodeindex pg cp @documentencoding ISO-8859-1 @copying Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @quotation Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.'' @end quotation @end copying @iftex @iflatex \documentclass[twoside,a4paper,openright,11pt]{book} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \usepackage{pagestyle} \usepackage{epsfig} \usepackage{pixidx} \input{gnusconfig.tex} \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \else \usepackage[pdftex,bookmarks,colorlinks=true]{hyperref} \usepackage{thumbpdf} \pdfcompresslevel=9 \fi \makeindex \begin{document} % Adjust ../Makefile.in if you change the following line: \newcommand{\gnusversionname}{Gnus v5.13} \newcommand{\gnuschaptername}{} \newcommand{\gnussectionname}{} \newcommand{\gnusbackslash}{/} \newcommand{\gnusref}[1]{``#1'' on page \pageref{#1}} \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \newcommand{\gnusuref}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} \else \newcommand{\gnusuref}[1]{\href{#1}{\gnustt{#1}}} \fi \newcommand{\gnusxref}[1]{See ``#1'' on page \pageref{#1}} \newcommand{\gnuspxref}[1]{see ``#1'' on page \pageref{#1}} \newcommand{\gnuskindex}[1]{\index{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusindex}[1]{\index{#1}} \newcommand{\gnustt}[1]{{\gnusselectttfont{}#1}} \newcommand{\gnuscode}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusasis}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusurl}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} \newcommand{\gnuscommand}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusenv}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} \newcommand{\gnussamp}[1]{``{\fontencoding{OT1}\gnusselectttfont{}#1}''} \newcommand{\gnuslisp}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} \newcommand{\gnuskbd}[1]{`\gnustt{#1}'} \newcommand{\gnuskey}[1]{`\gnustt{#1}'} \newcommand{\gnusfile}[1]{`\gnustt{#1}'} \newcommand{\gnusdfn}[1]{\textit{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusi}[1]{\textit{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusr}[1]{\textrm{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusstrong}[1]{\textbf{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusemph}[1]{\textit{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusvar}[1]{{\fontsize{10pt}{10}\selectfont\textsl{\textsf{#1}}}} \newcommand{\gnussc}[1]{\textsc{#1}} \newcommand{\gnustitle}[1]{{\huge\textbf{#1}}} \newcommand{\gnusversion}[1]{{\small\textit{#1}}} \newcommand{\gnusauthor}[1]{{\large\textbf{#1}}} \newcommand{\gnusresult}[1]{\gnustt{=> #1}} \newcommand{\gnusacronym}[1]{\textsc{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusemail}[1]{\textit{#1}} \newcommand{\gnusbullet}{{${\bullet}$}} \newcommand{\gnusdollar}{\$} \newcommand{\gnusampersand}{\&} \newcommand{\gnuspercent}{\%} \newcommand{\gnushash}{\#} \newcommand{\gnushat}{\symbol{"5E}} \newcommand{\gnusunderline}{\symbol{"5F}} \newcommand{\gnusnot}{$\neg$} \newcommand{\gnustilde}{\symbol{"7E}} \newcommand{\gnusless}{{$<$}} \newcommand{\gnusgreater}{{$>$}} \newcommand{\gnusbraceleft}{{$>$}} \newcommand{\gnusbraceright}{{$>$}} \newcommand{\gnushead}{\raisebox{-1cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-head,height=1cm}}} \newcommand{\gnusinteresting}{ \marginpar[\mbox{}\hfill\gnushead]{\gnushead} } \newcommand{\gnuscleardoublepage}{\ifodd\count0\mbox{}\clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}\mbox{}\clearpage\else\clearpage\fi} \newcommand{\gnuspagechapter}[1]{ {\mbox{}} } \newdimen{\gnusdimen} \gnusdimen 0pt \newcommand{\gnuschapter}[2]{ \gnuscleardoublepage \ifdim \gnusdimen = 0pt\setcounter{page}{1}\pagestyle{gnus}\pagenumbering{arabic} \gnusdimen 1pt\fi \chapter{#2} \renewcommand{\gnussectionname}{} \renewcommand{\gnuschaptername}{#2} \thispagestyle{empty} \hspace*{-2cm} \begin{picture}(500,500)(0,0) \put(480,350){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{#1}} \put(40,300){\makebox(500,50)[bl]{{\Huge\bf{#2}}}} \end{picture} \clearpage } \newcommand{\gnusfigure}[3]{ \begin{figure} \mbox{}\ifodd\count0\hspace*{-0.8cm}\else\hspace*{-3cm}\fi\begin{picture}(440,#2) #3 \end{picture} \caption{#1} \end{figure} } \newcommand{\gnusicon}[1]{ \marginpar[\mbox{}\hfill\raisebox{-1.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/#1-up,height=1.5cm}}]{\raisebox{-1cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/#1-up,height=1cm}}} } \newcommand{\gnuspicon}[1]{ \margindex{\epsfig{figure=#1,width=2cm}} } \newcommand{\gnusxface}[2]{ \margindex{\epsfig{figure=#1,width=1cm}\epsfig{figure=#2,width=1cm}} } \newcommand{\gnussmiley}[2]{ \margindex{\makebox[2cm]{\hfill\epsfig{figure=#1,width=0.5cm}\hfill\epsfig{figure=#2,width=0.5cm}\hfill}} } \newcommand{\gnusitemx}[1]{\mbox{}\vspace*{-\itemsep}\vspace*{-\parsep}\item#1} \newcommand{\gnussection}[1]{ \renewcommand{\gnussectionname}{#1} \section{#1} } \newenvironment{codelist}% {\begin{list}{}{ } }{\end{list}} \newenvironment{asislist}% {\begin{list}{}{ } }{\end{list}} \newenvironment{kbdlist}% {\begin{list}{}{ \labelwidth=0cm } }{\end{list}} \newenvironment{dfnlist}% {\begin{list}{}{ } }{\end{list}} \newenvironment{stronglist}% {\begin{list}{}{ } }{\end{list}} \newenvironment{samplist}% {\begin{list}{}{ } }{\end{list}} \newenvironment{varlist}% {\begin{list}{}{ } }{\end{list}} \newenvironment{emphlist}% {\begin{list}{}{ } }{\end{list}} \newlength\gnusheadtextwidth \setlength{\gnusheadtextwidth}{\headtextwidth} \addtolength{\gnusheadtextwidth}{1cm} \newpagestyle{gnuspreamble}% { { \ifodd\count0 { \hspace*{-0.23cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\mbox{}}\textbf{\hfill\roman{page}}} } \else { \hspace*{-3.25cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\roman{page}\hfill\mbox{}}} } } \fi } } { \ifodd\count0 \mbox{} \hfill \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} \else \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} \hfill \mbox{} \fi } \newpagestyle{gnusindex}% { { \ifodd\count0 { \hspace*{-0.23cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\gnuschaptername\hfill\arabic{page}}}} } \else { \hspace*{-3.25cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\arabic{page}\hfill\gnuschaptername}}} } \fi } } { \ifodd\count0 \mbox{} \hfill \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} \else \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} \hfill \mbox{} \fi } \newpagestyle{gnus}% { { \ifodd\count0 { \makebox[12cm]{\hspace*{3.1cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{section}} \textbf{\gnussectionname\hfill\arabic{page}}}}} } \else { \makebox[12cm]{\hspace*{-2.95cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\arabic{page}\hfill\gnuschaptername}}}} } \fi } } { \ifodd\count0 \mbox{} \hfill \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} \else \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} \hfill \mbox{} \fi } \pagenumbering{roman} \pagestyle{gnuspreamble} @end iflatex @end iftex @iftex @iflatex \begin{titlepage} { %\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-5cm} %\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-5cm} \parindent=0cm \addtolength{\textheight}{2cm} \gnustitle{\gnustitlename}\hfill\gnusversion{\gnusversionname}\\ \rule{15cm}{1mm}\\ \vfill \hspace*{0cm}\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=15cm} \vfill \rule{15cm}{1mm}\\ \gnusauthor{by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen} \newpage } \mbox{} \vfill \thispagestyle{empty} @c @insertcopying \newpage \end{titlepage} @end iflatex @end iftex @dircategory Emacs @direntry * Gnus: (gnus). The newsreader Gnus. @end direntry @iftex @finalout @end iftex @titlepage @title Gnus Manual @author by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll @insertcopying @end titlepage @summarycontents @contents @node Top @top The Gnus Newsreader @ifinfo You can read news (and mail) from within Emacs by using Gnus. The news can be gotten by any nefarious means you can think of---@acronym{NNTP}, local spool or your mbox file. All at the same time, if you want to push your luck. @c Adjust ../Makefile.in if you change the following line: This manual corresponds to Gnus v5.13 @ifnottex @insertcopying @end ifnottex @end ifinfo @iftex @iflatex \tableofcontents \gnuscleardoublepage @end iflatex Gnus is the advanced, self-documenting, customizable, extensible unreal-time newsreader for GNU Emacs. Oops. That sounds oddly familiar, so let's start over again to avoid being accused of plagiarism: Gnus is a message-reading laboratory. It will let you look at just about anything as if it were a newsgroup. You can read mail with it, you can browse directories with it, you can @code{ftp} with it---you can even read news with it! Gnus tries to empower people who read news the same way Emacs empowers people who edit text. Gnus sets no limits to what the user should be allowed to do. Users are encouraged to extend Gnus to make it behave like they want it to behave. A program should not control people; people should be empowered to do what they want by using (or abusing) the program. @c Adjust ../Makefile.in if you change the following line: This manual corresponds to Gnus v5.13 @heading Other related manuals @itemize @item Message manual: Composing messages @item Emacs-MIME: Composing messages; @acronym{MIME}-specific parts. @item Sieve: Managing Sieve scripts in Emacs. @item PGG: @acronym{PGP/MIME} with Gnus. @item SASL: @acronym{SASL} authentication in Emacs. @end itemize @end iftex @menu * Starting Up:: Finding news can be a pain. * Group Buffer:: Selecting, subscribing and killing groups. * Summary Buffer:: Reading, saving and posting articles. * Article Buffer:: Displaying and handling articles. * Composing Messages:: Information on sending mail and news. * Select Methods:: Gnus reads all messages from various select methods. * Scoring:: Assigning values to articles. * Searching:: Mail and News search engines. * Various:: General purpose settings. * The End:: Farewell and goodbye. * Appendices:: Terminology, Emacs intro, @acronym{FAQ}, History, Internals. * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation. * Index:: Variable, function and concept index. * Key Index:: Key Index. Other related manuals * Message:(message). Composing messages. * Emacs-MIME:(emacs-mime). Composing messages; @acronym{MIME}-specific parts. * Sieve:(sieve). Managing Sieve scripts in Emacs. * PGG:(pgg). @acronym{PGP/MIME} with Gnus. * SASL:(sasl). @acronym{SASL} authentication in Emacs. @detailmenu --- The Detailed Node Listing --- Starting Gnus * Finding the News:: Choosing a method for getting news. * The Server is Down:: How can I read my mail then? * Slave Gnusae:: You can have more than one Gnus active at a time. * Fetching a Group:: Starting Gnus just to read a group. * New Groups:: What is Gnus supposed to do with new groups? * Changing Servers:: You may want to move from one server to another. * Startup Files:: Those pesky startup files---@file{.newsrc}. * Auto Save:: Recovering from a crash. * The Active File:: Reading the active file over a slow line Takes Time. * Startup Variables:: Other variables you might change. New Groups * Checking New Groups:: Determining what groups are new. * Subscription Methods:: What Gnus should do with new groups. * Filtering New Groups:: Making Gnus ignore certain new groups. Group Buffer * Group Buffer Format:: Information listed and how you can change it. * Group Maneuvering:: Commands for moving in the group buffer. * Selecting a Group:: Actually reading news. * Subscription Commands:: Unsubscribing, killing, subscribing. * Group Data:: Changing the info for a group. * Group Levels:: Levels? What are those, then? * Group Score:: A mechanism for finding out what groups you like. * Marking Groups:: You can mark groups for later processing. * Foreign Groups:: Creating and editing groups. * Group Parameters:: Each group may have different parameters set. * Listing Groups:: Gnus can list various subsets of the groups. * Sorting Groups:: Re-arrange the group order. * Group Maintenance:: Maintaining a tidy @file{.newsrc} file. * Browse Foreign Server:: You can browse a server. See what it has to offer. * Exiting Gnus:: Stop reading news and get some work done. * Group Topics:: A folding group mode divided into topics. * Non-ASCII Group Names:: Accessing groups of non-English names. * Misc Group Stuff:: Other stuff that you can to do. Group Buffer Format * Group Line Specification:: Deciding how the group buffer is to look. * Group Mode Line Specification:: The group buffer mode line. * Group Highlighting:: Having nice colors in the group buffer. Group Topics * Topic Commands:: Interactive E-Z commands. * Topic Variables:: How to customize the topics the Lisp Way. * Topic Sorting:: Sorting each topic individually. * Topic Topology:: A map of the world. * Topic Parameters:: Parameters that apply to all groups in a topic. Misc Group Stuff * Scanning New Messages:: Asking Gnus to see whether new messages have arrived. * Group Information:: Information and help on groups and Gnus. * Group Timestamp:: Making Gnus keep track of when you last read a group. * File Commands:: Reading and writing the Gnus files. * Sieve Commands:: Managing Sieve scripts. Summary Buffer * Summary Buffer Format:: Deciding how the summary buffer is to look. * Summary Maneuvering:: Moving around the summary buffer. * Choosing Articles:: Reading articles. * Paging the Article:: Scrolling the current article. * Reply Followup and Post:: Posting articles. * Delayed Articles:: Send articles at a later time. * Marking Articles:: Marking articles as read, expirable, etc. * Limiting:: You can limit the summary buffer. * Threading:: How threads are made. * Sorting the Summary Buffer:: How articles and threads are sorted. * Asynchronous Fetching:: Gnus might be able to pre-fetch articles. * Article Caching:: You may store articles in a cache. * Persistent Articles:: Making articles expiry-resistant. * Sticky Articles:: Article buffers that are not reused. * Article Backlog:: Having already read articles hang around. * Saving Articles:: Ways of customizing article saving. * Decoding Articles:: Gnus can treat series of (uu)encoded articles. * Article Treatment:: The article buffer can be mangled at will. * MIME Commands:: Doing MIMEy things with the articles. * Charsets:: Character set issues. * Article Commands:: Doing various things with the article buffer. * Summary Sorting:: Sorting the summary buffer in various ways. * Finding the Parent:: No child support? Get the parent. * Alternative Approaches:: Reading using non-default summaries. * Tree Display:: A more visual display of threads. * Mail Group Commands:: Some commands can only be used in mail groups. * Various Summary Stuff:: What didn't fit anywhere else. * Exiting the Summary Buffer:: Returning to the Group buffer, or reselecting the current group. * Crosspost Handling:: How crossposted articles are dealt with. * Duplicate Suppression:: An alternative when crosspost handling fails. * Security:: Decrypt and Verify. * Mailing List:: Mailing list minor mode. Summary Buffer Format * Summary Buffer Lines:: You can specify how summary lines should look. * To From Newsgroups:: How to not display your own name. * Summary Buffer Mode Line:: You can say how the mode line should look. * Summary Highlighting:: Making the summary buffer all pretty and nice. Choosing Articles * Choosing Commands:: Commands for choosing articles. * Choosing Variables:: Variables that influence these commands. Reply, Followup and Post * Summary Mail Commands:: Sending mail. * Summary Post Commands:: Sending news. * Summary Message Commands:: Other Message-related commands. * Canceling and Superseding:: Marking Articles * Unread Articles:: Marks for unread articles. * Read Articles:: Marks for read articles. * Other Marks:: Marks that do not affect readedness. * Setting Marks:: How to set and remove marks. * Generic Marking Commands:: How to customize the marking. * Setting Process Marks:: How to mark articles for later processing. Threading * Customizing Threading:: Variables you can change to affect the threading. * Thread Commands:: Thread based commands in the summary buffer. Customizing Threading * Loose Threads:: How Gnus gathers loose threads into bigger threads. * Filling In Threads:: Making the threads displayed look fuller. * More Threading:: Even more variables for fiddling with threads. * Low-Level Threading:: You thought it was over@dots{} but you were wrong! Decoding Articles * Uuencoded Articles:: Uudecode articles. * Shell Archives:: Unshar articles. * PostScript Files:: Split PostScript. * Other Files:: Plain save and binhex. * Decoding Variables:: Variables for a happy decoding. * Viewing Files:: You want to look at the result of the decoding? Decoding Variables * Rule Variables:: Variables that say how a file is to be viewed. * Other Decode Variables:: Other decode variables. * Uuencoding and Posting:: Variables for customizing uuencoding. Article Treatment * Article Highlighting:: You want to make the article look like fruit salad. * Article Fontisizing:: Making emphasized text look nice. * Article Hiding:: You also want to make certain info go away. * Article Washing:: Lots of way-neat functions to make life better. * Article Header:: Doing various header transformations. * Article Buttons:: Click on URLs, Message-IDs, addresses and the like. * Article Button Levels:: Controlling appearance of buttons. * Article Date:: Grumble, UT! * Article Display:: Display various stuff---X-Face, Picons, Smileys, Gravatars * Article Signature:: What is a signature? * Article Miscellanea:: Various other stuff. Alternative Approaches * Pick and Read:: First mark articles and then read them. * Binary Groups:: Auto-decode all articles. Various Summary Stuff * Summary Group Information:: Information oriented commands. * Searching for Articles:: Multiple article commands. * Summary Generation Commands:: * Really Various Summary Commands:: Those pesky non-conformant commands. Article Buffer * Hiding Headers:: Deciding what headers should be displayed. * Using MIME:: Pushing articles through @acronym{MIME} before reading them. * Customizing Articles:: Tailoring the look of the articles. * Article Keymap:: Keystrokes available in the article buffer. * Misc Article:: Other stuff. Composing Messages * Mail:: Mailing and replying. * Posting Server:: What server should you post and mail via? * POP before SMTP:: You cannot send a mail unless you read a mail. * Mail and Post:: Mailing and posting at the same time. * Archived Messages:: Where Gnus stores the messages you've sent. * Posting Styles:: An easier way to specify who you are. * Drafts:: Postponing messages and rejected messages. * Rejected Articles:: What happens if the server doesn't like your article? * Signing and encrypting:: How to compose secure messages. Select Methods * Server Buffer:: Making and editing virtual servers. * Getting News:: Reading USENET news with Gnus. * Using IMAP:: Reading mail from @acronym{IMAP}. * Getting Mail:: Reading your personal mail with Gnus. * Browsing the Web:: Getting messages from a plethora of Web sources. * Other Sources:: Reading directories, files. * Combined Groups:: Combining groups into one group. * Email Based Diary:: Using mails to manage diary events in Gnus. * Gnus Unplugged:: Reading news and mail offline. Server Buffer * Server Buffer Format:: You can customize the look of this buffer. * Server Commands:: Commands to manipulate servers. * Example Methods:: Examples server specifications. * Creating a Virtual Server:: An example session. * Server Variables:: Which variables to set. * Servers and Methods:: You can use server names as select methods. * Unavailable Servers:: Some servers you try to contact may be down. Getting News * NNTP:: Reading news from an @acronym{NNTP} server. * News Spool:: Reading news from the local spool. @acronym{NNTP} * Direct Functions:: Connecting directly to the server. * Indirect Functions:: Connecting indirectly to the server. * Common Variables:: Understood by several connection functions. * NNTP marks:: Storing marks for @acronym{NNTP} servers. Getting Mail * Mail in a Newsreader:: Important introductory notes. * Getting Started Reading Mail:: A simple cookbook example. * Splitting Mail:: How to create mail groups. * Mail Sources:: How to tell Gnus where to get mail from. * Mail Back End Variables:: Variables for customizing mail handling. * Fancy Mail Splitting:: Gnus can do hairy splitting of incoming mail. * Group Mail Splitting:: Use group customize to drive mail splitting. * Incorporating Old Mail:: What about the old mail you have? * Expiring Mail:: Getting rid of unwanted mail. * Washing Mail:: Removing cruft from the mail you get. * Duplicates:: Dealing with duplicated mail. * Not Reading Mail:: Using mail back ends for reading other files. * Choosing a Mail Back End:: Gnus can read a variety of mail formats. Mail Sources * Mail Source Specifiers:: How to specify what a mail source is. * Mail Source Customization:: Some variables that influence things. * Fetching Mail:: Using the mail source specifiers. Choosing a Mail Back End * Unix Mail Box:: Using the (quite) standard Un*x mbox. * Babyl:: Babyl was used by older versions of Rmail. * Mail Spool:: Store your mail in a private spool? * MH Spool:: An mhspool-like back end. * Maildir:: Another one-file-per-message format. * Mail Folders:: Having one file for each group. * Comparing Mail Back Ends:: An in-depth looks at pros and cons. Browsing the Web * Archiving Mail:: * Web Searches:: Creating groups from articles that match a string. * RSS:: Reading RDF site summary. * Customizing W3:: Doing stuff to Emacs/W3 from Gnus. Other Sources * Directory Groups:: You can read a directory as if it was a newsgroup. * Anything Groups:: Dired? Who needs dired? * Document Groups:: Single files can be the basis of a group. * Mail-To-News Gateways:: Posting articles via mail-to-news gateways. Document Groups * Document Server Internals:: How to add your own document types. Combined Groups * Virtual Groups:: Combining articles from many groups. Email Based Diary * The NNDiary Back End:: Basic setup and usage. * The Gnus Diary Library:: Utility toolkit on top of nndiary. * Sending or Not Sending:: A final note on sending diary messages. The NNDiary Back End * Diary Messages:: What makes a message valid for nndiary. * Running NNDiary:: NNDiary has two modes of operation. * Customizing NNDiary:: Bells and whistles. The Gnus Diary Library * Diary Summary Line Format:: A nicer summary buffer line format. * Diary Articles Sorting:: A nicer way to sort messages. * Diary Headers Generation:: Not doing it manually. * Diary Group Parameters:: Not handling them manually. Gnus Unplugged * Agent Basics:: How it all is supposed to work. * Agent Categories:: How to tell the Gnus Agent what to download. * Agent Commands:: New commands for all the buffers. * Agent Visuals:: Ways that the agent may effect your summary buffer. * Agent as Cache:: The Agent is a big cache too. * Agent Expiry:: How to make old articles go away. * Agent Regeneration:: How to recover from lost connections and other accidents. * Agent and flags:: How the Agent maintains flags. * Agent and IMAP:: How to use the Agent with @acronym{IMAP}. * Outgoing Messages:: What happens when you post/mail something? * Agent Variables:: Customizing is fun. * Example Setup:: An example @file{~/.gnus.el} file for offline people. * Batching Agents:: How to fetch news from a @code{cron} job. * Agent Caveats:: What you think it'll do and what it does. Agent Categories * Category Syntax:: What a category looks like. * Category Buffer:: A buffer for maintaining categories. * Category Variables:: Customize'r'Us. Agent Commands * Group Agent Commands:: Configure groups and fetch their contents. * Summary Agent Commands:: Manually select then fetch specific articles. * Server Agent Commands:: Select the servers that are supported by the agent. Scoring * Summary Score Commands:: Adding score entries for the current group. * Group Score Commands:: General score commands. * Score Variables:: Customize your scoring. (My, what terminology). * Score File Format:: What a score file may contain. * Score File Editing:: You can edit score files by hand as well. * Adaptive Scoring:: Big Sister Gnus knows what you read. * Home Score File:: How to say where new score entries are to go. * Followups To Yourself:: Having Gnus notice when people answer you. * Scoring On Other Headers:: Scoring on non-standard headers. * Scoring Tips:: How to score effectively. * Reverse Scoring:: That problem child of old is not problem. * Global Score Files:: Earth-spanning, ear-splitting score files. * Kill Files:: They are still here, but they can be ignored. * Converting Kill Files:: Translating kill files to score files. * Advanced Scoring:: Using logical expressions to build score rules. * Score Decays:: It can be useful to let scores wither away. Advanced Scoring * Advanced Scoring Syntax:: A definition. * Advanced Scoring Examples:: What they look like. * Advanced Scoring Tips:: Getting the most out of it. Searching * nnir:: Searching with various engines. * nnmairix:: Searching with Mairix. nnir * What is nnir?:: What does nnir do. * Basic Usage:: How to perform simple searches. * Setting up nnir:: How to set up nnir. Setting up nnir * Associating Engines:: How to associate engines. Various * Process/Prefix:: A convention used by many treatment commands. * Interactive:: Making Gnus ask you many questions. * Symbolic Prefixes:: How to supply some Gnus functions with options. * Formatting Variables:: You can specify what buffers should look like. * Window Layout:: Configuring the Gnus buffer windows. * Faces and Fonts:: How to change how faces look. * Compilation:: How to speed Gnus up. * Mode Lines:: Displaying information in the mode lines. * Highlighting and Menus:: Making buffers look all nice and cozy. * Daemons:: Gnus can do things behind your back. * Undo:: Some actions can be undone. * Predicate Specifiers:: Specifying predicates. * Moderation:: What to do if you're a moderator. * Image Enhancements:: Modern versions of Emacs/XEmacs can display images. * Fuzzy Matching:: What's the big fuzz? * Thwarting Email Spam:: Simple ways to avoid unsolicited commercial email. * Spam Package:: A package for filtering and processing spam. * The Gnus Registry:: A package for tracking messages by Message-ID. * Other modes:: Interaction with other modes. * Various Various:: Things that are really various. Formatting Variables * Formatting Basics:: A formatting variable is basically a format string. * Mode Line Formatting:: Some rules about mode line formatting variables. * Advanced Formatting:: Modifying output in various ways. * User-Defined Specs:: Having Gnus call your own functions. * Formatting Fonts:: Making the formatting look colorful and nice. * Positioning Point:: Moving point to a position after an operation. * Tabulation:: Tabulating your output. * Wide Characters:: Dealing with wide characters. Image Enhancements * X-Face:: Display a funky, teensy black-and-white image. * Face:: Display a funkier, teensier colored image. * Smileys:: Show all those happy faces the way they were meant to be shown. * Picons:: How to display pictures of what you're reading. * Gravatars:: Display the avatar of people you read. * XVarious:: Other XEmacsy Gnusey variables. Thwarting Email Spam * The problem of spam:: Some background, and some solutions * Anti-Spam Basics:: Simple steps to reduce the amount of spam. * SpamAssassin:: How to use external anti-spam tools. * Hashcash:: Reduce spam by burning CPU time. Spam Package * Spam Package Introduction:: * Filtering Incoming Mail:: * Detecting Spam in Groups:: * Spam and Ham Processors:: * Spam Package Configuration Examples:: * Spam Back Ends:: * Extending the Spam package:: * Spam Statistics Package:: Spam Statistics Package * Creating a spam-stat dictionary:: * Splitting mail using spam-stat:: * Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary:: Appendices * XEmacs:: Requirements for installing under XEmacs. * History:: How Gnus got where it is today. * On Writing Manuals:: Why this is not a beginner's guide. * Terminology:: We use really difficult, like, words here. * Customization:: Tailoring Gnus to your needs. * Troubleshooting:: What you might try if things do not work. * Gnus Reference Guide:: Rilly, rilly technical stuff. * Emacs for Heathens:: A short introduction to Emacsian terms. * Frequently Asked Questions:: The Gnus FAQ History * Gnus Versions:: What Gnus versions have been released. * Other Gnus Versions:: Other Gnus versions that also have been released. * Why?:: What's the point of Gnus? * Compatibility:: Just how compatible is Gnus with @sc{gnus}? * Conformity:: Gnus tries to conform to all standards. * Emacsen:: Gnus can be run on a few modern Emacsen. * Gnus Development:: How Gnus is developed. * Contributors:: Oodles of people. * New Features:: Pointers to some of the new stuff in Gnus. New Features * ding Gnus:: New things in Gnus 5.0/5.1, the first new Gnus. * September Gnus:: The Thing Formally Known As Gnus 5.2/5.3. * Red Gnus:: Third time best---Gnus 5.4/5.5. * Quassia Gnus:: Two times two is four, or Gnus 5.6/5.7. * Pterodactyl Gnus:: Pentad also starts with P, AKA Gnus 5.8/5.9. * Oort Gnus:: It's big. It's far out. Gnus 5.10/5.11. * No Gnus:: Very punny. Customization * Slow/Expensive Connection:: You run a local Emacs and get the news elsewhere. * Slow Terminal Connection:: You run a remote Emacs. * Little Disk Space:: You feel that having large setup files is icky. * Slow Machine:: You feel like buying a faster machine. Gnus Reference Guide * Gnus Utility Functions:: Common functions and variable to use. * Back End Interface:: How Gnus communicates with the servers. * Score File Syntax:: A BNF definition of the score file standard. * Headers:: How Gnus stores headers internally. * Ranges:: A handy format for storing mucho numbers. * Group Info:: The group info format. * Extended Interactive:: Symbolic prefixes and stuff. * Emacs/XEmacs Code:: Gnus can be run under all modern Emacsen. * Various File Formats:: Formats of files that Gnus use. Back End Interface * Required Back End Functions:: Functions that must be implemented. * Optional Back End Functions:: Functions that need not be implemented. * Error Messaging:: How to get messages and report errors. * Writing New Back Ends:: Extending old back ends. * Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus:: What has to be done on the Gnus end. * Mail-like Back Ends:: Some tips on mail back ends. Various File Formats * Active File Format:: Information on articles and groups available. * Newsgroups File Format:: Group descriptions. Emacs for Heathens * Keystrokes:: Entering text and executing commands. * Emacs Lisp:: The built-in Emacs programming language. @end detailmenu @end menu @node Starting Up @chapter Starting Gnus @cindex starting up If you haven't used Emacs much before using Gnus, read @ref{Emacs for Heathens} first. @kindex M-x gnus @findex gnus If your system administrator has set things up properly, starting Gnus and reading news is extremely easy---you just type @kbd{M-x gnus} in your Emacs. If not, you should customize the variable @code{gnus-select-method} as described in @ref{Finding the News}. For a minimal setup for posting should also customize the variables @code{user-full-name} and @code{user-mail-address}. @findex gnus-other-frame @kindex M-x gnus-other-frame If you want to start Gnus in a different frame, you can use the command @kbd{M-x gnus-other-frame} instead. If things do not go smoothly at startup, you have to twiddle some variables in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file. This file is similar to @file{~/.emacs}, but is read when Gnus starts. If you puzzle at any terms used in this manual, please refer to the terminology section (@pxref{Terminology}). @menu * Finding the News:: Choosing a method for getting news. * The Server is Down:: How can I read my mail then? * Slave Gnusae:: You can have more than one Gnus active at a time. * New Groups:: What is Gnus supposed to do with new groups? * Changing Servers:: You may want to move from one server to another. * Startup Files:: Those pesky startup files---@file{.newsrc}. * Auto Save:: Recovering from a crash. * The Active File:: Reading the active file over a slow line Takes Time. * Startup Variables:: Other variables you might change. @end menu @node Finding the News @section Finding the News @cindex finding news First of all, you should know that there is a special buffer called @code{*Server*} that lists all the servers Gnus knows about. You can press @kbd{^} from the Group buffer to see it. In the Server buffer, you can press @kbd{RET} on a defined server to see all the groups it serves (subscribed or not!). You can also add or delete servers, edit a foreign server's definition, agentize or de-agentize a server, and do many other neat things. @xref{Server Buffer}. @xref{Foreign Groups}. @xref{Agent Basics}. @vindex gnus-select-method @c @head The @code{gnus-select-method} variable says where Gnus should look for news. This variable should be a list where the first element says @dfn{how} and the second element says @dfn{where}. This method is your native method. All groups not fetched with this method are foreign groups. For instance, if the @samp{news.somewhere.edu} @acronym{NNTP} server is where you want to get your daily dosage of news from, you'd say: @lisp (setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "news.somewhere.edu")) @end lisp If you want to read directly from the local spool, say: @lisp (setq gnus-select-method '(nnspool "")) @end lisp If you can use a local spool, you probably should, as it will almost certainly be much faster. But do not use the local spool if your server is running Leafnode (which is a simple, standalone private news server); in this case, use @code{(nntp "localhost")}. @vindex gnus-nntpserver-file @cindex NNTPSERVER @cindex @acronym{NNTP} server If this variable is not set, Gnus will take a look at the @env{NNTPSERVER} environment variable. If that variable isn't set, Gnus will see whether @code{gnus-nntpserver-file} (@file{/etc/nntpserver} by default) has any opinions on the matter. If that fails as well, Gnus will try to use the machine running Emacs as an @acronym{NNTP} server. That's a long shot, though. @findex gnus-group-browse-foreign-server @kindex B (Group) However, if you use one @acronym{NNTP} server regularly and are just interested in a couple of groups from a different server, you would be better served by using the @kbd{B} command in the group buffer. It will let you have a look at what groups are available, and you can subscribe to any of the groups you want to. This also makes @file{.newsrc} maintenance much tidier. @xref{Foreign Groups}. @vindex gnus-secondary-select-methods @c @head A slightly different approach to foreign groups is to set the @code{gnus-secondary-select-methods} variable. The select methods listed in this variable are in many ways just as native as the @code{gnus-select-method} server. They will also be queried for active files during startup (if that's required), and new newsgroups that appear on these servers will be subscribed (or not) just as native groups are. For instance, if you use the @code{nnmbox} back end to read your mail, you would typically set this variable to @lisp (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods '((nnmbox ""))) @end lisp Note: the @acronym{NNTP} back end stores marks in marks files (@pxref{NNTP marks}). This feature makes it easy to share marks between several Gnus installations, but may slow down things a bit when fetching new articles. @xref{NNTP marks}, for more information. @node The Server is Down @section The Server is Down @cindex server errors If the default server is down, Gnus will understandably have some problems starting. However, if you have some mail groups in addition to the news groups, you may want to start Gnus anyway. Gnus, being the trusting sort of program, will ask whether to proceed without a native select method if that server can't be contacted. This will happen whether the server doesn't actually exist (i.e., you have given the wrong address) or the server has just momentarily taken ill for some reason or other. If you decide to continue and have no foreign groups, you'll find it difficult to actually do anything in the group buffer. But, hey, that's your problem. Blllrph! @findex gnus-no-server @kindex M-x gnus-no-server @c @head If you know that the server is definitely down, or you just want to read your mail without bothering with the server at all, you can use the @code{gnus-no-server} command to start Gnus. That might come in handy if you're in a hurry as well. This command will not attempt to contact your primary server---instead, it will just activate all groups on level 1 and 2. (You should preferably keep no native groups on those two levels.) Also @pxref{Group Levels}. @node Slave Gnusae @section Slave Gnusae @cindex slave You might want to run more than one Emacs with more than one Gnus at the same time. If you are using different @file{.newsrc} files (e.g., if you are using the two different Gnusae to read from two different servers), that is no problem whatsoever. You just do it. The problem appears when you want to run two Gnusae that use the same @file{.newsrc} file. To work around that problem some, we here at the Think-Tank at the Gnus Towers have come up with a new concept: @dfn{Masters} and @dfn{slaves}. (We have applied for a patent on this concept, and have taken out a copyright on those words. If you wish to use those words in conjunction with each other, you have to send $1 per usage instance to me. Usage of the patent (@dfn{Master/Slave Relationships In Computer Applications}) will be much more expensive, of course.) @findex gnus-slave Anyway, you start one Gnus up the normal way with @kbd{M-x gnus} (or however you do it). Each subsequent slave Gnusae should be started with @kbd{M-x gnus-slave}. These slaves won't save normal @file{.newsrc} files, but instead save @dfn{slave files} that contain information only on what groups have been read in the slave session. When a master Gnus starts, it will read (and delete) these slave files, incorporating all information from them. (The slave files will be read in the sequence they were created, so the latest changes will have precedence.) Information from the slave files has, of course, precedence over the information in the normal (i.e., master) @file{.newsrc} file. If the @file{.newsrc*} files have not been saved in the master when the slave starts, you may be prompted as to whether to read an auto-save file. If you answer ``yes'', the unsaved changes to the master will be incorporated into the slave. If you answer ``no'', the slave may see some messages as unread that have been read in the master. @node New Groups @section New Groups @cindex new groups @cindex subscription @vindex gnus-check-new-newsgroups If you are satisfied that you really never want to see any new groups, you can set @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} to @code{nil}. This will also save you some time at startup. Even if this variable is @code{nil}, you can always subscribe to the new groups just by pressing @kbd{U} in the group buffer (@pxref{Group Maintenance}). This variable is @code{ask-server} by default. If you set this variable to @code{always}, then Gnus will query the back ends for new groups even when you do the @kbd{g} command (@pxref{Scanning New Messages}). @menu * Checking New Groups:: Determining what groups are new. * Subscription Methods:: What Gnus should do with new groups. * Filtering New Groups:: Making Gnus ignore certain new groups. @end menu @node Checking New Groups @subsection Checking New Groups Gnus normally determines whether a group is new or not by comparing the list of groups from the active file(s) with the lists of subscribed and dead groups. This isn't a particularly fast method. If @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} is @code{ask-server}, Gnus will ask the server for new groups since the last time. This is both faster and cheaper. This also means that you can get rid of the list of killed groups altogether, so you may set @code{gnus-save-killed-list} to @code{nil}, which will save time both at startup, at exit, and all over. Saves disk space, too. Why isn't this the default, then? Unfortunately, not all servers support this command. I bet I know what you're thinking now: How do I find out whether my server supports @code{ask-server}? No? Good, because I don't have a fail-safe answer. I would suggest just setting this variable to @code{ask-server} and see whether any new groups appear within the next few days. If any do, then it works. If none do, then it doesn't work. I could write a function to make Gnus guess whether the server supports @code{ask-server}, but it would just be a guess. So I won't. You could @code{telnet} to the server and say @code{HELP} and see whether it lists @samp{NEWGROUPS} among the commands it understands. If it does, then it might work. (But there are servers that lists @samp{NEWGROUPS} without supporting the function properly.) This variable can also be a list of select methods. If so, Gnus will issue an @code{ask-server} command to each of the select methods, and subscribe them (or not) using the normal methods. This might be handy if you are monitoring a few servers for new groups. A side effect is that startup will take much longer, so you can meditate while waiting. Use the mantra ``dingnusdingnusdingnus'' to achieve permanent bliss. @node Subscription Methods @subsection Subscription Methods @vindex gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method What Gnus does when it encounters a new group is determined by the @code{gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method} variable. This variable should contain a function. This function will be called with the name of the new group as the only parameter. Some handy pre-fab functions are: @table @code @item gnus-subscribe-zombies @vindex gnus-subscribe-zombies Make all new groups zombies. This is the default. You can browse the zombies later (with @kbd{A z}) and either kill them all off properly (with @kbd{S z}), or subscribe to them (with @kbd{u}). @item gnus-subscribe-randomly @vindex gnus-subscribe-randomly Subscribe all new groups in arbitrary order. This really means that all new groups will be added at ``the top'' of the group buffer. @item gnus-subscribe-alphabetically @vindex gnus-subscribe-alphabetically Subscribe all new groups in alphabetical order. @item gnus-subscribe-hierarchically @vindex gnus-subscribe-hierarchically Subscribe all new groups hierarchically. The difference between this function and @code{gnus-subscribe-alphabetically} is slight. @code{gnus-subscribe-alphabetically} will subscribe new groups in a strictly alphabetical fashion, while this function will enter groups into its hierarchy. So if you want to have the @samp{rec} hierarchy before the @samp{comp} hierarchy, this function will not mess that configuration up. Or something like that. @item gnus-subscribe-interactively @vindex gnus-subscribe-interactively Subscribe new groups interactively. This means that Gnus will ask you about @strong{all} new groups. The groups you choose to subscribe to will be subscribed hierarchically. @item gnus-subscribe-killed @vindex gnus-subscribe-killed Kill all new groups. @item gnus-subscribe-topics @vindex gnus-subscribe-topics Put the groups into the topic that has a matching @code{subscribe} topic parameter (@pxref{Topic Parameters}). For instance, a @code{subscribe} topic parameter that looks like @example "nnml" @end example will mean that all groups that match that regex will be subscribed under that topic. If no topics match the groups, the groups will be subscribed in the top-level topic. @end table @vindex gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive A closely related variable is @code{gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive}. (That's quite a mouthful.) If this variable is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will ask you in a hierarchical fashion whether to subscribe to new groups or not. Gnus will ask you for each sub-hierarchy whether you want to descend the hierarchy or not. One common mistake is to set the variable a few paragraphs above (@code{gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method}) to @code{gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive}. This is an error. This will not work. This is ga-ga. So don't do it. @node Filtering New Groups @subsection Filtering New Groups A nice and portable way to control which new newsgroups should be subscribed (or ignored) is to put an @dfn{options} line at the start of the @file{.newsrc} file. Here's an example: @example options -n !alt.all !rec.all sci.all @end example @vindex gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method This line obviously belongs to a serious-minded intellectual scientific person (or she may just be plain old boring), because it says that all groups that have names beginning with @samp{alt} and @samp{rec} should be ignored, and all groups with names beginning with @samp{sci} should be subscribed. Gnus will not use the normal subscription method for subscribing these groups. @code{gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method} is used instead. This variable defaults to @code{gnus-subscribe-alphabetically}. @vindex gnus-options-not-subscribe @vindex gnus-options-subscribe If you don't want to mess with your @file{.newsrc} file, you can just set the two variables @code{gnus-options-subscribe} and @code{gnus-options-not-subscribe}. These two variables do exactly the same as the @file{.newsrc} @samp{options -n} trick. Both are regexps, and if the new group matches the former, it will be unconditionally subscribed, and if it matches the latter, it will be ignored. @vindex gnus-auto-subscribed-groups Yet another variable that meddles here is @code{gnus-auto-subscribed-groups}. It works exactly like @code{gnus-options-subscribe}, and is therefore really superfluous, but I thought it would be nice to have two of these. This variable is more meant for setting some ground rules, while the other variable is used more for user fiddling. By default this variable makes all new groups that come from mail back ends (@code{nnml}, @code{nnbabyl}, @code{nnfolder}, @code{nnmbox}, @code{nnmh}, @code{nnimap}, and @code{nnmaildir}) subscribed. If you don't like that, just set this variable to @code{nil}. @vindex gnus-auto-subscribed-categories As if that wasn't enough, @code{gnus-auto-subscribed-categories} also allows you to specify that new groups should be subcribed based on the category their select methods belong to. The default is @samp{(mail post-mail)}, meaning that all new groups from mail-like backends should be subscribed automatically. New groups that match these variables are subscribed using @code{gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method}. @node Changing Servers @section Changing Servers @cindex changing servers Sometimes it is necessary to move from one @acronym{NNTP} server to another. This happens very rarely, but perhaps you change jobs, or one server is very flaky and you want to use another. Changing the server is pretty easy, right? You just change @code{gnus-select-method} to point to the new server? @emph{Wrong!} Article numbers are not (in any way) kept synchronized between different @acronym{NNTP} servers, and the only way Gnus keeps track of what articles you have read is by keeping track of article numbers. So when you change @code{gnus-select-method}, your @file{.newsrc} file becomes worthless. @kindex M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups @findex gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups You can use the @kbd{M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups} command to clear out all data that you have on your native groups. Use with caution. @kindex M-x gnus-group-clear-data @findex gnus-group-clear-data Clear the data from the current group only---nix out marks and the list of read articles (@code{gnus-group-clear-data}). After changing servers, you @strong{must} move the cache hierarchy away, since the cached articles will have wrong article numbers, which will affect which articles Gnus thinks are read. @code{gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups} will ask you if you want to have it done automatically; for @code{gnus-group-clear-data}, you can use @kbd{M-x gnus-cache-move-cache} (but beware, it will move the cache for all groups). @node Startup Files @section Startup Files @cindex startup files @cindex .newsrc @cindex .newsrc.el @cindex .newsrc.eld Most common Unix news readers use a shared startup file called @file{.newsrc}. This file contains all the information about what groups are subscribed, and which articles in these groups have been read. Things got a bit more complicated with @sc{gnus}. In addition to keeping the @file{.newsrc} file updated, it also used a file called @file{.newsrc.el} for storing all the information that didn't fit into the @file{.newsrc} file. (Actually, it also duplicated everything in the @file{.newsrc} file.) @sc{gnus} would read whichever one of these files was the most recently saved, which enabled people to swap between @sc{gnus} and other newsreaders. That was kinda silly, so Gnus went one better: In addition to the @file{.newsrc} and @file{.newsrc.el} files, Gnus also has a file called @file{.newsrc.eld}. It will read whichever of these files that are most recent, but it will never write a @file{.newsrc.el} file. You should never delete the @file{.newsrc.eld} file---it contains much information not stored in the @file{.newsrc} file. @vindex gnus-save-newsrc-file @vindex gnus-read-newsrc-file You can turn off writing the @file{.newsrc} file by setting @code{gnus-save-newsrc-file} to @code{nil}, which means you can delete the file and save some space, as well as exiting from Gnus faster. However, this will make it impossible to use other newsreaders than Gnus. But hey, who would want to, right? Similarly, setting @code{gnus-read-newsrc-file} to @code{nil} makes Gnus ignore the @file{.newsrc} file and any @file{.newsrc-SERVER} files, which can be convenient if you use a different news reader occasionally, and you want to read a different subset of the available groups with that news reader. @vindex gnus-save-killed-list If @code{gnus-save-killed-list} (default @code{t}) is @code{nil}, Gnus will not save the list of killed groups to the startup file. This will save both time (when starting and quitting) and space (on disk). It will also mean that Gnus has no record of what groups are new or old, so the automatic new groups subscription methods become meaningless. You should always set @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} to @code{nil} or @code{ask-server} if you set this variable to @code{nil} (@pxref{New Groups}). This variable can also be a regular expression. If that's the case, remove all groups that do not match this regexp before saving. This can be useful in certain obscure situations that involve several servers where not all servers support @code{ask-server}. @vindex gnus-startup-file @vindex gnus-backup-startup-file @vindex version-control The @code{gnus-startup-file} variable says where the startup files are. The default value is @file{~/.newsrc}, with the Gnus (El Dingo) startup file being whatever that one is, with a @samp{.eld} appended. If you want version control for this file, set @code{gnus-backup-startup-file}. It respects the same values as the @code{version-control} variable. @vindex gnus-save-newsrc-hook @vindex gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook @vindex gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook @code{gnus-save-newsrc-hook} is called before saving any of the newsrc files, while @code{gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook} is called just before saving the @file{.newsrc.eld} file, and @code{gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook} is called just before saving the @file{.newsrc} file. The latter two are commonly used to turn version control on or off. Version control is on by default when saving the startup files. If you want to turn backup creation off, say something like: @lisp (defun turn-off-backup () (set (make-local-variable 'backup-inhibited) t)) (add-hook 'gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook 'turn-off-backup) (add-hook 'gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook 'turn-off-backup) @end lisp @vindex gnus-init-file @vindex gnus-site-init-file When Gnus starts, it will read the @code{gnus-site-init-file} (@file{.../site-lisp/gnus-init} by default) and @code{gnus-init-file} (@file{~/.gnus} by default) files. These are normal Emacs Lisp files and can be used to avoid cluttering your @file{~/.emacs} and @file{site-init} files with Gnus stuff. Gnus will also check for files with the same names as these, but with @file{.elc} and @file{.el} suffixes. In other words, if you have set @code{gnus-init-file} to @file{~/.gnus}, it will look for @file{~/.gnus.elc}, @file{~/.gnus.el}, and finally @file{~/.gnus} (in this order). If Emacs was invoked with the @option{-q} or @option{--no-init-file} options (@pxref{Initial Options, ,Initial Options, emacs, The Emacs Manual}), Gnus doesn't read @code{gnus-init-file}. @node Auto Save @section Auto Save @cindex dribble file @cindex auto-save Whenever you do something that changes the Gnus data (reading articles, catching up, killing/subscribing groups), the change is added to a special @dfn{dribble buffer}. This buffer is auto-saved the normal Emacs way. If your Emacs should crash before you have saved the @file{.newsrc} files, all changes you have made can be recovered from this file. If Gnus detects this file at startup, it will ask the user whether to read it. The auto save file is deleted whenever the real startup file is saved. @vindex gnus-use-dribble-file If @code{gnus-use-dribble-file} is @code{nil}, Gnus won't create and maintain a dribble buffer. The default is @code{t}. @vindex gnus-dribble-directory Gnus will put the dribble file(s) in @code{gnus-dribble-directory}. If this variable is @code{nil}, which it is by default, Gnus will dribble into the directory where the @file{.newsrc} file is located. (This is normally the user's home directory.) The dribble file will get the same file permissions as the @file{.newsrc} file. @vindex gnus-always-read-dribble-file If @code{gnus-always-read-dribble-file} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will read the dribble file on startup without querying the user. @node The Active File @section The Active File @cindex active file @cindex ignored groups When Gnus starts, or indeed whenever it tries to determine whether new articles have arrived, it reads the active file. This is a very large file that lists all the active groups and articles on the server. @vindex gnus-ignored-newsgroups Before examining the active file, Gnus deletes all lines that match the regexp @code{gnus-ignored-newsgroups}. This is done primarily to reject any groups with bogus names, but you can use this variable to make Gnus ignore hierarchies you aren't ever interested in. However, this is not recommended. In fact, it's highly discouraged. Instead, @pxref{New Groups} for an overview of other variables that can be used instead. @c This variable is @c @code{nil} by default, and will slow down active file handling somewhat @c if you set it to anything else. @vindex gnus-read-active-file @c @head The active file can be rather Huge, so if you have a slow network, you can set @code{gnus-read-active-file} to @code{nil} to prevent Gnus from reading the active file. This variable is @code{some} by default. Gnus will try to make do by getting information just on the groups that you actually subscribe to. Note that if you subscribe to lots and lots of groups, setting this variable to @code{nil} will probably make Gnus slower, not faster. At present, having this variable @code{nil} will slow Gnus down considerably, unless you read news over a 2400 baud modem. This variable can also have the value @code{some}. Gnus will then attempt to read active info only on the subscribed groups. On some servers this is quite fast (on sparkling, brand new INN servers that support the @code{LIST ACTIVE group} command), on others this isn't fast at all. In any case, @code{some} should be faster than @code{nil}, and is certainly faster than @code{t} over slow lines. Some news servers (old versions of Leafnode and old versions of INN, for instance) do not support the @code{LIST ACTIVE group}. For these servers, @code{nil} is probably the most efficient value for this variable. If this variable is @code{nil}, Gnus will ask for group info in total lock-step, which isn't very fast. If it is @code{some} and you use an @acronym{NNTP} server, Gnus will pump out commands as fast as it can, and read all the replies in one swoop. This will normally result in better performance, but if the server does not support the aforementioned @code{LIST ACTIVE group} command, this isn't very nice to the server. If you think that starting up Gnus takes too long, try all the three different values for this variable and see what works best for you. In any case, if you use @code{some} or @code{nil}, you should definitely kill all groups that you aren't interested in to speed things up. Note that this variable also affects active file retrieval from secondary select methods. @node Startup Variables @section Startup Variables @table @code @item gnus-load-hook @vindex gnus-load-hook A hook run while Gnus is being loaded. Note that this hook will normally be run just once in each Emacs session, no matter how many times you start Gnus. @item gnus-before-startup-hook @vindex gnus-before-startup-hook A hook called as the first thing when Gnus is started. @item gnus-startup-hook @vindex gnus-startup-hook A hook run as the very last thing after starting up Gnus @item gnus-started-hook @vindex gnus-started-hook A hook that is run as the very last thing after starting up Gnus successfully. @item gnus-setup-news-hook @vindex gnus-setup-news-hook A hook that is run after reading the @file{.newsrc} file(s), but before generating the group buffer. @item gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups @vindex gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will check for and delete all bogus groups at startup. A @dfn{bogus group} is a group that you have in your @file{.newsrc} file, but doesn't exist on the news server. Checking for bogus groups can take quite a while, so to save time and resources it's best to leave this option off, and do the checking for bogus groups once in a while from the group buffer instead (@pxref{Group Maintenance}). @item gnus-inhibit-startup-message @vindex gnus-inhibit-startup-message If non-@code{nil}, the startup message won't be displayed. That way, your boss might not notice as easily that you are reading news instead of doing your job. Note that this variable is used before @file{~/.gnus.el} is loaded, so it should be set in @file{.emacs} instead. @item gnus-no-groups-message @vindex gnus-no-groups-message Message displayed by Gnus when no groups are available. @item gnus-use-backend-marks @vindex gnus-use-backend-marks If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will store article marks both in the @file{.newsrc.eld} file and in the backends. This will slow down group operation some. @end table @node Group Buffer @chapter Group Buffer @cindex group buffer @c Alex Schroeder suggests to rearrange this as follows: @c @c <kensanata> ok, just save it for reference. I'll go to bed in a minute. @c 1. Selecting a Group, 2. (new) Finding a Group, 3. Group Levels, @c 4. Subscription Commands, 5. Group Maneuvering, 6. Group Data, @c 7. Group Score, 8. Group Buffer Format @c <kensanata> Group Levels should have more information on levels 5 to 9. I @c suggest to split the 4th paragraph ("Gnus considers groups...") as follows: @c <kensanata> First, "Gnus considers groups... (default 9)." @c <kensanata> New, a table summarizing what levels 1 to 9 mean. @c <kensanata> Third, "Gnus treats subscribed ... reasons of efficiency" @c <kensanata> Then expand the next paragraph or add some more to it. @c This short one sentence explains levels 1 and 2, therefore I understand @c that I should keep important news at 3 and boring news at 4. @c Say so! Then go on to explain why I should bother with levels 6 to 9. @c Maybe keep those that you don't want to read temporarily at 6, @c those that you never want to read at 8, those that offend your @c human rights at 9... The @dfn{group buffer} lists all (or parts) of the available groups. It is the first buffer shown when Gnus starts, and will never be killed as long as Gnus is active. @iftex @iflatex \gnusfigure{The Group Buffer}{320}{ \put(75,50){\epsfig{figure=ps/group,height=9cm}} \put(120,37){\makebox(0,0)[t]{Buffer name}} \put(120,38){\vector(1,2){10}} \put(40,60){\makebox(0,0)[r]{Mode line}} \put(40,58){\vector(1,0){30}} \put(200,28){\makebox(0,0)[t]{Native select method}} \put(200,26){\vector(-1,2){15}} } @end iflatex @end iftex @menu * Group Buffer Format:: Information listed and how you can change it. * Group Maneuvering:: Commands for moving in the group buffer. * Selecting a Group:: Actually reading news. * Subscription Commands:: Unsubscribing, killing, subscribing. * Group Data:: Changing the info for a group. * Group Levels:: Levels? What are those, then? * Group Score:: A mechanism for finding out what groups you like. * Marking Groups:: You can mark groups for later processing. * Foreign Groups:: Creating and editing groups. * Group Parameters:: Each group may have different parameters set. * Listing Groups:: Gnus can list various subsets of the groups. * Sorting Groups:: Re-arrange the group order. * Group Maintenance:: Maintaining a tidy @file{.newsrc} file. * Browse Foreign Server:: You can browse a server. See what it has to offer. * Exiting Gnus:: Stop reading news and get some work done. * Group Topics:: A folding group mode divided into topics. * Non-ASCII Group Names:: Accessing groups of non-English names. * Misc Group Stuff:: Other stuff that you can to do. @end menu @node Group Buffer Format @section Group Buffer Format @menu * Group Line Specification:: Deciding how the group buffer is to look. * Group Mode Line Specification:: The group buffer mode line. * Group Highlighting:: Having nice colors in the group buffer. @end menu You can customize the Group Mode tool bar, see @kbd{M-x customize-apropos RET gnus-group-tool-bar}. This feature is only available in Emacs. The tool bar icons are now (de)activated correctly depending on the cursor position. Therefore, moving around in the Group Buffer is slower. You can disable this via the variable @code{gnus-group-update-tool-bar}. Its default value depends on your Emacs version. @node Group Line Specification @subsection Group Line Specification @cindex group buffer format The default format of the group buffer is nice and dull, but you can make it as exciting and ugly as you feel like. Here's a couple of example group lines: @example 25: news.announce.newusers * 0: alt.fan.andrea-dworkin @end example Quite simple, huh? You can see that there are 25 unread articles in @samp{news.announce.newusers}. There are no unread articles, but some ticked articles, in @samp{alt.fan.andrea-dworkin} (see that little asterisk at the beginning of the line?). @vindex gnus-group-line-format You can change that format to whatever you want by fiddling with the @code{gnus-group-line-format} variable. This variable works along the lines of a @code{format} specification, which is pretty much the same as a @code{printf} specifications, for those of you who use (feh!) C. @xref{Formatting Variables}. @samp{%M%S%5y:%B%(%g%)\n} is the value that produced those lines above. There should always be a colon on the line; the cursor always moves to the colon after performing an operation. @xref{Positioning Point}. Nothing else is required---not even the group name. All displayed text is just window dressing, and is never examined by Gnus. Gnus stores all real information it needs using text properties. (Note that if you make a really strange, wonderful, spreadsheet-like layout, everybody will believe you are hard at work with the accounting instead of wasting time reading news.) Here's a list of all available format characters: @table @samp @item M An asterisk if the group only has marked articles. @item S Whether the group is subscribed. @item L Level of subscribedness. @item N Number of unread articles. @item I Number of dormant articles. @item T Number of ticked articles. @item R Number of read articles. @item U Number of unseen articles. @item t Estimated total number of articles. (This is really @var{max-number} minus @var{min-number} plus 1.) Gnus uses this estimation because the @acronym{NNTP} protocol provides efficient access to @var{max-number} and @var{min-number} but getting the true unread message count is not possible efficiently. For hysterical raisins, even the mail back ends, where the true number of unread messages might be available efficiently, use the same limited interface. To remove this restriction from Gnus means that the back end interface has to be changed, which is not an easy job. The nnml backend (@pxref{Mail Spool}) has a feature called ``group compaction'' which circumvents this deficiency: the idea is to renumber all articles from 1, removing all gaps between numbers, hence getting a correct total count. Other backends may support this in the future. In order to keep your total article count relatively up to date, you might want to compact your groups (or even directly your server) from time to time. @xref{Misc Group Stuff}, @xref{Server Commands}. @item y Number of unread, unticked, non-dormant articles. @item i Number of ticked and dormant articles. @item g Full group name. @item G Group name. @item C Group comment (@pxref{Group Parameters}) or group name if there is no comment element in the group parameters. @item D Newsgroup description. You need to read the group descriptions before these will appear, and to do that, you either have to set @code{gnus-read-active-file} or use the group buffer @kbd{M-d} command. @item o @samp{m} if moderated. @item O @samp{(m)} if moderated. @item s Select method. @item B If the summary buffer for the group is open or not. @item n Select from where. @item z A string that looks like @samp{<%s:%n>} if a foreign select method is used. @item P Indentation based on the level of the topic (@pxref{Group Topics}). @item c @vindex gnus-group-uncollapsed-levels Short (collapsed) group name. The @code{gnus-group-uncollapsed-levels} variable says how many levels to leave at the end of the group name. The default is 1---this will mean that group names like @samp{gnu.emacs.gnus} will be shortened to @samp{g.e.gnus}. @item m @vindex gnus-new-mail-mark @cindex % @samp{%} (@code{gnus-new-mail-mark}) if there has arrived new mail to the group lately. @item p @samp{#} (@code{gnus-process-mark}) if the group is process marked. @item d A string that says when you last read the group (@pxref{Group Timestamp}). @item F The disk space used by the articles fetched by both the cache and agent. The value is automatically scaled to bytes(B), kilobytes(K), megabytes(M), or gigabytes(G) to minimize the column width. A format of %7F is sufficient for a fixed-width column. @item u User defined specifier. The next character in the format string should be a letter. Gnus will call the function @code{gnus-user-format-function-}@samp{X}, where @samp{X} is the letter following @samp{%u}. The function will be passed a single dummy parameter as argument. The function should return a string, which will be inserted into the buffer just like information from any other specifier. @end table @cindex * All the ``number-of'' specs will be filled with an asterisk (@samp{*}) if no info is available---for instance, if it is a non-activated foreign group, or a bogus native group. @node Group Mode Line Specification @subsection Group Mode Line Specification @cindex group mode line @vindex gnus-group-mode-line-format The mode line can be changed by setting @code{gnus-group-mode-line-format} (@pxref{Mode Line Formatting}). It doesn't understand that many format specifiers: @table @samp @item S The native news server. @item M The native select method. @end table @node Group Highlighting @subsection Group Highlighting @cindex highlighting @cindex group highlighting @vindex gnus-group-highlight Highlighting in the group buffer is controlled by the @code{gnus-group-highlight} variable. This is an alist with elements that look like @code{(@var{form} . @var{face})}. If @var{form} evaluates to something non-@code{nil}, the @var{face} will be used on the line. Here's an example value for this variable that might look nice if the background is dark: @lisp (cond (window-system (setq custom-background-mode 'light) (defface my-group-face-1 '((t (:foreground "Red" :bold t))) "First group face") (defface my-group-face-2 '((t (:foreground "DarkSeaGreen4" :bold t))) "Second group face") (defface my-group-face-3 '((t (:foreground "Green4" :bold t))) "Third group face") (defface my-group-face-4 '((t (:foreground "SteelBlue" :bold t))) "Fourth group face") (defface my-group-face-5 '((t (:foreground "Blue" :bold t))) "Fifth group face"))) (setq gnus-group-highlight '(((> unread 200) . my-group-face-1) ((and (< level 3) (zerop unread)) . my-group-face-2) ((< level 3) . my-group-face-3) ((zerop unread) . my-group-face-4) (t . my-group-face-5))) @end lisp Also @pxref{Faces and Fonts}. Variables that are dynamically bound when the forms are evaluated include: @table @code @item group The group name. @item unread The number of unread articles in the group. @item method The select method. @item mailp Whether the group is a mail group. @item level The level of the group. @item score The score of the group. @item ticked The number of ticked articles in the group. @item total The total number of articles in the group. Or rather, @var{max-number} minus @var{min-number} plus one. @item topic When using the topic minor mode, this variable is bound to the current topic being inserted. @end table When the forms are @code{eval}ed, point is at the beginning of the line of the group in question, so you can use many of the normal Gnus functions for snarfing info on the group. @vindex gnus-group-update-hook @findex gnus-group-highlight-line @code{gnus-group-update-hook} is called when a group line is changed. It will not be called when @code{gnus-visual} is @code{nil}. @node Group Maneuvering @section Group Maneuvering @cindex group movement All movement commands understand the numeric prefix and will behave as expected, hopefully. @table @kbd @item n @kindex n (Group) @findex gnus-group-next-unread-group Go to the next group that has unread articles (@code{gnus-group-next-unread-group}). @item p @itemx DEL @kindex DEL (Group) @kindex p (Group) @findex gnus-group-prev-unread-group Go to the previous group that has unread articles (@code{gnus-group-prev-unread-group}). @item N @kindex N (Group) @findex gnus-group-next-group Go to the next group (@code{gnus-group-next-group}). @item P @kindex P (Group) @findex gnus-group-prev-group Go to the previous group (@code{gnus-group-prev-group}). @item M-n @kindex M-n (Group) @findex gnus-group-next-unread-group-same-level Go to the next unread group on the same (or lower) level (@code{gnus-group-next-unread-group-same-level}). @item M-p @kindex M-p (Group) @findex gnus-group-prev-unread-group-same-level Go to the previous unread group on the same (or lower) level (@code{gnus-group-prev-unread-group-same-level}). @end table Three commands for jumping to groups: @table @kbd @item j @kindex j (Group) @findex gnus-group-jump-to-group Jump to a group (and make it visible if it isn't already) (@code{gnus-group-jump-to-group}). Killed groups can be jumped to, just like living groups. @item , @kindex , (Group) @findex gnus-group-best-unread-group Jump to the unread group with the lowest level (@code{gnus-group-best-unread-group}). @item . @kindex . (Group) @findex gnus-group-first-unread-group Jump to the first group with unread articles (@code{gnus-group-first-unread-group}). @end table @vindex gnus-group-goto-unread If @code{gnus-group-goto-unread} is @code{nil}, all the movement commands will move to the next group, not the next unread group. Even the commands that say they move to the next unread group. The default is @code{t}. @vindex gnus-summary-next-group-on-exit If @code{gnus-summary-next-group-on-exit} is @code{t}, when a summary is exited, the point in the group buffer is moved to the next unread group. Otherwise, the point is set to the group just exited. The default is @code{t}. @node Selecting a Group @section Selecting a Group @cindex group selection @table @kbd @item SPACE @kindex SPACE (Group) @findex gnus-group-read-group Select the current group, switch to the summary buffer and display the first unread article (@code{gnus-group-read-group}). If there are no unread articles in the group, or if you give a non-numerical prefix to this command, Gnus will offer to fetch all the old articles in this group from the server. If you give a numerical prefix @var{n}, @var{n} determines the number of articles Gnus will fetch. If @var{n} is positive, Gnus fetches the @var{n} newest articles, if @var{n} is negative, Gnus fetches the @code{abs(@var{n})} oldest articles. Thus, @kbd{SPC} enters the group normally, @kbd{C-u SPC} offers old articles, @kbd{C-u 4 2 SPC} fetches the 42 newest articles, and @kbd{C-u - 4 2 SPC} fetches the 42 oldest ones. When you are in the group (in the Summary buffer), you can type @kbd{M-g} to fetch new articles, or @kbd{C-u M-g} to also show the old ones. @item RET @kindex RET (Group) @findex gnus-group-select-group Select the current group and switch to the summary buffer (@code{gnus-group-select-group}). Takes the same arguments as @code{gnus-group-read-group}---the only difference is that this command does not display the first unread article automatically upon group entry. @item M-RET @kindex M-RET (Group) @findex gnus-group-quick-select-group This does the same as the command above, but tries to do it with the minimum amount of fuzz (@code{gnus-group-quick-select-group}). No scoring/killing will be performed, there will be no highlights and no expunging. This might be useful if you're in a real hurry and have to enter some humongous group. If you give a 0 prefix to this command (i.e., @kbd{0 M-RET}), Gnus won't even generate the summary buffer, which is useful if you want to toggle threading before generating the summary buffer (@pxref{Summary Generation Commands}). @item M-SPACE @kindex M-SPACE (Group) @findex gnus-group-visible-select-group This is yet one more command that does the same as the @kbd{RET} command, but this one does it without expunging and hiding dormants (@code{gnus-group-visible-select-group}). @item C-M-RET @kindex C-M-RET (Group) @findex gnus-group-select-group-ephemerally Finally, this command selects the current group ephemerally without doing any processing of its contents (@code{gnus-group-select-group-ephemerally}). Even threading has been turned off. Everything you do in the group after selecting it in this manner will have no permanent effects. @end table @vindex gnus-large-newsgroup The @code{gnus-large-newsgroup} variable says what Gnus should consider to be a big group. If it is @code{nil}, no groups are considered big. The default value is 200. If the group has more (unread and/or ticked) articles than this, Gnus will query the user before entering the group. The user can then specify how many articles should be fetched from the server. If the user specifies a negative number (@var{-n}), the @var{n} oldest articles will be fetched. If it is positive, the @var{n} articles that have arrived most recently will be fetched. @vindex gnus-large-ephemeral-newsgroup @code{gnus-large-ephemeral-newsgroup} is the same as @code{gnus-large-newsgroup}, but is only used for ephemeral newsgroups. @vindex gnus-newsgroup-maximum-articles In groups in some news servers, there might be a big gap between a few very old articles that will never be expired and the recent ones. In such a case, the server will return the data like @code{(1 . 30000000)} for the @code{LIST ACTIVE group} command, for example. Even if there are actually only the articles 1-10 and 29999900-30000000, Gnus doesn't know it at first and prepares for getting 30000000 articles. However, it will consume hundreds megabytes of memories and might make Emacs get stuck as the case may be. If you use such news servers, set the variable @code{gnus-newsgroup-maximum-articles} to a positive number. The value means that Gnus ignores articles other than this number of the latest ones in every group. For instance, the value 10000 makes Gnus get only the articles 29990001-30000000 (if the latest article number is 30000000 in a group). Note that setting this variable to a number might prevent you from reading very old articles. The default value of the variable @code{gnus-newsgroup-maximum-articles} is @code{nil}, which means Gnus never ignores old articles. @vindex gnus-select-group-hook @vindex gnus-auto-select-first @vindex gnus-auto-select-subject If @code{gnus-auto-select-first} is non-@code{nil}, select an article automatically when entering a group with the @kbd{SPACE} command. Which article this is controlled by the @code{gnus-auto-select-subject} variable. Valid values for this variable are: @table @code @item unread Place point on the subject line of the first unread article. @item first Place point on the subject line of the first article. @item unseen Place point on the subject line of the first unseen article. @item unseen-or-unread Place point on the subject line of the first unseen article, and if there is no such article, place point on the subject line of the first unread article. @item best Place point on the subject line of the highest-scored unread article. @end table This variable can also be a function. In that case, that function will be called to place point on a subject line. If you want to prevent automatic selection in some group (say, in a binary group with Huge articles) you can set the @code{gnus-auto-select-first} variable to @code{nil} in @code{gnus-select-group-hook}, which is called when a group is selected. @node Subscription Commands @section Subscription Commands @cindex subscription The following commands allow for managing your subscriptions in the Group buffer. If you want to subscribe to many groups, it's probably more convenient to go to the @ref{Server Buffer}, and choose the server there using @kbd{RET} or @kbd{SPC}. Then you'll have the commands listed in @ref{Browse Foreign Server} at hand. @table @kbd @item S t @itemx u @kindex S t (Group) @kindex u (Group) @findex gnus-group-unsubscribe-current-group @c @icon{gnus-group-unsubscribe} Toggle subscription to the current group (@code{gnus-group-unsubscribe-current-group}). @item S s @itemx U @kindex S s (Group) @kindex U (Group) @findex gnus-group-unsubscribe-group Prompt for a group to subscribe, and then subscribe it. If it was subscribed already, unsubscribe it instead (@code{gnus-group-unsubscribe-group}). @item S k @itemx C-k @kindex S k (Group) @kindex C-k (Group) @findex gnus-group-kill-group @c @icon{gnus-group-kill-group} Kill the current group (@code{gnus-group-kill-group}). @item S y @itemx C-y @kindex S y (Group) @kindex C-y (Group) @findex gnus-group-yank-group Yank the last killed group (@code{gnus-group-yank-group}). @item C-x C-t @kindex C-x C-t (Group) @findex gnus-group-transpose-groups Transpose two groups (@code{gnus-group-transpose-groups}). This isn't really a subscription command, but you can use it instead of a kill-and-yank sequence sometimes. @item S w @itemx C-w @kindex S w (Group) @kindex C-w (Group) @findex gnus-group-kill-region Kill all groups in the region (@code{gnus-group-kill-region}). @item S z @kindex S z (Group) @findex gnus-group-kill-all-zombies Kill all zombie groups (@code{gnus-group-kill-all-zombies}). @item S C-k @kindex S C-k (Group) @findex gnus-group-kill-level Kill all groups on a certain level (@code{gnus-group-kill-level}). These groups can't be yanked back after killing, so this command should be used with some caution. The only time where this command comes in really handy is when you have a @file{.newsrc} with lots of unsubscribed groups that you want to get rid off. @kbd{S C-k} on level 7 will kill off all unsubscribed groups that do not have message numbers in the @file{.newsrc} file. @end table Also @pxref{Group Levels}. @node Group Data @section Group Data @table @kbd @item c @kindex c (Group) @findex gnus-group-catchup-current @vindex gnus-group-catchup-group-hook @c @icon{gnus-group-catchup-current} Mark all unticked articles in this group as read (@code{gnus-group-catchup-current}). @code{gnus-group-catchup-group-hook} is called when catching up a group from the group buffer. @item C @kindex C (Group) @findex gnus-group-catchup-current-all Mark all articles in this group, even the ticked ones, as read (@code{gnus-group-catchup-current-all}). @item M-c @kindex M-c (Group) @findex gnus-group-clear-data Clear the data from the current group---nix out marks and the list of read articles (@code{gnus-group-clear-data}). @item M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups @kindex M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups @findex gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups If you have switched from one @acronym{NNTP} server to another, all your marks and read ranges have become worthless. You can use this command to clear out all data that you have on your native groups. Use with caution. @end table @node Group Levels @section Group Levels @cindex group level @cindex level All groups have a level of @dfn{subscribedness}. For instance, if a group is on level 2, it is more subscribed than a group on level 5. You can ask Gnus to just list groups on a given level or lower (@pxref{Listing Groups}), or to just check for new articles in groups on a given level or lower (@pxref{Scanning New Messages}). Remember: The higher the level of the group, the less important it is. @table @kbd @item S l @kindex S l (Group) @findex gnus-group-set-current-level Set the level of the current group. If a numeric prefix is given, the next @var{n} groups will have their levels set. The user will be prompted for a level. @end table @vindex gnus-level-killed @vindex gnus-level-zombie @vindex gnus-level-unsubscribed @vindex gnus-level-subscribed Gnus considers groups from levels 1 to @code{gnus-level-subscribed} (inclusive) (default 5) to be subscribed, @code{gnus-level-subscribed} (exclusive) and @code{gnus-level-unsubscribed} (inclusive) (default 7) to be unsubscribed, @code{gnus-level-zombie} to be zombies (walking dead) (default 8) and @code{gnus-level-killed} to be killed (completely dead) (default 9). Gnus treats subscribed and unsubscribed groups exactly the same, but zombie and killed groups have no information on what articles you have read, etc, stored. This distinction between dead and living groups isn't done because it is nice or clever, it is done purely for reasons of efficiency. It is recommended that you keep all your mail groups (if any) on quite low levels (e.g. 1 or 2). Maybe the following description of the default behavior of Gnus helps to understand what these levels are all about. By default, Gnus shows you subscribed nonempty groups, but by hitting @kbd{L} you can have it show empty subscribed groups and unsubscribed groups, too. Type @kbd{l} to go back to showing nonempty subscribed groups again. Thus, unsubscribed groups are hidden, in a way. Zombie and killed groups are similar to unsubscribed groups in that they are hidden by default. But they are different from subscribed and unsubscribed groups in that Gnus doesn't ask the news server for information (number of messages, number of unread messages) on zombie and killed groups. Normally, you use @kbd{C-k} to kill the groups you aren't interested in. If most groups are killed, Gnus is faster. Why does Gnus distinguish between zombie and killed groups? Well, when a new group arrives on the server, Gnus by default makes it a zombie group. This means that you are normally not bothered with new groups, but you can type @kbd{A z} to get a list of all new groups. Subscribe the ones you like and kill the ones you don't want. (@kbd{A k} shows a list of killed groups.) If you want to play with the level variables, you should show some care. Set them once, and don't touch them ever again. Better yet, don't touch them at all unless you know exactly what you're doing. @vindex gnus-level-default-unsubscribed @vindex gnus-level-default-subscribed Two closely related variables are @code{gnus-level-default-subscribed} (default 3) and @code{gnus-level-default-unsubscribed} (default 6), which are the levels that new groups will be put on if they are (un)subscribed. These two variables should, of course, be inside the relevant valid ranges. @vindex gnus-keep-same-level If @code{gnus-keep-same-level} is non-@code{nil}, some movement commands will only move to groups of the same level (or lower). In particular, going from the last article in one group to the next group will go to the next group of the same level (or lower). This might be handy if you want to read the most important groups before you read the rest. If this variable is @code{best}, Gnus will make the next newsgroup the one with the best level. @vindex gnus-group-default-list-level All groups with a level less than or equal to @code{gnus-group-default-list-level} will be listed in the group buffer by default. This variable can also be a function. In that case, that function will be called and the result will be used as value. @vindex gnus-group-list-inactive-groups If @code{gnus-group-list-inactive-groups} is non-@code{nil}, non-active groups will be listed along with the unread groups. This variable is @code{t} by default. If it is @code{nil}, inactive groups won't be listed. @vindex gnus-group-use-permanent-levels If @code{gnus-group-use-permanent-levels} is non-@code{nil}, once you give a level prefix to @kbd{g} or @kbd{l}, all subsequent commands will use this level as the ``work'' level. @vindex gnus-activate-level Gnus will normally just activate (i. e., query the server about) groups on level @code{gnus-activate-level} or less. If you don't want to activate unsubscribed groups, for instance, you might set this variable to 5. The default is 6. @node Group Score @section Group Score @cindex group score @cindex group rank @cindex rank You would normally keep important groups on high levels, but that scheme is somewhat restrictive. Don't you wish you could have Gnus sort the group buffer according to how often you read groups, perhaps? Within reason? This is what @dfn{group score} is for. You can have Gnus assign a score to each group through the mechanism described below. You can then sort the group buffer based on this score. Alternatively, you can sort on score and then level. (Taken together, the level and the score is called the @dfn{rank} of the group. A group that is on level 4 and has a score of 1 has a higher rank than a group on level 5 that has a score of 300. (The level is the most significant part and the score is the least significant part.)) @findex gnus-summary-bubble-group If you want groups you read often to get higher scores than groups you read seldom you can add the @code{gnus-summary-bubble-group} function to the @code{gnus-summary-exit-hook} hook. This will result (after sorting) in a bubbling sort of action. If you want to see that in action after each summary exit, you can add @code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank} or @code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score} to the same hook, but that will slow things down somewhat. @node Marking Groups @section Marking Groups @cindex marking groups If you want to perform some command on several groups, and they appear subsequently in the group buffer, you would normally just give a numerical prefix to the command. Most group commands will then do your bidding on those groups. However, if the groups are not in sequential order, you can still perform a command on several groups. You simply mark the groups first with the process mark and then execute the command. @table @kbd @item # @kindex # (Group) @itemx M m @kindex M m (Group) @findex gnus-group-mark-group Set the mark on the current group (@code{gnus-group-mark-group}). @item M-# @kindex M-# (Group) @itemx M u @kindex M u (Group) @findex gnus-group-unmark-group Remove the mark from the current group (@code{gnus-group-unmark-group}). @item M U @kindex M U (Group) @findex gnus-group-unmark-all-groups Remove the mark from all groups (@code{gnus-group-unmark-all-groups}). @item M w @kindex M w (Group) @findex gnus-group-mark-region Mark all groups between point and mark (@code{gnus-group-mark-region}). @item M b @kindex M b (Group) @findex gnus-group-mark-buffer Mark all groups in the buffer (@code{gnus-group-mark-buffer}). @item M r @kindex M r (Group) @findex gnus-group-mark-regexp Mark all groups that match some regular expression (@code{gnus-group-mark-regexp}). @end table Also @pxref{Process/Prefix}. @findex gnus-group-universal-argument If you want to execute some command on all groups that have been marked with the process mark, you can use the @kbd{M-&} (@code{gnus-group-universal-argument}) command. It will prompt you for the command to be executed. @node Foreign Groups @section Foreign Groups @cindex foreign groups If you recall how to subscribe to servers (@pxref{Finding the News}) you will remember that @code{gnus-secondary-select-methods} and @code{gnus-select-method} let you write a definition in Emacs Lisp of what servers you want to see when you start up. The alternate approach is to use foreign servers and groups. ``Foreign'' here means they are not coming from the select methods. All foreign server configuration and subscriptions are stored only in the @file{~/.newsrc.eld} file. Below are some group mode commands for making and editing general foreign groups, as well as commands to ease the creation of a few special-purpose groups. All these commands insert the newly created groups under point---@code{gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method} is not consulted. Changes from the group editing commands are stored in @file{~/.newsrc.eld} (@code{gnus-startup-file}). An alternative is the variable @code{gnus-parameters}, @xref{Group Parameters}. @table @kbd @item G m @kindex G m (Group) @findex gnus-group-make-group @cindex making groups Make a new group (@code{gnus-group-make-group}). Gnus will prompt you for a name, a method and possibly an @dfn{address}. For an easier way to subscribe to @acronym{NNTP} groups (@pxref{Browse Foreign Server}). @item G M @kindex G M (Group) @findex gnus-group-read-ephemeral-group Make an ephemeral group (@code{gnus-group-read-ephemeral-group}). Gnus will prompt you for a name, a method and an @dfn{address}. @item G r @kindex G r (Group) @findex gnus-group-rename-group @cindex renaming groups Rename the current group to something else (@code{gnus-group-rename-group}). This is valid only on some groups---mail groups mostly. This command might very well be quite slow on some back ends. @item G c @kindex G c (Group) @cindex customizing @findex gnus-group-customize Customize the group parameters (@code{gnus-group-customize}). @item G e @kindex G e (Group) @findex gnus-group-edit-group-method @cindex renaming groups Enter a buffer where you can edit the select method of the current group (@code{gnus-group-edit-group-method}). @item G p @kindex G p (Group) @findex gnus-group-edit-group-parameters Enter a buffer where you can edit the group parameters (@code{gnus-group-edit-group-parameters}). @item G E @kindex G E (Group) @findex gnus-group-edit-group Enter a buffer where you can edit the group info (@code{gnus-group-edit-group}). @item G d @kindex G d (Group) @findex gnus-group-make-directory-group @cindex nndir Make a directory group (@pxref{Directory Groups}). You will be prompted for a directory name (@code{gnus-group-make-directory-group}). @item G h @kindex G h (Group) @cindex help group @findex gnus-group-make-help-group Make the Gnus help group (@code{gnus-group-make-help-group}). @item G D @kindex G D (Group) @findex gnus-group-enter-directory @cindex nneething Read an arbitrary directory as if it were a newsgroup with the @code{nneething} back end (@code{gnus-group-enter-directory}). @xref{Anything Groups}. @item G f @kindex G f (Group) @findex gnus-group-make-doc-group @cindex ClariNet Briefs @cindex nndoc Make a group based on some file or other (@code{gnus-group-make-doc-group}). If you give a prefix to this command, you will be prompted for a file name and a file type. Currently supported types are @code{mbox}, @code{babyl}, @code{digest}, @code{news}, @code{rnews}, @code{mmdf}, @code{forward}, @code{rfc934}, @code{rfc822-forward}, @code{mime-parts}, @code{standard-digest}, @code{slack-digest}, @code{clari-briefs}, @code{nsmail}, @code{outlook}, @code{oe-dbx}, and @code{mailman}. If you run this command without a prefix, Gnus will guess at the file type. @xref{Document Groups}. @item G u @kindex G u (Group) @vindex gnus-useful-groups @findex gnus-group-make-useful-group Create one of the groups mentioned in @code{gnus-useful-groups} (@code{gnus-group-make-useful-group}). @item G w @kindex G w (Group) @findex gnus-group-make-web-group @cindex Google @cindex nnweb @cindex gmane Make an ephemeral group based on a web search (@code{gnus-group-make-web-group}). If you give a prefix to this command, make a solid group instead. You will be prompted for the search engine type and the search string. Valid search engine types include @code{google}, @code{dejanews}, and @code{gmane}. @xref{Web Searches}. If you use the @code{google} search engine, you can limit the search to a particular group by using a match string like @samp{shaving group:alt.sysadmin.recovery}. @item G R @kindex G R (Group) @findex gnus-group-make-rss-group Make a group based on an @acronym{RSS} feed (@code{gnus-group-make-rss-group}). You will be prompted for an URL. @xref{RSS}. @item G DEL @kindex G DEL (Group) @findex gnus-group-delete-group This function will delete the current group (@code{gnus-group-delete-group}). If given a prefix, this function will actually delete all the articles in the group, and forcibly remove the group itself from the face of the Earth. Use a prefix only if you are absolutely sure of what you are doing. This command can't be used on read-only groups (like @code{nntp} groups), though. @item G V @kindex G V (Group) @findex gnus-group-make-empty-virtual Make a new, fresh, empty @code{nnvirtual} group (@code{gnus-group-make-empty-virtual}). @xref{Virtual Groups}. @item G v @kindex G v (Group) @findex gnus-group-add-to-virtual Add the current group to an @code{nnvirtual} group (@code{gnus-group-add-to-virtual}). Uses the process/prefix convention. @end table @xref{Select Methods}, for more information on the various select methods. @vindex gnus-activate-foreign-newsgroups If @code{gnus-activate-foreign-newsgroups} is a positive number, Gnus will check all foreign groups with this level or lower at startup. This might take quite a while, especially if you subscribe to lots of groups from different @acronym{NNTP} servers. Also @pxref{Group Levels}; @code{gnus-activate-level} also affects activation of foreign newsgroups. The following commands create ephemeral groups. They can be called not only from the Group buffer, but in any Gnus buffer. @table @code @item gnus-read-ephemeral-gmane-group @findex gnus-read-ephemeral-gmane-group @vindex gnus-gmane-group-download-format Read an ephemeral group on Gmane.org. The articles are downloaded via HTTP using the URL specified by @code{gnus-gmane-group-download-format}. Gnus will prompt you for a group name, the start article number and an the article range. @item gnus-read-ephemeral-gmane-group-url @findex gnus-read-ephemeral-gmane-group-url This command is similar to @code{gnus-read-ephemeral-gmane-group}, but the group name and the article number and range are constructed from a given @acronym{URL}. Supported @acronym{URL} formats include e.g. @url{http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.foo.bar/12300/focus=12399}, @url{http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.foo.bar/12345/}, @url{http://article.gmane.org/gmane.foo.bar/12345/}, @url{http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.foo.bar/12345/}, and @url{http://news.gmane.org/group/gmane.foo.bar/thread=12345}. @item gnus-read-ephemeral-emacs-bug-group @findex gnus-read-ephemeral-emacs-bug-group Read an Emacs bug report in an ephemeral group. Gnus will prompt for a bug number. The default is the number at point. The @acronym{URL} is specified in @code{gnus-bug-group-download-format-alist}. @item gnus-read-ephemeral-debian-bug-group @findex gnus-read-ephemeral-debian-bug-group Read a Debian bug report in an ephemeral group. Analog to @code{gnus-read-ephemeral-emacs-bug-group}. @end table Some of these command are also useful for article buttons, @xref{Article Buttons}. Here is an example: @lisp (require 'gnus-art) (add-to-list 'gnus-button-alist '("#\\([0-9]+\\)\\>" 1 (string-match "\\<emacs\\>" (or gnus-newsgroup-name "")) gnus-read-ephemeral-emacs-bug-group 1)) @end lisp @node Group Parameters @section Group Parameters @cindex group parameters The group parameters store information local to a particular group. Use the @kbd{G p} or the @kbd{G c} command to edit group parameters of a group. (@kbd{G p} presents you with a Lisp-based interface, @kbd{G c} presents you with a Customize-like interface. The latter helps avoid silly Lisp errors.) You might also be interested in reading about topic parameters (@pxref{Topic Parameters}). Additionally, you can set group parameters via the @code{gnus-parameters} variable, see below. Here's an example group parameter list: @example ((to-address . "ding@@gnus.org") (auto-expire . t)) @end example We see that each element consists of a ``dotted pair''---the thing before the dot is the key, while the thing after the dot is the value. All the parameters have this form @emph{except} local variable specs, which are not dotted pairs, but proper lists. Some parameters have correspondent customizable variables, each of which is an alist of regexps and values. The following group parameters can be used: @table @code @item to-address @cindex to-address Address used by when doing followups and new posts. @example (to-address . "some@@where.com") @end example This is primarily useful in mail groups that represent closed mailing lists---mailing lists where it's expected that everybody that writes to the mailing list is subscribed to it. Since using this parameter ensures that the mail only goes to the mailing list itself, it means that members won't receive two copies of your followups. Using @code{to-address} will actually work whether the group is foreign or not. Let's say there's a group on the server that is called @samp{fa.4ad-l}. This is a real newsgroup, but the server has gotten the articles from a mail-to-news gateway. Posting directly to this group is therefore impossible---you have to send mail to the mailing list address instead. See also @code{gnus-parameter-to-address-alist}. @item to-list @cindex to-list Address used when doing @kbd{a} in that group. @example (to-list . "some@@where.com") @end example It is totally ignored when doing a followup---except that if it is present in a news group, you'll get mail group semantics when doing @kbd{f}. If you do an @kbd{a} command in a mail group and you have neither a @code{to-list} group parameter nor a @code{to-address} group parameter, then a @code{to-list} group parameter will be added automatically upon sending the message if @code{gnus-add-to-list} is set to @code{t}. @vindex gnus-add-to-list @findex gnus-mailing-list-mode @cindex mail list groups If this variable is set, @code{gnus-mailing-list-mode} is turned on when entering summary buffer. See also @code{gnus-parameter-to-list-alist}. @anchor{subscribed} @item subscribed @cindex subscribed @cindex Mail-Followup-To @findex gnus-find-subscribed-addresses If this parameter is set to @code{t}, Gnus will consider the to-address and to-list parameters for this group as addresses of mailing lists you are subscribed to. Giving Gnus this information is (only) a first step in getting it to generate correct Mail-Followup-To headers for your posts to these lists. The second step is to put the following in your @file{.gnus.el} @lisp (setq message-subscribed-address-functions '(gnus-find-subscribed-addresses)) @end lisp @xref{Mailing Lists, ,Mailing Lists, message, The Message Manual}, for a complete treatment of available MFT support. @item visible @cindex visible If the group parameter list has the element @code{(visible . t)}, that group will always be visible in the Group buffer, regardless of whether it has any unread articles. This parameter cannot be set via @code{gnus-parameters}. See @code{gnus-permanently-visible-groups} as an alternative. @item broken-reply-to @cindex broken-reply-to Elements like @code{(broken-reply-to . t)} signals that @code{Reply-To} headers in this group are to be ignored, and for the header to be hidden if @code{reply-to} is part of @code{gnus-boring-article-headers}. This can be useful if you're reading a mailing list group where the listserv has inserted @code{Reply-To} headers that point back to the listserv itself. That is broken behavior. So there! @item to-group @cindex to-group Elements like @code{(to-group . "some.group.name")} means that all posts in that group will be sent to @code{some.group.name}. @item newsgroup @cindex newsgroup If you have @code{(newsgroup . t)} in the group parameter list, Gnus will treat all responses as if they were responses to news articles. This can be useful if you have a mail group that's really a mirror of a news group. @item gcc-self @cindex gcc-self If @code{(gcc-self . t)} is present in the group parameter list, newly composed messages will be @code{Gcc}'d to the current group. If @code{(gcc-self . none)} is present, no @code{Gcc:} header will be generated, if @code{(gcc-self . "string")} is present, this string will be inserted literally as a @code{gcc} header. This parameter takes precedence over any default @code{Gcc} rules as described later (@pxref{Archived Messages}). @strong{Caveat}: Adding @code{(gcc-self . t)} to the parameter list of @code{nntp} groups (or the like) isn't valid. An @code{nntp} server doesn't accept articles. @item auto-expire @cindex auto-expire @cindex expiring mail If the group parameter has an element that looks like @code{(auto-expire . t)}, all articles read will be marked as expirable. For an alternative approach, @pxref{Expiring Mail}. See also @code{gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups}. @item total-expire @cindex total-expire @cindex expiring mail If the group parameter has an element that looks like @code{(total-expire . t)}, all read articles will be put through the expiry process, even if they are not marked as expirable. Use with caution. Unread, ticked and dormant articles are not eligible for expiry. See also @code{gnus-total-expirable-newsgroups}. @item expiry-wait @cindex expiry-wait @vindex nnmail-expiry-wait-function If the group parameter has an element that looks like @code{(expiry-wait . 10)}, this value will override any @code{nnmail-expiry-wait} and @code{nnmail-expiry-wait-function} (@pxref{Expiring Mail}) when expiring expirable messages. The value can either be a number of days (not necessarily an integer) or the symbols @code{never} or @code{immediate}. @item expiry-target @cindex expiry-target Where expired messages end up. This parameter overrides @code{nnmail-expiry-target}. @item score-file @cindex score file group parameter Elements that look like @code{(score-file . "file")} will make @file{file} into the current score file for the group in question. All interactive score entries will be put into this file. @item adapt-file @cindex adapt file group parameter Elements that look like @code{(adapt-file . "file")} will make @file{file} into the current adaptive file for the group in question. All adaptive score entries will be put into this file. @item admin-address @cindex admin-address When unsubscribing from a mailing list you should never send the unsubscription notice to the mailing list itself. Instead, you'd send messages to the administrative address. This parameter allows you to put the admin address somewhere convenient. @item display @cindex display Elements that look like @code{(display . MODE)} say which articles to display on entering the group. Valid values are: @table @code @item all Display all articles, both read and unread. @item an integer Display the last @var{integer} articles in the group. This is the same as entering the group with @kbd{C-u @var{integer}}. @item default Display the default visible articles, which normally includes unread and ticked articles. @item an array Display articles that satisfy a predicate. Here are some examples: @table @code @item [unread] Display only unread articles. @item [not expire] Display everything except expirable articles. @item [and (not reply) (not expire)] Display everything except expirable and articles you've already responded to. @end table The available operators are @code{not}, @code{and} and @code{or}. Predicates include @code{tick}, @code{unsend}, @code{undownload}, @code{unread}, @code{dormant}, @code{expire}, @code{reply}, @code{killed}, @code{bookmark}, @code{score}, @code{save}, @code{cache}, @code{forward}, @code{unseen} and @code{recent}. @end table The @code{display} parameter works by limiting the summary buffer to the subset specified. You can pop the limit by using the @kbd{/ w} command (@pxref{Limiting}). @item comment @cindex comment Elements that look like @code{(comment . "This is a comment")} are arbitrary comments on the group. You can display comments in the group line (@pxref{Group Line Specification}). @item charset @cindex charset Elements that look like @code{(charset . iso-8859-1)} will make @code{iso-8859-1} the default charset; that is, the charset that will be used for all articles that do not specify a charset. See also @code{gnus-group-charset-alist}. @item ignored-charsets @cindex ignored-charset Elements that look like @code{(ignored-charsets x-unknown iso-8859-1)} will make @code{iso-8859-1} and @code{x-unknown} ignored; that is, the default charset will be used for decoding articles. See also @code{gnus-group-ignored-charsets-alist}. @item posting-style @cindex posting-style You can store additional posting style information for this group here (@pxref{Posting Styles}). The format is that of an entry in the @code{gnus-posting-styles} alist, except that there's no regexp matching the group name (of course). Style elements in this group parameter will take precedence over the ones found in @code{gnus-posting-styles}. For instance, if you want a funky name and signature in this group only, instead of hacking @code{gnus-posting-styles}, you could put something like this in the group parameters: @example (posting-style (name "Funky Name") ("X-My-Header" "Funky Value") (signature "Funky Signature")) @end example If you're using topics to organize your group buffer (@pxref{Group Topics}), note that posting styles can also be set in the topics parameters. Posting styles in topic parameters apply to all groups in this topic. More precisely, the posting-style settings for a group result from the hierarchical merging of all posting-style entries in the parameters of this group and all the topics it belongs to. @item post-method @cindex post-method If it is set, the value is used as the method for posting message instead of @code{gnus-post-method}. @item mail-source @cindex mail-source If it is set, and the setting of @code{mail-sources} includes a @code{group} mail source (@pxref{Mail Sources}), the value is a mail source for this group. @item banner @cindex banner An item like @code{(banner . @var{regexp})} causes any part of an article that matches the regular expression @var{regexp} to be stripped. Instead of @var{regexp}, you can also use the symbol @code{signature} which strips the last signature or any of the elements of the alist @code{gnus-article-banner-alist}. @item sieve @cindex sieve This parameter contains a Sieve test that should match incoming mail that should be placed in this group. From this group parameter, a Sieve @samp{IF} control structure is generated, having the test as the condition and @samp{fileinto "group.name";} as the body. For example, if the @samp{INBOX.list.sieve} group has the @code{(sieve address "sender" "sieve-admin@@extundo.com")} group parameter, when translating the group parameter into a Sieve script (@pxref{Sieve Commands}) the following Sieve code is generated: @example if address "sender" "sieve-admin@@extundo.com" @{ fileinto "INBOX.list.sieve"; @} @end example To generate tests for multiple email-addresses use a group parameter like @code{(sieve address "sender" ("name@@one.org" else@@two.org"))}. When generating a sieve script (@pxref{Sieve Commands}) Sieve code like the following is generated: @example if address "sender" ["name@@one.org", "else@@two.org"] @{ fileinto "INBOX.list.sieve"; @} @end example See @pxref{Sieve Commands} for commands and variables that might be of interest in relation to the sieve parameter. The Sieve language is described in RFC 3028. @xref{Top, Emacs Sieve, Top, sieve, Emacs Sieve}. @item (agent parameters) If the agent has been enabled, you can set any of its parameters to control the behavior of the agent in individual groups. See Agent Parameters in @ref{Category Syntax}. Most users will choose to set agent parameters in either an agent category or group topic to minimize the configuration effort. @item (@var{variable} @var{form}) You can use the group parameters to set variables local to the group you are entering. If you want to turn threading off in @samp{news.answers}, you could put @code{(gnus-show-threads nil)} in the group parameters of that group. @code{gnus-show-threads} will be made into a local variable in the summary buffer you enter, and the form @code{nil} will be @code{eval}ed there. Note that this feature sets the variable locally to the summary buffer if and only if @var{variable} has been bound as a variable. Otherwise, only evaluating the form will take place. So, you may want to bind the variable in advance using @code{defvar} or other if the result of the form needs to be set to it. But some variables are evaluated in the article buffer, or in the message buffer (of a reply or followup or otherwise newly created message). As a workaround, it might help to add the variable in question to @code{gnus-newsgroup-variables}. @xref{Various Summary Stuff}. So if you want to set @code{message-from-style} via the group parameters, then you may need the following statement elsewhere in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (add-to-list 'gnus-newsgroup-variables 'message-from-style) @end lisp @vindex gnus-list-identifiers A use for this feature is to remove a mailing list identifier tag in the subject fields of articles. E.g. if the news group @example nntp+news.gnus.org:gmane.text.docbook.apps @end example has the tag @samp{DOC-BOOK-APPS:} in the subject of all articles, this tag can be removed from the article subjects in the summary buffer for the group by putting @code{(gnus-list-identifiers "DOCBOOK-APPS:")} into the group parameters for the group. This can also be used as a group-specific hook function. If you want to hear a beep when you enter a group, you could put something like @code{(dummy-variable (ding))} in the parameters of that group. If @code{dummy-variable} has been bound (see above), it will be set to the (meaningless) result of the @code{(ding)} form. Alternatively, since the VARIABLE becomes local to the group, this pattern can be used to temporarily change a hook. For example, if the following is added to a group parameter @lisp (gnus-summary-prepared-hook '(lambda nil (local-set-key "d" (local-key-binding "n")))) @end lisp when the group is entered, the 'd' key will not mark the article as expired. @end table @vindex gnus-parameters Group parameters can be set via the @code{gnus-parameters} variable too. But some variables, such as @code{visible}, have no effect (For this case see @code{gnus-permanently-visible-groups} as an alternative.). For example: @lisp (setq gnus-parameters '(("mail\\..*" (gnus-show-threads nil) (gnus-use-scoring nil) (gnus-summary-line-format "%U%R%z%I%(%[%d:%ub%-23,23f%]%) %s\n") (gcc-self . t) (display . all)) ("^nnimap:\\(foo.bar\\)$" (to-group . "\\1")) ("mail\\.me" (gnus-use-scoring t)) ("list\\..*" (total-expire . t) (broken-reply-to . t)))) @end lisp String value of parameters will be subjected to regexp substitution, as the @code{to-group} example shows. @vindex gnus-parameters-case-fold-search By default, whether comparing the group name and one of those regexps specified in @code{gnus-parameters} is done in a case-sensitive manner or a case-insensitive manner depends on the value of @code{case-fold-search} at the time when the comparison is done. The value of @code{case-fold-search} is typically @code{t}; it means, for example, the element @code{("INBOX\\.FOO" (total-expire . t))} might be applied to both the @samp{INBOX.FOO} group and the @samp{INBOX.foo} group. If you want to make those regexps always case-sensitive, set the value of the @code{gnus-parameters-case-fold-search} variable to @code{nil}. Otherwise, set it to @code{t} if you want to compare them always in a case-insensitive manner. You can define different sorting to different groups via @code{gnus-parameters}. Here is an example to sort an @acronym{NNTP} group by reverse date to see the latest news at the top and an @acronym{RSS} group by subject. In this example, the first group is the Debian daily news group @code{gmane.linux.debian.user.news} from news.gmane.org. The @acronym{RSS} group corresponds to the Debian weekly news RSS feed @url{http://packages.debian.org/unstable/newpkg_main.en.rdf}, @xref{RSS}. @lisp (setq gnus-parameters '(("nntp.*gmane\\.debian\\.user\\.news" (gnus-show-threads nil) (gnus-article-sort-functions '((not gnus-article-sort-by-date))) (gnus-use-adaptive-scoring nil) (gnus-use-scoring nil)) ("nnrss.*debian" (gnus-show-threads nil) (gnus-article-sort-functions 'gnus-article-sort-by-subject) (gnus-use-adaptive-scoring nil) (gnus-use-scoring t) (gnus-score-find-score-files-function 'gnus-score-find-single) (gnus-summary-line-format "%U%R%z%d %I%(%[ %s %]%)\n")))) @end lisp @node Listing Groups @section Listing Groups @cindex group listing These commands all list various slices of the groups available. @table @kbd @item l @itemx A s @kindex A s (Group) @kindex l (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-groups List all groups that have unread articles (@code{gnus-group-list-groups}). If the numeric prefix is used, this command will list only groups of level ARG and lower. By default, it only lists groups of level five (i.e., @code{gnus-group-default-list-level}) or lower (i.e., just subscribed groups). @item L @itemx A u @kindex A u (Group) @kindex L (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-all-groups List all groups, whether they have unread articles or not (@code{gnus-group-list-all-groups}). If the numeric prefix is used, this command will list only groups of level ARG and lower. By default, it lists groups of level seven or lower (i.e., just subscribed and unsubscribed groups). @item A l @kindex A l (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-level List all unread groups on a specific level (@code{gnus-group-list-level}). If given a prefix, also list the groups with no unread articles. @item A k @kindex A k (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-killed List all killed groups (@code{gnus-group-list-killed}). If given a prefix argument, really list all groups that are available, but aren't currently (un)subscribed. This could entail reading the active file from the server. @item A z @kindex A z (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-zombies List all zombie groups (@code{gnus-group-list-zombies}). @item A m @kindex A m (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-matching List all unread, subscribed groups with names that match a regexp (@code{gnus-group-list-matching}). @item A M @kindex A M (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-all-matching List groups that match a regexp (@code{gnus-group-list-all-matching}). @item A A @kindex A A (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-active List absolutely all groups in the active file(s) of the server(s) you are connected to (@code{gnus-group-list-active}). This might very well take quite a while. It might actually be a better idea to do a @kbd{A M} to list all matching, and just give @samp{.} as the thing to match on. Also note that this command may list groups that don't exist (yet)---these will be listed as if they were killed groups. Take the output with some grains of salt. @item A a @kindex A a (Group) @findex gnus-group-apropos List all groups that have names that match a regexp (@code{gnus-group-apropos}). @item A d @kindex A d (Group) @findex gnus-group-description-apropos List all groups that have names or descriptions that match a regexp (@code{gnus-group-description-apropos}). @item A c @kindex A c (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-cached List all groups with cached articles (@code{gnus-group-list-cached}). @item A ? @kindex A ? (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-dormant List all groups with dormant articles (@code{gnus-group-list-dormant}). @item A / @kindex A / (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-limit List groups limited within the current selection (@code{gnus-group-list-limit}). @item A f @kindex A f (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-flush Flush groups from the current selection (@code{gnus-group-list-flush}). @item A p @kindex A p (Group) @findex gnus-group-list-plus List groups plus the current selection (@code{gnus-group-list-plus}). @end table @vindex gnus-permanently-visible-groups @cindex visible group parameter Groups that match the @code{gnus-permanently-visible-groups} regexp will always be shown, whether they have unread articles or not. You can also add the @code{visible} element to the group parameters in question to get the same effect. @vindex gnus-list-groups-with-ticked-articles Groups that have just ticked articles in it are normally listed in the group buffer. If @code{gnus-list-groups-with-ticked-articles} is @code{nil}, these groups will be treated just like totally empty groups. It is @code{t} by default. @node Sorting Groups @section Sorting Groups @cindex sorting groups @kindex C-c C-s (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-groups @vindex gnus-group-sort-function The @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups}) command sorts the group buffer according to the function(s) given by the @code{gnus-group-sort-function} variable. Available sorting functions include: @table @code @item gnus-group-sort-by-alphabet @findex gnus-group-sort-by-alphabet Sort the group names alphabetically. This is the default. @item gnus-group-sort-by-real-name @findex gnus-group-sort-by-real-name Sort the group alphabetically on the real (unprefixed) group names. @item gnus-group-sort-by-level @findex gnus-group-sort-by-level Sort by group level. @item gnus-group-sort-by-score @findex gnus-group-sort-by-score Sort by group score. @xref{Group Score}. @item gnus-group-sort-by-rank @findex gnus-group-sort-by-rank Sort by group score and then the group level. The level and the score are, when taken together, the group's @dfn{rank}. @xref{Group Score}. @item gnus-group-sort-by-unread @findex gnus-group-sort-by-unread Sort by number of unread articles. @item gnus-group-sort-by-method @findex gnus-group-sort-by-method Sort alphabetically on the select method. @item gnus-group-sort-by-server @findex gnus-group-sort-by-server Sort alphabetically on the Gnus server name. @end table @code{gnus-group-sort-function} can also be a list of sorting functions. In that case, the most significant sort key function must be the last one. There are also a number of commands for sorting directly according to some sorting criteria: @table @kbd @item G S a @kindex G S a (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-alphabet Sort the group buffer alphabetically by group name (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-alphabet}). @item G S u @kindex G S u (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-unread Sort the group buffer by the number of unread articles (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-unread}). @item G S l @kindex G S l (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-level Sort the group buffer by group level (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-level}). @item G S v @kindex G S v (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score Sort the group buffer by group score (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score}). @xref{Group Score}. @item G S r @kindex G S r (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank Sort the group buffer by group rank (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank}). @xref{Group Score}. @item G S m @kindex G S m (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-method Sort the group buffer alphabetically by back end name@* (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-method}). @item G S n @kindex G S n (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-real-name Sort the group buffer alphabetically by real (unprefixed) group name (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-real-name}). @end table All the commands below obey the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). When given a symbolic prefix (@pxref{Symbolic Prefixes}), all these commands will sort in reverse order. You can also sort a subset of the groups: @table @kbd @item G P a @kindex G P a (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-alphabet Sort the groups alphabetically by group name (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-alphabet}). @item G P u @kindex G P u (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-unread Sort the groups by the number of unread articles (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-unread}). @item G P l @kindex G P l (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-level Sort the groups by group level (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-level}). @item G P v @kindex G P v (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-score Sort the groups by group score (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-score}). @xref{Group Score}. @item G P r @kindex G P r (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-rank Sort the groups by group rank (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-rank}). @xref{Group Score}. @item G P m @kindex G P m (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-method Sort the groups alphabetically by back end name@* (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-method}). @item G P n @kindex G P n (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-real-name Sort the groups alphabetically by real (unprefixed) group name (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-real-name}). @item G P s @kindex G P s (Group) @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups Sort the groups according to @code{gnus-group-sort-function}. @end table And finally, note that you can use @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-y} to manually move groups around. @node Group Maintenance @section Group Maintenance @cindex bogus groups @table @kbd @item b @kindex b (Group) @findex gnus-group-check-bogus-groups Find bogus groups and delete them (@code{gnus-group-check-bogus-groups}). @item F @kindex F (Group) @findex gnus-group-find-new-groups Find new groups and process them (@code{gnus-group-find-new-groups}). With 1 @kbd{C-u}, use the @code{ask-server} method to query the server for new groups. With 2 @kbd{C-u}'s, use most complete method possible to query the server for new groups, and subscribe the new groups as zombies. @item C-c C-x @kindex C-c C-x (Group) @findex gnus-group-expire-articles @cindex expiring mail Run all expirable articles in the current group through the expiry process (if any) (@code{gnus-group-expire-articles}). That is, delete all expirable articles in the group that have been around for a while. (@pxref{Expiring Mail}). @item C-c C-M-x @kindex C-c C-M-x (Group) @findex gnus-group-expire-all-groups @cindex expiring mail Run all expirable articles in all groups through the expiry process (@code{gnus-group-expire-all-groups}). @end table @node Browse Foreign Server @section Browse Foreign Server @cindex foreign servers @cindex browsing servers @table @kbd @item B @kindex B (Group) @findex gnus-group-browse-foreign-server You will be queried for a select method and a server name. Gnus will then attempt to contact this server and let you browse the groups there (@code{gnus-group-browse-foreign-server}). @end table @findex gnus-browse-mode A new buffer with a list of available groups will appear. This buffer will use the @code{gnus-browse-mode}. This buffer looks a bit (well, a lot) like a normal group buffer. Here's a list of keystrokes available in the browse mode: @table @kbd @item n @kindex n (Browse) @findex gnus-group-next-group Go to the next group (@code{gnus-group-next-group}). @item p @kindex p (Browse) @findex gnus-group-prev-group Go to the previous group (@code{gnus-group-prev-group}). @item SPACE @kindex SPACE (Browse) @findex gnus-browse-read-group Enter the current group and display the first article (@code{gnus-browse-read-group}). @item RET @kindex RET (Browse) @findex gnus-browse-select-group Enter the current group (@code{gnus-browse-select-group}). @item u @kindex u (Browse) @findex gnus-browse-unsubscribe-current-group @vindex gnus-browse-subscribe-newsgroup-method Unsubscribe to the current group, or, as will be the case here, subscribe to it (@code{gnus-browse-unsubscribe-current-group}). You can affect the way the new group is entered into the Group buffer using the variable @code{gnus-browse-subscribe-newsgroup-method}. See @pxref{Subscription Methods} for available options. @item l @itemx q @kindex q (Browse) @kindex l (Browse) @findex gnus-browse-exit Exit browse mode (@code{gnus-browse-exit}). @item d @kindex d (Browse) @findex gnus-browse-describe-group Describe the current group (@code{gnus-browse-describe-group}). @item ? @kindex ? (Browse) @findex gnus-browse-describe-briefly Describe browse mode briefly (well, there's not much to describe, is there) (@code{gnus-browse-describe-briefly}). @end table @node Exiting Gnus @section Exiting Gnus @cindex exiting Gnus Yes, Gnus is ex(c)iting. @table @kbd @item z @kindex z (Group) @findex gnus-group-suspend Suspend Gnus (@code{gnus-group-suspend}). This doesn't really exit Gnus, but it kills all buffers except the Group buffer. I'm not sure why this is a gain, but then who am I to judge? @item q @kindex q (Group) @findex gnus-group-exit @c @icon{gnus-group-exit} Quit Gnus (@code{gnus-group-exit}). @item Q @kindex Q (Group) @findex gnus-group-quit Quit Gnus without saving the @file{.newsrc} files (@code{gnus-group-quit}). The dribble file will be saved, though (@pxref{Auto Save}). @end table @vindex gnus-exit-gnus-hook @vindex gnus-suspend-gnus-hook @vindex gnus-after-exiting-gnus-hook @code{gnus-suspend-gnus-hook} is called when you suspend Gnus and @code{gnus-exit-gnus-hook} is called when you quit Gnus, while @code{gnus-after-exiting-gnus-hook} is called as the final item when exiting Gnus. Note: @quotation Miss Lisa Cannifax, while sitting in English class, felt her feet go numbly heavy and herself fall into a hazy trance as the boy sitting behind her drew repeated lines with his pencil across the back of her plastic chair. @end quotation @node Group Topics @section Group Topics @cindex topics If you read lots and lots of groups, it might be convenient to group them hierarchically according to topics. You put your Emacs groups over here, your sex groups over there, and the rest (what, two groups or so?) you put in some misc section that you never bother with anyway. You can even group the Emacs sex groups as a sub-topic to either the Emacs groups or the sex groups---or both! Go wild! @iftex @iflatex \gnusfigure{Group Topics}{400}{ \put(75,50){\epsfig{figure=ps/group-topic,height=9cm}} } @end iflatex @end iftex Here's an example: @example Gnus Emacs -- I wuw it! 3: comp.emacs 2: alt.religion.emacs Naughty Emacs 452: alt.sex.emacs 0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery Misc 8: comp.binaries.fractals 13: comp.sources.unix @end example @findex gnus-topic-mode @kindex t (Group) To get this @emph{fab} functionality you simply turn on (ooh!) the @code{gnus-topic} minor mode---type @kbd{t} in the group buffer. (This is a toggling command.) Go ahead, just try it. I'll still be here when you get back. La de dum@dots{} Nice tune, that@dots{} la la la@dots{} What, you're back? Yes, and now press @kbd{l}. There. All your groups are now listed under @samp{misc}. Doesn't that make you feel all warm and fuzzy? Hot and bothered? If you want this permanently enabled, you should add that minor mode to the hook for the group mode. Put the following line in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode) @end lisp @menu * Topic Commands:: Interactive E-Z commands. * Topic Variables:: How to customize the topics the Lisp Way. * Topic Sorting:: Sorting each topic individually. * Topic Topology:: A map of the world. * Topic Parameters:: Parameters that apply to all groups in a topic. @end menu @node Topic Commands @subsection Topic Commands @cindex topic commands When the topic minor mode is turned on, a new @kbd{T} submap will be available. In addition, a few of the standard keys change their definitions slightly. In general, the following kinds of operations are possible on topics. First of all, you want to create topics. Secondly, you want to put groups in topics and to move them around until you have an order you like. The third kind of operation is to show/hide parts of the whole shebang. You might want to hide a topic including its subtopics and groups, to get a better overview of the other groups. Here is a list of the basic keys that you might need to set up topics the way you like. @table @kbd @item T n @kindex T n (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-create-topic Prompt for a new topic name and create it (@code{gnus-topic-create-topic}). @item T TAB @itemx TAB @kindex T TAB (Topic) @kindex TAB (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-indent ``Indent'' the current topic so that it becomes a sub-topic of the previous topic (@code{gnus-topic-indent}). If given a prefix, ``un-indent'' the topic instead. @item M-TAB @kindex M-TAB (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-unindent ``Un-indent'' the current topic so that it becomes a sub-topic of the parent of its current parent (@code{gnus-topic-unindent}). @end table The following two keys can be used to move groups and topics around. They work like the well-known cut and paste. @kbd{C-k} is like cut and @kbd{C-y} is like paste. Of course, this being Emacs, we use the terms kill and yank rather than cut and paste. @table @kbd @item C-k @kindex C-k (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-kill-group Kill a group or topic (@code{gnus-topic-kill-group}). All groups in the topic will be removed along with the topic. @item C-y @kindex C-y (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-yank-group Yank the previously killed group or topic (@code{gnus-topic-yank-group}). Note that all topics will be yanked before all groups. So, to move a topic to the beginning of the list of topics, just hit @kbd{C-k} on it. This is like the ``cut'' part of cut and paste. Then, move the cursor to the beginning of the buffer (just below the ``Gnus'' topic) and hit @kbd{C-y}. This is like the ``paste'' part of cut and paste. Like I said -- E-Z. You can use @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-y} on groups as well as on topics. So you can move topics around as well as groups. @end table After setting up the topics the way you like them, you might wish to hide a topic, or to show it again. That's why we have the following key. @table @kbd @item RET @kindex RET (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-select-group @itemx SPACE Either select a group or fold a topic (@code{gnus-topic-select-group}). When you perform this command on a group, you'll enter the group, as usual. When done on a topic line, the topic will be folded (if it was visible) or unfolded (if it was folded already). So it's basically a toggling command on topics. In addition, if you give a numerical prefix, group on that level (and lower) will be displayed. @end table Now for a list of other commands, in no particular order. @table @kbd @item T m @kindex T m (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-move-group Move the current group to some other topic (@code{gnus-topic-move-group}). This command uses the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item T j @kindex T j (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-jump-to-topic Go to a topic (@code{gnus-topic-jump-to-topic}). @item T c @kindex T c (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-copy-group Copy the current group to some other topic (@code{gnus-topic-copy-group}). This command uses the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item T h @kindex T h (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-hide-topic Hide the current topic (@code{gnus-topic-hide-topic}). If given a prefix, hide the topic permanently. @item T s @kindex T s (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-show-topic Show the current topic (@code{gnus-topic-show-topic}). If given a prefix, show the topic permanently. @item T D @kindex T D (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-remove-group Remove a group from the current topic (@code{gnus-topic-remove-group}). This command is mainly useful if you have the same group in several topics and wish to remove it from one of the topics. You may also remove a group from all topics, but in that case, Gnus will add it to the root topic the next time you start Gnus. In fact, all new groups (which, naturally, don't belong to any topic) will show up in the root topic. This command uses the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item T M @kindex T M (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-move-matching Move all groups that match some regular expression to a topic (@code{gnus-topic-move-matching}). @item T C @kindex T C (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-copy-matching Copy all groups that match some regular expression to a topic (@code{gnus-topic-copy-matching}). @item T H @kindex T H (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-toggle-display-empty-topics Toggle hiding empty topics (@code{gnus-topic-toggle-display-empty-topics}). @item T # @kindex T # (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-mark-topic Mark all groups in the current topic with the process mark (@code{gnus-topic-mark-topic}). This command works recursively on sub-topics unless given a prefix. @item T M-# @kindex T M-# (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-unmark-topic Remove the process mark from all groups in the current topic (@code{gnus-topic-unmark-topic}). This command works recursively on sub-topics unless given a prefix. @item C-c C-x @kindex C-c C-x (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-expire-articles @cindex expiring mail Run all expirable articles in the current group or topic through the expiry process (if any) (@code{gnus-topic-expire-articles}). (@pxref{Expiring Mail}). @item T r @kindex T r (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-rename Rename a topic (@code{gnus-topic-rename}). @item T DEL @kindex T DEL (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-delete Delete an empty topic (@code{gnus-topic-delete}). @item A T @kindex A T (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-list-active List all groups that Gnus knows about in a topics-ified way (@code{gnus-topic-list-active}). @item T M-n @kindex T M-n (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-goto-next-topic Go to the next topic (@code{gnus-topic-goto-next-topic}). @item T M-p @kindex T M-p (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-goto-previous-topic Go to the previous topic (@code{gnus-topic-goto-previous-topic}). @item G p @kindex G p (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-edit-parameters @cindex group parameters @cindex topic parameters @cindex parameters Edit the topic parameters (@code{gnus-topic-edit-parameters}). @xref{Topic Parameters}. @end table @node Topic Variables @subsection Topic Variables @cindex topic variables The previous section told you how to tell Gnus which topics to display. This section explains how to tell Gnus what to display about each topic. @vindex gnus-topic-line-format The topic lines themselves are created according to the @code{gnus-topic-line-format} variable (@pxref{Formatting Variables}). Valid elements are: @table @samp @item i Indentation. @item n Topic name. @item v Visibility. @item l Level. @item g Number of groups in the topic. @item a Number of unread articles in the topic. @item A Number of unread articles in the topic and all its subtopics. @end table @vindex gnus-topic-indent-level Each sub-topic (and the groups in the sub-topics) will be indented with @code{gnus-topic-indent-level} times the topic level number of spaces. The default is 2. @vindex gnus-topic-mode-hook @code{gnus-topic-mode-hook} is called in topic minor mode buffers. @vindex gnus-topic-display-empty-topics The @code{gnus-topic-display-empty-topics} says whether to display even topics that have no unread articles in them. The default is @code{t}. @node Topic Sorting @subsection Topic Sorting @cindex topic sorting You can sort the groups in each topic individually with the following commands: @table @kbd @item T S a @kindex T S a (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-alphabet Sort the current topic alphabetically by group name (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-alphabet}). @item T S u @kindex T S u (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-unread Sort the current topic by the number of unread articles (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-unread}). @item T S l @kindex T S l (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-level Sort the current topic by group level (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-level}). @item T S v @kindex T S v (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-score Sort the current topic by group score (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-score}). @xref{Group Score}. @item T S r @kindex T S r (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-rank Sort the current topic by group rank (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-rank}). @xref{Group Score}. @item T S m @kindex T S m (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-method Sort the current topic alphabetically by back end name (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-method}). @item T S e @kindex T S e (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-server Sort the current topic alphabetically by server name (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-server}). @item T S s @kindex T S s (Topic) @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups Sort the current topic according to the function(s) given by the @code{gnus-group-sort-function} variable (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups}). @end table When given a prefix argument, all these commands will sort in reverse order. @xref{Sorting Groups}, for more information about group sorting. @node Topic Topology @subsection Topic Topology @cindex topic topology @cindex topology So, let's have a look at an example group buffer: @example @group Gnus Emacs -- I wuw it! 3: comp.emacs 2: alt.religion.emacs Naughty Emacs 452: alt.sex.emacs 0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery Misc 8: comp.binaries.fractals 13: comp.sources.unix @end group @end example So, here we have one top-level topic (@samp{Gnus}), two topics under that, and one sub-topic under one of the sub-topics. (There is always just one (1) top-level topic). This topology can be expressed as follows: @lisp (("Gnus" visible) (("Emacs -- I wuw it!" visible) (("Naughty Emacs" visible))) (("Misc" visible))) @end lisp @vindex gnus-topic-topology This is in fact how the variable @code{gnus-topic-topology} would look for the display above. That variable is saved in the @file{.newsrc.eld} file, and shouldn't be messed with manually---unless you really want to. Since this variable is read from the @file{.newsrc.eld} file, setting it in any other startup files will have no effect. This topology shows what topics are sub-topics of what topics (right), and which topics are visible. Two settings are currently allowed---@code{visible} and @code{invisible}. @node Topic Parameters @subsection Topic Parameters @cindex topic parameters All groups in a topic will inherit group parameters from the parent (and ancestor) topic parameters. All valid group parameters are valid topic parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}). When the agent is enabled, all agent parameters (See Agent Parameters in @ref{Category Syntax}) are also valid topic parameters. In addition, the following parameters are only valid as topic parameters: @table @code @item subscribe When subscribing new groups by topic (@pxref{Subscription Methods}), the @code{subscribe} topic parameter says what groups go in what topic. Its value should be a regexp to match the groups that should go in that topic. @item subscribe-level When subscribing new groups by topic (see the @code{subscribe} parameter), the group will be subscribed with the level specified in the @code{subscribe-level} instead of @code{gnus-level-default-subscribed}. @end table Group parameters (of course) override topic parameters, and topic parameters in sub-topics override topic parameters in super-topics. You know. Normal inheritance rules. (@dfn{Rules} is here a noun, not a verb, although you may feel free to disagree with me here.) @example @group Gnus Emacs 3: comp.emacs 2: alt.religion.emacs 452: alt.sex.emacs Relief 452: alt.sex.emacs 0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery Misc 8: comp.binaries.fractals 13: comp.sources.unix 452: alt.sex.emacs @end group @end example The @samp{Emacs} topic has the topic parameter @code{(score-file . "emacs.SCORE")}; the @samp{Relief} topic has the topic parameter @code{(score-file . "relief.SCORE")}; and the @samp{Misc} topic has the topic parameter @code{(score-file . "emacs.SCORE")}. In addition, @* @samp{alt.religion.emacs} has the group parameter @code{(score-file . "religion.SCORE")}. Now, when you enter @samp{alt.sex.emacs} in the @samp{Relief} topic, you will get the @file{relief.SCORE} home score file. If you enter the same group in the @samp{Emacs} topic, you'll get the @file{emacs.SCORE} home score file. If you enter the group @samp{alt.religion.emacs}, you'll get the @file{religion.SCORE} home score file. This seems rather simple and self-evident, doesn't it? Well, yes. But there are some problems, especially with the @code{total-expiry} parameter. Say you have a mail group in two topics; one with @code{total-expiry} and one without. What happens when you do @kbd{M-x gnus-expire-all-expirable-groups}? Gnus has no way of telling which one of these topics you mean to expire articles from, so anything may happen. In fact, I hereby declare that it is @dfn{undefined} what happens. You just have to be careful if you do stuff like that. @node Non-ASCII Group Names @section Accessing groups of non-English names @cindex non-ascii group names There are some news servers that provide groups of which the names are expressed with their native languages in the world. For instance, in a certain news server there are some newsgroups of which the names are spelled in Chinese, where people are talking in Chinese. You can, of course, subscribe to such news groups using Gnus. Currently Gnus supports non-@acronym{ASCII} group names not only with the @code{nntp} back end but also with the @code{nnml} back end and the @code{nnrss} back end. Every such group name is encoded by a certain charset in the server side (in an @acronym{NNTP} server its administrator determines the charset, but for groups in the other back ends it is determined by you). Gnus has to display the decoded ones for you in the group buffer and the article buffer, and needs to use the encoded ones when communicating with servers. However, Gnus doesn't know what charset is used for each non-@acronym{ASCII} group name. The following two variables are just the ones for telling Gnus what charset should be used for each group: @table @code @item gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist @vindex gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist An alist of select methods and charsets. The default value is @code{nil}. The names of groups in the server specified by that select method are all supposed to use the corresponding charset. For example: @lisp (setq gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist '(((nntp "news.com.cn") . cn-gb-2312))) @end lisp Charsets specified for groups with this variable are preferred to the ones specified for the same groups with the @code{gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist} variable (see below). A select method can be very long, like: @lisp (nntp "gmane" (nntp-address "news.gmane.org") (nntp-end-of-line "\n") (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-telnet) (nntp-via-rlogin-command "ssh") (nntp-via-rlogin-command-switches ("-C" "-t" "-e" "none")) (nntp-via-address @dots{})) @end lisp In that case, you can truncate it into @code{(nntp "gmane")} in this variable. That is, it is enough to contain only the back end name and the server name. @item gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist @cindex UTF-8 group names @vindex gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist An alist of regexp of group name and the charset for group names. @code{((".*" . utf-8))} is the default value if UTF-8 is supported, otherwise the default is @code{nil}. For example: @lisp (setq gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist '(("\\.com\\.cn:" . cn-gb-2312) (".*" . utf-8))) @end lisp Note that this variable is ignored if the match is made with @code{gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist}. @end table Those two variables are used also to determine the charset for encoding and decoding non-@acronym{ASCII} group names that are in the back ends other than @code{nntp}. It means that it is you who determine it. If you do nothing, the charset used for group names in those back ends will all be @code{utf-8} because of the last element of @code{gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist}. There is one more important variable for non-@acronym{ASCII} group names: @table @code @item nnmail-pathname-coding-system @vindex nnmail-pathname-coding-system The value of this variable should be a coding system or @code{nil}. The default is @code{nil} in Emacs, or is the aliasee of the coding system named @code{file-name} (a certain coding system of which an alias is @code{file-name}) in XEmacs. The @code{nnml} back end, the @code{nnrss} back end, the @acronym{NNTP} marks feature (@pxref{NNTP marks}), the agent, and the cache use non-@acronym{ASCII} group names in those files and directories. This variable overrides the value of @code{file-name-coding-system} which specifies the coding system used when encoding and decoding those file names and directory names. In XEmacs (with the @code{mule} feature), @code{file-name-coding-system} is the only means to specify the coding system used to encode and decode file names. On the other hand, Emacs uses the value of @code{default-file-name-coding-system} if @code{file-name-coding-system} is @code{nil} or it is bound to the value of @code{nnmail-pathname-coding-system} which is @code{nil}. Normally the value of @code{default-file-name-coding-system} in Emacs or @code{nnmail-pathname-coding-system} in XEmacs is initialized according to the locale, so you will need to do nothing if the value is suitable to encode and decode non-@acronym{ASCII} group names. The value of this variable (or @code{default-file-name-coding-system}) does not necessarily need to be the same value that is determined by @code{gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist} and @code{gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist}. If @code{default-file-name-coding-system} or this variable is initialized by default to @code{iso-latin-1} for example, although you want to subscribe to the groups spelled in Chinese, that is the most typical case where you have to customize @code{nnmail-pathname-coding-system}. The @code{utf-8} coding system is a good candidate for it. Otherwise, you may change the locale in your system so that @code{default-file-name-coding-system} or this variable may be initialized to an appropriate value. @end table Note that when you copy or move articles from a non-@acronym{ASCII} group to another group, the charset used to encode and decode group names should be the same in both groups. Otherwise the Newsgroups header will be displayed incorrectly in the article buffer. @node Misc Group Stuff @section Misc Group Stuff @menu * Scanning New Messages:: Asking Gnus to see whether new messages have arrived. * Group Information:: Information and help on groups and Gnus. * Group Timestamp:: Making Gnus keep track of when you last read a group. * File Commands:: Reading and writing the Gnus files. * Sieve Commands:: Managing Sieve scripts. @end menu @table @kbd @item v @kindex v (Group) @cindex keys, reserved for users (Group) The key @kbd{v} is reserved for users. You can bind it to some command or better use it as a prefix key. For example: @lisp (define-key gnus-group-mode-map (kbd "v j d") (lambda () (interactive) (gnus-group-jump-to-group "nndraft:drafts"))) @end lisp On keys reserved for users in Emacs and on keybindings in general @xref{Keymaps, Keymaps, , emacs, The Emacs Editor}. @item ^ @kindex ^ (Group) @findex gnus-group-enter-server-mode Enter the server buffer (@code{gnus-group-enter-server-mode}). @xref{Server Buffer}. @item a @kindex a (Group) @findex gnus-group-post-news Start composing a message (a news by default) (@code{gnus-group-post-news}). If given a prefix, post to the group under the point. If the prefix is 1, prompt for a group to post to. Contrary to what the name of this function suggests, the prepared article might be a mail instead of a news, if a mail group is specified with the prefix argument. @xref{Composing Messages}. @item m @kindex m (Group) @findex gnus-group-mail Mail a message somewhere (@code{gnus-group-mail}). If given a prefix, use the posting style of the group under the point. If the prefix is 1, prompt for a group name to find the posting style. @xref{Composing Messages}. @item i @kindex i (Group) @findex gnus-group-news Start composing a news (@code{gnus-group-news}). If given a prefix, post to the group under the point. If the prefix is 1, prompt for group to post to. @xref{Composing Messages}. This function actually prepares a news even when using mail groups. This is useful for ``posting'' messages to mail groups without actually sending them over the network: they're just saved directly to the group in question. The corresponding back end must have a request-post method for this to work though. @item G z @kindex G z (Group) @findex gnus-group-compact-group Compact the group under point (@code{gnus-group-compact-group}). Currently implemented only in nnml (@pxref{Mail Spool}). This removes gaps between article numbers, hence getting a correct total article count. @end table Variables for the group buffer: @table @code @item gnus-group-mode-hook @vindex gnus-group-mode-hook is called after the group buffer has been created. @item gnus-group-prepare-hook @vindex gnus-group-prepare-hook is called after the group buffer is generated. It may be used to modify the buffer in some strange, unnatural way. @item gnus-group-prepared-hook @vindex gnus-group-prepare-hook is called as the very last thing after the group buffer has been generated. It may be used to move point around, for instance. @item gnus-permanently-visible-groups @vindex gnus-permanently-visible-groups Groups matching this regexp will always be listed in the group buffer, whether they are empty or not. @end table @node Scanning New Messages @subsection Scanning New Messages @cindex new messages @cindex scanning new news @table @kbd @item g @kindex g (Group) @findex gnus-group-get-new-news @c @icon{gnus-group-get-new-news} Check the server(s) for new articles. If the numerical prefix is used, this command will check only groups of level @var{arg} and lower (@code{gnus-group-get-new-news}). If given a non-numerical prefix, this command will force a total re-reading of the active file(s) from the back end(s). @item M-g @kindex M-g (Group) @findex gnus-group-get-new-news-this-group @vindex gnus-goto-next-group-when-activating @c @icon{gnus-group-get-new-news-this-group} Check whether new articles have arrived in the current group (@code{gnus-group-get-new-news-this-group}). @code{gnus-goto-next-group-when-activating} says whether this command is to move point to the next group or not. It is @code{t} by default. @findex gnus-activate-all-groups @cindex activating groups @item C-c M-g @kindex C-c M-g (Group) Activate absolutely all groups (@code{gnus-activate-all-groups}). @item R @kindex R (Group) @cindex restarting @findex gnus-group-restart Restart Gnus (@code{gnus-group-restart}). This saves the @file{.newsrc} file(s), closes the connection to all servers, clears up all run-time Gnus variables, and then starts Gnus all over again. @end table @vindex gnus-get-new-news-hook @code{gnus-get-new-news-hook} is run just before checking for new news. @vindex gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook @code{gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook} is run after checking for new news. @node Group Information @subsection Group Information @cindex group information @cindex information on groups @table @kbd @item H f @kindex H f (Group) @findex gnus-group-fetch-faq @vindex gnus-group-faq-directory @cindex FAQ @cindex ange-ftp Try to fetch the @acronym{FAQ} for the current group (@code{gnus-group-fetch-faq}). Gnus will try to get the @acronym{FAQ} from @code{gnus-group-faq-directory}, which is usually a directory on a remote machine. This variable can also be a list of directories. In that case, giving a prefix to this command will allow you to choose between the various sites. @code{ange-ftp} (or @code{efs}) will be used for fetching the file. If fetching from the first site is unsuccessful, Gnus will attempt to go through @code{gnus-group-faq-directory} and try to open them one by one. @item H d @itemx C-c C-d @c @icon{gnus-group-describe-group} @kindex H d (Group) @kindex C-c C-d (Group) @cindex describing groups @cindex group description @findex gnus-group-describe-group Describe the current group (@code{gnus-group-describe-group}). If given a prefix, force Gnus to re-read the description from the server. @item M-d @kindex M-d (Group) @findex gnus-group-describe-all-groups Describe all groups (@code{gnus-group-describe-all-groups}). If given a prefix, force Gnus to re-read the description file from the server. @item H v @itemx V @kindex V (Group) @kindex H v (Group) @cindex version @findex gnus-version Display current Gnus version numbers (@code{gnus-version}). @item ? @kindex ? (Group) @findex gnus-group-describe-briefly Give a very short help message (@code{gnus-group-describe-briefly}). @item C-c C-i @kindex C-c C-i (Group) @cindex info @cindex manual @findex gnus-info-find-node Go to the Gnus info node (@code{gnus-info-find-node}). @end table @node Group Timestamp @subsection Group Timestamp @cindex timestamps @cindex group timestamps It can be convenient to let Gnus keep track of when you last read a group. To set the ball rolling, you should add @code{gnus-group-set-timestamp} to @code{gnus-select-group-hook}: @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-select-group-hook 'gnus-group-set-timestamp) @end lisp After doing this, each time you enter a group, it'll be recorded. This information can be displayed in various ways---the easiest is to use the @samp{%d} spec in the group line format: @lisp (setq gnus-group-line-format "%M\%S\%p\%P\%5y: %(%-40,40g%) %d\n") @end lisp This will result in lines looking like: @example * 0: mail.ding 19961002T012943 0: custom 19961002T012713 @end example As you can see, the date is displayed in compact ISO 8601 format. This may be a bit too much, so to just display the date, you could say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-group-line-format "%M\%S\%p\%P\%5y: %(%-40,40g%) %6,6~(cut 2)d\n") @end lisp If you would like greater control of the time format, you can use a user-defined format spec. Something like the following should do the trick: @lisp (setq gnus-group-line-format "%M\%S\%p\%P\%5y: %(%-40,40g%) %ud\n") (defun gnus-user-format-function-d (headers) (let ((time (gnus-group-timestamp gnus-tmp-group))) (if time (format-time-string "%b %d %H:%M" time) ""))) @end lisp @node File Commands @subsection File Commands @cindex file commands @table @kbd @item r @kindex r (Group) @findex gnus-group-read-init-file @vindex gnus-init-file @cindex reading init file Re-read the init file (@code{gnus-init-file}, which defaults to @file{~/.gnus.el}) (@code{gnus-group-read-init-file}). @item s @kindex s (Group) @findex gnus-group-save-newsrc @cindex saving .newsrc Save the @file{.newsrc.eld} file (and @file{.newsrc} if wanted) (@code{gnus-group-save-newsrc}). If given a prefix, force saving the file(s) whether Gnus thinks it is necessary or not. @c @item Z @c @kindex Z (Group) @c @findex gnus-group-clear-dribble @c Clear the dribble buffer (@code{gnus-group-clear-dribble}). @end table @node Sieve Commands @subsection Sieve Commands @cindex group sieve commands Sieve is a server-side mail filtering language. In Gnus you can use the @code{sieve} group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}) to specify sieve rules that should apply to each group. Gnus provides two commands to translate all these group parameters into a proper Sieve script that can be transfered to the server somehow. @vindex gnus-sieve-file @vindex gnus-sieve-region-start @vindex gnus-sieve-region-end The generated Sieve script is placed in @code{gnus-sieve-file} (by default @file{~/.sieve}). The Sieve code that Gnus generate is placed between two delimiters, @code{gnus-sieve-region-start} and @code{gnus-sieve-region-end}, so you may write additional Sieve code outside these delimiters that will not be removed the next time you regenerate the Sieve script. @vindex gnus-sieve-crosspost The variable @code{gnus-sieve-crosspost} controls how the Sieve script is generated. If it is non-@code{nil} (the default) articles is placed in all groups that have matching rules, otherwise the article is only placed in the group with the first matching rule. For example, the group parameter @samp{(sieve address "sender" "owner-ding@@hpc.uh.edu")} will generate the following piece of Sieve code if @code{gnus-sieve-crosspost} is @code{nil}. (When @code{gnus-sieve-crosspost} is non-@code{nil}, it looks the same except that the line containing the call to @code{stop} is removed.) @example if address "sender" "owner-ding@@hpc.uh.edu" @{ fileinto "INBOX.ding"; stop; @} @end example @xref{Top, Emacs Sieve, Top, sieve, Emacs Sieve}. @table @kbd @item D g @kindex D g (Group) @findex gnus-sieve-generate @vindex gnus-sieve-file @cindex generating sieve script Regenerate a Sieve script from the @code{sieve} group parameters and put you into the @code{gnus-sieve-file} without saving it. @item D u @kindex D u (Group) @findex gnus-sieve-update @vindex gnus-sieve-file @cindex updating sieve script Regenerates the Gnus managed part of @code{gnus-sieve-file} using the @code{sieve} group parameters, save the file and upload it to the server using the @code{sieveshell} program. @end table @node Summary Buffer @chapter Summary Buffer @cindex summary buffer A line for each article is displayed in the summary buffer. You can move around, read articles, post articles and reply to articles. The most common way to a summary buffer is to select a group from the group buffer (@pxref{Selecting a Group}). You can have as many summary buffers open as you wish. You can customize the Summary Mode tool bar, see @kbd{M-x customize-apropos RET gnus-summary-tool-bar}. This feature is only available in Emacs. @kindex v (Summary) @cindex keys, reserved for users (Summary) The key @kbd{v} is reserved for users. You can bind it to some command or better use it as a prefix key. For example: @lisp (define-key gnus-summary-mode-map (kbd "v -") "LrS") ;; lower subthread @end lisp @menu * Summary Buffer Format:: Deciding how the summary buffer is to look. * Summary Maneuvering:: Moving around the summary buffer. * Choosing Articles:: Reading articles. * Paging the Article:: Scrolling the current article. * Reply Followup and Post:: Posting articles. * Delayed Articles:: Send articles at a later time. * Marking Articles:: Marking articles as read, expirable, etc. * Limiting:: You can limit the summary buffer. * Threading:: How threads are made. * Sorting the Summary Buffer:: How articles and threads are sorted. * Asynchronous Fetching:: Gnus might be able to pre-fetch articles. * Article Caching:: You may store articles in a cache. * Persistent Articles:: Making articles expiry-resistant. * Sticky Articles:: Article buffers that are not reused. * Article Backlog:: Having already read articles hang around. * Saving Articles:: Ways of customizing article saving. * Decoding Articles:: Gnus can treat series of (uu)encoded articles. * Article Treatment:: The article buffer can be mangled at will. * MIME Commands:: Doing MIMEy things with the articles. * Charsets:: Character set issues. * Article Commands:: Doing various things with the article buffer. * Summary Sorting:: Sorting the summary buffer in various ways. * Finding the Parent:: No child support? Get the parent. * Alternative Approaches:: Reading using non-default summaries. * Tree Display:: A more visual display of threads. * Mail Group Commands:: Some commands can only be used in mail groups. * Various Summary Stuff:: What didn't fit anywhere else. * Exiting the Summary Buffer:: Returning to the Group buffer, or reselecting the current group. * Crosspost Handling:: How crossposted articles are dealt with. * Duplicate Suppression:: An alternative when crosspost handling fails. * Security:: Decrypt and Verify. * Mailing List:: Mailing list minor mode. @end menu @node Summary Buffer Format @section Summary Buffer Format @cindex summary buffer format @iftex @iflatex \gnusfigure{The Summary Buffer}{180}{ \put(0,0){\epsfig{figure=ps/summary,width=7.5cm}} \put(445,0){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-article,width=7.5cm}}} } @end iflatex @end iftex @menu * Summary Buffer Lines:: You can specify how summary lines should look. * To From Newsgroups:: How to not display your own name. * Summary Buffer Mode Line:: You can say how the mode line should look. * Summary Highlighting:: Making the summary buffer all pretty and nice. @end menu @findex mail-extract-address-components @findex gnus-extract-address-components @vindex gnus-extract-address-components Gnus will use the value of the @code{gnus-extract-address-components} variable as a function for getting the name and address parts of a @code{From} header. Two pre-defined functions exist: @code{gnus-extract-address-components}, which is the default, quite fast, and too simplistic solution; and @code{mail-extract-address-components}, which works very nicely, but is slower. The default function will return the wrong answer in 5% of the cases. If this is unacceptable to you, use the other function instead: @lisp (setq gnus-extract-address-components 'mail-extract-address-components) @end lisp @vindex gnus-summary-same-subject @code{gnus-summary-same-subject} is a string indicating that the current article has the same subject as the previous. This string will be used with those specs that require it. The default is @code{""}. @node Summary Buffer Lines @subsection Summary Buffer Lines @vindex gnus-summary-line-format You can change the format of the lines in the summary buffer by changing the @code{gnus-summary-line-format} variable. It works along the same lines as a normal @code{format} string, with some extensions (@pxref{Formatting Variables}). There should always be a colon or a point position marker on the line; the cursor always moves to the point position marker or the colon after performing an operation. (Of course, Gnus wouldn't be Gnus if it wasn't possible to change this. Just write a new function @code{gnus-goto-colon} which does whatever you like with the cursor.) @xref{Positioning Point}. The default string is @samp{%U%R%z%I%(%[%4L: %-23,23f%]%) %s\n}. The following format specification characters and extended format specification(s) are understood: @table @samp @item N Article number. @item S Subject string. List identifiers stripped, @code{gnus-list-identifiers}. @xref{Article Hiding}. @item s Subject if the article is the root of the thread or the previous article had a different subject, @code{gnus-summary-same-subject} otherwise. (@code{gnus-summary-same-subject} defaults to @code{""}.) @item F Full @code{From} header. @item n The name (from the @code{From} header). @item f The name, @code{To} header or the @code{Newsgroups} header (@pxref{To From Newsgroups}). @item a The name (from the @code{From} header). This differs from the @code{n} spec in that it uses the function designated by the @code{gnus-extract-address-components} variable, which is slower, but may be more thorough. @item A The address (from the @code{From} header). This works the same way as the @code{a} spec. @item L Number of lines in the article. @item c Number of characters in the article. This specifier is not supported in some methods (like nnfolder). @item k Pretty-printed version of the number of characters in the article; for example, @samp{1.2k} or @samp{0.4M}. @item I Indentation based on thread level (@pxref{Customizing Threading}). @item B A complex trn-style thread tree, showing response-connecting trace lines. A thread could be drawn like this: @example > +-> | +-> | | \-> | | \-> | \-> +-> \-> @end example You can customize the appearance with the following options. Note that it is possible to make the thread display look really neat by replacing the default @acronym{ASCII} characters with graphic line-drawing glyphs. @table @code @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-root @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-root Used for the root of a thread. If @code{nil}, use subject instead. The default is @samp{> }. @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-false-root @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-false-root Used for the false root of a thread (@pxref{Loose Threads}). If @code{nil}, use subject instead. The default is @samp{> }. @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-single-indent @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-single-indent Used for a thread with just one message. If @code{nil}, use subject instead. The default is @samp{}. @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-vertical @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-vertical Used for drawing a vertical line. The default is @samp{| }. @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-indent @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-indent Used for indenting. The default is @samp{ }. @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-leaf-with-other @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-leaf-with-other Used for a leaf with brothers. The default is @samp{+-> }. @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-single-leaf @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-single-leaf Used for a leaf without brothers. The default is @samp{\-> } @end table @item T Nothing if the article is a root and lots of spaces if it isn't (it pushes everything after it off the screen). @item [ Opening bracket, which is normally @samp{[}, but can also be @samp{<} for adopted articles (@pxref{Customizing Threading}). @item ] Closing bracket, which is normally @samp{]}, but can also be @samp{>} for adopted articles. @item > One space for each thread level. @item < Twenty minus thread level spaces. @item U Unread. @xref{Read Articles}. @item R This misleadingly named specifier is the @dfn{secondary mark}. This mark will say whether the article has been replied to, has been cached, or has been saved. @xref{Other Marks}. @item i Score as a number (@pxref{Scoring}). @item z @vindex gnus-summary-zcore-fuzz Zcore, @samp{+} if above the default level and @samp{-} if below the default level. If the difference between @code{gnus-summary-default-score} and the score is less than @code{gnus-summary-zcore-fuzz}, this spec will not be used. @item V Total thread score. @item x @code{Xref}. @item D @code{Date}. @item d The @code{Date} in @code{DD-MMM} format. @item o The @code{Date} in @var{YYYYMMDD}@code{T}@var{HHMMSS} format. @item M @code{Message-ID}. @item r @code{References}. @item t Number of articles in the current sub-thread. Using this spec will slow down summary buffer generation somewhat. @item e An @samp{=} (@code{gnus-not-empty-thread-mark}) will be displayed if the article has any children. @item P The line number. @item O Download mark. @item * Desired cursor position (instead of after first colon). @item &user-date; Age sensitive date format. Various date format is defined in @code{gnus-user-date-format-alist}. @item u User defined specifier. The next character in the format string should be a letter. Gnus will call the function @code{gnus-user-format-function-@var{x}}, where @var{x} is the letter following @samp{%u}. The function will be passed the current header as argument. The function should return a string, which will be inserted into the summary just like information from any other summary specifier. @end table Text between @samp{%(} and @samp{%)} will be highlighted with @code{gnus-mouse-face} when the mouse point is placed inside the area. There can only be one such area. The @samp{%U} (status), @samp{%R} (replied) and @samp{%z} (zcore) specs have to be handled with care. For reasons of efficiency, Gnus will compute what column these characters will end up in, and ``hard-code'' that. This means that it is invalid to have these specs after a variable-length spec. Well, you might not be arrested, but your summary buffer will look strange, which is bad enough. The smart choice is to have these specs as far to the left as possible. (Isn't that the case with everything, though? But I digress.) This restriction may disappear in later versions of Gnus. @node To From Newsgroups @subsection To From Newsgroups @cindex To @cindex Newsgroups In some groups (particularly in archive groups), the @code{From} header isn't very interesting, since all the articles there are written by you. To display the information in the @code{To} or @code{Newsgroups} headers instead, you need to decide three things: What information to gather; where to display it; and when to display it. @enumerate @item @vindex gnus-extra-headers The reading of extra header information is controlled by the @code{gnus-extra-headers}. This is a list of header symbols. For instance: @lisp (setq gnus-extra-headers '(To Newsgroups X-Newsreader)) @end lisp This will result in Gnus trying to obtain these three headers, and storing it in header structures for later easy retrieval. @item @findex gnus-extra-header The value of these extra headers can be accessed via the @code{gnus-extra-header} function. Here's a format line spec that will access the @code{X-Newsreader} header: @example "%~(form (gnus-extra-header 'X-Newsreader))@@" @end example @item @vindex gnus-ignored-from-addresses The @code{gnus-ignored-from-addresses} variable says when the @samp{%f} summary line spec returns the @code{To}, @code{Newsreader} or @code{From} header. If this regexp matches the contents of the @code{From} header, the value of the @code{To} or @code{Newsreader} headers are used instead. To distinguish regular articles from those where the @code{From} field has been swapped, a string is prefixed to the @code{To} or @code{Newsgroups} header in the summary line. By default the string is @samp{-> } for @code{To} and @samp{=> } for @code{Newsgroups}, you can customize these strings with @code{gnus-summary-to-prefix} and @code{gnus-summary-newsgroup-prefix}. @end enumerate @vindex nnmail-extra-headers A related variable is @code{nnmail-extra-headers}, which controls when to include extra headers when generating overview (@acronym{NOV}) files. If you have old overview files, you should regenerate them after changing this variable, by entering the server buffer using @kbd{^}, and then @kbd{g} on the appropriate mail server (e.g. nnml) to cause regeneration. @vindex gnus-summary-line-format You also have to instruct Gnus to display the data by changing the @code{%n} spec to the @code{%f} spec in the @code{gnus-summary-line-format} variable. In summary, you'd typically put something like the following in @file{~/.gnus.el}: @lisp (setq gnus-extra-headers '(To Newsgroups)) (setq nnmail-extra-headers gnus-extra-headers) (setq gnus-summary-line-format "%U%R%z%I%(%[%4L: %-23,23f%]%) %s\n") (setq gnus-ignored-from-addresses "Your Name Here") @end lisp (The values listed above are the default values in Gnus. Alter them to fit your needs.) A note for news server administrators, or for users who wish to try to convince their news server administrator to provide some additional support: The above is mostly useful for mail groups, where you have control over the @acronym{NOV} files that are created. However, if you can persuade your nntp admin to add (in the usual implementation, notably INN): @example Newsgroups:full @end example to the end of her @file{overview.fmt} file, then you can use that just as you would the extra headers from the mail groups. @node Summary Buffer Mode Line @subsection Summary Buffer Mode Line @vindex gnus-summary-mode-line-format You can also change the format of the summary mode bar (@pxref{Mode Line Formatting}). Set @code{gnus-summary-mode-line-format} to whatever you like. The default is @samp{Gnus: %%b [%A] %Z}. Here are the elements you can play with: @table @samp @item G Group name. @item p Unprefixed group name. @item A Current article number. @item z Current article score. @item V Gnus version. @item U Number of unread articles in this group. @item e Number of unread articles in this group that aren't displayed in the summary buffer. @item Z A string with the number of unread and unselected articles represented either as @samp{<%U(+%e) more>} if there are both unread and unselected articles, and just as @samp{<%U more>} if there are just unread articles and no unselected ones. @item g Shortish group name. For instance, @samp{rec.arts.anime} will be shortened to @samp{r.a.anime}. @item S Subject of the current article. @item u User-defined spec (@pxref{User-Defined Specs}). @item s Name of the current score file (@pxref{Scoring}). @item d Number of dormant articles (@pxref{Unread Articles}). @item t Number of ticked articles (@pxref{Unread Articles}). @item r Number of articles that have been marked as read in this session. @item E Number of articles expunged by the score files. @end table @node Summary Highlighting @subsection Summary Highlighting @table @code @item gnus-visual-mark-article-hook @vindex gnus-visual-mark-article-hook This hook is run after selecting an article. It is meant to be used for highlighting the article in some way. It is not run if @code{gnus-visual} is @code{nil}. @item gnus-summary-update-hook @vindex gnus-summary-update-hook This hook is called when a summary line is changed. It is not run if @code{gnus-visual} is @code{nil}. @item gnus-summary-selected-face @vindex gnus-summary-selected-face This is the face (or @dfn{font} as some people call it) used to highlight the current article in the summary buffer. @item gnus-summary-highlight @vindex gnus-summary-highlight Summary lines are highlighted according to this variable, which is a list where the elements are of the format @code{(@var{form} . @var{face})}. If you would, for instance, like ticked articles to be italic and high-scored articles to be bold, you could set this variable to something like @lisp (((eq mark gnus-ticked-mark) . italic) ((> score default) . bold)) @end lisp As you may have guessed, if @var{form} returns a non-@code{nil} value, @var{face} will be applied to the line. @end table @node Summary Maneuvering @section Summary Maneuvering @cindex summary movement All the straight movement commands understand the numeric prefix and behave pretty much as you'd expect. None of these commands select articles. @table @kbd @item G M-n @itemx M-n @kindex M-n (Summary) @kindex G M-n (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-next-unread-subject Go to the next summary line of an unread article (@code{gnus-summary-next-unread-subject}). @item G M-p @itemx M-p @kindex M-p (Summary) @kindex G M-p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-prev-unread-subject Go to the previous summary line of an unread article (@code{gnus-summary-prev-unread-subject}). @item G g @kindex G g (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-goto-subject Ask for an article number and then go to the summary line of that article without displaying the article (@code{gnus-summary-goto-subject}). @end table If Gnus asks you to press a key to confirm going to the next group, you can use the @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} keys to move around the group buffer, searching for the next group to read without actually returning to the group buffer. Variables related to summary movement: @table @code @vindex gnus-auto-select-next @item gnus-auto-select-next If you issue one of the movement commands (like @kbd{n}) and there are no more unread articles after the current one, Gnus will offer to go to the next group. If this variable is @code{t} and the next group is empty, Gnus will exit summary mode and return to the group buffer. If this variable is neither @code{t} nor @code{nil}, Gnus will select the next group with unread articles. As a special case, if this variable is @code{quietly}, Gnus will select the next group without asking for confirmation. If this variable is @code{almost-quietly}, the same will happen only if you are located on the last article in the group. Finally, if this variable is @code{slightly-quietly}, the @kbd{Z n} command will go to the next group without confirmation. Also @pxref{Group Levels}. @item gnus-auto-select-same @vindex gnus-auto-select-same If non-@code{nil}, all the movement commands will try to go to the next article with the same subject as the current. (@dfn{Same} here might mean @dfn{roughly equal}. See @code{gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit} for details (@pxref{Customizing Threading}).) If there are no more articles with the same subject, go to the first unread article. This variable is not particularly useful if you use a threaded display. @item gnus-summary-check-current @vindex gnus-summary-check-current If non-@code{nil}, all the ``unread'' movement commands will not proceed to the next (or previous) article if the current article is unread. Instead, they will choose the current article. @item gnus-auto-center-summary @vindex gnus-auto-center-summary If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will keep the point in the summary buffer centered at all times. This makes things quite tidy, but if you have a slow network connection, or simply do not like this un-Emacsism, you can set this variable to @code{nil} to get the normal Emacs scrolling action. This will also inhibit horizontal re-centering of the summary buffer, which might make it more inconvenient to read extremely long threads. This variable can also be a number. In that case, center the window at the given number of lines from the top. @item gnus-summary-stop-at-end-of-message @vindex gnus-summary-stop-at-end-of-message If non-@code{nil}, don't go to the next article when hitting @kbd{SPC}, and you're at the end of the article. @end table @node Choosing Articles @section Choosing Articles @cindex selecting articles @menu * Choosing Commands:: Commands for choosing articles. * Choosing Variables:: Variables that influence these commands. @end menu @node Choosing Commands @subsection Choosing Commands None of the following movement commands understand the numeric prefix, and they all select and display an article. If you want to fetch new articles or redisplay the group, see @ref{Exiting the Summary Buffer}. @table @kbd @item SPACE @kindex SPACE (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-next-page Select the current article, or, if that one's read already, the next unread article (@code{gnus-summary-next-page}). If you have an article window open already and you press @kbd{SPACE} again, the article will be scrolled. This lets you conveniently @kbd{SPACE} through an entire newsgroup. @xref{Paging the Article}. @item G n @itemx n @kindex n (Summary) @kindex G n (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-next-unread-article @c @icon{gnus-summary-next-unread} Go to next unread article (@code{gnus-summary-next-unread-article}). @item G p @itemx p @kindex p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-prev-unread-article @c @icon{gnus-summary-prev-unread} Go to previous unread article (@code{gnus-summary-prev-unread-article}). @item G N @itemx N @kindex N (Summary) @kindex G N (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-next-article Go to the next article (@code{gnus-summary-next-article}). @item G P @itemx P @kindex P (Summary) @kindex G P (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-prev-article Go to the previous article (@code{gnus-summary-prev-article}). @item G C-n @kindex G C-n (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-next-same-subject Go to the next article with the same subject (@code{gnus-summary-next-same-subject}). @item G C-p @kindex G C-p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-prev-same-subject Go to the previous article with the same subject (@code{gnus-summary-prev-same-subject}). @item G f @itemx . @kindex G f (Summary) @kindex . (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-first-unread-article Go to the first unread article (@code{gnus-summary-first-unread-article}). @item G b @itemx , @kindex G b (Summary) @kindex , (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-best-unread-article Go to the unread article with the highest score (@code{gnus-summary-best-unread-article}). If given a prefix argument, go to the first unread article that has a score over the default score. @item G l @itemx l @kindex l (Summary) @kindex G l (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-goto-last-article Go to the previous article read (@code{gnus-summary-goto-last-article}). @item G o @kindex G o (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-pop-article @cindex history @cindex article history Pop an article off the summary history and go to this article (@code{gnus-summary-pop-article}). This command differs from the command above in that you can pop as many previous articles off the history as you like, while @kbd{l} toggles the two last read articles. For a somewhat related issue (if you use these commands a lot), @pxref{Article Backlog}. @item G j @itemx j @kindex j (Summary) @kindex G j (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-goto-article Ask for an article number or @code{Message-ID}, and then go to that article (@code{gnus-summary-goto-article}). @end table @node Choosing Variables @subsection Choosing Variables Some variables relevant for moving and selecting articles: @table @code @item gnus-auto-extend-newsgroup @vindex gnus-auto-extend-newsgroup All the movement commands will try to go to the previous (or next) article, even if that article isn't displayed in the Summary buffer if this variable is non-@code{nil}. Gnus will then fetch the article from the server and display it in the article buffer. @item gnus-select-article-hook @vindex gnus-select-article-hook This hook is called whenever an article is selected. The default is @code{nil}. If you would like each article to be saved in the Agent as you read it, putting @code{gnus-agent-fetch-selected-article} on this hook will do so. @item gnus-mark-article-hook @vindex gnus-mark-article-hook @findex gnus-summary-mark-unread-as-read @findex gnus-summary-mark-read-and-unread-as-read @findex gnus-unread-mark This hook is called whenever an article is selected. It is intended to be used for marking articles as read. The default value is @code{gnus-summary-mark-read-and-unread-as-read}, and will change the mark of almost any article you read to @code{gnus-read-mark}. The only articles not affected by this function are ticked, dormant, and expirable articles. If you'd instead like to just have unread articles marked as read, you can use @code{gnus-summary-mark-unread-as-read} instead. It will leave marks like @code{gnus-low-score-mark}, @code{gnus-del-mark} (and so on) alone. @end table @node Paging the Article @section Scrolling the Article @cindex article scrolling @table @kbd @item SPACE @kindex SPACE (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-next-page Pressing @kbd{SPACE} will scroll the current article forward one page, or, if you have come to the end of the current article, will choose the next article (@code{gnus-summary-next-page}). @vindex gnus-article-boring-faces @vindex gnus-article-skip-boring If @code{gnus-article-skip-boring} is non-@code{nil} and the rest of the article consists only of citations and signature, then it will be skipped; the next article will be shown instead. You can customize what is considered uninteresting with @code{gnus-article-boring-faces}. You can manually view the article's pages, no matter how boring, using @kbd{C-M-v}. @item DEL @kindex DEL (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-prev-page Scroll the current article back one page (@code{gnus-summary-prev-page}). @item RET @kindex RET (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-scroll-up Scroll the current article one line forward (@code{gnus-summary-scroll-up}). @item M-RET @kindex M-RET (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-scroll-down Scroll the current article one line backward (@code{gnus-summary-scroll-down}). @item A g @itemx g @kindex A g (Summary) @kindex g (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-show-article @vindex gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist (Re)fetch the current article (@code{gnus-summary-show-article}). If given a prefix, show a completely ``raw'' article, just the way it came from the server. If given a prefix twice (i.e., @kbd{C-u C-u g'}), fetch the current article, but don't run any of the article treatment functions. @cindex charset, view article with different charset If given a numerical prefix, you can do semi-manual charset stuff. @kbd{C-u 0 g cn-gb-2312 RET} will decode the message as if it were encoded in the @code{cn-gb-2312} charset. If you have @lisp (setq gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist '((1 . cn-gb-2312) (2 . big5))) @end lisp then you can say @kbd{C-u 1 g} to get the same effect. @item A < @itemx < @kindex < (Summary) @kindex A < (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-beginning-of-article Scroll to the beginning of the article (@code{gnus-summary-beginning-of-article}). @item A > @itemx > @kindex > (Summary) @kindex A > (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-end-of-article Scroll to the end of the article (@code{gnus-summary-end-of-article}). @item A s @itemx s @kindex A s (Summary) @kindex s (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-isearch-article Perform an isearch in the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-isearch-article}). @item h @kindex h (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-select-article-buffer Select the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-select-article-buffer}). @end table @node Reply Followup and Post @section Reply, Followup and Post @menu * Summary Mail Commands:: Sending mail. * Summary Post Commands:: Sending news. * Summary Message Commands:: Other Message-related commands. * Canceling and Superseding:: @end menu @node Summary Mail Commands @subsection Summary Mail Commands @cindex mail @cindex composing mail Commands for composing a mail message: @table @kbd @item S r @itemx r @kindex S r (Summary) @kindex r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-reply @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-reply} @c @icon{gnus-summary-reply} Mail a reply to the author of the current article (@code{gnus-summary-reply}). @item S R @itemx R @kindex R (Summary) @kindex S R (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-reply-with-original @c @icon{gnus-summary-reply-with-original} Mail a reply to the author of the current article and include the original message (@code{gnus-summary-reply-with-original}). This command uses the process/prefix convention. @item S w @kindex S w (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-wide-reply Mail a wide reply to the author of the current article (@code{gnus-summary-wide-reply}). A @dfn{wide reply} is a reply that goes out to all people listed in the @code{To}, @code{From} (or @code{Reply-to}) and @code{Cc} headers. If @code{Mail-Followup-To} is present, that's used instead. @item S W @kindex S W (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-wide-reply-with-original Mail a wide reply to the current article and include the original message (@code{gnus-summary-wide-reply-with-original}). This command uses the process/prefix convention, but only uses the headers from the first article to determine the recipients. @item S v @kindex S v (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-very-wide-reply Mail a very wide reply to the author of the current article (@code{gnus-summary-wide-reply}). A @dfn{very wide reply} is a reply that goes out to all people listed in the @code{To}, @code{From} (or @code{Reply-to}) and @code{Cc} headers in all the process/prefixed articles. This command uses the process/prefix convention. @item S V @kindex S V (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-very-wide-reply-with-original Mail a very wide reply to the author of the current article and include the original message (@code{gnus-summary-very-wide-reply-with-original}). This command uses the process/prefix convention. @item S B r @kindex S B r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-reply-broken-reply-to Mail a reply to the author of the current article but ignore the @code{Reply-To} field (@code{gnus-summary-reply-broken-reply-to}). If you need this because a mailing list incorrectly sets a @code{Reply-To} header pointing to the list, you probably want to set the @code{broken-reply-to} group parameter instead, so things will work correctly. @xref{Group Parameters}. @item S B R @kindex S B R (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-reply-broken-reply-to-with-original Mail a reply to the author of the current article and include the original message but ignore the @code{Reply-To} field (@code{gnus-summary-reply-broken-reply-to-with-original}). @item S o m @itemx C-c C-f @kindex S o m (Summary) @kindex C-c C-f (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mail-forward @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-forward} Forward the current article to some other person (@code{gnus-summary-mail-forward}). If no prefix is given, the message is forwarded according to the value of (@code{message-forward-as-mime}) and (@code{message-forward-show-mml}); if the prefix is 1, decode the message and forward directly inline; if the prefix is 2, forward message as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section; if the prefix is 3, decode message and forward as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section; if the prefix is 4, forward message directly inline; otherwise, the message is forwarded as no prefix given but use the flipped value of (@code{message-forward-as-mime}). By default, the message is decoded and forwarded as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section. @item S m @itemx m @kindex m (Summary) @kindex S m (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mail-other-window @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-originate} Prepare a mail (@code{gnus-summary-mail-other-window}). By default, use the posting style of the current group. If given a prefix, disable that. If the prefix is 1, prompt for a group name to find the posting style. @item S i @kindex S i (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-news-other-window Prepare a news (@code{gnus-summary-news-other-window}). By default, post to the current group. If given a prefix, disable that. If the prefix is 1, prompt for a group to post to. This function actually prepares a news even when using mail groups. This is useful for ``posting'' messages to mail groups without actually sending them over the network: they're just saved directly to the group in question. The corresponding back end must have a request-post method for this to work though. @item S D b @kindex S D b (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-resend-bounced-mail @cindex bouncing mail If you have sent a mail, but the mail was bounced back to you for some reason (wrong address, transient failure), you can use this command to resend that bounced mail (@code{gnus-summary-resend-bounced-mail}). You will be popped into a mail buffer where you can edit the headers before sending the mail off again. If you give a prefix to this command, and the bounced mail is a reply to some other mail, Gnus will try to fetch that mail and display it for easy perusal of its headers. This might very well fail, though. @item S D r @kindex S D r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-resend-message Not to be confused with the previous command, @code{gnus-summary-resend-message} will prompt you for an address to send the current message off to, and then send it to that place. The headers of the message won't be altered---but lots of headers that say @code{Resent-To}, @code{Resent-From} and so on will be added. This means that you actually send a mail to someone that has a @code{To} header that (probably) points to yourself. This will confuse people. So, natcherly you'll only do that if you're really eVIl. This command is mainly used if you have several accounts and want to ship a mail to a different account of yours. (If you're both @code{root} and @code{postmaster} and get a mail for @code{postmaster} to the @code{root} account, you may want to resend it to @code{postmaster}. Ordnung muss sein! This command understands the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item S D e @kindex S D e (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-resend-message-edit Like the previous command, but will allow you to edit the message as if it were a new message before resending. @item S O m @kindex S O m (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-digest-mail-forward Digest the current series (@pxref{Decoding Articles}) and forward the result using mail (@code{gnus-uu-digest-mail-forward}). This command uses the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item S M-c @kindex S M-c (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mail-crosspost-complaint @cindex crossposting @cindex excessive crossposting Send a complaint about excessive crossposting to the author of the current article (@code{gnus-summary-mail-crosspost-complaint}). @findex gnus-crosspost-complaint This command is provided as a way to fight back against the current crossposting pandemic that's sweeping Usenet. It will compose a reply using the @code{gnus-crosspost-complaint} variable as a preamble. This command understands the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}) and will prompt you before sending each mail. @end table Also @xref{Header Commands, ,Header Commands, message, The Message Manual}, for more information. @node Summary Post Commands @subsection Summary Post Commands @cindex post @cindex composing news Commands for posting a news article: @table @kbd @item S p @itemx a @kindex a (Summary) @kindex S p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-post-news @c @icon{gnus-summary-post-news} Prepare for posting an article (@code{gnus-summary-post-news}). By default, post to the current group. If given a prefix, disable that. If the prefix is 1, prompt for another group instead. @item S f @itemx f @kindex f (Summary) @kindex S f (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-followup @c @icon{gnus-summary-followup} Post a followup to the current article (@code{gnus-summary-followup}). @item S F @itemx F @kindex S F (Summary) @kindex F (Summary) @c @icon{gnus-summary-followup-with-original} @findex gnus-summary-followup-with-original Post a followup to the current article and include the original message (@code{gnus-summary-followup-with-original}). This command uses the process/prefix convention. @item S n @kindex S n (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-followup-to-mail Post a followup to the current article via news, even if you got the message through mail (@code{gnus-summary-followup-to-mail}). @item S N @kindex S N (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-followup-to-mail-with-original Post a followup to the current article via news, even if you got the message through mail and include the original message (@code{gnus-summary-followup-to-mail-with-original}). This command uses the process/prefix convention. @item S o p @kindex S o p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-post-forward Forward the current article to a newsgroup (@code{gnus-summary-post-forward}). If no prefix is given, the message is forwarded according to the value of (@code{message-forward-as-mime}) and (@code{message-forward-show-mml}); if the prefix is 1, decode the message and forward directly inline; if the prefix is 2, forward message as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section; if the prefix is 3, decode message and forward as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section; if the prefix is 4, forward message directly inline; otherwise, the message is forwarded as no prefix given but use the flipped value of (@code{message-forward-as-mime}). By default, the message is decoded and forwarded as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section. @item S O p @kindex S O p (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-digest-post-forward @cindex digests @cindex making digests Digest the current series and forward the result to a newsgroup (@code{gnus-uu-digest-post-forward}). This command uses the process/prefix convention. @item S u @kindex S u (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-post-news @c @icon{gnus-uu-post-news} Uuencode a file, split it into parts, and post it as a series (@code{gnus-uu-post-news}). (@pxref{Uuencoding and Posting}). @end table Also @xref{Header Commands, ,Header Commands, message, The Message Manual}, for more information. @node Summary Message Commands @subsection Summary Message Commands @table @kbd @item S y @kindex S y (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-yank-message Yank the current article into an already existing Message composition buffer (@code{gnus-summary-yank-message}). This command prompts for what message buffer you want to yank into, and understands the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @end table @node Canceling and Superseding @subsection Canceling Articles @cindex canceling articles @cindex superseding articles Have you ever written something, and then decided that you really, really, really wish you hadn't posted that? Well, you can't cancel mail, but you can cancel posts. @findex gnus-summary-cancel-article @kindex C (Summary) @c @icon{gnus-summary-cancel-article} Find the article you wish to cancel (you can only cancel your own articles, so don't try any funny stuff). Then press @kbd{C} or @kbd{S c} (@code{gnus-summary-cancel-article}). Your article will be canceled---machines all over the world will be deleting your article. This command uses the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). Be aware, however, that not all sites honor cancels, so your article may live on here and there, while most sites will delete the article in question. Gnus will use the ``current'' select method when canceling. If you want to use the standard posting method, use the @samp{a} symbolic prefix (@pxref{Symbolic Prefixes}). Gnus ensures that only you can cancel your own messages using a @code{Cancel-Lock} header (@pxref{Canceling News, Canceling News, , message, Message Manual}). If you discover that you have made some mistakes and want to do some corrections, you can post a @dfn{superseding} article that will replace your original article. @findex gnus-summary-supersede-article @kindex S (Summary) Go to the original article and press @kbd{S s} (@code{gnus-summary-supersede-article}). You will be put in a buffer where you can edit the article all you want before sending it off the usual way. The same goes for superseding as for canceling, only more so: Some sites do not honor superseding. On those sites, it will appear that you have posted almost the same article twice. If you have just posted the article, and change your mind right away, there is a trick you can use to cancel/supersede the article without waiting for the article to appear on your site first. You simply return to the post buffer (which is called @code{*sent ...*}). There you will find the article you just posted, with all the headers intact. Change the @code{Message-ID} header to a @code{Cancel} or @code{Supersedes} header by substituting one of those words for the word @code{Message-ID}. Then just press @kbd{C-c C-c} to send the article as you would do normally. The previous article will be canceled/superseded. Just remember, kids: There is no 'c' in 'supersede'. @node Delayed Articles @section Delayed Articles @cindex delayed sending @cindex send delayed Sometimes, you might wish to delay the sending of a message. For example, you might wish to arrange for a message to turn up just in time to remind your about the birthday of your Significant Other. For this, there is the @code{gnus-delay} package. Setup is simple: @lisp (gnus-delay-initialize) @end lisp @findex gnus-delay-article Normally, to send a message you use the @kbd{C-c C-c} command from Message mode. To delay a message, use @kbd{C-c C-j} (@code{gnus-delay-article}) instead. This will ask you for how long the message should be delayed. Possible answers are: @itemize @bullet @item A time span. Consists of an integer and a letter. For example, @code{42d} means to delay for 42 days. Available letters are @code{m} (minutes), @code{h} (hours), @code{d} (days), @code{w} (weeks), @code{M} (months) and @code{Y} (years). @item A specific date. Looks like @code{YYYY-MM-DD}. The message will be delayed until that day, at a specific time (eight o'clock by default). See also @code{gnus-delay-default-hour}. @item A specific time of day. Given in @code{hh:mm} format, 24h, no am/pm stuff. The deadline will be at that time today, except if that time has already passed, then it's at the given time tomorrow. So if it's ten o'clock in the morning and you specify @code{11:15}, then the deadline is one hour and fifteen minutes hence. But if you specify @code{9:20}, that means a time tomorrow. @end itemize The action of the @code{gnus-delay-article} command is influenced by a couple of variables: @table @code @item gnus-delay-default-hour @vindex gnus-delay-default-hour When you specify a specific date, the message will be due on that hour on the given date. Possible values are integers 0 through 23. @item gnus-delay-default-delay @vindex gnus-delay-default-delay This is a string and gives the default delay. It can be of any of the formats described above. @item gnus-delay-group @vindex gnus-delay-group Delayed articles will be kept in this group on the drafts server until they are due. You probably don't need to change this. The default value is @code{"delayed"}. @item gnus-delay-header @vindex gnus-delay-header The deadline for each article will be stored in a header. This variable is a string and gives the header name. You probably don't need to change this. The default value is @code{"X-Gnus-Delayed"}. @end table The way delaying works is like this: when you use the @code{gnus-delay-article} command, you give a certain delay. Gnus calculates the deadline of the message and stores it in the @code{X-Gnus-Delayed} header and puts the message in the @code{nndraft:delayed} group. @findex gnus-delay-send-queue And whenever you get new news, Gnus looks through the group for articles which are due and sends them. It uses the @code{gnus-delay-send-queue} function for this. By default, this function is added to the hook @code{gnus-get-new-news-hook}. But of course, you can change this. Maybe you want to use the demon to send drafts? Just tell the demon to execute the @code{gnus-delay-send-queue} function. @table @code @item gnus-delay-initialize @findex gnus-delay-initialize By default, this function installs @code{gnus-delay-send-queue} in @code{gnus-get-new-news-hook}. But it accepts the optional second argument @code{no-check}. If it is non-@code{nil}, @code{gnus-get-new-news-hook} is not changed. The optional first argument is ignored. For example, @code{(gnus-delay-initialize nil t)} means to do nothing. Presumably, you want to use the demon for sending due delayed articles. Just don't forget to set that up :-) @end table When delaying an article with @kbd{C-c C-j}, Message mode will automatically add a @code{"Date"} header with the current time. In many cases you probably want the @code{"Date"} header to reflect the time the message is sent instead. To do this, you have to delete @code{Date} from @code{message-draft-headers}. @node Marking Articles @section Marking Articles @cindex article marking @cindex article ticking @cindex marks There are several marks you can set on an article. You have marks that decide the @dfn{readedness} (whoo, neato-keano neologism ohoy!) of the article. Alphabetic marks generally mean @dfn{read}, while non-alphabetic characters generally mean @dfn{unread}. In addition, you also have marks that do not affect readedness. @ifinfo There's a plethora of commands for manipulating these marks. @end ifinfo @menu * Unread Articles:: Marks for unread articles. * Read Articles:: Marks for read articles. * Other Marks:: Marks that do not affect readedness. * Setting Marks:: How to set and remove marks. * Generic Marking Commands:: How to customize the marking. * Setting Process Marks:: How to mark articles for later processing. @end menu @node Unread Articles @subsection Unread Articles The following marks mark articles as (kinda) unread, in one form or other. @table @samp @item ! @vindex gnus-ticked-mark Marked as ticked (@code{gnus-ticked-mark}). @dfn{Ticked articles} are articles that will remain visible always. If you see an article that you find interesting, or you want to put off reading it, or replying to it, until sometime later, you'd typically tick it. However, articles can be expired (from news servers by the news server software, Gnus itself never expires ticked messages), so if you want to keep an article forever, you'll have to make it persistent (@pxref{Persistent Articles}). @item ? @vindex gnus-dormant-mark Marked as dormant (@code{gnus-dormant-mark}). @dfn{Dormant articles} will only appear in the summary buffer if there are followups to it. If you want to see them even if they don't have followups, you can use the @kbd{/ D} command (@pxref{Limiting}). Otherwise (except for the visibility issue), they are just like ticked messages. @item SPACE @vindex gnus-unread-mark Marked as unread (@code{gnus-unread-mark}). @dfn{Unread articles} are articles that haven't been read at all yet. @end table @node Read Articles @subsection Read Articles @cindex expirable mark All the following marks mark articles as read. @table @samp @item r @vindex gnus-del-mark These are articles that the user has marked as read with the @kbd{d} command manually, more or less (@code{gnus-del-mark}). @item R @vindex gnus-read-mark Articles that have actually been read (@code{gnus-read-mark}). @item O @vindex gnus-ancient-mark Articles that were marked as read in previous sessions and are now @dfn{old} (@code{gnus-ancient-mark}). @item K @vindex gnus-killed-mark Marked as killed (@code{gnus-killed-mark}). @item X @vindex gnus-kill-file-mark Marked as killed by kill files (@code{gnus-kill-file-mark}). @item Y @vindex gnus-low-score-mark Marked as read by having too low a score (@code{gnus-low-score-mark}). @item C @vindex gnus-catchup-mark Marked as read by a catchup (@code{gnus-catchup-mark}). @item G @vindex gnus-canceled-mark Canceled article (@code{gnus-canceled-mark}) @item Q @vindex gnus-sparse-mark Sparsely reffed article (@code{gnus-sparse-mark}). @xref{Customizing Threading}. @item M @vindex gnus-duplicate-mark Article marked as read by duplicate suppression (@code{gnus-duplicate-mark}). @xref{Duplicate Suppression}. @end table All these marks just mean that the article is marked as read, really. They are interpreted differently when doing adaptive scoring, though. One more special mark, though: @table @samp @item E @vindex gnus-expirable-mark Marked as expirable (@code{gnus-expirable-mark}). Marking articles as @dfn{expirable} (or have them marked as such automatically) doesn't make much sense in normal groups---a user doesn't control expiring of news articles, but in mail groups, for instance, articles marked as @dfn{expirable} can be deleted by Gnus at any time. @end table @node Other Marks @subsection Other Marks @cindex process mark @cindex bookmarks There are some marks that have nothing to do with whether the article is read or not. @itemize @bullet @item You can set a bookmark in the current article. Say you are reading a long thesis on cats' urinary tracts, and have to go home for dinner before you've finished reading the thesis. You can then set a bookmark in the article, and Gnus will jump to this bookmark the next time it encounters the article. @xref{Setting Marks}. @item @vindex gnus-replied-mark All articles that you have replied to or made a followup to (i.e., have answered) will be marked with an @samp{A} in the second column (@code{gnus-replied-mark}). @item @vindex gnus-forwarded-mark All articles that you have forwarded will be marked with an @samp{F} in the second column (@code{gnus-forwarded-mark}). @item @vindex gnus-cached-mark Articles stored in the article cache will be marked with an @samp{*} in the second column (@code{gnus-cached-mark}). @xref{Article Caching}. @item @vindex gnus-saved-mark Articles ``saved'' (in some manner or other; not necessarily religiously) are marked with an @samp{S} in the second column (@code{gnus-saved-mark}). @item @vindex gnus-recent-mark Articles that according to the server haven't been shown to the user before are marked with a @samp{N} in the second column (@code{gnus-recent-mark}). Note that not all servers support this mark, in which case it simply never appears. Compare with @code{gnus-unseen-mark}. @item @vindex gnus-unseen-mark Articles that haven't been seen before in Gnus by the user are marked with a @samp{.} in the second column (@code{gnus-unseen-mark}). Compare with @code{gnus-recent-mark}. @item @vindex gnus-downloaded-mark When using the Gnus agent (@pxref{Agent Basics}), articles may be downloaded for unplugged (offline) viewing. If you are using the @samp{%O} spec, these articles get the @samp{+} mark in that spec. (The variable @code{gnus-downloaded-mark} controls which character to use.) @item @vindex gnus-undownloaded-mark When using the Gnus agent (@pxref{Agent Basics}), some articles might not have been downloaded. Such articles cannot be viewed while you are unplugged (offline). If you are using the @samp{%O} spec, these articles get the @samp{-} mark in that spec. (The variable @code{gnus-undownloaded-mark} controls which character to use.) @item @vindex gnus-downloadable-mark The Gnus agent (@pxref{Agent Basics}) downloads some articles automatically, but it is also possible to explicitly mark articles for download, even if they would not be downloaded automatically. Such explicitly-marked articles get the @samp{%} mark in the first column. (The variable @code{gnus-downloadable-mark} controls which character to use.) @item @vindex gnus-not-empty-thread-mark @vindex gnus-empty-thread-mark If the @samp{%e} spec is used, the presence of threads or not will be marked with @code{gnus-not-empty-thread-mark} and @code{gnus-empty-thread-mark} in the third column, respectively. @item @vindex gnus-process-mark Finally we have the @dfn{process mark} (@code{gnus-process-mark}). A variety of commands react to the presence of the process mark. For instance, @kbd{X u} (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu}) will uudecode and view all articles that have been marked with the process mark. Articles marked with the process mark have a @samp{#} in the second column. @end itemize You might have noticed that most of these ``non-readedness'' marks appear in the second column by default. So if you have a cached, saved, replied article that you have process-marked, what will that look like? Nothing much. The precedence rules go as follows: process -> cache -> replied -> saved. So if the article is in the cache and is replied, you'll only see the cache mark and not the replied mark. @node Setting Marks @subsection Setting Marks @cindex setting marks All the marking commands understand the numeric prefix. @table @kbd @item M c @itemx M-u @kindex M c (Summary) @kindex M-u (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-clear-mark-forward @cindex mark as unread Clear all readedness-marks from the current article (@code{gnus-summary-clear-mark-forward}). In other words, mark the article as unread. @item M t @itemx ! @kindex ! (Summary) @kindex M t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-tick-article-forward Tick the current article (@code{gnus-summary-tick-article-forward}). @xref{Article Caching}. @item M ? @itemx ? @kindex ? (Summary) @kindex M ? (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-dormant Mark the current article as dormant (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-dormant}). @xref{Article Caching}. @item M d @itemx d @kindex M d (Summary) @kindex d (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-read-forward Mark the current article as read (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-read-forward}). @item D @kindex D (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-read-backward Mark the current article as read and move point to the previous line (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-read-backward}). @item M k @itemx k @kindex k (Summary) @kindex M k (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-kill-same-subject-and-select Mark all articles that have the same subject as the current one as read, and then select the next unread article (@code{gnus-summary-kill-same-subject-and-select}). @item M K @itemx C-k @kindex M K (Summary) @kindex C-k (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-kill-same-subject Mark all articles that have the same subject as the current one as read (@code{gnus-summary-kill-same-subject}). @item M C @kindex M C (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-catchup @c @icon{gnus-summary-catchup} Mark all unread articles as read (@code{gnus-summary-catchup}). @item M C-c @kindex M C-c (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-catchup-all Mark all articles in the group as read---even the ticked and dormant articles (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-all}). @item M H @kindex M H (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-catchup-to-here Catchup the current group to point (before the point) (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-to-here}). @item M h @kindex M h (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-catchup-from-here Catchup the current group from point (after the point) (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-from-here}). @item C-w @kindex C-w (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mark-region-as-read Mark all articles between point and mark as read (@code{gnus-summary-mark-region-as-read}). @item M V k @kindex M V k (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-kill-below Kill all articles with scores below the default score (or below the numeric prefix) (@code{gnus-summary-kill-below}). @item M e @itemx E @kindex M e (Summary) @kindex E (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-expirable Mark the current article as expirable (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-expirable}). @item M b @kindex M b (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-set-bookmark Set a bookmark in the current article (@code{gnus-summary-set-bookmark}). @item M B @kindex M B (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-remove-bookmark Remove the bookmark from the current article (@code{gnus-summary-remove-bookmark}). @item M V c @kindex M V c (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-clear-above Clear all marks from articles with scores over the default score (or over the numeric prefix) (@code{gnus-summary-clear-above}). @item M V u @kindex M V u (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-tick-above Tick all articles with scores over the default score (or over the numeric prefix) (@code{gnus-summary-tick-above}). @item M V m @kindex M V m (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mark-above Prompt for a mark, and mark all articles with scores over the default score (or over the numeric prefix) with this mark (@code{gnus-summary-clear-above}). @end table @vindex gnus-summary-goto-unread The @code{gnus-summary-goto-unread} variable controls what action should be taken after setting a mark. If non-@code{nil}, point will move to the next/previous unread article. If @code{nil}, point will just move one line up or down. As a special case, if this variable is @code{never}, all the marking commands as well as other commands (like @kbd{SPACE}) will move to the next article, whether it is unread or not. The default is @code{t}. @node Generic Marking Commands @subsection Generic Marking Commands Some people would like the command that ticks an article (@kbd{!}) go to the next article. Others would like it to go to the next unread article. Yet others would like it to stay on the current article. And even though I haven't heard of anybody wanting it to go to the previous (unread) article, I'm sure there are people that want that as well. Multiply these five behaviors with five different marking commands, and you get a potentially complex set of variable to control what each command should do. To sidestep that mess, Gnus provides commands that do all these different things. They can be found on the @kbd{M M} map in the summary buffer. Type @kbd{M M C-h} to see them all---there are too many of them to list in this manual. While you can use these commands directly, most users would prefer altering the summary mode keymap. For instance, if you would like the @kbd{!} command to go to the next article instead of the next unread article, you could say something like: @lisp @group (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'my-alter-summary-map) (defun my-alter-summary-map () (local-set-key "!" 'gnus-summary-put-mark-as-ticked-next)) @end group @end lisp @noindent or @lisp (defun my-alter-summary-map () (local-set-key "!" "MM!n")) @end lisp @node Setting Process Marks @subsection Setting Process Marks @cindex setting process marks Process marks are displayed as @code{#} in the summary buffer, and are used for marking articles in such a way that other commands will process these articles. For instance, if you process mark four articles and then use the @kbd{*} command, Gnus will enter these four articles into the cache. For more information, @pxref{Process/Prefix}. @table @kbd @item M P p @itemx # @kindex # (Summary) @kindex M P p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-processable Mark the current article with the process mark (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-processable}). @findex gnus-summary-unmark-as-processable @item M P u @itemx M-# @kindex M P u (Summary) @kindex M-# (Summary) Remove the process mark, if any, from the current article (@code{gnus-summary-unmark-as-processable}). @item M P U @kindex M P U (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-unmark-all-processable Remove the process mark from all articles (@code{gnus-summary-unmark-all-processable}). @item M P i @kindex M P i (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-invert-processable Invert the list of process marked articles (@code{gnus-uu-invert-processable}). @item M P R @kindex M P R (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-by-regexp Mark articles that have a @code{Subject} header that matches a regular expression (@code{gnus-uu-mark-by-regexp}). @item M P G @kindex M P G (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-unmark-by-regexp Unmark articles that have a @code{Subject} header that matches a regular expression (@code{gnus-uu-unmark-by-regexp}). @item M P r @kindex M P r (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-region Mark articles in region (@code{gnus-uu-mark-region}). @item M P g @kindex M P g (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-unmark-region Unmark articles in region (@code{gnus-uu-unmark-region}). @item M P t @kindex M P t (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-thread Mark all articles in the current (sub)thread (@code{gnus-uu-mark-thread}). @item M P T @kindex M P T (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-unmark-thread Unmark all articles in the current (sub)thread (@code{gnus-uu-unmark-thread}). @item M P v @kindex M P v (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-over Mark all articles that have a score above the prefix argument (@code{gnus-uu-mark-over}). @item M P s @kindex M P s (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-series Mark all articles in the current series (@code{gnus-uu-mark-series}). @item M P S @kindex M P S (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-sparse Mark all series that have already had some articles marked (@code{gnus-uu-mark-sparse}). @item M P a @kindex M P a (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-all Mark all articles in series order (@code{gnus-uu-mark-all}). @item M P b @kindex M P b (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-buffer Mark all articles in the buffer in the order they appear (@code{gnus-uu-mark-buffer}). @item M P k @kindex M P k (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-kill-process-mark Push the current process mark set onto the stack and unmark all articles (@code{gnus-summary-kill-process-mark}). @item M P y @kindex M P y (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-yank-process-mark Pop the previous process mark set from the stack and restore it (@code{gnus-summary-yank-process-mark}). @item M P w @kindex M P w (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-process-mark Push the current process mark set onto the stack (@code{gnus-summary-save-process-mark}). @end table Also see the @kbd{&} command in @ref{Searching for Articles}, for how to set process marks based on article body contents. @node Limiting @section Limiting @cindex limiting It can be convenient to limit the summary buffer to just show some subset of the articles currently in the group. The effect most limit commands have is to remove a few (or many) articles from the summary buffer. Limiting commands work on subsets of the articles already fetched from the servers. These commands don't query the server for additional articles. @table @kbd @item / / @itemx / s @kindex / / (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-subject Limit the summary buffer to articles that match some subject (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-subject}). If given a prefix, exclude matching articles. @item / a @kindex / a (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-author Limit the summary buffer to articles that match some author (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-author}). If given a prefix, exclude matching articles. @item / R @kindex / R (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-recipient Limit the summary buffer to articles that match some recipient (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-recipient}). If given a prefix, exclude matching articles. @item / A @kindex / A (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-address Limit the summary buffer to articles in which contents of From, To or Cc header match a given address (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-address}). If given a prefix, exclude matching articles. @item / S @kindex / S (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-singletons Limit the summary buffer to articles that aren't part of any displayed threads (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-singletons}). If given a prefix, limit to articles that are part of displayed threads. @item / x @kindex / x (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-extra Limit the summary buffer to articles that match one of the ``extra'' headers (@pxref{To From Newsgroups}) (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-extra}). If given a prefix, exclude matching articles. @item / u @itemx x @kindex / u (Summary) @kindex x (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-unread Limit the summary buffer to articles not marked as read (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-unread}). If given a prefix, limit the buffer to articles strictly unread. This means that ticked and dormant articles will also be excluded. @item / m @kindex / m (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-marks Ask for a mark and then limit to all articles that have been marked with that mark (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-marks}). @item / t @kindex / t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-age Ask for a number and then limit the summary buffer to articles older than (or equal to) that number of days (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-age}). If given a prefix, limit to articles younger than that number of days. @item / n @kindex / n (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-articles With prefix @samp{n}, limit the summary buffer to the next @samp{n} articles. If not given a prefix, use the process marked articles instead. (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-articles}). @item / w @kindex / w (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-pop-limit Pop the previous limit off the stack and restore it (@code{gnus-summary-pop-limit}). If given a prefix, pop all limits off the stack. @item / . @kindex / . (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-unseen Limit the summary buffer to the unseen articles (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-unseen}). @item / v @kindex / v (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-score Limit the summary buffer to articles that have a score at or above some score (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-score}). @item / p @kindex / p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-display-predicate Limit the summary buffer to articles that satisfy the @code{display} group parameter predicate (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-display-predicate}). @xref{Group Parameters}, for more on this predicate. @item / r @kindex / r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-replied Limit the summary buffer to replied articles (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-replied}). If given a prefix, exclude replied articles. @item / E @itemx M S @kindex M S (Summary) @kindex / E (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-include-expunged Include all expunged articles in the limit (@code{gnus-summary-limit-include-expunged}). @item / D @kindex / D (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-include-dormant Include all dormant articles in the limit (@code{gnus-summary-limit-include-dormant}). @item / * @kindex / * (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-include-cached Include all cached articles in the limit (@code{gnus-summary-limit-include-cached}). @item / d @kindex / d (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-exclude-dormant Exclude all dormant articles from the limit (@code{gnus-summary-limit-exclude-dormant}). @item / M @kindex / M (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-exclude-marks Exclude all marked articles (@code{gnus-summary-limit-exclude-marks}). @item / T @kindex / T (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-include-thread Include all the articles in the current thread in the limit. @item / c @kindex / c (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-exclude-childless-dormant Exclude all dormant articles that have no children from the limit@* (@code{gnus-summary-limit-exclude-childless-dormant}). @item / C @kindex / C (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-mark-excluded-as-read Mark all excluded unread articles as read (@code{gnus-summary-limit-mark-excluded-as-read}). If given a prefix, also mark excluded ticked and dormant articles as read. @item / b @kindex / b (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-bodies Limit the summary buffer to articles that have bodies that match a certain regexp (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-bodies}). If given a prefix, reverse the limit. This command is quite slow since it requires selecting each article to find the matches. @item / h @kindex / h (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-headers Like the previous command, only limit to headers instead (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-headers}). @end table The following commands aren't limiting commands, but use the @kbd{/} prefix as well. @table @kbd @item / N @kindex / N (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-insert-new-articles Insert all new articles in the summary buffer. It scans for new emails if @var{back-end}@code{-get-new-mail} is non-@code{nil}. @item / o @kindex / o (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-insert-old-articles Insert all old articles in the summary buffer. If given a numbered prefix, fetch this number of articles. @end table @node Threading @section Threading @cindex threading @cindex article threading Gnus threads articles by default. @dfn{To thread} is to put responses to articles directly after the articles they respond to---in a hierarchical fashion. Threading is done by looking at the @code{References} headers of the articles. In a perfect world, this would be enough to build pretty trees, but unfortunately, the @code{References} header is often broken or simply missing. Weird news propagation exacerbates the problem, so one has to employ other heuristics to get pleasing results. A plethora of approaches exists, as detailed in horrible detail in @ref{Customizing Threading}. First, a quick overview of the concepts: @table @dfn @item root The top-most article in a thread; the first article in the thread. @item thread A tree-like article structure. @item sub-thread A small(er) section of this tree-like structure. @item loose threads Threads often lose their roots due to article expiry, or due to the root already having been read in a previous session, and not displayed in the summary buffer. We then typically have many sub-threads that really belong to one thread, but are without connecting roots. These are called loose threads. @item thread gathering An attempt to gather loose threads into bigger threads. @item sparse threads A thread where the missing articles have been ``guessed'' at, and are displayed as empty lines in the summary buffer. @end table @menu * Customizing Threading:: Variables you can change to affect the threading. * Thread Commands:: Thread based commands in the summary buffer. @end menu @node Customizing Threading @subsection Customizing Threading @cindex customizing threading @menu * Loose Threads:: How Gnus gathers loose threads into bigger threads. * Filling In Threads:: Making the threads displayed look fuller. * More Threading:: Even more variables for fiddling with threads. * Low-Level Threading:: You thought it was over@dots{} but you were wrong! @end menu @node Loose Threads @subsubsection Loose Threads @cindex < @cindex > @cindex loose threads @table @code @item gnus-summary-make-false-root @vindex gnus-summary-make-false-root If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will gather all loose subtrees into one big tree and create a dummy root at the top. (Wait a minute. Root at the top? Yup.) Loose subtrees occur when the real root has expired, or you've read or killed the root in a previous session. When there is no real root of a thread, Gnus will have to fudge something. This variable says what fudging method Gnus should use. There are four possible values: @iftex @iflatex \gnusfigure{The Summary Buffer}{390}{ \put(0,0){\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-adopt,width=7.5cm}} \put(445,0){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-empty,width=7.5cm}}} \put(0,400){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-none,width=7.5cm}}} \put(445,400){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-dummy,width=7.5cm}}} } @end iflatex @end iftex @cindex adopting articles @table @code @item adopt Gnus will make the first of the orphaned articles the parent. This parent will adopt all the other articles. The adopted articles will be marked as such by pointy brackets (@samp{<>}) instead of the standard square brackets (@samp{[]}). This is the default method. @item dummy @vindex gnus-summary-dummy-line-format @vindex gnus-summary-make-false-root-always Gnus will create a dummy summary line that will pretend to be the parent. This dummy line does not correspond to any real article, so selecting it will just select the first real article after the dummy article. @code{gnus-summary-dummy-line-format} is used to specify the format of the dummy roots. It accepts only one format spec: @samp{S}, which is the subject of the article. @xref{Formatting Variables}. If you want all threads to have a dummy root, even the non-gathered ones, set @code{gnus-summary-make-false-root-always} to @code{t}. @item empty Gnus won't actually make any article the parent, but simply leave the subject field of all orphans except the first empty. (Actually, it will use @code{gnus-summary-same-subject} as the subject (@pxref{Summary Buffer Format}).) @item none Don't make any article parent at all. Just gather the threads and display them after one another. @item nil Don't gather loose threads. @end table @item gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit @vindex gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit Loose threads are gathered by comparing subjects of articles. If this variable is @code{nil}, Gnus requires an exact match between the subjects of the loose threads before gathering them into one big super-thread. This might be too strict a requirement, what with the presence of stupid newsreaders that chop off long subject lines. If you think so, set this variable to, say, 20 to require that only the first 20 characters of the subjects have to match. If you set this variable to a really low number, you'll find that Gnus will gather everything in sight into one thread, which isn't very helpful. @cindex fuzzy article gathering If you set this variable to the special value @code{fuzzy}, Gnus will use a fuzzy string comparison algorithm on the subjects (@pxref{Fuzzy Matching}). @item gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy-regexp @vindex gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy-regexp This can either be a regular expression or list of regular expressions that match strings that will be removed from subjects if fuzzy subject simplification is used. @item gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes @vindex gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes If you set @code{gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit} to something as low as 10, you might consider setting this variable to something sensible: @c Written by Michael Ernst <mernst@cs.rice.edu> @lisp (setq gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes (concat "\\`\\[?\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("looking" "wanted" "followup" "summary\\( of\\)?" "help" "query" "problem" "question" "answer" "reference" "announce" "How can I" "How to" "Comparison of" ;; ... ) "\\|") "\\)\\s *\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("for" "for reference" "with" "about") "\\|") "\\)?\\]?:?[ \t]*")) @end lisp All words that match this regexp will be removed before comparing two subjects. @item gnus-simplify-subject-functions @vindex gnus-simplify-subject-functions If non-@code{nil}, this variable overrides @code{gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit}. This variable should be a list of functions to apply to the @code{Subject} string iteratively to arrive at the simplified version of the string. Useful functions to put in this list include: @table @code @item gnus-simplify-subject-re @findex gnus-simplify-subject-re Strip the leading @samp{Re:}. @item gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy @findex gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy Simplify fuzzily. @item gnus-simplify-whitespace @findex gnus-simplify-whitespace Remove excessive whitespace. @item gnus-simplify-all-whitespace @findex gnus-simplify-all-whitespace Remove all whitespace. @end table You may also write your own functions, of course. @item gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject @vindex gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject Since loose thread gathering is done on subjects only, that might lead to many false hits, especially with certain common subjects like @samp{} and @samp{(none)}. To make the situation slightly better, you can use the regexp @code{gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject} to say what subjects should be excluded from the gathering process.@* The default is @samp{^ *$\\|^(none)$}. @item gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function @vindex gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function Gnus gathers threads by looking at @code{Subject} headers. This means that totally unrelated articles may end up in the same ``thread'', which is confusing. An alternate approach is to look at all the @code{Message-ID}s in all the @code{References} headers to find matches. This will ensure that no gathered threads ever include unrelated articles, but it also means that people who have posted with broken newsreaders won't be gathered properly. The choice is yours---plague or cholera: @table @code @item gnus-gather-threads-by-subject @findex gnus-gather-threads-by-subject This function is the default gathering function and looks at @code{Subject}s exclusively. @item gnus-gather-threads-by-references @findex gnus-gather-threads-by-references This function looks at @code{References} headers exclusively. @end table If you want to test gathering by @code{References}, you could say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function 'gnus-gather-threads-by-references) @end lisp @end table @node Filling In Threads @subsubsection Filling In Threads @table @code @item gnus-fetch-old-headers @vindex gnus-fetch-old-headers If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will attempt to build old threads by fetching more old headers---headers to articles marked as read. If you would like to display as few summary lines as possible, but still connect as many loose threads as possible, you should set this variable to @code{some} or a number. If you set it to a number, no more than that number of extra old headers will be fetched. In either case, fetching old headers only works if the back end you are using carries overview files---this would normally be @code{nntp}, @code{nnspool}, @code{nnml}, and @code{nnmaildir}. Also remember that if the root of the thread has been expired by the server, there's not much Gnus can do about that. This variable can also be set to @code{invisible}. This won't have any visible effects, but is useful if you use the @kbd{A T} command a lot (@pxref{Finding the Parent}). The server has to support @acronym{NOV} for any of this to work. @cindex Gmane, gnus-fetch-old-headers This feature can seriously impact performance it ignores all locally cached header entries. Setting it to @code{t} for groups for a server that doesn't expire articles (such as news.gmane.org), leads to very slow summary generation. @item gnus-fetch-old-ephemeral-headers @vindex gnus-fetch-old-ephemeral-headers Same as @code{gnus-fetch-old-headers}, but only used for ephemeral newsgroups. @item gnus-build-sparse-threads @vindex gnus-build-sparse-threads Fetching old headers can be slow. A low-rent similar effect can be gotten by setting this variable to @code{some}. Gnus will then look at the complete @code{References} headers of all articles and try to string together articles that belong in the same thread. This will leave @dfn{gaps} in the threading display where Gnus guesses that an article is missing from the thread. (These gaps appear like normal summary lines. If you select a gap, Gnus will try to fetch the article in question.) If this variable is @code{t}, Gnus will display all these ``gaps'' without regard for whether they are useful for completing the thread or not. Finally, if this variable is @code{more}, Gnus won't cut off sparse leaf nodes that don't lead anywhere. This variable is @code{nil} by default. @item gnus-read-all-available-headers @vindex gnus-read-all-available-headers This is a rather obscure variable that few will find useful. It's intended for those non-news newsgroups where the back end has to fetch quite a lot to present the summary buffer, and where it's impossible to go back to parents of articles. This is mostly the case in the web-based groups. If you don't use those, then it's safe to leave this as the default @code{nil}. If you want to use this variable, it should be a regexp that matches the group name, or @code{t} for all groups. @end table @node More Threading @subsubsection More Threading @table @code @item gnus-show-threads @vindex gnus-show-threads If this variable is @code{nil}, no threading will be done, and all of the rest of the variables here will have no effect. Turning threading off will speed group selection up a bit, but it is sure to make reading slower and more awkward. @item gnus-thread-hide-subtree @vindex gnus-thread-hide-subtree If non-@code{nil}, all threads will be hidden when the summary buffer is generated. This can also be a predicate specifier (@pxref{Predicate Specifiers}). Available predicates are @code{gnus-article-unread-p} and @code{gnus-article-unseen-p}. Here's an example: @lisp (setq gnus-thread-hide-subtree '(or gnus-article-unread-p gnus-article-unseen-p)) @end lisp (It's a pretty nonsensical example, since all unseen articles are also unread, but you get my drift.) @item gnus-thread-expunge-below @vindex gnus-thread-expunge-below All threads that have a total score (as defined by @code{gnus-thread-score-function}) less than this number will be expunged. This variable is @code{nil} by default, which means that no threads are expunged. @item gnus-thread-hide-killed @vindex gnus-thread-hide-killed if you kill a thread and this variable is non-@code{nil}, the subtree will be hidden. @item gnus-thread-ignore-subject @vindex gnus-thread-ignore-subject Sometimes somebody changes the subject in the middle of a thread. If this variable is non-@code{nil}, which is the default, the subject change is ignored. If it is @code{nil}, a change in the subject will result in a new thread. @item gnus-thread-indent-level @vindex gnus-thread-indent-level This is a number that says how much each sub-thread should be indented. The default is 4. @item gnus-sort-gathered-threads-function @vindex gnus-sort-gathered-threads-function Sometimes, particularly with mailing lists, the order in which mails arrive locally is not necessarily the same as the order in which they arrived on the mailing list. Consequently, when sorting sub-threads using the default @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-number}, responses can end up appearing before the article to which they are responding to. Setting this variable to an alternate value (e.g. @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-date}), in a group's parameters or in an appropriate hook (e.g. @code{gnus-summary-generate-hook}) can produce a more logical sub-thread ordering in such instances. @end table @node Low-Level Threading @subsubsection Low-Level Threading @table @code @item gnus-parse-headers-hook @vindex gnus-parse-headers-hook Hook run before parsing any headers. @item gnus-alter-header-function @vindex gnus-alter-header-function If non-@code{nil}, this function will be called to allow alteration of article header structures. The function is called with one parameter, the article header vector, which it may alter in any way. For instance, if you have a mail-to-news gateway which alters the @code{Message-ID}s in systematic ways (by adding prefixes and such), you can use this variable to un-scramble the @code{Message-ID}s so that they are more meaningful. Here's one example: @lisp (setq gnus-alter-header-function 'my-alter-message-id) (defun my-alter-message-id (header) (let ((id (mail-header-id header))) (when (string-match "\\(<[^<>@@]*\\)\\.?cygnus\\..*@@\\([^<>@@]*>\\)" id) (mail-header-set-id (concat (match-string 1 id) "@@" (match-string 2 id)) header)))) @end lisp @end table @node Thread Commands @subsection Thread Commands @cindex thread commands @table @kbd @item T k @itemx C-M-k @kindex T k (Summary) @kindex C-M-k (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-kill-thread Mark all articles in the current (sub-)thread as read (@code{gnus-summary-kill-thread}). If the prefix argument is positive, remove all marks instead. If the prefix argument is negative, tick articles instead. @item T l @itemx C-M-l @kindex T l (Summary) @kindex C-M-l (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-lower-thread Lower the score of the current (sub-)thread (@code{gnus-summary-lower-thread}). @item T i @kindex T i (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-raise-thread Increase the score of the current (sub-)thread (@code{gnus-summary-raise-thread}). @item T # @kindex T # (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-mark-thread Set the process mark on the current (sub-)thread (@code{gnus-uu-mark-thread}). @item T M-# @kindex T M-# (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-unmark-thread Remove the process mark from the current (sub-)thread (@code{gnus-uu-unmark-thread}). @item T T @kindex T T (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-toggle-threads Toggle threading (@code{gnus-summary-toggle-threads}). @item T s @kindex T s (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-show-thread Expose the (sub-)thread hidden under the current article, if any@* (@code{gnus-summary-show-thread}). @item T h @kindex T h (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-hide-thread Hide the current (sub-)thread (@code{gnus-summary-hide-thread}). @item T S @kindex T S (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-show-all-threads Expose all hidden threads (@code{gnus-summary-show-all-threads}). @item T H @kindex T H (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-hide-all-threads Hide all threads (@code{gnus-summary-hide-all-threads}). @item T t @kindex T t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-rethread-current Re-thread the current article's thread (@code{gnus-summary-rethread-current}). This works even when the summary buffer is otherwise unthreaded. @item T ^ @kindex T ^ (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-reparent-thread Make the current article the child of the marked (or previous) article (@code{gnus-summary-reparent-thread}). @item T M-^ @kindex T M-^ (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-reparent-children Make the current article the parent of the marked articles (@code{gnus-summary-reparent-children}). @end table The following commands are thread movement commands. They all understand the numeric prefix. @table @kbd @item T n @kindex T n (Summary) @itemx C-M-f @kindex C-M-n (Summary) @itemx M-down @kindex M-down (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-next-thread Go to the next thread (@code{gnus-summary-next-thread}). @item T p @kindex T p (Summary) @itemx C-M-b @kindex C-M-p (Summary) @itemx M-up @kindex M-up (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-prev-thread Go to the previous thread (@code{gnus-summary-prev-thread}). @item T d @kindex T d (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-down-thread Descend the thread (@code{gnus-summary-down-thread}). @item T u @kindex T u (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-up-thread Ascend the thread (@code{gnus-summary-up-thread}). @item T o @kindex T o (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-top-thread Go to the top of the thread (@code{gnus-summary-top-thread}). @end table @vindex gnus-thread-operation-ignore-subject If you ignore subject while threading, you'll naturally end up with threads that have several different subjects in them. If you then issue a command like @kbd{T k} (@code{gnus-summary-kill-thread}) you might not wish to kill the entire thread, but just those parts of the thread that have the same subject as the current article. If you like this idea, you can fiddle with @code{gnus-thread-operation-ignore-subject}. If it is non-@code{nil} (which it is by default), subjects will be ignored when doing thread commands. If this variable is @code{nil}, articles in the same thread with different subjects will not be included in the operation in question. If this variable is @code{fuzzy}, only articles that have subjects fuzzily equal will be included (@pxref{Fuzzy Matching}). @node Sorting the Summary Buffer @section Sorting the Summary Buffer @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-date @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-score @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-subject @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-author @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-recipient @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-number @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-random @vindex gnus-thread-sort-functions @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-most-recent-number @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-most-recent-date If you are using a threaded summary display, you can sort the threads by setting @code{gnus-thread-sort-functions}, which can be either a single function, a list of functions, or a list containing functions and @code{(not some-function)} elements. By default, sorting is done on article numbers. Ready-made sorting predicate functions include @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-number}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-author}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-recipient}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-subject}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-date}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-score}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-most-recent-number}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-most-recent-date}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-random} and @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score}. Each function takes two threads and returns non-@code{nil} if the first thread should be sorted before the other. Note that sorting really is normally done by looking only at the roots of each thread. If you use more than one function, the primary sort key should be the last function in the list. You should probably always include @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-number} in the list of sorting functions---preferably first. This will ensure that threads that are equal with respect to the other sort criteria will be displayed in ascending article order. If you would like to sort by reverse score, then by subject, and finally by number, you could do something like: @lisp (setq gnus-thread-sort-functions '(gnus-thread-sort-by-number gnus-thread-sort-by-subject (not gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score))) @end lisp The threads that have highest score will be displayed first in the summary buffer. When threads have the same score, they will be sorted alphabetically. The threads that have the same score and the same subject will be sorted by number, which is (normally) the sequence in which the articles arrived. If you want to sort by score and then reverse arrival order, you could say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-thread-sort-functions '((not gnus-thread-sort-by-number) gnus-thread-sort-by-score)) @end lisp @vindex gnus-thread-score-function The function in the @code{gnus-thread-score-function} variable (default @code{+}) is used for calculating the total score of a thread. Useful functions might be @code{max}, @code{min}, or squared means, or whatever tickles your fancy. @findex gnus-article-sort-functions @findex gnus-article-sort-by-date @findex gnus-article-sort-by-most-recent-date @findex gnus-article-sort-by-score @findex gnus-article-sort-by-subject @findex gnus-article-sort-by-author @findex gnus-article-sort-by-random @findex gnus-article-sort-by-number @findex gnus-article-sort-by-most-recent-number If you are using an unthreaded display for some strange reason or other, you have to fiddle with the @code{gnus-article-sort-functions} variable. It is very similar to the @code{gnus-thread-sort-functions}, except that it uses slightly different functions for article comparison. Available sorting predicate functions are @code{gnus-article-sort-by-number}, @code{gnus-article-sort-by-author}, @code{gnus-article-sort-by-subject}, @code{gnus-article-sort-by-date}, @code{gnus-article-sort-by-random}, and @code{gnus-article-sort-by-score}. If you want to sort an unthreaded summary display by subject, you could say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-article-sort-functions '(gnus-article-sort-by-number gnus-article-sort-by-subject)) @end lisp You can define group specific sorting via @code{gnus-parameters}, @xref{Group Parameters}. @node Asynchronous Fetching @section Asynchronous Article Fetching @cindex asynchronous article fetching @cindex article pre-fetch @cindex pre-fetch If you read your news from an @acronym{NNTP} server that's far away, the network latencies may make reading articles a chore. You have to wait for a while after pressing @kbd{n} to go to the next article before the article appears. Why can't Gnus just go ahead and fetch the article while you are reading the previous one? Why not, indeed. First, some caveats. There are some pitfalls to using asynchronous article fetching, especially the way Gnus does it. Let's say you are reading article 1, which is short, and article 2 is quite long, and you are not interested in reading that. Gnus does not know this, so it goes ahead and fetches article 2. You decide to read article 3, but since Gnus is in the process of fetching article 2, the connection is blocked. To avoid these situations, Gnus will open two (count 'em two) connections to the server. Some people may think this isn't a very nice thing to do, but I don't see any real alternatives. Setting up that extra connection takes some time, so Gnus startup will be slower. Gnus will fetch more articles than you will read. This will mean that the link between your machine and the @acronym{NNTP} server will become more loaded than if you didn't use article pre-fetch. The server itself will also become more loaded---both with the extra article requests, and the extra connection. Ok, so now you know that you shouldn't really use this thing@dots{} unless you really want to. @vindex gnus-asynchronous Here's how: Set @code{gnus-asynchronous} to @code{t}. The rest should happen automatically. @vindex gnus-use-article-prefetch You can control how many articles are to be pre-fetched by setting @code{gnus-use-article-prefetch}. This is 30 by default, which means that when you read an article in the group, the back end will pre-fetch the next 30 articles. If this variable is @code{t}, the back end will pre-fetch all the articles it can without bound. If it is @code{nil}, no pre-fetching will be done. @vindex gnus-async-prefetch-article-p @findex gnus-async-unread-p There are probably some articles that you don't want to pre-fetch---read articles, for instance. The @code{gnus-async-prefetch-article-p} variable controls whether an article is to be pre-fetched. This function should return non-@code{nil} when the article in question is to be pre-fetched. The default is @code{gnus-async-unread-p}, which returns @code{nil} on read articles. The function is called with an article data structure as the only parameter. If, for instance, you wish to pre-fetch only unread articles shorter than 100 lines, you could say something like: @lisp (defun my-async-short-unread-p (data) "Return non-nil for short, unread articles." (and (gnus-data-unread-p data) (< (mail-header-lines (gnus-data-header data)) 100))) (setq gnus-async-prefetch-article-p 'my-async-short-unread-p) @end lisp These functions will be called many, many times, so they should preferably be short and sweet to avoid slowing down Gnus too much. It's probably a good idea to byte-compile things like this. @vindex gnus-async-post-fetch-function @findex gnus-html-prefetch-images After an article has been prefetched, this @code{gnus-async-post-fetch-function} will be called. The buffer will be narrowed to the region of the article that was fetched. A useful value would be @code{gnus-html-prefetch-images}, which will prefetch and store images referenced in the article, so that you don't have to wait for them to be fetched when you read the article. This is useful for @acronym{HTML} messages that have external images. @vindex gnus-prefetched-article-deletion-strategy Articles have to be removed from the asynch buffer sooner or later. The @code{gnus-prefetched-article-deletion-strategy} says when to remove articles. This is a list that may contain the following elements: @table @code @item read Remove articles when they are read. @item exit Remove articles when exiting the group. @end table The default value is @code{(read exit)}. @c @vindex gnus-use-header-prefetch @c If @code{gnus-use-header-prefetch} is non-@code{nil}, prefetch articles @c from the next group. @node Article Caching @section Article Caching @cindex article caching @cindex caching If you have an @emph{extremely} slow @acronym{NNTP} connection, you may consider turning article caching on. Each article will then be stored locally under your home directory. As you may surmise, this could potentially use @emph{huge} amounts of disk space, as well as eat up all your inodes so fast it will make your head swim. In vodka. Used carefully, though, it could be just an easier way to save articles. @vindex gnus-use-long-file-name @vindex gnus-cache-directory @vindex gnus-use-cache To turn caching on, set @code{gnus-use-cache} to @code{t}. By default, all articles ticked or marked as dormant will then be copied over to your local cache (@code{gnus-cache-directory}). Whether this cache is flat or hierarchical is controlled by the @code{gnus-use-long-file-name} variable, as usual. When re-selecting a ticked or dormant article, it will be fetched from the cache instead of from the server. As articles in your cache will never expire, this might serve as a method of saving articles while still keeping them where they belong. Just mark all articles you want to save as dormant, and don't worry. When an article is marked as read, is it removed from the cache. @vindex gnus-cache-remove-articles @vindex gnus-cache-enter-articles The entering/removal of articles from the cache is controlled by the @code{gnus-cache-enter-articles} and @code{gnus-cache-remove-articles} variables. Both are lists of symbols. The first is @code{(ticked dormant)} by default, meaning that ticked and dormant articles will be put in the cache. The latter is @code{(read)} by default, meaning that articles marked as read are removed from the cache. Possibly symbols in these two lists are @code{ticked}, @code{dormant}, @code{unread} and @code{read}. @findex gnus-jog-cache So where does the massive article-fetching and storing come into the picture? The @code{gnus-jog-cache} command will go through all subscribed newsgroups, request all unread articles, score them, and store them in the cache. You should only ever, ever ever ever, use this command if 1) your connection to the @acronym{NNTP} server is really, really, really slow and 2) you have a really, really, really huge disk. Seriously. One way to cut down on the number of articles downloaded is to score unwanted articles down and have them marked as read. They will not then be downloaded by this command. @vindex gnus-uncacheable-groups @vindex gnus-cacheable-groups It is likely that you do not want caching on all groups. For instance, if your @code{nnml} mail is located under your home directory, it makes no sense to cache it somewhere else under your home directory. Unless you feel that it's neat to use twice as much space. To limit the caching, you could set @code{gnus-cacheable-groups} to a regexp of groups to cache, @samp{^nntp} for instance, or set the @code{gnus-uncacheable-groups} regexp to @samp{^nnml}, for instance. Both variables are @code{nil} by default. If a group matches both variables, the group is not cached. @findex gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases @findex gnus-cache-generate-active @vindex gnus-cache-active-file The cache stores information on what articles it contains in its active file (@code{gnus-cache-active-file}). If this file (or any other parts of the cache) becomes all messed up for some reason or other, Gnus offers two functions that will try to set things right. @kbd{M-x gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases} will (re)build all the @acronym{NOV} files, and @kbd{gnus-cache-generate-active} will (re)generate the active file. @findex gnus-cache-move-cache @code{gnus-cache-move-cache} will move your whole @code{gnus-cache-directory} to some other location. You get asked to where, isn't that cool? @node Persistent Articles @section Persistent Articles @cindex persistent articles Closely related to article caching, we have @dfn{persistent articles}. In fact, it's just a different way of looking at caching, and much more useful in my opinion. Say you're reading a newsgroup, and you happen on to some valuable gem that you want to keep and treasure forever. You'd normally just save it (using one of the many saving commands) in some file. The problem with that is that it's just, well, yucky. Ideally you'd prefer just having the article remain in the group where you found it forever; untouched by the expiry going on at the news server. This is what a @dfn{persistent article} is---an article that just won't be deleted. It's implemented using the normal cache functions, but you use two explicit commands for managing persistent articles: @table @kbd @item * @kindex * (Summary) @findex gnus-cache-enter-article Make the current article persistent (@code{gnus-cache-enter-article}). @item M-* @kindex M-* (Summary) @findex gnus-cache-remove-article Remove the current article from the persistent articles (@code{gnus-cache-remove-article}). This will normally delete the article. @end table Both these commands understand the process/prefix convention. To avoid having all ticked articles (and stuff) entered into the cache, you should set @code{gnus-use-cache} to @code{passive} if you're just interested in persistent articles: @lisp (setq gnus-use-cache 'passive) @end lisp @node Sticky Articles @section Sticky Articles @cindex sticky articles When you select an article the current article buffer will be reused according to the value of the variable @code{gnus-single-article-buffer}. If its value is non-@code{nil} (the default) all articles reuse the same article buffer. Else each group has its own article buffer. This implies that it's not possible to have more than one article buffer in a group at a time. But sometimes you might want to display all the latest emails from your mother, your father, your aunt, your uncle and your 17 cousins to coordinate the next christmas party. That's where sticky articles come in handy. A sticky article buffer basically is a normal article buffer, but it won't be reused when you select another article. You can make an article sticky with: @table @kbd @item A S @kindex A S (Summary) @findex gnus-sticky-article Make the current article sticky. If a prefix arg is given, ask for a name for this sticky article buffer. @end table To close a sticky article buffer you can use these commands: @table @kbd @item q @kindex q (Article) @findex bury-buffer Puts this sticky article buffer at the end of the list of all buffers. @item k @kindex k (Article) @findex gnus-kill-sticky-article-buffer Kills this sticky article buffer. @end table To kill all sticky article buffers you can use: @defun gnus-kill-sticky-article-buffers ARG Kill all sticky article buffers. If a prefix ARG is given, ask for confirmation. @end defun @node Article Backlog @section Article Backlog @cindex backlog @cindex article backlog If you have a slow connection, but the idea of using caching seems unappealing to you (and it is, really), you can help the situation some by switching on the @dfn{backlog}. This is where Gnus will buffer already read articles so that it doesn't have to re-fetch articles you've already read. This only helps if you are in the habit of re-selecting articles you've recently read, of course. If you never do that, turning the backlog on will slow Gnus down a little bit, and increase memory usage some. @vindex gnus-keep-backlog If you set @code{gnus-keep-backlog} to a number @var{n}, Gnus will store at most @var{n} old articles in a buffer for later re-fetching. If this variable is non-@code{nil} and is not a number, Gnus will store @emph{all} read articles, which means that your Emacs will grow without bound before exploding and taking your machine down with you. I put that in there just to keep y'all on your toes. The default value is 20. @node Saving Articles @section Saving Articles @cindex saving articles Gnus can save articles in a number of ways. Below is the documentation for saving articles in a fairly straight-forward fashion (i.e., little processing of the article is done before it is saved). For a different approach (uudecoding, unsharing) you should use @code{gnus-uu} (@pxref{Decoding Articles}). For the commands listed here, the target is a file. If you want to save to a group, see the @kbd{B c} (@code{gnus-summary-copy-article}) command (@pxref{Mail Group Commands}). @vindex gnus-save-all-headers If @code{gnus-save-all-headers} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will not delete unwanted headers before saving the article. @vindex gnus-saved-headers If the preceding variable is @code{nil}, all headers that match the @code{gnus-saved-headers} regexp will be kept, while the rest will be deleted before saving. @table @kbd @item O o @itemx o @kindex O o (Summary) @kindex o (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-article @c @icon{gnus-summary-save-article} Save the current article using the default article saver (@code{gnus-summary-save-article}). @item O m @kindex O m (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-article-mail Save the current article in a Unix mail box (mbox) file (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-mail}). @item O r @kindex O r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-article-rmail Save the current article in Rmail format (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-rmail}). This is mbox since Emacs 23, Babyl in older versions. @item O f @kindex O f (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-article-file @c @icon{gnus-summary-save-article-file} Save the current article in plain file format (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-file}). @item O F @kindex O F (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-write-article-file Write the current article in plain file format, overwriting any previous file contents (@code{gnus-summary-write-article-file}). @item O b @kindex O b (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-article-body-file Save the current article body in plain file format (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-body-file}). @item O h @kindex O h (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-article-folder Save the current article in mh folder format (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-folder}). @item O v @kindex O v (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-article-vm Save the current article in a VM folder (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-vm}). @item O p @itemx | @kindex O p (Summary) @kindex | (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-pipe-output @vindex gnus-summary-pipe-output-default-command Save the current article in a pipe. Uhm, like, what I mean is---Pipe the current article to a process (@code{gnus-summary-pipe-output}). If given a symbolic prefix (@pxref{Symbolic Prefixes}), include the complete headers in the piped output. The symbolic prefix @code{r} is special; it lets this command pipe a raw article including all headers. The @code{gnus-summary-pipe-output-default-command} variable can be set to a string containing the default command and options (default @code{nil}). @item O P @kindex O P (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-muttprint @vindex gnus-summary-muttprint-program Save the current article into muttprint. That is, print it using the external program @uref{http://muttprint.sourceforge.net/, Muttprint}. The program name and options to use is controlled by the variable @code{gnus-summary-muttprint-program}. (@code{gnus-summary-muttprint}). @end table @vindex gnus-prompt-before-saving All these commands use the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). If you save bunches of articles using these functions, you might get tired of being prompted for files to save each and every article in. The prompting action is controlled by the @code{gnus-prompt-before-saving} variable, which is @code{always} by default, giving you that excessive prompting action you know and loathe. If you set this variable to @code{t} instead, you'll be prompted just once for each series of articles you save. If you like to really have Gnus do all your thinking for you, you can even set this variable to @code{nil}, which means that you will never be prompted for files to save articles in. Gnus will simply save all the articles in the default files. @vindex gnus-default-article-saver You can customize the @code{gnus-default-article-saver} variable to make Gnus do what you want it to. You can use any of the eight ready-made functions below, or you can create your own. @table @code @item gnus-summary-save-in-rmail @findex gnus-summary-save-in-rmail @vindex gnus-rmail-save-name @findex gnus-plain-save-name This is the default format, that used by the Rmail package. Since Emacs 23, Rmail uses standard mbox format. Before this, it used the @dfn{Babyl} format. Accordingly, this command writes mbox format since Emacs 23, unless appending to an existing Babyl file. In older versions of Emacs, it always uses Babyl format. Uses the function in the @code{gnus-rmail-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the article in. The default is @code{gnus-plain-save-name}. @item gnus-summary-save-in-mail @findex gnus-summary-save-in-mail @vindex gnus-mail-save-name Save in a Unix mail (mbox) file. Uses the function in the @code{gnus-mail-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the article in. The default is @code{gnus-plain-save-name}. @item gnus-summary-save-in-file @findex gnus-summary-save-in-file @vindex gnus-file-save-name @findex gnus-numeric-save-name Append the article straight to an ordinary file. Uses the function in the @code{gnus-file-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the article in. The default is @code{gnus-numeric-save-name}. @item gnus-summary-write-to-file @findex gnus-summary-write-to-file Write the article straight to an ordinary file. The file is overwritten if it exists. Uses the function in the @code{gnus-file-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the article in. The default is @code{gnus-numeric-save-name}. @item gnus-summary-save-body-in-file @findex gnus-summary-save-body-in-file Append the article body to an ordinary file. Uses the function in the @code{gnus-file-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the article in. The default is @code{gnus-numeric-save-name}. @item gnus-summary-write-body-to-file @findex gnus-summary-write-body-to-file Write the article body straight to an ordinary file. The file is overwritten if it exists. Uses the function in the @code{gnus-file-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the article in. The default is @code{gnus-numeric-save-name}. @item gnus-summary-save-in-folder @findex gnus-summary-save-in-folder @findex gnus-folder-save-name @findex gnus-Folder-save-name @vindex gnus-folder-save-name @cindex rcvstore @cindex MH folders Save the article to an MH folder using @code{rcvstore} from the MH library. Uses the function in the @code{gnus-folder-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the article in. The default is @code{gnus-folder-save-name}, but you can also use @code{gnus-Folder-save-name}, which creates capitalized names. @item gnus-summary-save-in-vm @findex gnus-summary-save-in-vm Save the article in a VM folder. You have to have the VM mail reader to use this setting. @item gnus-summary-save-in-pipe @findex gnus-summary-save-in-pipe Pipe the article to a shell command. This function takes optional two arguments COMMAND and RAW. Valid values for COMMAND include: @itemize @bullet @item a string@* The executable command name and possibly arguments. @item @code{nil}@* You will be prompted for the command in the minibuffer. @item the symbol @code{default}@* It will be replaced with the command which the variable @code{gnus-summary-pipe-output-default-command} holds or the command last used for saving. @end itemize Non-@code{nil} value for RAW overrides @code{:decode} and @code{:headers} properties (see below) and the raw article including all headers will be piped. @end table The symbol of each function may have the following properties: @table @code @item :decode The value non-@code{nil} means save decoded articles. This is meaningful only with @code{gnus-summary-save-in-file}, @code{gnus-summary-save-body-in-file}, @code{gnus-summary-write-to-file}, @code{gnus-summary-write-body-to-file}, and @code{gnus-summary-save-in-pipe}. @item :function The value specifies an alternative function which appends, not overwrites, articles to a file. This implies that when saving many articles at a time, @code{gnus-prompt-before-saving} is bound to @code{t} and all articles are saved in a single file. This is meaningful only with @code{gnus-summary-write-to-file} and @code{gnus-summary-write-body-to-file}. @item :headers The value specifies the symbol of a variable of which the value specifies headers to be saved. If it is omitted, @code{gnus-save-all-headers} and @code{gnus-saved-headers} control what headers should be saved. @end table @vindex gnus-article-save-directory All of these functions, except for the last one, will save the article in the @code{gnus-article-save-directory}, which is initialized from the @env{SAVEDIR} environment variable. This is @file{~/News/} by default. As you can see above, the functions use different functions to find a suitable name of a file to save the article in. Below is a list of available functions that generate names: @table @code @item gnus-Numeric-save-name @findex gnus-Numeric-save-name File names like @file{~/News/Alt.andrea-dworkin/45}. @item gnus-numeric-save-name @findex gnus-numeric-save-name File names like @file{~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin/45}. @item gnus-Plain-save-name @findex gnus-Plain-save-name File names like @file{~/News/Alt.andrea-dworkin}. @item gnus-plain-save-name @findex gnus-plain-save-name File names like @file{~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin}. @item gnus-sender-save-name @findex gnus-sender-save-name File names like @file{~/News/larsi}. @end table @vindex gnus-split-methods You can have Gnus suggest where to save articles by plonking a regexp into the @code{gnus-split-methods} alist. For instance, if you would like to save articles related to Gnus in the file @file{gnus-stuff}, and articles related to VM in @file{vm-stuff}, you could set this variable to something like: @lisp (("^Subject:.*gnus\\|^Newsgroups:.*gnus" "gnus-stuff") ("^Subject:.*vm\\|^Xref:.*vm" "vm-stuff") (my-choosing-function "../other-dir/my-stuff") ((equal gnus-newsgroup-name "mail.misc") "mail-stuff")) @end lisp We see that this is a list where each element is a list that has two elements---the @dfn{match} and the @dfn{file}. The match can either be a string (in which case it is used as a regexp to match on the article head); it can be a symbol (which will be called as a function with the group name as a parameter); or it can be a list (which will be @code{eval}ed). If any of these actions have a non-@code{nil} result, the @dfn{file} will be used as a default prompt. In addition, the result of the operation itself will be used if the function or form called returns a string or a list of strings. You basically end up with a list of file names that might be used when saving the current article. (All ``matches'' will be used.) You will then be prompted for what you really want to use as a name, with file name completion over the results from applying this variable. This variable is @code{((gnus-article-archive-name))} by default, which means that Gnus will look at the articles it saves for an @code{Archive-name} line and use that as a suggestion for the file name. Here's an example function to clean up file names somewhat. If you have lots of mail groups called things like @samp{nnml:mail.whatever}, you may want to chop off the beginning of these group names before creating the file name to save to. The following will do just that: @lisp (defun my-save-name (group) (when (string-match "^nnml:mail." group) (substring group (match-end 0)))) (setq gnus-split-methods '((gnus-article-archive-name) (my-save-name))) @end lisp @vindex gnus-use-long-file-name Finally, you have the @code{gnus-use-long-file-name} variable. If it is @code{nil}, all the preceding functions will replace all periods (@samp{.}) in the group names with slashes (@samp{/})---which means that the functions will generate hierarchies of directories instead of having all the files in the top level directory (@file{~/News/alt/andrea-dworkin} instead of @file{~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin}.) This variable is @code{t} by default on most systems. However, for historical reasons, this is @code{nil} on Xenix and usg-unix-v machines by default. This function also affects kill and score file names. If this variable is a list, and the list contains the element @code{not-score}, long file names will not be used for score files, if it contains the element @code{not-save}, long file names will not be used for saving, and if it contains the element @code{not-kill}, long file names will not be used for kill files. If you'd like to save articles in a hierarchy that looks something like a spool, you could @lisp (setq gnus-use-long-file-name '(not-save)) ; @r{to get a hierarchy} (setq gnus-default-article-saver 'gnus-summary-save-in-file) ; @r{no encoding} @end lisp Then just save with @kbd{o}. You'd then read this hierarchy with ephemeral @code{nneething} groups---@kbd{G D} in the group buffer, and the top level directory as the argument (@file{~/News/}). Then just walk around to the groups/directories with @code{nneething}. @node Decoding Articles @section Decoding Articles @cindex decoding articles Sometime users post articles (or series of articles) that have been encoded in some way or other. Gnus can decode them for you. @menu * Uuencoded Articles:: Uudecode articles. * Shell Archives:: Unshar articles. * PostScript Files:: Split PostScript. * Other Files:: Plain save and binhex. * Decoding Variables:: Variables for a happy decoding. * Viewing Files:: You want to look at the result of the decoding? @end menu @cindex series @cindex article series All these functions use the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}) for finding out what articles to work on, with the extension that a ``single article'' means ``a single series''. Gnus can find out by itself what articles belong to a series, decode all the articles and unpack/view/save the resulting file(s). Gnus guesses what articles are in the series according to the following simplish rule: The subjects must be (nearly) identical, except for the last two numbers of the line. (Spaces are largely ignored, however.) For example: If you choose a subject called @samp{cat.gif (2/3)}, Gnus will find all the articles that match the regexp @samp{^cat.gif ([0-9]+/[0-9]+).*$}. Subjects that are non-standard, like @samp{cat.gif (2/3) Part 6 of a series}, will not be properly recognized by any of the automatic viewing commands, and you have to mark the articles manually with @kbd{#}. @node Uuencoded Articles @subsection Uuencoded Articles @cindex uudecode @cindex uuencoded articles @table @kbd @item X u @kindex X u (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-uu @c @icon{gnus-uu-decode-uu} Uudecodes the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu}). @item X U @kindex X U (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save Uudecodes and saves the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save}). @item X v u @kindex X v u (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-uu-view Uudecodes and views the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu-view}). @item X v U @kindex X v U (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save-view Uudecodes, views and saves the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save-view}). @end table Remember that these all react to the presence of articles marked with the process mark. If, for instance, you'd like to decode and save an entire newsgroup, you'd typically do @kbd{M P a} (@code{gnus-uu-mark-all}) and then @kbd{X U} (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save}). All this is very much different from how @code{gnus-uu} worked with @sc{gnus 4.1}, where you had explicit keystrokes for everything under the sun. This version of @code{gnus-uu} generally assumes that you mark articles in some way (@pxref{Setting Process Marks}) and then press @kbd{X u}. @vindex gnus-uu-notify-files Note: When trying to decode articles that have names matching @code{gnus-uu-notify-files}, which is hard-coded to @samp{[Cc][Ii][Nn][Dd][Yy][0-9]+.\\(gif\\|jpg\\)}, @code{gnus-uu} will automatically post an article on @samp{comp.unix.wizards} saying that you have just viewed the file in question. This feature can't be turned off. @node Shell Archives @subsection Shell Archives @cindex unshar @cindex shell archives @cindex shared articles Shell archives (``shar files'') used to be a popular way to distribute sources, but it isn't used all that much today. In any case, we have some commands to deal with these: @table @kbd @item X s @kindex X s (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-unshar Unshars the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-unshar}). @item X S @kindex X S (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save Unshars and saves the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save}). @item X v s @kindex X v s (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-unshar-view Unshars and views the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-unshar-view}). @item X v S @kindex X v S (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save-view Unshars, views and saves the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save-view}). @end table @node PostScript Files @subsection PostScript Files @cindex PostScript @table @kbd @item X p @kindex X p (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-postscript Unpack the current PostScript series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-postscript}). @item X P @kindex X P (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save Unpack and save the current PostScript series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save}). @item X v p @kindex X v p (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-postscript-view View the current PostScript series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-postscript-view}). @item X v P @kindex X v P (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save-view View and save the current PostScript series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save-view}). @end table @node Other Files @subsection Other Files @table @kbd @item X o @kindex X o (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-save Save the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-save}). @item X b @kindex X b (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-binhex Unbinhex the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-binhex}). This doesn't really work yet. @item X Y @kindex X Y (Summary) @findex gnus-uu-decode-yenc yEnc-decode the current series and save it (@code{gnus-uu-decode-yenc}). @end table @node Decoding Variables @subsection Decoding Variables Adjective, not verb. @menu * Rule Variables:: Variables that say how a file is to be viewed. * Other Decode Variables:: Other decode variables. * Uuencoding and Posting:: Variables for customizing uuencoding. @end menu @node Rule Variables @subsubsection Rule Variables @cindex rule variables Gnus uses @dfn{rule variables} to decide how to view a file. All these variables are of the form @lisp (list '(regexp1 command2) '(regexp2 command2) ...) @end lisp @table @code @item gnus-uu-user-view-rules @vindex gnus-uu-user-view-rules @cindex sox This variable is consulted first when viewing files. If you wish to use, for instance, @code{sox} to convert an @file{.au} sound file, you could say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-uu-user-view-rules (list '("\\\\.au$" "sox %s -t .aiff > /dev/audio"))) @end lisp @item gnus-uu-user-view-rules-end @vindex gnus-uu-user-view-rules-end This variable is consulted if Gnus couldn't make any matches from the user and default view rules. @item gnus-uu-user-archive-rules @vindex gnus-uu-user-archive-rules This variable can be used to say what commands should be used to unpack archives. @end table @node Other Decode Variables @subsubsection Other Decode Variables @table @code @vindex gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions @item gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions All functions in this list will be called right after each file has been successfully decoded---so that you can move or view files right away, and don't have to wait for all files to be decoded before you can do anything. Ready-made functions you can put in this list are: @table @code @item gnus-uu-grab-view @findex gnus-uu-grab-view View the file. @item gnus-uu-grab-move @findex gnus-uu-grab-move Move the file (if you're using a saving function.) @end table @item gnus-uu-be-dangerous @vindex gnus-uu-be-dangerous Specifies what to do if unusual situations arise during decoding. If @code{nil}, be as conservative as possible. If @code{t}, ignore things that didn't work, and overwrite existing files. Otherwise, ask each time. @item gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-name @vindex gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-name Files with name matching this regular expression won't be viewed. @item gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-type @vindex gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-type Files with a @acronym{MIME} type matching this variable won't be viewed. Note that Gnus tries to guess what type the file is based on the name. @code{gnus-uu} is not a @acronym{MIME} package (yet), so this is slightly kludgey. @item gnus-uu-tmp-dir @vindex gnus-uu-tmp-dir Where @code{gnus-uu} does its work. @item gnus-uu-do-not-unpack-archives @vindex gnus-uu-do-not-unpack-archives Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} won't peek inside archives looking for files to display. @item gnus-uu-view-and-save @vindex gnus-uu-view-and-save Non-@code{nil} means that the user will always be asked to save a file after viewing it. @item gnus-uu-ignore-default-view-rules @vindex gnus-uu-ignore-default-view-rules Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will ignore the default viewing rules. @item gnus-uu-ignore-default-archive-rules @vindex gnus-uu-ignore-default-archive-rules Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will ignore the default archive unpacking commands. @item gnus-uu-kill-carriage-return @vindex gnus-uu-kill-carriage-return Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will strip all carriage returns from articles. @item gnus-uu-unmark-articles-not-decoded @vindex gnus-uu-unmark-articles-not-decoded Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will mark unsuccessfully decoded articles as unread. @item gnus-uu-correct-stripped-uucode @vindex gnus-uu-correct-stripped-uucode Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will @emph{try} to fix uuencoded files that have had trailing spaces deleted. @item gnus-uu-pre-uudecode-hook @vindex gnus-uu-pre-uudecode-hook Hook run before sending a message to @code{uudecode}. @item gnus-uu-view-with-metamail @vindex gnus-uu-view-with-metamail @cindex metamail Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will ignore the viewing commands defined by the rule variables and just fudge a @acronym{MIME} content type based on the file name. The result will be fed to @code{metamail} for viewing. @item gnus-uu-save-in-digest @vindex gnus-uu-save-in-digest Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu}, when asked to save without decoding, will save in digests. If this variable is @code{nil}, @code{gnus-uu} will just save everything in a file without any embellishments. The digesting almost conforms to RFC 1153---no easy way to specify any meaningful volume and issue numbers were found, so I simply dropped them. @end table @node Uuencoding and Posting @subsubsection Uuencoding and Posting @table @code @item gnus-uu-post-include-before-composing @vindex gnus-uu-post-include-before-composing Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will ask for a file to encode before you compose the article. If this variable is @code{t}, you can either include an encoded file with @kbd{C-c C-i} or have one included for you when you post the article. @item gnus-uu-post-length @vindex gnus-uu-post-length Maximum length of an article. The encoded file will be split into how many articles it takes to post the entire file. @item gnus-uu-post-threaded @vindex gnus-uu-post-threaded Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will post the encoded file in a thread. This may not be smart, as no other decoder I have seen is able to follow threads when collecting uuencoded articles. (Well, I have seen one package that does that---@code{gnus-uu}, but somehow, I don't think that counts@dots{}) Default is @code{nil}. @item gnus-uu-post-separate-description @vindex gnus-uu-post-separate-description Non-@code{nil} means that the description will be posted in a separate article. The first article will typically be numbered (0/x). If this variable is @code{nil}, the description the user enters will be included at the beginning of the first article, which will be numbered (1/x). Default is @code{t}. @end table @node Viewing Files @subsection Viewing Files @cindex viewing files @cindex pseudo-articles After decoding, if the file is some sort of archive, Gnus will attempt to unpack the archive and see if any of the files in the archive can be viewed. For instance, if you have a gzipped tar file @file{pics.tar.gz} containing the files @file{pic1.jpg} and @file{pic2.gif}, Gnus will uncompress and de-tar the main file, and then view the two pictures. This unpacking process is recursive, so if the archive contains archives of archives, it'll all be unpacked. Finally, Gnus will normally insert a @dfn{pseudo-article} for each extracted file into the summary buffer. If you go to these ``articles'', you will be prompted for a command to run (usually Gnus will make a suggestion), and then the command will be run. @vindex gnus-view-pseudo-asynchronously If @code{gnus-view-pseudo-asynchronously} is @code{nil}, Emacs will wait until the viewing is done before proceeding. @vindex gnus-view-pseudos If @code{gnus-view-pseudos} is @code{automatic}, Gnus will not insert the pseudo-articles into the summary buffer, but view them immediately. If this variable is @code{not-confirm}, the user won't even be asked for a confirmation before viewing is done. @vindex gnus-view-pseudos-separately If @code{gnus-view-pseudos-separately} is non-@code{nil}, one pseudo-article will be created for each file to be viewed. If @code{nil}, all files that use the same viewing command will be given as a list of parameters to that command. @vindex gnus-insert-pseudo-articles If @code{gnus-insert-pseudo-articles} is non-@code{nil}, insert pseudo-articles when decoding. It is @code{t} by default. So; there you are, reading your @emph{pseudo-articles} in your @emph{virtual newsgroup} from the @emph{virtual server}; and you think: Why isn't anything real anymore? How did we get here? @node Article Treatment @section Article Treatment Reading through this huge manual, you may have quite forgotten that the object of newsreaders is to actually, like, read what people have written. Reading articles. Unfortunately, people are quite bad at writing, so there are tons of functions and variables to make reading these articles easier. @menu * Article Highlighting:: You want to make the article look like fruit salad. * Article Fontisizing:: Making emphasized text look nice. * Article Hiding:: You also want to make certain info go away. * Article Washing:: Lots of way-neat functions to make life better. * Article Header:: Doing various header transformations. * Article Buttons:: Click on URLs, Message-IDs, addresses and the like. * Article Button Levels:: Controlling appearance of buttons. * Article Date:: Grumble, UT! * Article Display:: Display various stuff: X-Face, Picons, Gravatars, Smileys. * Article Signature:: What is a signature? * Article Miscellanea:: Various other stuff. @end menu @node Article Highlighting @subsection Article Highlighting @cindex highlighting Not only do you want your article buffer to look like fruit salad, but you want it to look like technicolor fruit salad. @table @kbd @item W H a @kindex W H a (Summary) @findex gnus-article-highlight @findex gnus-article-maybe-highlight Do much highlighting of the current article (@code{gnus-article-highlight}). This function highlights header, cited text, the signature, and adds buttons to the body and the head. @item W H h @kindex W H h (Summary) @findex gnus-article-highlight-headers @vindex gnus-header-face-alist Highlight the headers (@code{gnus-article-highlight-headers}). The highlighting will be done according to the @code{gnus-header-face-alist} variable, which is a list where each element has the form @code{(@var{regexp} @var{name} @var{content})}. @var{regexp} is a regular expression for matching the header, @var{name} is the face used for highlighting the header name (@pxref{Faces and Fonts}) and @var{content} is the face for highlighting the header value. The first match made will be used. Note that @var{regexp} shouldn't have @samp{^} prepended---Gnus will add one. @item W H c @kindex W H c (Summary) @findex gnus-article-highlight-citation Highlight cited text (@code{gnus-article-highlight-citation}). Some variables to customize the citation highlights: @table @code @vindex gnus-cite-parse-max-size @item gnus-cite-parse-max-size If the article size in bytes is bigger than this variable (which is 25000 by default), no citation highlighting will be performed. @item gnus-cite-max-prefix @vindex gnus-cite-max-prefix Maximum possible length for a citation prefix (default 20). @item gnus-cite-face-list @vindex gnus-cite-face-list List of faces used for highlighting citations (@pxref{Faces and Fonts}). When there are citations from multiple articles in the same message, Gnus will try to give each citation from each article its own face. This should make it easier to see who wrote what. @item gnus-supercite-regexp @vindex gnus-supercite-regexp Regexp matching normal Supercite attribution lines. @item gnus-supercite-secondary-regexp @vindex gnus-supercite-secondary-regexp Regexp matching mangled Supercite attribution lines. @item gnus-cite-minimum-match-count @vindex gnus-cite-minimum-match-count Minimum number of identical prefixes we have to see before we believe that it's a citation. @item gnus-cite-attribution-prefix @vindex gnus-cite-attribution-prefix Regexp matching the beginning of an attribution line. @item gnus-cite-attribution-suffix @vindex gnus-cite-attribution-suffix Regexp matching the end of an attribution line. @item gnus-cite-attribution-face @vindex gnus-cite-attribution-face Face used for attribution lines. It is merged with the face for the cited text belonging to the attribution. @item gnus-cite-ignore-quoted-from @vindex gnus-cite-ignore-quoted-from If non-@code{nil}, no citation highlighting will be performed on lines beginning with @samp{>From }. Those lines may have been quoted by MTAs in order not to mix up with the envelope From line. The default value is @code{t}. @end table @item W H s @kindex W H s (Summary) @vindex gnus-signature-separator @vindex gnus-signature-face @findex gnus-article-highlight-signature Highlight the signature (@code{gnus-article-highlight-signature}). Everything after @code{gnus-signature-separator} (@pxref{Article Signature}) in an article will be considered a signature and will be highlighted with @code{gnus-signature-face}, which is @code{italic} by default. @end table @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to highlight articles automatically. @node Article Fontisizing @subsection Article Fontisizing @cindex emphasis @cindex article emphasis @findex gnus-article-emphasize @kindex W e (Summary) People commonly add emphasis to words in news articles by writing things like @samp{_this_} or @samp{*this*} or @samp{/this/}. Gnus can make this look nicer by running the article through the @kbd{W e} (@code{gnus-article-emphasize}) command. @vindex gnus-emphasis-alist How the emphasis is computed is controlled by the @code{gnus-emphasis-alist} variable. This is an alist where the first element is a regular expression to be matched. The second is a number that says what regular expression grouping is used to find the entire emphasized word. The third is a number that says what regexp grouping should be displayed and highlighted. (The text between these two groupings will be hidden.) The fourth is the face used for highlighting. @lisp (setq gnus-emphasis-alist '(("_\\(\\w+\\)_" 0 1 gnus-emphasis-underline) ("\\*\\(\\w+\\)\\*" 0 1 gnus-emphasis-bold))) @end lisp @cindex slash @cindex asterisk @cindex underline @cindex / @cindex * @vindex gnus-emphasis-underline @vindex gnus-emphasis-bold @vindex gnus-emphasis-italic @vindex gnus-emphasis-underline-bold @vindex gnus-emphasis-underline-italic @vindex gnus-emphasis-bold-italic @vindex gnus-emphasis-underline-bold-italic By default, there are seven rules, and they use the following faces: @code{gnus-emphasis-bold}, @code{gnus-emphasis-italic}, @code{gnus-emphasis-underline}, @code{gnus-emphasis-bold-italic}, @code{gnus-emphasis-underline-italic}, @code{gnus-emphasis-underline-bold}, and @code{gnus-emphasis-underline-bold-italic}. If you want to change these faces, you can either use @kbd{M-x customize}, or you can use @code{copy-face}. For instance, if you want to make @code{gnus-emphasis-italic} use a red face instead, you could say something like: @lisp (copy-face 'red 'gnus-emphasis-italic) @end lisp @vindex gnus-group-highlight-words-alist If you want to highlight arbitrary words, you can use the @code{gnus-group-highlight-words-alist} variable, which uses the same syntax as @code{gnus-emphasis-alist}. The @code{highlight-words} group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}) can also be used. @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to fontize articles automatically. @node Article Hiding @subsection Article Hiding @cindex article hiding Or rather, hiding certain things in each article. There usually is much too much cruft in most articles. @table @kbd @item W W a @kindex W W a (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide Do quite a lot of hiding on the article buffer (@kbd{gnus-article-hide}). In particular, this function will hide headers, @acronym{PGP}, cited text and the signature. @item W W h @kindex W W h (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide-headers Hide headers (@code{gnus-article-hide-headers}). @xref{Hiding Headers}. @item W W b @kindex W W b (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide-boring-headers Hide headers that aren't particularly interesting (@code{gnus-article-hide-boring-headers}). @xref{Hiding Headers}. @item W W s @kindex W W s (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide-signature Hide signature (@code{gnus-article-hide-signature}). @xref{Article Signature}. @item W W l @kindex W W l (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide-list-identifiers @vindex gnus-list-identifiers Strip list identifiers specified in @code{gnus-list-identifiers}. These are strings some mailing list servers add to the beginning of all @code{Subject} headers---for example, @samp{[zebra 4711]}. Any leading @samp{Re: } is skipped before stripping. @code{gnus-list-identifiers} may not contain @code{\\(..\\)}. @table @code @item gnus-list-identifiers @vindex gnus-list-identifiers A regular expression that matches list identifiers to be removed from subject. This can also be a list of regular expressions. @end table @item W W P @kindex W W P (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide-pem Hide @acronym{PEM} (privacy enhanced messages) cruft (@code{gnus-article-hide-pem}). @item W W B @kindex W W B (Summary) @findex gnus-article-strip-banner @vindex gnus-article-banner-alist @vindex gnus-article-address-banner-alist @cindex banner @cindex OneList @cindex stripping advertisements @cindex advertisements Strip the banner specified by the @code{banner} group parameter (@code{gnus-article-strip-banner}). This is mainly used to hide those annoying banners and/or signatures that some mailing lists and moderated groups adds to all the messages. The way to use this function is to add the @code{banner} group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}) to the group you want banners stripped from. The parameter either be a string, which will be interpreted as a regular expression matching text to be removed, or the symbol @code{signature}, meaning that the (last) signature should be removed, or other symbol, meaning that the corresponding regular expression in @code{gnus-article-banner-alist} is used. For instance: @lisp (setq gnus-article-banner-alist ((googleGroups . "^\n*--~--~---------\\(.+\n\\)+"))) @end lisp Regardless of a group, you can hide things like advertisements only when the sender of an article has a certain mail address specified in @code{gnus-article-address-banner-alist}. @table @code @item gnus-article-address-banner-alist @vindex gnus-article-address-banner-alist Alist of mail addresses and banners. Each element has the form @code{(@var{address} . @var{banner})}, where @var{address} is a regexp matching a mail address in the From header, @var{banner} is one of a symbol @code{signature}, an item in @code{gnus-article-banner-alist}, a regexp and @code{nil}. If @var{address} matches author's mail address, it will remove things like advertisements. For example, if a sender has the mail address @samp{hail@@yoo-hoo.co.jp} and there is a banner something like @samp{Do You Yoo-hoo!?} in all articles he sends, you can use the following element to remove them: @lisp ("@@yoo-hoo\\.co\\.jp\\'" . "\n_+\nDo You Yoo-hoo!\\?\n.*\n.*\n") @end lisp @end table @item W W c @kindex W W c (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide-citation Hide citation (@code{gnus-article-hide-citation}). Some variables for customizing the hiding: @table @code @item gnus-cited-opened-text-button-line-format @itemx gnus-cited-closed-text-button-line-format @vindex gnus-cited-closed-text-button-line-format @vindex gnus-cited-opened-text-button-line-format Gnus adds buttons to show where the cited text has been hidden, and to allow toggle hiding the text. The format of the variable is specified by these format-like variable (@pxref{Formatting Variables}). These specs are valid: @table @samp @item b Starting point of the hidden text. @item e Ending point of the hidden text. @item l Number of characters in the hidden region. @item n Number of lines of hidden text. @end table @item gnus-cited-lines-visible @vindex gnus-cited-lines-visible The number of lines at the beginning of the cited text to leave shown. This can also be a cons cell with the number of lines at the top and bottom of the text, respectively, to remain visible. @end table @item W W C-c @kindex W W C-c (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide-citation-maybe Hide citation (@code{gnus-article-hide-citation-maybe}) depending on the following two variables: @table @code @item gnus-cite-hide-percentage @vindex gnus-cite-hide-percentage If the cited text is of a bigger percentage than this variable (default 50), hide the cited text. @item gnus-cite-hide-absolute @vindex gnus-cite-hide-absolute The cited text must have at least this length (default 10) before it is hidden. @end table @item W W C @kindex W W C (Summary) @findex gnus-article-hide-citation-in-followups Hide cited text in articles that aren't roots (@code{gnus-article-hide-citation-in-followups}). This isn't very useful as an interactive command, but might be a handy function to stick have happen automatically (@pxref{Customizing Articles}). @end table All these ``hiding'' commands are toggles, but if you give a negative prefix to these commands, they will show what they have previously hidden. If you give a positive prefix, they will always hide. Also @pxref{Article Highlighting} for further variables for citation customization. @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to hide article elements automatically. @node Article Washing @subsection Article Washing @cindex washing @cindex article washing We call this ``article washing'' for a really good reason. Namely, the @kbd{A} key was taken, so we had to use the @kbd{W} key instead. @dfn{Washing} is defined by us as ``changing something from something to something else'', but normally results in something looking better. Cleaner, perhaps. @xref{Customizing Articles}, if you want to change how Gnus displays articles by default. @table @kbd @item C-u g This is not really washing, it's sort of the opposite of washing. If you type this, you see the article exactly as it exists on disk or on the server. @item g Force redisplaying of the current article (@code{gnus-summary-show-article}). This is also not really washing. If you type this, you see the article without any previously applied interactive Washing functions but with all default treatments (@pxref{Customizing Articles}). @item W l @kindex W l (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-stop-page-breaking Remove page breaks from the current article (@code{gnus-summary-stop-page-breaking}). @xref{Misc Article}, for page delimiters. @item W r @kindex W r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-caesar-message @c @icon{gnus-summary-caesar-message} Do a Caesar rotate (rot13) on the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-caesar-message}). Unreadable articles that tell you to read them with Caesar rotate or rot13. (Typically offensive jokes and such.) It's commonly called ``rot13'' because each letter is rotated 13 positions in the alphabet, e. g. @samp{B} (letter #2) -> @samp{O} (letter #15). It is sometimes referred to as ``Caesar rotate'' because Caesar is rumored to have employed this form of, uh, somewhat weak encryption. @item W m @kindex W m (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-morse-message Morse decode the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-morse-message}). @item W i @kindex W i (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-idna-message Decode IDNA encoded domain names in the current articles. IDNA encoded domain names looks like @samp{xn--bar}. If a string remain unencoded after running invoking this, it is likely an invalid IDNA string (@samp{xn--bar} is invalid). You must have GNU Libidn (@url{http://www.gnu.org/software/libidn/}) installed for this command to work. @item W t @item t @kindex W t (Summary) @kindex t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-toggle-header Toggle whether to display all headers in the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-toggle-header}). @item W v @kindex W v (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-verbose-headers Toggle whether to display all headers in the article buffer permanently (@code{gnus-summary-verbose-headers}). @item W o @kindex W o (Summary) @findex gnus-article-treat-overstrike Treat overstrike (@code{gnus-article-treat-overstrike}). @item W d @kindex W d (Summary) @findex gnus-article-treat-dumbquotes @vindex gnus-article-dumbquotes-map @cindex Smartquotes @cindex M****s*** sm*rtq**t*s @cindex Latin 1 Treat M****s*** sm*rtq**t*s according to @code{gnus-article-dumbquotes-map} (@code{gnus-article-treat-dumbquotes}). Note that this function guesses whether a character is a sm*rtq**t* or not, so it should only be used interactively. Sm*rtq**t*s are M****s***'s unilateral extension to the character map in an attempt to provide more quoting characters. If you see something like @code{\222} or @code{\264} where you're expecting some kind of apostrophe or quotation mark, then try this wash. @item W U @kindex W U (Summary) @findex gnus-article-treat-non-ascii @cindex Unicode @cindex Non-@acronym{ASCII} Translate many non-@acronym{ASCII} characters into their @acronym{ASCII} equivalents (@code{gnus-article-treat-non-ascii}). This is mostly useful if you're on a terminal that has a limited font and does't show accented characters, ``advanced'' punctuation, and the like. For instance, @samp{»} is tranlated into @samp{>>}, and so on. @item W Y f @kindex W Y f (Summary) @findex gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article @cindex Outlook Express Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles: Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. (@code{gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article}). @item W Y u @kindex W Y u (Summary) @findex gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines @vindex gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min @vindex gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines. You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing @code{gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min} and @code{gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max}, indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. (@code{gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines}). @item W Y a @kindex W Y a (Summary) @findex gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution Repair a broken attribution line.@* (@code{gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution}). @item W Y c @kindex W Y c (Summary) @findex gnus-article-outlook-rearrange-citation Repair broken citations by rearranging the text. (@code{gnus-article-outlook-rearrange-citation}). @item W w @kindex W w (Summary) @findex gnus-article-fill-cited-article Do word wrap (@code{gnus-article-fill-cited-article}). You can give the command a numerical prefix to specify the width to use when filling. @item W Q @kindex W Q (Summary) @findex gnus-article-fill-long-lines Fill long lines (@code{gnus-article-fill-long-lines}). @item W C @kindex W C (Summary) @findex gnus-article-capitalize-sentences Capitalize the first word in each sentence (@code{gnus-article-capitalize-sentences}). @item W c @kindex W c (Summary) @findex gnus-article-remove-cr Translate CRLF pairs (i. e., @samp{^M}s on the end of the lines) into LF (this takes care of DOS line endings), and then translate any remaining CRs into LF (this takes care of Mac line endings) (@code{gnus-article-remove-cr}). @item W q @kindex W q (Summary) @findex gnus-article-de-quoted-unreadable Treat quoted-printable (@code{gnus-article-de-quoted-unreadable}). Quoted-Printable is one common @acronym{MIME} encoding employed when sending non-@acronym{ASCII} (i.e., 8-bit) articles. It typically makes strings like @samp{d@'ej@`a vu} look like @samp{d=E9j=E0 vu}, which doesn't look very readable to me. Note that this is usually done automatically by Gnus if the message in question has a @code{Content-Transfer-Encoding} header that says that this encoding has been done. If a prefix is given, a charset will be asked for. @item W 6 @kindex W 6 (Summary) @findex gnus-article-de-base64-unreadable Treat base64 (@code{gnus-article-de-base64-unreadable}). Base64 is one common @acronym{MIME} encoding employed when sending non-@acronym{ASCII} (i.e., 8-bit) articles. Note that this is usually done automatically by Gnus if the message in question has a @code{Content-Transfer-Encoding} header that says that this encoding has been done. If a prefix is given, a charset will be asked for. @item W Z @kindex W Z (Summary) @findex gnus-article-decode-HZ Treat HZ or HZP (@code{gnus-article-decode-HZ}). HZ (or HZP) is one common encoding employed when sending Chinese articles. It typically makes strings look like @samp{~@{<:Ky2;S@{#,NpJ)l6HK!#~@}}. @item W A @kindex W A (Summary) @findex gnus-article-treat-ansi-sequences @cindex @acronym{ANSI} control sequences Translate @acronym{ANSI} SGR control sequences into overlays or extents (@code{gnus-article-treat-ansi-sequences}). @acronym{ANSI} sequences are used in some Chinese hierarchies for highlighting. @item W u @kindex W u (Summary) @findex gnus-article-unsplit-urls Remove newlines from within URLs. Some mailers insert newlines into outgoing email messages to keep lines short. This reformatting can split long URLs onto multiple lines. Repair those URLs by removing the newlines (@code{gnus-article-unsplit-urls}). @item W h @kindex W h (Summary) @findex gnus-article-wash-html Treat @acronym{HTML} (@code{gnus-article-wash-html}). Note that this is usually done automatically by Gnus if the message in question has a @code{Content-Type} header that says that the message is @acronym{HTML}. If a prefix is given, a charset will be asked for. If it is a number, the charset defined in @code{gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist} (@pxref{Paging the Article}) will be used. The default is to use the function specified by @code{mm-text-html-renderer} (@pxref{Display Customization, ,Display Customization, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}) to convert the @acronym{HTML}. Pre-defined functions you can use include: @table @code @item shr Use Gnus simple html renderer. @item gnus-w3m Use Gnus rendered based on w3m. @item w3 Use Emacs/W3. @item w3m Use @uref{http://emacs-w3m.namazu.org/, emacs-w3m}. @item w3m-standalone Use @uref{http://w3m.sourceforge.net/, w3m}. @item links Use @uref{http://links.sf.net/, Links}. @item lynx Use @uref{http://lynx.isc.org/, Lynx}. @item html2text Use html2text---a simple @acronym{HTML} converter included with Gnus. @end table @item W b @kindex W b (Summary) @findex gnus-article-add-buttons Add clickable buttons to the article (@code{gnus-article-add-buttons}). @xref{Article Buttons}. @item W B @kindex W B (Summary) @findex gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head Add clickable buttons to the article headers (@code{gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head}). @item W p @kindex W p (Summary) @findex gnus-article-verify-x-pgp-sig Verify a signed control message (@code{gnus-article-verify-x-pgp-sig}). Control messages such as @code{newgroup} and @code{checkgroups} are usually signed by the hierarchy maintainer. You need to add the @acronym{PGP} public key of the maintainer to your keyring to verify the message.@footnote{@acronym{PGP} keys for many hierarchies are available at @uref{ftp://ftp.isc.org/pub/pgpcontrol/README.html}} @item W s @kindex W s (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-force-verify-and-decrypt Verify a signed (@acronym{PGP}, @acronym{PGP/MIME} or @acronym{S/MIME}) message (@code{gnus-summary-force-verify-and-decrypt}). @xref{Security}. @item W a @kindex W a (Summary) @findex gnus-article-strip-headers-in-body Strip headers like the @code{X-No-Archive} header from the beginning of article bodies (@code{gnus-article-strip-headers-in-body}). @item W E l @kindex W E l (Summary) @findex gnus-article-strip-leading-blank-lines Remove all blank lines from the beginning of the article (@code{gnus-article-strip-leading-blank-lines}). @item W E m @kindex W E m (Summary) @findex gnus-article-strip-multiple-blank-lines Replace all blank lines with empty lines and then all multiple empty lines with a single empty line. (@code{gnus-article-strip-multiple-blank-lines}). @item W E t @kindex W E t (Summary) @findex gnus-article-remove-trailing-blank-lines Remove all blank lines at the end of the article (@code{gnus-article-remove-trailing-blank-lines}). @item W E a @kindex W E a (Summary) @findex gnus-article-strip-blank-lines Do all the three commands above (@code{gnus-article-strip-blank-lines}). @item W E A @kindex W E A (Summary) @findex gnus-article-strip-all-blank-lines Remove all blank lines (@code{gnus-article-strip-all-blank-lines}). @item W E s @kindex W E s (Summary) @findex gnus-article-strip-leading-space Remove all white space from the beginning of all lines of the article body (@code{gnus-article-strip-leading-space}). @item W E e @kindex W E e (Summary) @findex gnus-article-strip-trailing-space Remove all white space from the end of all lines of the article body (@code{gnus-article-strip-trailing-space}). @end table @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to wash articles automatically. @node Article Header @subsection Article Header These commands perform various transformations of article header. @table @kbd @item W G u @kindex W G u (Summary) @findex gnus-article-treat-unfold-headers Unfold folded header lines (@code{gnus-article-treat-unfold-headers}). @item W G n @kindex W G n (Summary) @findex gnus-article-treat-fold-newsgroups Fold the @code{Newsgroups} and @code{Followup-To} headers (@code{gnus-article-treat-fold-newsgroups}). @item W G f @kindex W G f (Summary) @findex gnus-article-treat-fold-headers Fold all the message headers (@code{gnus-article-treat-fold-headers}). @item W E w @kindex W E w (Summary) @findex gnus-article-remove-leading-whitespace Remove excessive whitespace from all headers (@code{gnus-article-remove-leading-whitespace}). @end table @node Article Buttons @subsection Article Buttons @cindex buttons People often include references to other stuff in articles, and it would be nice if Gnus could just fetch whatever it is that people talk about with the minimum of fuzz when you hit @kbd{RET} or use the middle mouse button on these references. @vindex gnus-button-man-handler Gnus adds @dfn{buttons} to certain standard references by default: Well-formed URLs, mail addresses, Message-IDs, Info links, man pages and Emacs or Gnus related references. This is controlled by two variables, one that handles article bodies and one that handles article heads: @table @code @item gnus-button-alist @vindex gnus-button-alist This is an alist where each entry has this form: @lisp (@var{regexp} @var{button-par} @var{use-p} @var{function} @var{data-par}) @end lisp @table @var @item regexp All text that match this regular expression (case insensitive) will be considered an external reference. Here's a typical regexp that matches embedded URLs: @samp{<URL:\\([^\n\r>]*\\)>}. This can also be a variable containing a regexp, useful variables to use include @code{gnus-button-url-regexp} and @code{gnus-button-mid-or-mail-regexp}. @item button-par Gnus has to know which parts of the matches is to be highlighted. This is a number that says what sub-expression of the regexp is to be highlighted. If you want it all highlighted, you use 0 here. @item use-p This form will be @code{eval}ed, and if the result is non-@code{nil}, this is considered a match. This is useful if you want extra sifting to avoid false matches. Often variables named @code{gnus-button-@var{*}-level} are used here, @xref{Article Button Levels}, but any other form may be used too. @c @code{use-p} is @code{eval}ed only if @code{regexp} matches. @item function This function will be called when you click on this button. @item data-par As with @var{button-par}, this is a sub-expression number, but this one says which part of the match is to be sent as data to @var{function}. @end table So the full entry for buttonizing URLs is then @lisp ("<URL:\\([^\n\r>]*\\)>" 0 t gnus-button-url 1) @end lisp @item gnus-header-button-alist @vindex gnus-header-button-alist This is just like the other alist, except that it is applied to the article head only, and that each entry has an additional element that is used to say what headers to apply the buttonize coding to: @lisp (@var{header} @var{regexp} @var{button-par} @var{use-p} @var{function} @var{data-par}) @end lisp @var{header} is a regular expression. @end table @subsubsection Related variables and functions @table @code @item gnus-button-@var{*}-level @xref{Article Button Levels}. @c Stuff related to gnus-button-browse-level @item gnus-button-url-regexp @vindex gnus-button-url-regexp A regular expression that matches embedded URLs. It is used in the default values of the variables above. @c Stuff related to gnus-button-man-level @item gnus-button-man-handler @vindex gnus-button-man-handler The function to use for displaying man pages. It must take at least one argument with a string naming the man page. @c Stuff related to gnus-button-message-level @item gnus-button-mid-or-mail-regexp @vindex gnus-button-mid-or-mail-regexp Regular expression that matches a message ID or a mail address. @item gnus-button-prefer-mid-or-mail @vindex gnus-button-prefer-mid-or-mail This variable determines what to do when the button on a string as @samp{foo123@@bar.invalid} is pushed. Strings like this can be either a message ID or a mail address. If it is one of the symbols @code{mid} or @code{mail}, Gnus will always assume that the string is a message ID or a mail address, respectively. If this variable is set to the symbol @code{ask}, always query the user what to do. If it is a function, this function will be called with the string as its only argument. The function must return @code{mid}, @code{mail}, @code{invalid} or @code{ask}. The default value is the function @code{gnus-button-mid-or-mail-heuristic}. @item gnus-button-mid-or-mail-heuristic @findex gnus-button-mid-or-mail-heuristic Function that guesses whether its argument is a message ID or a mail address. Returns @code{mid} if it's a message IDs, @code{mail} if it's a mail address, @code{ask} if unsure and @code{invalid} if the string is invalid. @item gnus-button-mid-or-mail-heuristic-alist @vindex gnus-button-mid-or-mail-heuristic-alist An alist of @code{(RATE . REGEXP)} pairs used by the function @code{gnus-button-mid-or-mail-heuristic}. @c Misc stuff @item gnus-article-button-face @vindex gnus-article-button-face Face used on buttons. @item gnus-article-mouse-face @vindex gnus-article-mouse-face Face used when the mouse cursor is over a button. @end table @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to buttonize articles automatically. @node Article Button Levels @subsection Article button levels @cindex button levels The higher the value of the variables @code{gnus-button-@var{*}-level}, the more buttons will appear. If the level is zero, no corresponding buttons are displayed. With the default value (which is 5) you should already see quite a lot of buttons. With higher levels, you will see more buttons, but you may also get more false positives. To avoid them, you can set the variables @code{gnus-button-@var{*}-level} local to specific groups (@pxref{Group Parameters}). Here's an example for the variable @code{gnus-parameters}: @lisp ;; @r{increase @code{gnus-button-*-level} in some groups:} (setq gnus-parameters '(("\\<\\(emacs\\|gnus\\)\\>" (gnus-button-emacs-level 10)) ("\\<unix\\>" (gnus-button-man-level 10)) ("\\<tex\\>" (gnus-button-tex-level 10)))) @end lisp @table @code @item gnus-button-browse-level @vindex gnus-button-browse-level Controls the display of references to message IDs, mail addresses and news URLs. Related variables and functions include @code{gnus-button-url-regexp}, @code{browse-url}, and @code{browse-url-browser-function}. @item gnus-button-emacs-level @vindex gnus-button-emacs-level Controls the display of Emacs or Gnus references. Related functions are @code{gnus-button-handle-custom}, @code{gnus-button-handle-describe-function}, @code{gnus-button-handle-describe-variable}, @code{gnus-button-handle-symbol}, @code{gnus-button-handle-describe-key}, @code{gnus-button-handle-apropos}, @code{gnus-button-handle-apropos-command}, @code{gnus-button-handle-apropos-variable}, @code{gnus-button-handle-apropos-documentation}, and @code{gnus-button-handle-library}. @item gnus-button-man-level @vindex gnus-button-man-level Controls the display of references to (Unix) man pages. See @code{gnus-button-man-handler}. @item gnus-button-message-level @vindex gnus-button-message-level Controls the display of message IDs, mail addresses and news URLs. Related variables and functions include @code{gnus-button-mid-or-mail-regexp}, @code{gnus-button-prefer-mid-or-mail}, @code{gnus-button-mid-or-mail-heuristic}, and @code{gnus-button-mid-or-mail-heuristic-alist}. @end table @node Article Date @subsection Article Date The date is most likely generated in some obscure timezone you've never heard of, so it's quite nice to be able to find out what the time was when the article was sent. @table @kbd @item W T u @kindex W T u (Summary) @findex gnus-article-date-ut Display the date in UT (aka. GMT, aka ZULU) (@code{gnus-article-date-ut}). @item W T i @kindex W T i (Summary) @findex gnus-article-date-iso8601 @cindex ISO 8601 Display the date in international format, aka. ISO 8601 (@code{gnus-article-date-iso8601}). @item W T l @kindex W T l (Summary) @findex gnus-article-date-local Display the date in the local timezone (@code{gnus-article-date-local}). @item W T p @kindex W T p (Summary) @findex gnus-article-date-english Display the date in a format that's easily pronounceable in English (@code{gnus-article-date-english}). @item W T s @kindex W T s (Summary) @vindex gnus-article-time-format @findex gnus-article-date-user @findex format-time-string Display the date using a user-defined format (@code{gnus-article-date-user}). The format is specified by the @code{gnus-article-time-format} variable, and is a string that's passed to @code{format-time-string}. See the documentation of that variable for a list of possible format specs. @item W T e @kindex W T e (Summary) @findex gnus-article-date-lapsed @findex gnus-start-date-timer @findex gnus-stop-date-timer Say how much time has elapsed between the article was posted and now (@code{gnus-article-date-lapsed}). It looks something like: @example X-Sent: 6 weeks, 4 days, 1 hour, 3 minutes, 8 seconds ago @end example @vindex gnus-article-date-lapsed-new-header The value of @code{gnus-article-date-lapsed-new-header} determines whether this header will just be added below the old Date one, or will replace it. An advantage of using Gnus to read mail is that it converts simple bugs into wonderful absurdities. If you want to have this line updated continually, you can put @lisp (gnus-start-date-timer) @end lisp in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file, or you can run it off of some hook. If you want to stop the timer, you can use the @code{gnus-stop-date-timer} command. @item W T o @kindex W T o (Summary) @findex gnus-article-date-original Display the original date (@code{gnus-article-date-original}). This can be useful if you normally use some other conversion function and are worried that it might be doing something totally wrong. Say, claiming that the article was posted in 1854. Although something like that is @emph{totally} impossible. Don't you trust me? *titter* @end table @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to display the date in your preferred format automatically. @node Article Display @subsection Article Display @cindex picons @cindex x-face @cindex smileys @cindex gravatars These commands add various frivolous display gimmicks to the article buffer in Emacs versions that support them. @code{X-Face} headers are small black-and-white images supplied by the message headers (@pxref{X-Face}). @code{Face} headers are small colored images supplied by the message headers (@pxref{Face}). Smileys are those little @samp{:-)} symbols that people like to litter their messages with (@pxref{Smileys}). Picons, on the other hand, reside on your own system, and Gnus will try to match the headers to what you have (@pxref{Picons}). Gravatars reside on-line and are fetched from @uref{http://www.gravatar.com/} (@pxref{Gravatars}). All these functions are toggles---if the elements already exist, they'll be removed. @table @kbd @item W D x @kindex W D x (Summary) @findex gnus-article-display-x-face Display an @code{X-Face} in the @code{From} header. (@code{gnus-article-display-x-face}). @item W D d @kindex W D d (Summary) @findex gnus-article-display-face Display a @code{Face} in the @code{From} header. (@code{gnus-article-display-face}). @item W D s @kindex W D s (Summary) @findex gnus-treat-smiley Display smileys (@code{gnus-treat-smiley}). @item W D f @kindex W D f (Summary) @findex gnus-treat-from-picon Piconify the @code{From} header (@code{gnus-treat-from-picon}). @item W D m @kindex W D m (Summary) @findex gnus-treat-mail-picon Piconify all mail headers (i. e., @code{Cc}, @code{To}) (@code{gnus-treat-mail-picon}). @item W D n @kindex W D n (Summary) @findex gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon Piconify all news headers (i. e., @code{Newsgroups} and @code{Followup-To}) (@code{gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon}). @item W D g @kindex W D g (Summary) @findex gnus-treat-from-gravatar Gravatarify the @code{From} header (@code{gnus-treat-from-gravatar}). @item W D h @kindex W D h (Summary) @findex gnus-treat-mail-gravatar Gravatarify all mail headers (i. e., @code{Cc}, @code{To}) (@code{gnus-treat-from-gravatar}). @item W D D @kindex W D D (Summary) @findex gnus-article-remove-images Remove all images from the article buffer (@code{gnus-article-remove-images}). @item W D W @kindex W D W (Summary) @findex gnus-html-show-images If you're reading an @acronym{HTML} article rendered with @code{gnus-article-html}, then you can insert any blocked images in the buffer with this command. (@code{gnus-html-show-images}). @end table @node Article Signature @subsection Article Signature @cindex signatures @cindex article signature @vindex gnus-signature-separator Each article is divided into two parts---the head and the body. The body can be divided into a signature part and a text part. The variable that says what is to be considered a signature is @code{gnus-signature-separator}. This is normally the standard @samp{^-- $} as mandated by son-of-RFC 1036. However, many people use non-standard signature separators, so this variable can also be a list of regular expressions to be tested, one by one. (Searches are done from the end of the body towards the beginning.) One likely value is: @lisp (setq gnus-signature-separator '("^-- $" ; @r{The standard} "^-- *$" ; @r{A common mangling} "^-------*$" ; @r{Many people just use a looong} ; @r{line of dashes. Shame!} "^ *--------*$" ; @r{Double-shame!} "^________*$" ; @r{Underscores are also popular} "^========*$")) ; @r{Pervert!} @end lisp The more permissive you are, the more likely it is that you'll get false positives. @vindex gnus-signature-limit @code{gnus-signature-limit} provides a limit to what is considered a signature when displaying articles. @enumerate @item If it is an integer, no signature may be longer (in characters) than that integer. @item If it is a floating point number, no signature may be longer (in lines) than that number. @item If it is a function, the function will be called without any parameters, and if it returns @code{nil}, there is no signature in the buffer. @item If it is a string, it will be used as a regexp. If it matches, the text in question is not a signature. @end enumerate This variable can also be a list where the elements may be of the types listed above. Here's an example: @lisp (setq gnus-signature-limit '(200.0 "^---*Forwarded article")) @end lisp This means that if there are more than 200 lines after the signature separator, or the text after the signature separator is matched by the regular expression @samp{^---*Forwarded article}, then it isn't a signature after all. @node Article Miscellanea @subsection Article Miscellanea @table @kbd @item A t @kindex A t (Summary) @findex gnus-article-babel Translate the article from one language to another (@code{gnus-article-babel}). @end table @node MIME Commands @section MIME Commands @cindex MIME decoding @cindex attachments @cindex viewing attachments The following commands all understand the numerical prefix. For instance, @kbd{3 K v} means ``view the third @acronym{MIME} part''. @table @kbd @item b @itemx K v @kindex b (Summary) @kindex K v (Summary) View the @acronym{MIME} part. @item K o @kindex K o (Summary) Save the @acronym{MIME} part. @item K O @kindex K O (Summary) Prompt for a file name, then save the @acronym{MIME} part and strip it from the article. The stripped @acronym{MIME} object will be referred via the message/external-body @acronym{MIME} type. @item K r @kindex K r (Summary) Replace the @acronym{MIME} part with an external body. @item K d @kindex K d (Summary) Delete the @acronym{MIME} part and add some information about the removed part. @item K c @kindex K c (Summary) Copy the @acronym{MIME} part. @item K e @kindex K e (Summary) View the @acronym{MIME} part externally. @item K i @kindex K i (Summary) View the @acronym{MIME} part internally. @item K | @kindex K | (Summary) Pipe the @acronym{MIME} part to an external command. @end table The rest of these @acronym{MIME} commands do not use the numerical prefix in the same manner: @table @kbd @item K H @kindex K H (Summary) @findex gnus-article-browse-html-article View @samp{text/html} parts of the current article with a WWW browser. Inline images embedded in a message using the @code{cid} scheme, as they are generally considered to be safe, will be processed properly. The message header is added to the beginning of every @acronym{HTML} part unless the prefix argument is given. Warning: Spammers use links to images (using the @code{http} scheme) in @acronym{HTML} articles to verify whether you have read the message. As this command passes the @acronym{HTML} content to the browser without eliminating these ``web bugs'' you should only use it for mails from trusted senders. If you always want to display @acronym{HTML} parts in the browser, set @code{mm-text-html-renderer} to @code{nil}. This command creates temporary files to pass @acronym{HTML} contents including images if any to the browser, and deletes them when exiting the group (if you want). @item K b @kindex K b (Summary) Make all the @acronym{MIME} parts have buttons in front of them. This is mostly useful if you wish to save (or perform other actions) on inlined parts. @item K m @kindex K m (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-repair-multipart Some multipart messages are transmitted with missing or faulty headers. This command will attempt to ``repair'' these messages so that they can be viewed in a more pleasant manner (@code{gnus-summary-repair-multipart}). @item X m @kindex X m (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-parts Save all parts matching a @acronym{MIME} type to a directory (@code{gnus-summary-save-parts}). Understands the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item M-t @kindex M-t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-toggle-display-buttonized Toggle the buttonized display of the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-toggle-display-buttonized}). @item W M w @kindex W M w (Summary) @findex gnus-article-decode-mime-words Decode RFC 2047-encoded words in the article headers (@code{gnus-article-decode-mime-words}). @item W M c @kindex W M c (Summary) @findex gnus-article-decode-charset Decode encoded article bodies as well as charsets (@code{gnus-article-decode-charset}). This command looks in the @code{Content-Type} header to determine the charset. If there is no such header in the article, you can give it a prefix, which will prompt for the charset to decode as. In regional groups where people post using some common encoding (but do not include @acronym{MIME} headers), you can set the @code{charset} group/topic parameter to the required charset (@pxref{Group Parameters}). @item W M v @kindex W M v (Summary) @findex gnus-mime-view-all-parts View all the @acronym{MIME} parts in the current article (@code{gnus-mime-view-all-parts}). @end table Relevant variables: @table @code @item gnus-ignored-mime-types @vindex gnus-ignored-mime-types This is a list of regexps. @acronym{MIME} types that match a regexp from this list will be completely ignored by Gnus. The default value is @code{nil}. To have all Vcards be ignored, you'd say something like this: @lisp (setq gnus-ignored-mime-types '("text/x-vcard")) @end lisp @item gnus-article-loose-mime @vindex gnus-article-loose-mime If non-@code{nil}, Gnus won't require the @samp{MIME-Version} header before interpreting the message as a @acronym{MIME} message. This helps when reading messages from certain broken mail user agents. The default is @code{t}. @item gnus-article-emulate-mime @vindex gnus-article-emulate-mime @cindex uuencode @cindex yEnc There are other, non-@acronym{MIME} encoding methods used. The most common is @samp{uuencode}, but yEncode is also getting to be popular. If this variable is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will look in message bodies to see if it finds these encodings, and if so, it'll run them through the Gnus @acronym{MIME} machinery. The default is @code{t}. Only single-part yEnc encoded attachments can be decoded. There's no support for encoding in Gnus. @item gnus-unbuttonized-mime-types @vindex gnus-unbuttonized-mime-types This is a list of regexps. @acronym{MIME} types that match a regexp from this list won't have @acronym{MIME} buttons inserted unless they aren't displayed or this variable is overridden by @code{gnus-buttonized-mime-types}. The default value is @code{(".*/.*")}. This variable is only used when @code{gnus-inhibit-mime-unbuttonizing} is @code{nil}. @item gnus-buttonized-mime-types @vindex gnus-buttonized-mime-types This is a list of regexps. @acronym{MIME} types that match a regexp from this list will have @acronym{MIME} buttons inserted unless they aren't displayed. This variable overrides @code{gnus-unbuttonized-mime-types}. The default value is @code{nil}. This variable is only used when @code{gnus-inhibit-mime-unbuttonizing} is @code{nil}. To see e.g. security buttons but no other buttons, you could set this variable to @code{("multipart/signed")} and leave @code{gnus-unbuttonized-mime-types} at the default value. You could also add @code{"multipart/alternative"} to this list to display radio buttons that allow you to choose one of two media types those mails include. See also @code{mm-discouraged-alternatives} (@pxref{Display Customization, ,Display Customization, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}). @item gnus-inhibit-mime-unbuttonizing @vindex gnus-inhibit-mime-unbuttonizing If this is non-@code{nil}, then all @acronym{MIME} parts get buttons. The default value is @code{nil}. @item gnus-article-mime-part-function @vindex gnus-article-mime-part-function For each @acronym{MIME} part, this function will be called with the @acronym{MIME} handle as the parameter. The function is meant to be used to allow users to gather information from the article (e. g., add Vcard info to the bbdb database) or to do actions based on parts (e. g., automatically save all jpegs into some directory). Here's an example function the does the latter: @lisp (defun my-save-all-jpeg-parts (handle) (when (equal (car (mm-handle-type handle)) "image/jpeg") (with-temp-buffer (insert (mm-get-part handle)) (write-region (point-min) (point-max) (read-file-name "Save jpeg to: "))))) (setq gnus-article-mime-part-function 'my-save-all-jpeg-parts) @end lisp @vindex gnus-mime-multipart-functions @item gnus-mime-multipart-functions Alist of @acronym{MIME} multipart types and functions to handle them. @vindex gnus-mime-display-multipart-alternative-as-mixed @item gnus-mime-display-multipart-alternative-as-mixed Display "multipart/alternative" parts as "multipart/mixed". @vindex gnus-mime-display-multipart-related-as-mixed @item gnus-mime-display-multipart-related-as-mixed Display "multipart/related" parts as "multipart/mixed". If displaying @samp{text/html} is discouraged, see @code{mm-discouraged-alternatives}, images or other material inside a "multipart/related" part might be overlooked when this variable is @code{nil}. @ref{Display Customization, Display Customization, , emacs-mime, Emacs-Mime Manual}. @vindex gnus-mime-display-multipart-as-mixed @item gnus-mime-display-multipart-as-mixed Display "multipart" parts as "multipart/mixed". If @code{t}, it overrides @code{nil} values of @code{gnus-mime-display-multipart-alternative-as-mixed} and @code{gnus-mime-display-multipart-related-as-mixed}. @vindex mm-file-name-rewrite-functions @item mm-file-name-rewrite-functions List of functions used for rewriting file names of @acronym{MIME} parts. Each function takes a file name as input and returns a file name. Ready-made functions include@* @code{mm-file-name-delete-whitespace}, @code{mm-file-name-trim-whitespace}, @code{mm-file-name-collapse-whitespace}, and @code{mm-file-name-replace-whitespace}. The later uses the value of the variable @code{mm-file-name-replace-whitespace} to replace each whitespace character in a file name with that string; default value is @code{"_"} (a single underscore). @findex mm-file-name-delete-whitespace @findex mm-file-name-trim-whitespace @findex mm-file-name-collapse-whitespace @findex mm-file-name-replace-whitespace @vindex mm-file-name-replace-whitespace The standard functions @code{capitalize}, @code{downcase}, @code{upcase}, and @code{upcase-initials} may be useful, too. Everybody knows that whitespace characters in file names are evil, except those who don't know. If you receive lots of attachments from such unenlightened users, you can make live easier by adding @lisp (setq mm-file-name-rewrite-functions '(mm-file-name-trim-whitespace mm-file-name-collapse-whitespace mm-file-name-replace-whitespace)) @end lisp @noindent to your @file{~/.gnus.el} file. @end table @node Charsets @section Charsets @cindex charsets People use different charsets, and we have @acronym{MIME} to let us know what charsets they use. Or rather, we wish we had. Many people use newsreaders and mailers that do not understand or use @acronym{MIME}, and just send out messages without saying what character sets they use. To help a bit with this, some local news hierarchies have policies that say what character set is the default. For instance, the @samp{fj} hierarchy uses @code{iso-2022-jp}. @vindex gnus-group-charset-alist This knowledge is encoded in the @code{gnus-group-charset-alist} variable, which is an alist of regexps (use the first item to match full group names) and default charsets to be used when reading these groups. @vindex gnus-newsgroup-ignored-charsets In addition, some people do use soi-disant @acronym{MIME}-aware agents that aren't. These blithely mark messages as being in @code{iso-8859-1} even if they really are in @code{koi-8}. To help here, the @code{gnus-newsgroup-ignored-charsets} variable can be used. The charsets that are listed here will be ignored. The variable can be set on a group-by-group basis using the group parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}). The default value is @code{(unknown-8bit x-unknown)}, which includes values some agents insist on having in there. @vindex gnus-group-posting-charset-alist When posting, @code{gnus-group-posting-charset-alist} is used to determine which charsets should not be encoded using the @acronym{MIME} encodings. For instance, some hierarchies discourage using quoted-printable header encoding. This variable is an alist of regexps and permitted unencoded charsets for posting. Each element of the alist has the form @code{(}@var{test header body-list}@code{)}, where: @table @var @item test is either a regular expression matching the newsgroup header or a variable to query, @item header is the charset which may be left unencoded in the header (@code{nil} means encode all charsets), @item body-list is a list of charsets which may be encoded using 8bit content-transfer encoding in the body, or one of the special values @code{nil} (always encode using quoted-printable) or @code{t} (always use 8bit). @end table @cindex Russian @cindex koi8-r @cindex koi8-u @cindex iso-8859-5 @cindex coding system aliases @cindex preferred charset @xref{Encoding Customization, , Encoding Customization, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}, for additional variables that control which MIME charsets are used when sending messages. Other charset tricks that may be useful, although not Gnus-specific: If there are several @acronym{MIME} charsets that encode the same Emacs charset, you can choose what charset to use by saying the following: @lisp (put-charset-property 'cyrillic-iso8859-5 'preferred-coding-system 'koi8-r) @end lisp This means that Russian will be encoded using @code{koi8-r} instead of the default @code{iso-8859-5} @acronym{MIME} charset. If you want to read messages in @code{koi8-u}, you can cheat and say @lisp (define-coding-system-alias 'koi8-u 'koi8-r) @end lisp This will almost do the right thing. And finally, to read charsets like @code{windows-1251}, you can say something like @lisp (codepage-setup 1251) (define-coding-system-alias 'windows-1251 'cp1251) @end lisp @node Article Commands @section Article Commands @table @kbd @item A P @cindex PostScript @cindex printing @kindex A P (Summary) @vindex gnus-ps-print-hook @findex gnus-summary-print-article Generate and print a PostScript image of the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-print-article}). @code{gnus-ps-print-hook} will be run just before printing the buffer. An alternative way to print article is to use Muttprint (@pxref{Saving Articles}). @item A C @vindex gnus-fetch-partial-articles @findex gnus-summary-show-complete-article If @code{<backend>-fetch-partial-articles} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will fetch partial articles, if the backend it fetches them from supports it. Currently only @code{nnimap} does. If you're looking at a partial article, and want to see the complete article instead, then the @kbd{A C} command (@code{gnus-summary-show-complete-article}) will do so. @end table @node Summary Sorting @section Summary Sorting @cindex summary sorting You can have the summary buffer sorted in various ways, even though I can't really see why you'd want that. @table @kbd @item C-c C-s C-n @kindex C-c C-s C-n (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-number Sort by article number (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-number}). @item C-c C-s C-m C-n @kindex C-c C-s C-n (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-most-recent-number Sort by most recent article number (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-most-recent-number}). @item C-c C-s C-a @kindex C-c C-s C-a (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-author Sort by author (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-author}). @item C-c C-s C-t @kindex C-c C-s C-t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-recipient Sort by recipient (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-recipient}). @item C-c C-s C-s @kindex C-c C-s C-s (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-subject Sort by subject (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-subject}). @item C-c C-s C-d @kindex C-c C-s C-d (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-date Sort by date (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-date}). @item C-c C-s C-m C-d @kindex C-c C-s C-m C-d (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-most-recent-date Sort by most recent date (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-most-recent-date}). @item C-c C-s C-l @kindex C-c C-s C-l (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-lines Sort by lines (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-lines}). @item C-c C-s C-c @kindex C-c C-s C-c (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-chars Sort by article length (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-chars}). @item C-c C-s C-i @kindex C-c C-s C-i (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-score Sort by score (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-score}). @item C-c C-s C-r @kindex C-c C-s C-r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-random Randomize (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-random}). @item C-c C-s C-o @kindex C-c C-s C-o (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-original Sort using the default sorting method (@code{gnus-summary-sort-by-original}). @end table These functions will work both when you use threading and when you don't use threading. In the latter case, all summary lines will be sorted, line by line. In the former case, sorting will be done on a root-by-root basis, which might not be what you were looking for. To toggle whether to use threading, type @kbd{T T} (@pxref{Thread Commands}). If a prefix argument if given, the sort order is reversed. @node Finding the Parent @section Finding the Parent @cindex parent articles @cindex referring articles @table @kbd @item ^ @kindex ^ (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-refer-parent-article If you'd like to read the parent of the current article, and it is not displayed in the summary buffer, you might still be able to. That is, if the current group is fetched by @acronym{NNTP}, the parent hasn't expired and the @code{References} in the current article are not mangled, you can just press @kbd{^} or @kbd{A r} (@code{gnus-summary-refer-parent-article}). If everything goes well, you'll get the parent. If the parent is already displayed in the summary buffer, point will just move to this article. If given a positive numerical prefix, fetch that many articles back into the ancestry. If given a negative numerical prefix, fetch just that ancestor. So if you say @kbd{3 ^}, Gnus will fetch the parent, the grandparent and the grandgrandparent of the current article. If you say @kbd{-3 ^}, Gnus will only fetch the grandgrandparent of the current article. @item A R (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-refer-references @kindex A R (Summary) Fetch all articles mentioned in the @code{References} header of the article (@code{gnus-summary-refer-references}). @item A T (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-refer-thread @kindex A T (Summary) Display the full thread where the current article appears (@code{gnus-summary-refer-thread}). This command has to fetch all the headers in the current group to work, so it usually takes a while. If you do it often, you may consider setting @code{gnus-fetch-old-headers} to @code{invisible} (@pxref{Filling In Threads}). This won't have any visible effects normally, but it'll make this command work a whole lot faster. Of course, it'll make group entry somewhat slow. @vindex gnus-refer-thread-limit The @code{gnus-refer-thread-limit} variable says how many old (i. e., articles before the first displayed in the current group) headers to fetch when doing this command. The default is 200. If @code{t}, all the available headers will be fetched. This variable can be overridden by giving the @kbd{A T} command a numerical prefix. @item M-^ (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-refer-article @kindex M-^ (Summary) @cindex Message-ID @cindex fetching by Message-ID You can also ask Gnus for an arbitrary article, no matter what group it belongs to. @kbd{M-^} (@code{gnus-summary-refer-article}) will ask you for a @code{Message-ID}, which is one of those long, hard-to-read thingies that look something like @samp{<38o6up$6f2@@hymir.ifi.uio.no>}. You have to get it all exactly right. No fuzzy searches, I'm afraid. Gnus looks for the @code{Message-ID} in the headers that have already been fetched, but also tries all the select methods specified by @code{gnus-refer-article-method} if it is not found. @end table @vindex gnus-refer-article-method If the group you are reading is located on a back end that does not support fetching by @code{Message-ID} very well (like @code{nnspool}), you can set @code{gnus-refer-article-method} to an @acronym{NNTP} method. It would, perhaps, be best if the @acronym{NNTP} server you consult is the one updating the spool you are reading from, but that's not really necessary. It can also be a list of select methods, as well as the special symbol @code{current}, which means to use the current select method. If it is a list, Gnus will try all the methods in the list until it finds a match. Here's an example setting that will first try the current method, and then ask Google if that fails: @lisp (setq gnus-refer-article-method '(current (nnweb "google" (nnweb-type google)))) @end lisp Most of the mail back ends support fetching by @code{Message-ID}, but do not do a particularly excellent job at it. That is, @code{nnmbox}, @code{nnbabyl}, @code{nnmaildir}, @code{nnml}, are able to locate articles from any groups, while @code{nnfolder}, and @code{nnimap} are only able to locate articles that have been posted to the current group. @code{nnmh} does not support this at all. Fortunately, the special @code{nnregistry} back end is able to locate articles in any groups, regardless of their back end (@pxref{Registry Article Refer Method, fetching by @code{Message-ID} using the registry}). @node Alternative Approaches @section Alternative Approaches Different people like to read news using different methods. This being Gnus, we offer a small selection of minor modes for the summary buffers. @menu * Pick and Read:: First mark articles and then read them. * Binary Groups:: Auto-decode all articles. @end menu @node Pick and Read @subsection Pick and Read @cindex pick and read Some newsreaders (like @code{nn} and, uhm, @code{Netnews} on VM/CMS) use a two-phased reading interface. The user first marks in a summary buffer the articles she wants to read. Then she starts reading the articles with just an article buffer displayed. @findex gnus-pick-mode @kindex M-x gnus-pick-mode Gnus provides a summary buffer minor mode that allows this---@code{gnus-pick-mode}. This basically means that a few process mark commands become one-keystroke commands to allow easy marking, and it provides one additional command for switching to the summary buffer. Here are the available keystrokes when using pick mode: @table @kbd @item . @kindex . (Pick) @findex gnus-pick-article-or-thread Pick the article or thread on the current line (@code{gnus-pick-article-or-thread}). If the variable @code{gnus-thread-hide-subtree} is true, then this key selects the entire thread when used at the first article of the thread. Otherwise, it selects just the article. If given a numerical prefix, go to that thread or article and pick it. (The line number is normally displayed at the beginning of the summary pick lines.) @item SPACE @kindex SPACE (Pick) @findex gnus-pick-next-page Scroll the summary buffer up one page (@code{gnus-pick-next-page}). If at the end of the buffer, start reading the picked articles. @item u @kindex u (Pick) @findex gnus-pick-unmark-article-or-thread. Unpick the thread or article (@code{gnus-pick-unmark-article-or-thread}). If the variable @code{gnus-thread-hide-subtree} is true, then this key unpicks the thread if used at the first article of the thread. Otherwise it unpicks just the article. You can give this key a numerical prefix to unpick the thread or article at that line. @item RET @kindex RET (Pick) @findex gnus-pick-start-reading @vindex gnus-pick-display-summary Start reading the picked articles (@code{gnus-pick-start-reading}). If given a prefix, mark all unpicked articles as read first. If @code{gnus-pick-display-summary} is non-@code{nil}, the summary buffer will still be visible when you are reading. @end table All the normal summary mode commands are still available in the pick-mode, with the exception of @kbd{u}. However @kbd{!} is available which is mapped to the same function @code{gnus-summary-tick-article-forward}. If this sounds like a good idea to you, you could say: @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode) @end lisp @vindex gnus-pick-mode-hook @code{gnus-pick-mode-hook} is run in pick minor mode buffers. @vindex gnus-mark-unpicked-articles-as-read If @code{gnus-mark-unpicked-articles-as-read} is non-@code{nil}, mark all unpicked articles as read. The default is @code{nil}. @vindex gnus-summary-pick-line-format The summary line format in pick mode is slightly different from the standard format. At the beginning of each line the line number is displayed. The pick mode line format is controlled by the @code{gnus-summary-pick-line-format} variable (@pxref{Formatting Variables}). It accepts the same format specs that @code{gnus-summary-line-format} does (@pxref{Summary Buffer Lines}). @node Binary Groups @subsection Binary Groups @cindex binary groups @findex gnus-binary-mode @kindex M-x gnus-binary-mode If you spend much time in binary groups, you may grow tired of hitting @kbd{X u}, @kbd{n}, @kbd{RET} all the time. @kbd{M-x gnus-binary-mode} is a minor mode for summary buffers that makes all ordinary Gnus article selection functions uudecode series of articles and display the result instead of just displaying the articles the normal way. @kindex g (Binary) @findex gnus-binary-show-article The only way, in fact, to see the actual articles is the @kbd{g} command, when you have turned on this mode (@code{gnus-binary-show-article}). @vindex gnus-binary-mode-hook @code{gnus-binary-mode-hook} is called in binary minor mode buffers. @node Tree Display @section Tree Display @cindex trees @vindex gnus-use-trees If you don't like the normal Gnus summary display, you might try setting @code{gnus-use-trees} to @code{t}. This will create (by default) an additional @dfn{tree buffer}. You can execute all summary mode commands in the tree buffer. There are a few variables to customize the tree display, of course: @table @code @item gnus-tree-mode-hook @vindex gnus-tree-mode-hook A hook called in all tree mode buffers. @item gnus-tree-mode-line-format @vindex gnus-tree-mode-line-format A format string for the mode bar in the tree mode buffers (@pxref{Mode Line Formatting}). The default is @samp{Gnus: %%b %S %Z}. For a list of valid specs, @pxref{Summary Buffer Mode Line}. @item gnus-selected-tree-face @vindex gnus-selected-tree-face Face used for highlighting the selected article in the tree buffer. The default is @code{modeline}. @item gnus-tree-line-format @vindex gnus-tree-line-format A format string for the tree nodes. The name is a bit of a misnomer, though---it doesn't define a line, but just the node. The default value is @samp{%(%[%3,3n%]%)}, which displays the first three characters of the name of the poster. It is vital that all nodes are of the same length, so you @emph{must} use @samp{%4,4n}-like specifiers. Valid specs are: @table @samp @item n The name of the poster. @item f The @code{From} header. @item N The number of the article. @item [ The opening bracket. @item ] The closing bracket. @item s The subject. @end table @xref{Formatting Variables}. Variables related to the display are: @table @code @item gnus-tree-brackets @vindex gnus-tree-brackets This is used for differentiating between ``real'' articles and ``sparse'' articles. The format is @example ((@var{real-open} . @var{real-close}) (@var{sparse-open} . @var{sparse-close}) (@var{dummy-open} . @var{dummy-close})) @end example and the default is @code{((?[ . ?]) (?( . ?)) (?@{ . ?@}) (?< . ?>))}. @item gnus-tree-parent-child-edges @vindex gnus-tree-parent-child-edges This is a list that contains the characters used for connecting parent nodes to their children. The default is @code{(?- ?\\ ?|)}. @end table @item gnus-tree-minimize-window @vindex gnus-tree-minimize-window If this variable is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will try to keep the tree buffer as small as possible to allow more room for the other Gnus windows. If this variable is a number, the tree buffer will never be higher than that number. The default is @code{t}. Note that if you have several windows displayed side-by-side in a frame and the tree buffer is one of these, minimizing the tree window will also resize all other windows displayed next to it. You may also wish to add the following hook to keep the window minimized at all times: @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-configure-windows-hook 'gnus-tree-perhaps-minimize) @end lisp @item gnus-generate-tree-function @vindex gnus-generate-tree-function @findex gnus-generate-horizontal-tree @findex gnus-generate-vertical-tree The function that actually generates the thread tree. Two predefined functions are available: @code{gnus-generate-horizontal-tree} and @code{gnus-generate-vertical-tree} (which is the default). @end table Here's an example from a horizontal tree buffer: @example @{***@}-(***)-[odd]-[Gun] | \[Jan] | \[odd]-[Eri] | \(***)-[Eri] | \[odd]-[Paa] \[Bjo] \[Gun] \[Gun]-[Jor] @end example Here's the same thread displayed in a vertical tree buffer: @example @group @{***@} |--------------------------\-----\-----\ (***) [Bjo] [Gun] [Gun] |--\-----\-----\ | [odd] [Jan] [odd] (***) [Jor] | | |--\ [Gun] [Eri] [Eri] [odd] | [Paa] @end group @end example If you're using horizontal trees, it might be nice to display the trees side-by-side with the summary buffer. You could add something like the following to your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (setq gnus-use-trees t gnus-generate-tree-function 'gnus-generate-horizontal-tree gnus-tree-minimize-window nil) (gnus-add-configuration '(article (vertical 1.0 (horizontal 0.25 (summary 0.75 point) (tree 1.0)) (article 1.0)))) @end lisp @xref{Window Layout}. @node Mail Group Commands @section Mail Group Commands @cindex mail group commands Some commands only make sense in mail groups. If these commands are invalid in the current group, they will raise a hell and let you know. All these commands (except the expiry and edit commands) use the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @table @kbd @item B e @kindex B e (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-expire-articles @cindex expiring mail Run all expirable articles in the current group through the expiry process (@code{gnus-summary-expire-articles}). That is, delete all expirable articles in the group that have been around for a while. (@pxref{Expiring Mail}). @item B C-M-e @kindex B C-M-e (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-expire-articles-now @cindex expiring mail Delete all the expirable articles in the group (@code{gnus-summary-expire-articles-now}). This means that @strong{all} articles eligible for expiry in the current group will disappear forever into that big @file{/dev/null} in the sky. @item B DEL @kindex B DEL (Summary) @cindex deleting mail @findex gnus-summary-delete-article @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-delete} Delete the mail article. This is ``delete'' as in ``delete it from your disk forever and ever, never to return again.'' Use with caution. (@code{gnus-summary-delete-article}). @item B m @kindex B m (Summary) @cindex move mail @findex gnus-summary-move-article @vindex gnus-preserve-marks Move the article from one mail group to another (@code{gnus-summary-move-article}). Marks will be preserved if @code{gnus-preserve-marks} is non-@code{nil} (which is the default). @item B c @kindex B c (Summary) @cindex copy mail @findex gnus-summary-copy-article @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-copy} Copy the article from one group (mail group or not) to a mail group (@code{gnus-summary-copy-article}). Marks will be preserved if @code{gnus-preserve-marks} is non-@code{nil} (which is the default). @item B B @kindex B B (Summary) @cindex crosspost mail @findex gnus-summary-crosspost-article Crosspost the current article to some other group (@code{gnus-summary-crosspost-article}). This will create a new copy of the article in the other group, and the Xref headers of the article will be properly updated. @item B i @kindex B i (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-import-article Import an arbitrary file into the current mail newsgroup (@code{gnus-summary-import-article}). You will be prompted for a file name, a @code{From} header and a @code{Subject} header. @item B I @kindex B I (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-create-article Create an empty article in the current mail newsgroups (@code{gnus-summary-create-article}). You will be prompted for a @code{From} header and a @code{Subject} header. @item B r @kindex B r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-respool-article @vindex gnus-summary-respool-default-method Respool the mail article (@code{gnus-summary-respool-article}). @code{gnus-summary-respool-default-method} will be used as the default select method when respooling. This variable is @code{nil} by default, which means that the current group select method will be used instead. Marks will be preserved if @code{gnus-preserve-marks} is non-@code{nil} (which is the default). @item B w @itemx e @kindex B w (Summary) @kindex e (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-edit-article @kindex C-c C-c (Article) @findex gnus-summary-edit-article-done Edit the current article (@code{gnus-summary-edit-article}). To finish editing and make the changes permanent, type @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{gnus-summary-edit-article-done}). If you give a prefix to the @kbd{C-c C-c} command, Gnus won't re-highlight the article. @item B q @kindex B q (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-respool-query If you want to re-spool an article, you might be curious as to what group the article will end up in before you do the re-spooling. This command will tell you (@code{gnus-summary-respool-query}). @item B t @kindex B t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-respool-trace Similarly, this command will display all fancy splitting patterns used when respooling, if any (@code{gnus-summary-respool-trace}). @item B p @kindex B p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-article-posted-p Some people have a tendency to send you ``courtesy'' copies when they follow up to articles you have posted. These usually have a @code{Newsgroups} header in them, but not always. This command (@code{gnus-summary-article-posted-p}) will try to fetch the current article from your news server (or rather, from @code{gnus-refer-article-method} or @code{gnus-select-method}) and will report back whether it found the article or not. Even if it says that it didn't find the article, it may have been posted anyway---mail propagation is much faster than news propagation, and the news copy may just not have arrived yet. @item K E @kindex K E (Summary) @findex gnus-article-encrypt-body @vindex gnus-article-encrypt-protocol Encrypt the body of an article (@code{gnus-article-encrypt-body}). The body is encrypted with the encryption protocol specified by the variable @code{gnus-article-encrypt-protocol}. @end table @vindex gnus-move-split-methods @cindex moving articles If you move (or copy) articles regularly, you might wish to have Gnus suggest where to put the articles. @code{gnus-move-split-methods} is a variable that uses the same syntax as @code{gnus-split-methods} (@pxref{Saving Articles}). You may customize that variable to create suggestions you find reasonable. (Note that @code{gnus-move-split-methods} uses group names where @code{gnus-split-methods} uses file names.) @lisp (setq gnus-move-split-methods '(("^From:.*Lars Magne" "nnml:junk") ("^Subject:.*gnus" "nnfolder:important") (".*" "nnml:misc"))) @end lisp @node Various Summary Stuff @section Various Summary Stuff @menu * Summary Group Information:: Information oriented commands. * Searching for Articles:: Multiple article commands. * Summary Generation Commands:: * Really Various Summary Commands:: Those pesky non-conformant commands. @end menu @table @code @vindex gnus-summary-display-while-building @item gnus-summary-display-while-building If non-@code{nil}, show and update the summary buffer as it's being built. If @code{t}, update the buffer after every line is inserted. If the value is an integer, @var{n}, update the display every @var{n} lines. The default is @code{nil}. @vindex gnus-summary-display-arrow @item gnus-summary-display-arrow If non-@code{nil}, display an arrow in the fringe to indicate the current article. @vindex gnus-summary-mode-hook @item gnus-summary-mode-hook This hook is called when creating a summary mode buffer. @vindex gnus-summary-generate-hook @item gnus-summary-generate-hook This is called as the last thing before doing the threading and the generation of the summary buffer. It's quite convenient for customizing the threading variables based on what data the newsgroup has. This hook is called from the summary buffer after most summary buffer variables have been set. @vindex gnus-summary-prepare-hook @item gnus-summary-prepare-hook It is called after the summary buffer has been generated. You might use it to, for instance, highlight lines or modify the look of the buffer in some other ungodly manner. I don't care. @vindex gnus-summary-prepared-hook @item gnus-summary-prepared-hook A hook called as the very last thing after the summary buffer has been generated. @vindex gnus-summary-ignore-duplicates @item gnus-summary-ignore-duplicates When Gnus discovers two articles that have the same @code{Message-ID}, it has to do something drastic. No articles are allowed to have the same @code{Message-ID}, but this may happen when reading mail from some sources. Gnus allows you to customize what happens with this variable. If it is @code{nil} (which is the default), Gnus will rename the @code{Message-ID} (for display purposes only) and display the article as any other article. If this variable is @code{t}, it won't display the article---it'll be as if it never existed. @vindex gnus-alter-articles-to-read-function @item gnus-alter-articles-to-read-function This function, which takes two parameters (the group name and the list of articles to be selected), is called to allow the user to alter the list of articles to be selected. For instance, the following function adds the list of cached articles to the list in one particular group: @lisp (defun my-add-cached-articles (group articles) (if (string= group "some.group") (append gnus-newsgroup-cached articles) articles)) @end lisp @vindex gnus-newsgroup-variables @item gnus-newsgroup-variables A list of newsgroup (summary buffer) local variables, or cons of variables and their default expressions to be evalled (when the default values are not @code{nil}), that should be made global while the summary buffer is active. Note: The default expressions will be evaluated (using function @code{eval}) before assignment to the local variable rather than just assigned to it. If the default expression is the symbol @code{global}, that symbol will not be evaluated but the global value of the local variable will be used instead. These variables can be used to set variables in the group parameters while still allowing them to affect operations done in other buffers. For example: @lisp (setq gnus-newsgroup-variables '(message-use-followup-to (gnus-visible-headers . "^From:\\|^Newsgroups:\\|^Subject:\\|^Date:\\|^To:"))) @end lisp Also @pxref{Group Parameters}. @vindex gnus-propagate-marks @item gnus-propagate-marks If non-@code{nil}, propagate marks to the backends for possible storing. @xref{NNTP marks}, and friends, for a more fine-grained sieve. @end table @node Summary Group Information @subsection Summary Group Information @table @kbd @item H d @kindex H d (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-describe-group Give a brief description of the current group (@code{gnus-summary-describe-group}). If given a prefix, force rereading the description from the server. @item H h @kindex H h (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-describe-briefly Give an extremely brief description of the most important summary keystrokes (@code{gnus-summary-describe-briefly}). @item H i @kindex H i (Summary) @findex gnus-info-find-node Go to the Gnus info node (@code{gnus-info-find-node}). @end table @node Searching for Articles @subsection Searching for Articles @table @kbd @item M-s @kindex M-s (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-search-article-forward Search through all subsequent (raw) articles for a regexp (@code{gnus-summary-search-article-forward}). @item M-r @kindex M-r (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-search-article-backward Search through all previous (raw) articles for a regexp (@code{gnus-summary-search-article-backward}). @item M-S @kindex M-S (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-repeat-search-article-forward Repeat the previous search forwards (@code{gnus-summary-repeat-search-article-forward}). @item M-R @kindex M-R (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-repeat-search-article-backward Repeat the previous search backwards (@code{gnus-summary-repeat-search-article-backward}). @item & @kindex & (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-execute-command This command will prompt you for a header, a regular expression to match on this field, and a command to be executed if the match is made (@code{gnus-summary-execute-command}). If the header is an empty string, the match is done on the entire article. If given a prefix, search backward instead. For instance, @kbd{& RET some.*string RET #} will put the process mark on all articles that have heads or bodies that match @samp{some.*string}. @item M-& @kindex M-& (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-universal-argument Perform any operation on all articles that have been marked with the process mark (@code{gnus-summary-universal-argument}). @end table @node Summary Generation Commands @subsection Summary Generation Commands @table @kbd @item Y g @kindex Y g (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-prepare Regenerate the current summary buffer (@code{gnus-summary-prepare}). @item Y c @kindex Y c (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-insert-cached-articles Pull all cached articles (for the current group) into the summary buffer (@code{gnus-summary-insert-cached-articles}). @item Y d @kindex Y d (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-insert-dormant-articles Pull all dormant articles (for the current group) into the summary buffer (@code{gnus-summary-insert-dormant-articles}). @item Y t @kindex Y t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-insert-ticked-articles Pull all ticked articles (for the current group) into the summary buffer (@code{gnus-summary-insert-ticked-articles}). @end table @node Really Various Summary Commands @subsection Really Various Summary Commands @table @kbd @item A D @itemx C-d @kindex C-d (Summary) @kindex A D (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-enter-digest-group If the current article is a collection of other articles (for instance, a digest), you might use this command to enter a group based on the that article (@code{gnus-summary-enter-digest-group}). Gnus will try to guess what article type is currently displayed unless you give a prefix to this command, which forces a ``digest'' interpretation. Basically, whenever you see a message that is a collection of other messages of some format, you @kbd{C-d} and read these messages in a more convenient fashion. @vindex gnus-auto-select-on-ephemeral-exit The variable @code{gnus-auto-select-on-ephemeral-exit} controls what article should be selected after exiting a digest group. Valid values include: @table @code @item next Select the next article. @item next-unread Select the next unread article. @item next-noselect Move the cursor to the next article. This is the default. @item next-unread-noselect Move the cursor to the next unread article. @end table If it has any other value or there is no next (unread) article, the article selected before entering to the digest group will appear. @item C-M-d @kindex C-M-d (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-read-document This command is very similar to the one above, but lets you gather several documents into one biiig group (@code{gnus-summary-read-document}). It does this by opening several @code{nndoc} groups for each document, and then opening an @code{nnvirtual} group on top of these @code{nndoc} groups. This command understands the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item C-t @kindex C-t (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-toggle-truncation Toggle truncation of summary lines (@code{gnus-summary-toggle-truncation}). This will probably confuse the line centering function in the summary buffer, so it's not a good idea to have truncation switched off while reading articles. @item = @kindex = (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-expand-window Expand the summary buffer window (@code{gnus-summary-expand-window}). If given a prefix, force an @code{article} window configuration. @item C-M-e @kindex C-M-e (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-edit-parameters Edit the group parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}) of the current group (@code{gnus-summary-edit-parameters}). @item C-M-a @kindex C-M-a (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-customize-parameters Customize the group parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}) of the current group (@code{gnus-summary-customize-parameters}). @end table @node Exiting the Summary Buffer @section Exiting the Summary Buffer @cindex summary exit @cindex exiting groups Exiting from the summary buffer will normally update all info on the group and return you to the group buffer. @table @kbd @item Z Z @itemx Z Q @itemx q @kindex Z Z (Summary) @kindex Z Q (Summary) @kindex q (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-exit @vindex gnus-summary-exit-hook @vindex gnus-summary-prepare-exit-hook @vindex gnus-group-no-more-groups-hook @c @icon{gnus-summary-exit} Exit the current group and update all information on the group (@code{gnus-summary-exit}). @code{gnus-summary-prepare-exit-hook} is called before doing much of the exiting, which calls @code{gnus-summary-expire-articles} by default. @code{gnus-summary-exit-hook} is called after finishing the exit process. @code{gnus-group-no-more-groups-hook} is run when returning to group mode having no more (unread) groups. @item Z E @itemx Q @kindex Z E (Summary) @kindex Q (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-exit-no-update Exit the current group without updating any information on the group (@code{gnus-summary-exit-no-update}). @item Z c @itemx c @kindex Z c (Summary) @kindex c (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-catchup-and-exit @c @icon{gnus-summary-catchup-and-exit} Mark all unticked articles in the group as read and then exit (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-and-exit}). @item Z C @kindex Z C (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-catchup-all-and-exit Mark all articles, even the ticked ones, as read and then exit (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-all-and-exit}). @item Z n @kindex Z n (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-catchup-and-goto-next-group Mark all articles as read and go to the next group (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-and-goto-next-group}). @item Z p @kindex Z p (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-catchup-and-goto-prev-group Mark all articles as read and go to the previous group (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-and-goto-prev-group}). @item Z R @itemx C-x C-s @kindex Z R (Summary) @kindex C-x C-s (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-reselect-current-group Exit this group, and then enter it again (@code{gnus-summary-reselect-current-group}). If given a prefix, select all articles, both read and unread. @item Z G @itemx M-g @kindex Z G (Summary) @kindex M-g (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-rescan-group @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-get} Exit the group, check for new articles in the group, and select the group (@code{gnus-summary-rescan-group}). If given a prefix, select all articles, both read and unread. @item Z N @kindex Z N (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-next-group Exit the group and go to the next group (@code{gnus-summary-next-group}). @item Z P @kindex Z P (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-prev-group Exit the group and go to the previous group (@code{gnus-summary-prev-group}). @item Z s @kindex Z s (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-save-newsrc Save the current number of read/marked articles in the dribble buffer and then save the dribble buffer (@code{gnus-summary-save-newsrc}). If given a prefix, also save the @file{.newsrc} file(s). Using this command will make exit without updating (the @kbd{Q} command) worthless. @end table @vindex gnus-exit-group-hook @code{gnus-exit-group-hook} is called when you exit the current group with an ``updating'' exit. For instance @kbd{Q} (@code{gnus-summary-exit-no-update}) does not call this hook. @findex gnus-summary-wake-up-the-dead @findex gnus-dead-summary-mode @vindex gnus-kill-summary-on-exit If you're in the habit of exiting groups, and then changing your mind about it, you might set @code{gnus-kill-summary-on-exit} to @code{nil}. If you do that, Gnus won't kill the summary buffer when you exit it. (Quelle surprise!) Instead it will change the name of the buffer to something like @samp{*Dead Summary ... *} and install a minor mode called @code{gnus-dead-summary-mode}. Now, if you switch back to this buffer, you'll find that all keys are mapped to a function called @code{gnus-summary-wake-up-the-dead}. So tapping any keys in a dead summary buffer will result in a live, normal summary buffer. There will never be more than one dead summary buffer at any one time. @vindex gnus-use-cross-reference The data on the current group will be updated (which articles you have read, which articles you have replied to, etc.) when you exit the summary buffer. If the @code{gnus-use-cross-reference} variable is @code{t} (which is the default), articles that are cross-referenced to this group and are marked as read, will also be marked as read in the other subscribed groups they were cross-posted to. If this variable is neither @code{nil} nor @code{t}, the article will be marked as read in both subscribed and unsubscribed groups (@pxref{Crosspost Handling}). @node Crosspost Handling @section Crosspost Handling @cindex velveeta @cindex spamming Marking cross-posted articles as read ensures that you'll never have to read the same article more than once. Unless, of course, somebody has posted it to several groups separately. Posting the same article to several groups (not cross-posting) is called @dfn{spamming}, and you are by law required to send nasty-grams to anyone who perpetrates such a heinous crime. Remember: Cross-posting is kinda ok, but posting the same article separately to several groups is not. Massive cross-posting (aka. @dfn{velveeta}) is to be avoided at all costs, and you can even use the @code{gnus-summary-mail-crosspost-complaint} command to complain about excessive crossposting (@pxref{Summary Mail Commands}). @cindex cross-posting @cindex Xref @cindex @acronym{NOV} One thing that may cause Gnus to not do the cross-posting thing correctly is if you use an @acronym{NNTP} server that supports @sc{xover} (which is very nice, because it speeds things up considerably) which does not include the @code{Xref} header in its @acronym{NOV} lines. This is Evil, but all too common, alas, alack. Gnus tries to Do The Right Thing even with @sc{xover} by registering the @code{Xref} lines of all articles you actually read, but if you kill the articles, or just mark them as read without reading them, Gnus will not get a chance to snoop the @code{Xref} lines out of these articles, and will be unable to use the cross reference mechanism. @cindex LIST overview.fmt @cindex overview.fmt To check whether your @acronym{NNTP} server includes the @code{Xref} header in its overview files, try @samp{telnet your.nntp.server nntp}, @samp{MODE READER} on @code{inn} servers, and then say @samp{LIST overview.fmt}. This may not work, but if it does, and the last line you get does not read @samp{Xref:full}, then you should shout and whine at your news admin until she includes the @code{Xref} header in the overview files. If you want Gnus to get the @code{Xref}s right all the time, you have to set @code{nntp-nov-is-evil} to @code{t}, which slows things down considerably. Also @pxref{Slow/Expensive Connection}. C'est la vie. For an alternative approach, @pxref{Duplicate Suppression}. @node Duplicate Suppression @section Duplicate Suppression By default, Gnus tries to make sure that you don't have to read the same article more than once by utilizing the crossposting mechanism (@pxref{Crosspost Handling}). However, that simple and efficient approach may not work satisfactory for some users for various reasons. @enumerate @item The @acronym{NNTP} server may fail to generate the @code{Xref} header. This is evil and not very common. @item The @acronym{NNTP} server may fail to include the @code{Xref} header in the @file{.overview} data bases. This is evil and all too common, alas. @item You may be reading the same group (or several related groups) from different @acronym{NNTP} servers. @item You may be getting mail that duplicates articles posted to groups. @end enumerate I'm sure there are other situations where @code{Xref} handling fails as well, but these four are the most common situations. If, and only if, @code{Xref} handling fails for you, then you may consider switching on @dfn{duplicate suppression}. If you do so, Gnus will remember the @code{Message-ID}s of all articles you have read or otherwise marked as read, and then, as if by magic, mark them as read all subsequent times you see them---in @emph{all} groups. Using this mechanism is quite likely to be somewhat inefficient, but not overly so. It's certainly preferable to reading the same articles more than once. Duplicate suppression is not a very subtle instrument. It's more like a sledge hammer than anything else. It works in a very simple fashion---if you have marked an article as read, it adds this Message-ID to a cache. The next time it sees this Message-ID, it will mark the article as read with the @samp{M} mark. It doesn't care what group it saw the article in. @table @code @item gnus-suppress-duplicates @vindex gnus-suppress-duplicates If non-@code{nil}, suppress duplicates. @item gnus-save-duplicate-list @vindex gnus-save-duplicate-list If non-@code{nil}, save the list of duplicates to a file. This will make startup and shutdown take longer, so the default is @code{nil}. However, this means that only duplicate articles read in a single Gnus session are suppressed. @item gnus-duplicate-list-length @vindex gnus-duplicate-list-length This variable says how many @code{Message-ID}s to keep in the duplicate suppression list. The default is 10000. @item gnus-duplicate-file @vindex gnus-duplicate-file The name of the file to store the duplicate suppression list in. The default is @file{~/News/suppression}. @end table If you have a tendency to stop and start Gnus often, setting @code{gnus-save-duplicate-list} to @code{t} is probably a good idea. If you leave Gnus running for weeks on end, you may have it @code{nil}. On the other hand, saving the list makes startup and shutdown much slower, so that means that if you stop and start Gnus often, you should set @code{gnus-save-duplicate-list} to @code{nil}. Uhm. I'll leave this up to you to figure out, I think. @node Security @section Security Gnus is able to verify signed messages or decrypt encrypted messages. The formats that are supported are @acronym{PGP}, @acronym{PGP/MIME} and @acronym{S/MIME}, however you need some external programs to get things to work: @enumerate @item To handle @acronym{PGP} and @acronym{PGP/MIME} messages, you have to install an OpenPGP implementation such as GnuPG. The Lisp interface to GnuPG included with Emacs is called EasyPG (@pxref{Top, ,EasyPG, epa, EasyPG Assistant user's manual}), but PGG (@pxref{Top, ,PGG, pgg, PGG Manual}), and Mailcrypt are also supported. @item To handle @acronym{S/MIME} message, you need to install OpenSSL. OpenSSL 0.9.6 or newer is recommended. @end enumerate The variables that control security functionality on reading/composing messages include: @table @code @item mm-verify-option @vindex mm-verify-option Option of verifying signed parts. @code{never}, not verify; @code{always}, always verify; @code{known}, only verify known protocols. Otherwise, ask user. @item mm-decrypt-option @vindex mm-decrypt-option Option of decrypting encrypted parts. @code{never}, no decryption; @code{always}, always decrypt; @code{known}, only decrypt known protocols. Otherwise, ask user. @item mm-sign-option @vindex mm-sign-option Option of creating signed parts. @code{nil}, use default signing keys; @code{guided}, ask user to select signing keys from the menu. @item mm-encrypt-option @vindex mm-encrypt-option Option of creating encrypted parts. @code{nil}, use the first public-key matching the @samp{From:} header as the recipient; @code{guided}, ask user to select recipient keys from the menu. @item mml1991-use @vindex mml1991-use Symbol indicating elisp interface to OpenPGP implementation for @acronym{PGP} messages. The default is @code{epg}, but @code{pgg}, and @code{mailcrypt} are also supported although deprecated. By default, Gnus uses the first available interface in this order. @item mml2015-use @vindex mml2015-use Symbol indicating elisp interface to OpenPGP implementation for @acronym{PGP/MIME} messages. The default is @code{epg}, but @code{pgg}, and @code{mailcrypt} are also supported although deprecated. By default, Gnus uses the first available interface in this order. @end table By default the buttons that display security information are not shown, because they clutter reading the actual e-mail. You can type @kbd{K b} manually to display the information. Use the @code{gnus-buttonized-mime-types} and @code{gnus-unbuttonized-mime-types} variables to control this permanently. @ref{MIME Commands} for further details, and hints on how to customize these variables to always display security information. @cindex snarfing keys @cindex importing PGP keys @cindex PGP key ring import Snarfing OpenPGP keys (i.e., importing keys from articles into your key ring) is not supported explicitly through a menu item or command, rather Gnus do detect and label keys as @samp{application/pgp-keys}, allowing you to specify whatever action you think is appropriate through the usual @acronym{MIME} infrastructure. You can use a @file{~/.mailcap} entry (@pxref{mailcap, , mailcap, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}) such as the following to import keys using GNU Privacy Guard when you click on the @acronym{MIME} button (@pxref{Using MIME}). @example application/pgp-keys; gpg --import --interactive --verbose; needsterminal @end example @noindent This happens to also be the default action defined in @code{mailcap-mime-data}. More information on how to set things for sending outgoing signed and encrypted messages up can be found in the message manual (@pxref{Security, ,Security, message, Message Manual}). @node Mailing List @section Mailing List @cindex mailing list @cindex RFC 2396 @kindex A M (summary) @findex gnus-mailing-list-insinuate Gnus understands some mailing list fields of RFC 2369. To enable it, add a @code{to-list} group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}), possibly using @kbd{A M} (@code{gnus-mailing-list-insinuate}) in the summary buffer. That enables the following commands to the summary buffer: @table @kbd @item C-c C-n h @kindex C-c C-n h (Summary) @findex gnus-mailing-list-help Send a message to fetch mailing list help, if List-Help field exists. @item C-c C-n s @kindex C-c C-n s (Summary) @findex gnus-mailing-list-subscribe Send a message to subscribe the mailing list, if List-Subscribe field exists. @item C-c C-n u @kindex C-c C-n u (Summary) @findex gnus-mailing-list-unsubscribe Send a message to unsubscribe the mailing list, if List-Unsubscribe field exists. @item C-c C-n p @kindex C-c C-n p (Summary) @findex gnus-mailing-list-post Post to the mailing list, if List-Post field exists. @item C-c C-n o @kindex C-c C-n o (Summary) @findex gnus-mailing-list-owner Send a message to the mailing list owner, if List-Owner field exists. @item C-c C-n a @kindex C-c C-n a (Summary) @findex gnus-mailing-list-archive Browse the mailing list archive, if List-Archive field exists. @end table @node Article Buffer @chapter Article Buffer @cindex article buffer The articles are displayed in the article buffer, of which there is only one. All the summary buffers share the same article buffer unless you tell Gnus otherwise. @menu * Hiding Headers:: Deciding what headers should be displayed. * Using MIME:: Pushing articles through @acronym{MIME} before reading them. * HTML:: Reading @acronym{HTML} messages. * Customizing Articles:: Tailoring the look of the articles. * Article Keymap:: Keystrokes available in the article buffer. * Misc Article:: Other stuff. @end menu @node Hiding Headers @section Hiding Headers @cindex hiding headers @cindex deleting headers The top section of each article is the @dfn{head}. (The rest is the @dfn{body}, but you may have guessed that already.) @vindex gnus-show-all-headers There is a lot of useful information in the head: the name of the person who wrote the article, the date it was written and the subject of the article. That's well and nice, but there's also lots of information most people do not want to see---what systems the article has passed through before reaching you, the @code{Message-ID}, the @code{References}, etc. ad nauseam---and you'll probably want to get rid of some of those lines. If you want to keep all those lines in the article buffer, you can set @code{gnus-show-all-headers} to @code{t}. Gnus provides you with two variables for sifting headers: @table @code @item gnus-visible-headers @vindex gnus-visible-headers If this variable is non-@code{nil}, it should be a regular expression that says what headers you wish to keep in the article buffer. All headers that do not match this variable will be hidden. For instance, if you only want to see the name of the person who wrote the article and the subject, you'd say: @lisp (setq gnus-visible-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:") @end lisp This variable can also be a list of regexps to match headers to remain visible. @item gnus-ignored-headers @vindex gnus-ignored-headers This variable is the reverse of @code{gnus-visible-headers}. If this variable is set (and @code{gnus-visible-headers} is @code{nil}), it should be a regular expression that matches all lines that you want to hide. All lines that do not match this variable will remain visible. For instance, if you just want to get rid of the @code{References} line and the @code{Xref} line, you might say: @lisp (setq gnus-ignored-headers "^References:\\|^Xref:") @end lisp This variable can also be a list of regexps to match headers to be removed. Note that if @code{gnus-visible-headers} is non-@code{nil}, this variable will have no effect. @end table @vindex gnus-sorted-header-list Gnus can also sort the headers for you. (It does this by default.) You can control the sorting by setting the @code{gnus-sorted-header-list} variable. It is a list of regular expressions that says in what order the headers are to be displayed. For instance, if you want the name of the author of the article first, and then the subject, you might say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-sorted-header-list '("^From:" "^Subject:")) @end lisp Any headers that are to remain visible, but are not listed in this variable, will be displayed in random order after all the headers listed in this variable. @findex gnus-article-hide-boring-headers @vindex gnus-boring-article-headers You can hide further boring headers by setting @code{gnus-treat-hide-boring-headers} to @code{head}. What this function does depends on the @code{gnus-boring-article-headers} variable. It's a list, but this list doesn't actually contain header names. Instead it lists various @dfn{boring conditions} that Gnus can check and remove from sight. These conditions are: @table @code @item empty Remove all empty headers. @item followup-to Remove the @code{Followup-To} header if it is identical to the @code{Newsgroups} header. @item reply-to Remove the @code{Reply-To} header if it lists the same addresses as the @code{From} header, or if the @code{broken-reply-to} group parameter is set. @item newsgroups Remove the @code{Newsgroups} header if it only contains the current group name. @item to-address Remove the @code{To} header if it only contains the address identical to the current group's @code{to-address} parameter. @item to-list Remove the @code{To} header if it only contains the address identical to the current group's @code{to-list} parameter. @item cc-list Remove the @code{Cc} header if it only contains the address identical to the current group's @code{to-list} parameter. @item date Remove the @code{Date} header if the article is less than three days old. @item long-to Remove the @code{To} and/or @code{Cc} header if it is very long. @item many-to Remove all @code{To} and/or @code{Cc} headers if there are more than one. @end table To include these three elements, you could say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-boring-article-headers '(empty followup-to reply-to)) @end lisp This is also the default value for this variable. @node Using MIME @section Using MIME @cindex @acronym{MIME} Mime is a standard for waving your hands through the air, aimlessly, while people stand around yawning. @acronym{MIME}, however, is a standard for encoding your articles, aimlessly, while all newsreaders die of fear. @acronym{MIME} may specify what character set the article uses, the encoding of the characters, and it also makes it possible to embed pictures and other naughty stuff in innocent-looking articles. @vindex gnus-display-mime-function @findex gnus-display-mime Gnus pushes @acronym{MIME} articles through @code{gnus-display-mime-function} to display the @acronym{MIME} parts. This is @code{gnus-display-mime} by default, which creates a bundle of clickable buttons that can be used to display, save and manipulate the @acronym{MIME} objects. The following commands are available when you have placed point over a @acronym{MIME} button: @table @kbd @findex gnus-article-press-button @item RET (Article) @kindex RET (Article) @itemx BUTTON-2 (Article) Toggle displaying of the @acronym{MIME} object (@code{gnus-article-press-button}). If built-in viewers can not display the object, Gnus resorts to external viewers in the @file{mailcap} files. If a viewer has the @samp{copiousoutput} specification, the object is displayed inline. @findex gnus-mime-view-part @item M-RET (Article) @kindex M-RET (Article) @itemx v (Article) Prompt for a method, and then view the @acronym{MIME} object using this method (@code{gnus-mime-view-part}). @findex gnus-mime-view-part-as-type @item t (Article) @kindex t (Article) View the @acronym{MIME} object as if it were a different @acronym{MIME} media type (@code{gnus-mime-view-part-as-type}). @findex gnus-mime-view-part-as-charset @item C (Article) @kindex C (Article) Prompt for a charset, and then view the @acronym{MIME} object using this charset (@code{gnus-mime-view-part-as-charset}). @findex gnus-mime-save-part @item o (Article) @kindex o (Article) Prompt for a file name, and then save the @acronym{MIME} object (@code{gnus-mime-save-part}). @findex gnus-mime-save-part-and-strip @item C-o (Article) @kindex C-o (Article) Prompt for a file name, then save the @acronym{MIME} object and strip it from the article. Then proceed to article editing, where a reasonable suggestion is being made on how the altered article should look like. The stripped @acronym{MIME} object will be referred via the message/external-body @acronym{MIME} type. (@code{gnus-mime-save-part-and-strip}). @findex gnus-mime-replace-part @item r (Article) @kindex r (Article) Prompt for a file name, replace the @acronym{MIME} object with an external body refering to the file via the message/external-body @acronym{MIME} type. (@code{gnus-mime-replace-part}). @findex gnus-mime-delete-part @item d (Article) @kindex d (Article) Delete the @acronym{MIME} object from the article and replace it with some information about the removed @acronym{MIME} object (@code{gnus-mime-delete-part}). @c FIXME: gnus-auto-select-part should be documented here @findex gnus-mime-copy-part @item c (Article) @kindex c (Article) Copy the @acronym{MIME} object to a fresh buffer and display this buffer (@code{gnus-mime-copy-part}). If given a prefix, copy the raw contents without decoding. If given a numerical prefix, you can do semi-manual charset stuff (see @code{gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist} in @ref{Paging the Article}). Compressed files like @file{.gz} and @file{.bz2} are automatically decompressed if @code{auto-compression-mode} is enabled (@pxref{Compressed Files,, Accessing Compressed Files, emacs, The Emacs Editor}). @findex gnus-mime-print-part @item p (Article) @kindex p (Article) Print the @acronym{MIME} object (@code{gnus-mime-print-part}). This command respects the @samp{print=} specifications in the @file{.mailcap} file. @findex gnus-mime-inline-part @item i (Article) @kindex i (Article) Insert the contents of the @acronym{MIME} object into the buffer (@code{gnus-mime-inline-part}) as @samp{text/plain}. If given a prefix, insert the raw contents without decoding. If given a numerical prefix, you can do semi-manual charset stuff (see @code{gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist} in @ref{Paging the Article}). Compressed files like @file{.gz} and @file{.bz2} are automatically decompressed depending on @code{jka-compr} regardless of @code{auto-compression-mode} (@pxref{Compressed Files,, Accessing Compressed Files, emacs, The Emacs Editor}). @findex gnus-mime-view-part-internally @item E (Article) @kindex E (Article) View the @acronym{MIME} object with an internal viewer. If no internal viewer is available, use an external viewer (@code{gnus-mime-view-part-internally}). @findex gnus-mime-view-part-externally @item e (Article) @kindex e (Article) View the @acronym{MIME} object with an external viewer. (@code{gnus-mime-view-part-externally}). @findex gnus-mime-pipe-part @item | (Article) @kindex | (Article) Output the @acronym{MIME} object to a process (@code{gnus-mime-pipe-part}). @findex gnus-mime-action-on-part @item . (Article) @kindex . (Article) Interactively run an action on the @acronym{MIME} object (@code{gnus-mime-action-on-part}). @end table Gnus will display some @acronym{MIME} objects automatically. The way Gnus determines which parts to do this with is described in the Emacs @acronym{MIME} manual. It might be best to just use the toggling functions from the article buffer to avoid getting nasty surprises. (For instance, you enter the group @samp{alt.sing-a-long} and, before you know it, @acronym{MIME} has decoded the sound file in the article and some horrible sing-a-long song comes screaming out your speakers, and you can't find the volume button, because there isn't one, and people are starting to look at you, and you try to stop the program, but you can't, and you can't find the program to control the volume, and everybody else in the room suddenly decides to look at you disdainfully, and you'll feel rather stupid.) Any similarity to real events and people is purely coincidental. Ahem. Also @pxref{MIME Commands}. @node HTML @section @acronym{HTML} @cindex @acronym{HTML} If you have @code{w3m} installed on your system, Gnus can display @acronym{HTML} articles in the article buffer. There are many Gnus add-ons for doing this, using various approaches, but there's one (sort of) built-in method that's used by default. For a complete overview, consult @xref{Display Customization, ,Display Customization, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}. This section only describes the default method. @table @code @item mm-text-html-renderer @vindex mm-text-html-renderer If set to @code{gnus-article-html}, Gnus will use the built-in method, that's based on @code{w3m}. @item gnus-blocked-images @vindex gnus-blocked-images External images that have @acronym{URL}s that match this regexp won't be fetched and displayed. For instance, do block all @acronym{URL}s that have the string ``ads'' in them, do the following: @lisp (setq gnus-blocked-images "ads") @end lisp This can also be a function to be evaluated. If so, it will be called with the group name as the parameter. The default value is @code{gnus-block-private-groups}, which will return @samp{"."} for anything that isn't a newsgroup. This means that no external images will be fetched as a result of reading mail, so that nobody can use web bugs (and the like) to track whether you've read email. Also @pxref{Misc Article} for @code{gnus-inhibit-images}. @item gnus-html-cache-directory @vindex gnus-html-cache-directory Gnus will download and cache images according to how @code{gnus-blocked-images} is set. These images will be stored in this directory. @item gnus-html-cache-size @vindex gnus-html-cache-size When @code{gnus-html-cache-size} bytes have been used in that directory, the oldest files will be deleted. The default is 500MB. @item gnus-html-frame-width @vindex gnus-html-frame-width The width to use when rendering HTML. The default is 70. @item gnus-max-image-proportion @vindex gnus-max-image-proportion How big pictures displayed are in relation to the window they're in. A value of 0.7 (the default) means that they are allowed to take up 70% of the width and height of the window. If they are larger than this, and Emacs supports it, then the images will be rescaled down to fit these criteria. @end table To use this, make sure that you have @code{w3m} and @code{curl} installed. If you have, then Gnus should display @acronym{HTML} automatically. @node Customizing Articles @section Customizing Articles @cindex article customization A slew of functions for customizing how the articles are to look like exist. You can call these functions interactively (@pxref{Article Washing}), or you can have them called automatically when you select the articles. To have them called automatically, you should set the corresponding ``treatment'' variable. For instance, to have headers hidden, you'd set @code{gnus-treat-hide-headers}. Below is a list of variables that can be set, but first we discuss the values these variables can have. Note: Some values, while valid, make little sense. Check the list below for sensible values. @enumerate @item @code{nil}: Don't do this treatment. @item @code{t}: Do this treatment on all body parts. @item @code{head}: Do the treatment on the headers. @item @code{first}: Do this treatment on the first body part. @item @code{last}: Do this treatment on the last body part. @item An integer: Do this treatment on all body parts that have a length less than this number. @item A list of strings: Do this treatment on all body parts that are in articles that are read in groups that have names that match one of the regexps in the list. @item A list where the first element is not a string: The list is evaluated recursively. The first element of the list is a predicate. The following predicates are recognized: @code{or}, @code{and}, @code{not} and @code{typep}. Here's an example: @lisp (or last (typep "text/x-vcard")) @end lisp @end enumerate You may have noticed that the word @dfn{part} is used here. This refers to the fact that some messages are @acronym{MIME} multipart articles that may be divided into several parts. Articles that are not multiparts are considered to contain just a single part. @vindex gnus-article-treat-types Are the treatments applied to all sorts of multipart parts? Yes, if you want to, but by default, only @samp{text/plain} parts are given the treatment. This is controlled by the @code{gnus-article-treat-types} variable, which is a list of regular expressions that are matched to the type of the part. This variable is ignored if the value of the controlling variable is a predicate list, as described above. @ifinfo @c Avoid sort of redundant entries in the same section for the printed @c manual, but add them in info to allow `i gnus-treat-foo-bar RET' or @c `i foo-bar'. @vindex gnus-treat-buttonize @vindex gnus-treat-buttonize-head @vindex gnus-treat-capitalize-sentences @vindex gnus-treat-overstrike @vindex gnus-treat-strip-cr @vindex gnus-treat-strip-headers-in-body @vindex gnus-treat-strip-leading-blank-lines @vindex gnus-treat-strip-multiple-blank-lines @vindex gnus-treat-strip-pem @vindex gnus-treat-strip-trailing-blank-lines @vindex gnus-treat-unsplit-urls @vindex gnus-treat-wash-html @vindex gnus-treat-date-english @vindex gnus-treat-date-iso8601 @vindex gnus-treat-date-lapsed @vindex gnus-treat-date-local @vindex gnus-treat-date-original @vindex gnus-treat-date-user-defined @vindex gnus-treat-date-ut @vindex gnus-treat-from-picon @vindex gnus-treat-mail-picon @vindex gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon @vindex gnus-treat-from-gravatar @vindex gnus-treat-mail-gravatar @vindex gnus-treat-display-smileys @vindex gnus-treat-body-boundary @vindex gnus-treat-display-x-face @vindex gnus-treat-display-face @vindex gnus-treat-emphasize @vindex gnus-treat-fill-article @vindex gnus-treat-fill-long-lines @vindex gnus-treat-hide-boring-headers @vindex gnus-treat-hide-citation @vindex gnus-treat-hide-citation-maybe @vindex gnus-treat-hide-headers @vindex gnus-treat-hide-signature @vindex gnus-treat-strip-banner @vindex gnus-treat-strip-list-identifiers @vindex gnus-treat-highlight-citation @vindex gnus-treat-highlight-headers @vindex gnus-treat-highlight-signature @vindex gnus-treat-play-sounds @vindex gnus-treat-x-pgp-sig @vindex gnus-treat-unfold-headers @vindex gnus-treat-fold-headers @vindex gnus-treat-fold-newsgroups @vindex gnus-treat-leading-whitespace @end ifinfo The following treatment options are available. The easiest way to customize this is to examine the @code{gnus-article-treat} customization group. Values in parenthesis are suggested sensible values. Others are possible but those listed are probably sufficient for most people. @table @code @item gnus-treat-buttonize (t, integer) @item gnus-treat-buttonize-head (head) @xref{Article Buttons}. @item gnus-treat-capitalize-sentences (t, integer) @item gnus-treat-overstrike (t, integer) @item gnus-treat-strip-cr (t, integer) @item gnus-treat-strip-headers-in-body (t, integer) @item gnus-treat-strip-leading-blank-lines (t, first, integer) @item gnus-treat-strip-multiple-blank-lines (t, integer) @item gnus-treat-strip-pem (t, last, integer) @item gnus-treat-strip-trailing-blank-lines (t, last, integer) @item gnus-treat-unsplit-urls (t, integer) @item gnus-treat-wash-html (t, integer) @xref{Article Washing}. @item gnus-treat-date-english (head) @item gnus-treat-date-iso8601 (head) @item gnus-treat-date-lapsed (head) @item gnus-treat-date-local (head) @item gnus-treat-date-original (head) @item gnus-treat-date-user-defined (head) @item gnus-treat-date-ut (head) @xref{Article Date}. @item gnus-treat-from-picon (head) @item gnus-treat-mail-picon (head) @item gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon (head) @xref{Picons}. @item gnus-treat-from-gravatar (head) @item gnus-treat-mail-gravatar (head) @xref{Gravatars}. @item gnus-treat-display-smileys (t, integer) @item gnus-treat-body-boundary (head) @vindex gnus-body-boundary-delimiter Adds a delimiter between header and body, the string used as delimiter is controlled by @code{gnus-body-boundary-delimiter}. @xref{Smileys}. @vindex gnus-treat-display-x-face @item gnus-treat-display-x-face (head) @xref{X-Face}. @vindex gnus-treat-display-face @item gnus-treat-display-face (head) @xref{Face}. @vindex gnus-treat-emphasize @item gnus-treat-emphasize (t, head, integer) @vindex gnus-treat-fill-article @item gnus-treat-fill-article (t, integer) @vindex gnus-treat-fill-long-lines @item gnus-treat-fill-long-lines (t, integer) @vindex gnus-treat-hide-boring-headers @item gnus-treat-hide-boring-headers (head) @vindex gnus-treat-hide-citation @item gnus-treat-hide-citation (t, integer) @vindex gnus-treat-hide-citation-maybe @item gnus-treat-hide-citation-maybe (t, integer) @vindex gnus-treat-hide-headers @item gnus-treat-hide-headers (head) @vindex gnus-treat-hide-signature @item gnus-treat-hide-signature (t, last) @vindex gnus-treat-strip-banner @item gnus-treat-strip-banner (t, last) @vindex gnus-treat-strip-list-identifiers @item gnus-treat-strip-list-identifiers (head) @xref{Article Hiding}. @vindex gnus-treat-highlight-citation @item gnus-treat-highlight-citation (t, integer) @vindex gnus-treat-highlight-headers @item gnus-treat-highlight-headers (head) @vindex gnus-treat-highlight-signature @item gnus-treat-highlight-signature (t, last, integer) @xref{Article Highlighting}. @vindex gnus-treat-play-sounds @item gnus-treat-play-sounds @item gnus-treat-ansi-sequences (t) @vindex gnus-treat-x-pgp-sig @item gnus-treat-x-pgp-sig (head) @vindex gnus-treat-unfold-headers @item gnus-treat-unfold-headers (head) @vindex gnus-treat-fold-headers @item gnus-treat-fold-headers (head) @vindex gnus-treat-fold-newsgroups @item gnus-treat-fold-newsgroups (head) @vindex gnus-treat-leading-whitespace @item gnus-treat-leading-whitespace (head) @xref{Article Header}. @end table @vindex gnus-part-display-hook You can, of course, write your own functions to be called from @code{gnus-part-display-hook}. The functions are called narrowed to the part, and you can do anything you like, pretty much. There is no information that you have to keep in the buffer---you can change everything. @node Article Keymap @section Article Keymap Most of the keystrokes in the summary buffer can also be used in the article buffer. They should behave as if you typed them in the summary buffer, which means that you don't actually have to have a summary buffer displayed while reading. You can do it all from the article buffer. @kindex v (Article) @cindex keys, reserved for users (Article) The key @kbd{v} is reserved for users. You can bind it to some command or better use it as a prefix key. A few additional keystrokes are available: @table @kbd @item SPACE @kindex SPACE (Article) @findex gnus-article-next-page Scroll forwards one page (@code{gnus-article-next-page}). This is exactly the same as @kbd{h SPACE h}. @item DEL @kindex DEL (Article) @findex gnus-article-prev-page Scroll backwards one page (@code{gnus-article-prev-page}). This is exactly the same as @kbd{h DEL h}. @item C-c ^ @kindex C-c ^ (Article) @findex gnus-article-refer-article If point is in the neighborhood of a @code{Message-ID} and you press @kbd{C-c ^}, Gnus will try to get that article from the server (@code{gnus-article-refer-article}). @item C-c C-m @kindex C-c C-m (Article) @findex gnus-article-mail Send a reply to the address near point (@code{gnus-article-mail}). If given a prefix, include the mail. @item s @kindex s (Article) @findex gnus-article-show-summary Reconfigure the buffers so that the summary buffer becomes visible (@code{gnus-article-show-summary}). @item ? @kindex ? (Article) @findex gnus-article-describe-briefly Give a very brief description of the available keystrokes (@code{gnus-article-describe-briefly}). @item TAB @kindex TAB (Article) @findex gnus-article-next-button Go to the next button, if any (@code{gnus-article-next-button}). This only makes sense if you have buttonizing turned on. @item M-TAB @kindex M-TAB (Article) @findex gnus-article-prev-button Go to the previous button, if any (@code{gnus-article-prev-button}). @item R @kindex R (Article) @findex gnus-article-reply-with-original Send a reply to the current article and yank the current article (@code{gnus-article-reply-with-original}). If the region is active, only yank the text in the region. @item S W @kindex S W (Article) @findex gnus-article-wide-reply-with-original Send a wide reply to the current article and yank the current article (@code{gnus-article-wide-reply-with-original}). If the region is active, only yank the text in the region. @item F @kindex F (Article) @findex gnus-article-followup-with-original Send a followup to the current article and yank the current article (@code{gnus-article-followup-with-original}). If the region is active, only yank the text in the region. @end table @node Misc Article @section Misc Article @table @code @item gnus-single-article-buffer @vindex gnus-single-article-buffer @cindex article buffers, several If non-@code{nil}, use the same article buffer for all the groups. (This is the default.) If @code{nil}, each group will have its own article buffer. @item gnus-widen-article-window @cindex gnus-widen-article-window If non-@code{nil}, selecting the article buffer with the @kbd{h} command will ``widen'' the article window to take the entire frame. @vindex gnus-article-decode-hook @item gnus-article-decode-hook @cindex @acronym{MIME} Hook used to decode @acronym{MIME} articles. The default value is @code{(article-decode-charset article-decode-encoded-words)} @vindex gnus-article-prepare-hook @item gnus-article-prepare-hook This hook is called right after the article has been inserted into the article buffer. It is mainly intended for functions that do something depending on the contents; it should probably not be used for changing the contents of the article buffer. @item gnus-article-mode-hook @vindex gnus-article-mode-hook Hook called in article mode buffers. @item gnus-article-mode-syntax-table @vindex gnus-article-mode-syntax-table Syntax table used in article buffers. It is initialized from @code{text-mode-syntax-table}. @vindex gnus-article-over-scroll @item gnus-article-over-scroll If non-@code{nil}, allow scrolling the article buffer even when there no more new text to scroll in. The default is @code{nil}. @vindex gnus-article-mode-line-format @item gnus-article-mode-line-format This variable is a format string along the same lines as @code{gnus-summary-mode-line-format} (@pxref{Summary Buffer Mode Line}). It accepts the same format specifications as that variable, with two extensions: @table @samp @item w The @dfn{wash status} of the article. This is a short string with one character for each possible article wash operation that may have been performed. The characters and their meaning: @table @samp @item c Displayed when cited text may be hidden in the article buffer. @item h Displayed when headers are hidden in the article buffer. @item p Displayed when article is digitally signed or encrypted, and Gnus has hidden the security headers. (N.B. does not tell anything about security status, i.e. good or bad signature.) @item s Displayed when the signature has been hidden in the Article buffer. @item o Displayed when Gnus has treated overstrike characters in the article buffer. @item e Displayed when Gnus has treated emphasized strings in the article buffer. @end table @item m The number of @acronym{MIME} parts in the article. @end table @vindex gnus-break-pages @item gnus-break-pages Controls whether @dfn{page breaking} is to take place. If this variable is non-@code{nil}, the articles will be divided into pages whenever a page delimiter appears in the article. If this variable is @code{nil}, paging will not be done. @item gnus-page-delimiter @vindex gnus-page-delimiter This is the delimiter mentioned above. By default, it is @samp{^L} (formfeed). @cindex IDNA @cindex internationalized domain names @vindex gnus-use-idna @item gnus-use-idna This variable controls whether Gnus performs IDNA decoding of internationalized domain names inside @samp{From}, @samp{To} and @samp{Cc} headers. @xref{IDNA, ,IDNA,message, The Message Manual}, for how to compose such messages. This requires @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/libidn/, GNU Libidn}, and this variable is only enabled if you have installed it. @vindex gnus-inhibit-images @item gnus-inhibit-images If this is non-@code{nil}, inhibit displaying of images inline in the article body. It is effective to images that are in articles as @acronym{MIME} parts, and images in @acronym{HTML} articles rendered when @code{mm-text-html-renderer} (@pxref{Display Customization, ,Display Customization, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}) is @code{shr} or @code{gnus-w3m}. @end table @node Composing Messages @chapter Composing Messages @cindex composing messages @cindex messages @cindex mail @cindex sending mail @cindex reply @cindex followup @cindex post @cindex using gpg @cindex using s/mime @cindex using smime @kindex C-c C-c (Post) All commands for posting and mailing will put you in a message buffer where you can edit the article all you like, before you send the article by pressing @kbd{C-c C-c}. @xref{Top, , Overview, message, Message Manual}. Where the message will be posted/mailed to depends on your setup (@pxref{Posting Server}). @menu * Mail:: Mailing and replying. * Posting Server:: What server should you post and mail via? * POP before SMTP:: You cannot send a mail unless you read a mail. * Mail and Post:: Mailing and posting at the same time. * Archived Messages:: Where Gnus stores the messages you've sent. * Posting Styles:: An easier way to specify who you are. * Drafts:: Postponing messages and rejected messages. * Rejected Articles:: What happens if the server doesn't like your article? * Signing and encrypting:: How to compose secure messages. @end menu Also @pxref{Canceling and Superseding} for information on how to remove articles you shouldn't have posted. @node Mail @section Mail Variables for customizing outgoing mail: @table @code @item gnus-uu-digest-headers @vindex gnus-uu-digest-headers List of regexps to match headers included in digested messages. The headers will be included in the sequence they are matched. If @code{nil} include all headers. @item gnus-add-to-list @vindex gnus-add-to-list If non-@code{nil}, add a @code{to-list} group parameter to mail groups that have none when you do a @kbd{a}. @item gnus-confirm-mail-reply-to-news @vindex gnus-confirm-mail-reply-to-news If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will ask you for a confirmation when you are about to reply to news articles by mail. If it is @code{nil}, nothing interferes in what you want to do. This can also be a function receiving the group name as the only parameter which should return non-@code{nil} if a confirmation is needed, or a regular expression matching group names, where confirmation should be asked for. If you find yourself never wanting to reply to mail, but occasionally press @kbd{R} anyway, this variable might be for you. @item gnus-confirm-treat-mail-like-news @vindex gnus-confirm-treat-mail-like-news If non-@code{nil}, Gnus also requests confirmation according to @code{gnus-confirm-mail-reply-to-news} when replying to mail. This is useful for treating mailing lists like newsgroups. @end table @node Posting Server @section Posting Server When you press those magical @kbd{C-c C-c} keys to ship off your latest (extremely intelligent, of course) article, where does it go? Thank you for asking. I hate you. It can be quite complicated. @vindex gnus-post-method When posting news, Message usually invokes @code{message-send-news} (@pxref{News Variables, , News Variables, message, Message Manual}). Normally, Gnus will post using the same select method as you're reading from (which might be convenient if you're reading lots of groups from different private servers). However. If the server you're reading from doesn't allow posting, just reading, you probably want to use some other server to post your (extremely intelligent and fabulously interesting) articles. You can then set the @code{gnus-post-method} to some other method: @lisp (setq gnus-post-method '(nnspool "")) @end lisp Now, if you've done this, and then this server rejects your article, or this server is down, what do you do then? To override this variable you can use a non-zero prefix to the @kbd{C-c C-c} command to force using the ``current'' server, to get back the default behavior, for posting. If you give a zero prefix (i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 C-c C-c}) to that command, Gnus will prompt you for what method to use for posting. You can also set @code{gnus-post-method} to a list of select methods. If that's the case, Gnus will always prompt you for what method to use for posting. Finally, if you want to always post using the native select method, you can set this variable to @code{native}. @vindex message-send-mail-function When sending mail, Message invokes the function specified by the variable @code{message-send-mail-function}. Gnus tries to set it to a value suitable for your system. @xref{Mail Variables, ,Mail Variables,message,Message manual}, for more information. @node POP before SMTP @section POP before SMTP @cindex pop before smtp @findex message-smtpmail-send-it @findex mail-source-touch-pop Does your @acronym{ISP} require the @acronym{POP}-before-@acronym{SMTP} authentication? It is whether you need to connect to the @acronym{POP} mail server within a certain time before sending mails. If so, there is a convenient way. To do that, put the following lines in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (setq message-send-mail-function 'message-smtpmail-send-it) (add-hook 'message-send-mail-hook 'mail-source-touch-pop) @end lisp @noindent It means to let Gnus connect to the @acronym{POP} mail server in advance whenever you send a mail. The @code{mail-source-touch-pop} function does only a @acronym{POP} authentication according to the value of @code{mail-sources} without fetching mails, just before sending a mail. Note that you have to use @code{message-smtpmail-send-it} which runs @code{message-send-mail-hook} rather than @code{smtpmail-send-it} and set the value of @code{mail-sources} for a @acronym{POP} connection correctly. @xref{Mail Sources}. If you have two or more @acronym{POP} mail servers set in @code{mail-sources}, you may want to specify one of them to @code{mail-source-primary-source} as the @acronym{POP} mail server to be used for the @acronym{POP}-before-@acronym{SMTP} authentication. If it is your primary @acronym{POP} mail server (i.e., you are fetching mails mainly from that server), you can set it permanently as follows: @lisp (setq mail-source-primary-source '(pop :server "pop3.mail.server" :password "secret")) @end lisp @noindent Otherwise, bind it dynamically only when performing the @acronym{POP}-before-@acronym{SMTP} authentication as follows: @lisp (add-hook 'message-send-mail-hook (lambda () (let ((mail-source-primary-source '(pop :server "pop3.mail.server" :password "secret"))) (mail-source-touch-pop)))) @end lisp @node Mail and Post @section Mail and Post Here's a list of variables relevant to both mailing and posting: @table @code @item gnus-mailing-list-groups @findex gnus-mailing-list-groups @cindex mailing lists If your news server offers groups that are really mailing lists gatewayed to the @acronym{NNTP} server, you can read those groups without problems, but you can't post/followup to them without some difficulty. One solution is to add a @code{to-address} to the group parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}). An easier thing to do is set the @code{gnus-mailing-list-groups} to a regexp that matches the groups that really are mailing lists. Then, at least, followups to the mailing lists will work most of the time. Posting to these groups (@kbd{a}) is still a pain, though. @item gnus-user-agent @vindex gnus-user-agent @cindex User-Agent This variable controls which information should be exposed in the User-Agent header. It can be a list of symbols or a string. Valid symbols are @code{gnus} (show Gnus version) and @code{emacs} (show Emacs version). In addition to the Emacs version, you can add @code{codename} (show (S)XEmacs codename) or either @code{config} (show system configuration) or @code{type} (show system type). If you set it to a string, be sure to use a valid format, see RFC 2616. @end table You may want to do spell-checking on messages that you send out. Or, if you don't want to spell-check by hand, you could add automatic spell-checking via the @code{ispell} package: @cindex ispell @findex ispell-message @lisp (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) @end lisp If you want to change the @code{ispell} dictionary based on what group you're in, you could say something like the following: @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-select-group-hook (lambda () (cond ((string-match "^de\\." (gnus-group-real-name gnus-newsgroup-name)) (ispell-change-dictionary "deutsch")) (t (ispell-change-dictionary "english"))))) @end lisp Modify to suit your needs. @vindex gnus-message-highlight-citation If @code{gnus-message-highlight-citation} is t, different levels of citations are highlighted like in Gnus article buffers also in message mode buffers. @node Archived Messages @section Archived Messages @cindex archived messages @cindex sent messages Gnus provides a few different methods for storing the mail and news you send. The default method is to use the @dfn{archive virtual server} to store the messages. If you want to disable this completely, the @code{gnus-message-archive-group} variable should be @code{nil}, which is the default. For archiving interesting messages in a group you read, see the @kbd{B c} (@code{gnus-summary-copy-article}) command (@pxref{Mail Group Commands}). @vindex gnus-message-archive-method @code{gnus-message-archive-method} says what virtual server Gnus is to use to store sent messages. The default is @code{"archive"}, and when actually being used it is expanded into: @lisp (nnfolder "archive" (nnfolder-directory "~/Mail/archive") (nnfolder-active-file "~/Mail/archive/active") (nnfolder-get-new-mail nil) (nnfolder-inhibit-expiry t)) @end lisp @quotation @vindex gnus-update-message-archive-method Note: a server like this is saved in the @file{~/.newsrc.eld} file first so that it may be used as a real method of the server which is named @code{"archive"} (that is, for the case where @code{gnus-message-archive-method} is set to @code{"archive"}) ever since. If it once has been saved, it will never be updated by default even if you change the value of @code{gnus-message-archive-method} afterward. Therefore, the server @code{"archive"} doesn't necessarily mean the @code{nnfolder} server like this at all times. If you want the saved method to reflect always the value of @code{gnus-message-archive-method}, set the @code{gnus-update-message-archive-method} variable to a non-@code{nil} value. The default value of this variable is @code{nil}. @end quotation You can, however, use any mail select method (@code{nnml}, @code{nnmbox}, etc.). @code{nnfolder} is a quite likable select method for doing this sort of thing, though. If you don't like the default directory chosen, you could say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-message-archive-method '(nnfolder "archive" (nnfolder-inhibit-expiry t) (nnfolder-active-file "~/News/sent-mail/active") (nnfolder-directory "~/News/sent-mail/"))) @end lisp @vindex gnus-message-archive-group @cindex Gcc Gnus will insert @code{Gcc} headers in all outgoing messages that point to one or more group(s) on that server. Which group to use is determined by the @code{gnus-message-archive-group} variable. This variable can be used to do the following: @table @asis @item a string Messages will be saved in that group. Note that you can include a select method in the group name, then the message will not be stored in the select method given by @code{gnus-message-archive-method}, but in the select method specified by the group name, instead. Suppose @code{gnus-message-archive-method} has the default value shown above. Then setting @code{gnus-message-archive-group} to @code{"foo"} means that outgoing messages are stored in @samp{nnfolder+archive:foo}, but if you use the value @code{"nnml:foo"}, then outgoing messages will be stored in @samp{nnml:foo}. @item a list of strings Messages will be saved in all those groups. @item an alist of regexps, functions and forms When a key ``matches'', the result is used. @item @code{nil} No message archiving will take place. This is the default. @end table Let's illustrate: Just saving to a single group called @samp{MisK}: @lisp (setq gnus-message-archive-group "MisK") @end lisp Saving to two groups, @samp{MisK} and @samp{safe}: @lisp (setq gnus-message-archive-group '("MisK" "safe")) @end lisp Save to different groups based on what group you are in: @lisp (setq gnus-message-archive-group '(("^alt" "sent-to-alt") ("mail" "sent-to-mail") (".*" "sent-to-misc"))) @end lisp More complex stuff: @lisp (setq gnus-message-archive-group '((if (message-news-p) "misc-news" "misc-mail"))) @end lisp How about storing all news messages in one file, but storing all mail messages in one file per month: @lisp (setq gnus-message-archive-group '((if (message-news-p) "misc-news" (concat "mail." (format-time-string "%Y-%m"))))) @end lisp Now, when you send a message off, it will be stored in the appropriate group. (If you want to disable storing for just one particular message, you can just remove the @code{Gcc} header that has been inserted.) The archive group will appear in the group buffer the next time you start Gnus, or the next time you press @kbd{F} in the group buffer. You can enter it and read the articles in it just like you'd read any other group. If the group gets really big and annoying, you can simply rename if (using @kbd{G r} in the group buffer) to something nice---@samp{misc-mail-september-1995}, or whatever. New messages will continue to be stored in the old (now empty) group. @table @code @item gnus-gcc-mark-as-read @vindex gnus-gcc-mark-as-read If non-@code{nil}, automatically mark @code{Gcc} articles as read. @item gnus-gcc-externalize-attachments @vindex gnus-gcc-externalize-attachments If @code{nil}, attach files as normal parts in Gcc copies; if a regexp and matches the Gcc group name, attach files as external parts; if it is @code{all}, attach local files as external parts; if it is other non-@code{nil}, the behavior is the same as @code{all}, but it may be changed in the future. @end table @node Posting Styles @section Posting Styles @cindex posting styles @cindex styles All them variables, they make my head swim. So what if you want a different @code{Organization} and signature based on what groups you post to? And you post both from your home machine and your work machine, and you want different @code{From} lines, and so on? @vindex gnus-posting-styles One way to do stuff like that is to write clever hooks that change the variables you need to have changed. That's a bit boring, so somebody came up with the bright idea of letting the user specify these things in a handy alist. Here's an example of a @code{gnus-posting-styles} variable: @lisp ((".*" (signature "Peace and happiness") (organization "What me?")) ("^comp" (signature "Death to everybody")) ("comp.emacs.i-love-it" (organization "Emacs is it"))) @end lisp As you might surmise from this example, this alist consists of several @dfn{styles}. Each style will be applicable if the first element ``matches'', in some form or other. The entire alist will be iterated over, from the beginning towards the end, and each match will be applied, which means that attributes in later styles that match override the same attributes in earlier matching styles. So @samp{comp.programming.literate} will have the @samp{Death to everybody} signature and the @samp{What me?} @code{Organization} header. The first element in each style is called the @code{match}. If it's a string, then Gnus will try to regexp match it against the group name. If it is the form @code{(header @var{match} @var{regexp})}, then Gnus will look in the original article for a header whose name is @var{match} and compare that @var{regexp}. @var{match} and @var{regexp} are strings. (The original article is the one you are replying or following up to. If you are not composing a reply or a followup, then there is nothing to match against.) If the @code{match} is a function symbol, that function will be called with no arguments. If it's a variable symbol, then the variable will be referenced. If it's a list, then that list will be @code{eval}ed. In any case, if this returns a non-@code{nil} value, then the style is said to @dfn{match}. Each style may contain an arbitrary amount of @dfn{attributes}. Each attribute consists of a @code{(@var{name} @var{value})} pair. In addition, you can also use the @code{(@var{name} :file @var{value})} form or the @code{(@var{name} :value @var{value})} form. Where @code{:file} signifies @var{value} represents a file name and its contents should be used as the attribute value, @code{:value} signifies @var{value} does not represent a file name explicitly. The attribute name can be one of: @itemize @bullet @item @code{signature} @item @code{signature-file} @item @code{x-face-file} @item @code{address}, overriding @code{user-mail-address} @item @code{name}, overriding @code{(user-full-name)} @item @code{body} @end itemize Note that the @code{signature-file} attribute honors the variable @code{message-signature-directory}. The attribute name can also be a string or a symbol. In that case, this will be used as a header name, and the value will be inserted in the headers of the article; if the value is @code{nil}, the header name will be removed. If the attribute name is @code{eval}, the form is evaluated, and the result is thrown away. The attribute value can be a string, a function with zero arguments (the return value will be used), a variable (its value will be used) or a list (it will be @code{eval}ed and the return value will be used). The functions and sexps are called/@code{eval}ed in the message buffer that is being set up. The headers of the current article are available through the @code{message-reply-headers} variable, which is a vector of the following headers: number subject from date id references chars lines xref extra. In the case of a string value, if the @code{match} is a regular expression, a @samp{gnus-match-substitute-replacement} is proceed on the value to replace the positional parameters @samp{\@var{n}} by the corresponding parenthetical matches (see @xref{Replacing the Text that Matched, , Text Replacement, elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.) @vindex message-reply-headers If you wish to check whether the message you are about to compose is meant to be a news article or a mail message, you can check the values of the @code{message-news-p} and @code{message-mail-p} functions. @findex message-mail-p @findex message-news-p So here's a new example: @lisp (setq gnus-posting-styles '((".*" (signature-file "~/.signature") (name "User Name") (x-face-file "~/.xface") (x-url (getenv "WWW_HOME")) (organization "People's Front Against MWM")) ("^rec.humor" (signature my-funny-signature-randomizer)) ((equal (system-name) "gnarly") ;; @r{A form} (signature my-quote-randomizer)) (message-news-p ;; @r{A function symbol} (signature my-news-signature)) (window-system ;; @r{A value symbol} ("X-Window-System" (format "%s" window-system))) ;; @r{If I'm replying to Larsi, set the Organization header.} ((header "from" "larsi.*org") (Organization "Somewhere, Inc.")) ((posting-from-work-p) ;; @r{A user defined function} (signature-file "~/.work-signature") (address "user@@bar.foo") (body "You are fired.\n\nSincerely, your boss.") (organization "Important Work, Inc")) ("nnml:.*" (From (with-current-buffer gnus-article-buffer (message-fetch-field "to")))) ("^nn.+:" (signature-file "~/.mail-signature")))) @end lisp The @samp{nnml:.*} rule means that you use the @code{To} address as the @code{From} address in all your outgoing replies, which might be handy if you fill many roles. You may also use @code{message-alternative-emails} instead. @xref{Message Headers, ,Message Headers, message, Message Manual}. @node Drafts @section Drafts @cindex drafts If you are writing a message (mail or news) and suddenly remember that you have a steak in the oven (or some pesto in the food processor, you craaazy vegetarians), you'll probably wish there was a method to save the message you are writing so that you can continue editing it some other day, and send it when you feel its finished. Well, don't worry about it. Whenever you start composing a message of some sort using the Gnus mail and post commands, the buffer you get will automatically associate to an article in a special @dfn{draft} group. If you save the buffer the normal way (@kbd{C-x C-s}, for instance), the article will be saved there. (Auto-save files also go to the draft group.) @cindex nndraft @vindex nndraft-directory The draft group is a special group (which is implemented as an @code{nndraft} group, if you absolutely have to know) called @samp{nndraft:drafts}. The variable @code{nndraft-directory} says where @code{nndraft} is to store its files. What makes this group special is that you can't tick any articles in it or mark any articles as read---all articles in the group are permanently unread. If the group doesn't exist, it will be created and you'll be subscribed to it. The only way to make it disappear from the Group buffer is to unsubscribe it. The special properties of the draft group comes from a group property (@pxref{Group Parameters}), and if lost the group behaves like any other group. This means the commands below will not be available. To restore the special properties of the group, the simplest way is to kill the group, using @kbd{C-k}, and restart Gnus. The group is automatically created again with the correct parameters. The content of the group is not lost. @c @findex gnus-dissociate-buffer-from-draft @c @kindex C-c M-d (Mail) @c @kindex C-c M-d (Post) @c @findex gnus-associate-buffer-with-draft @c @kindex C-c C-d (Mail) @c @kindex C-c C-d (Post) @c If you're writing some super-secret message that you later want to @c encode with PGP before sending, you may wish to turn the auto-saving @c (and association with the draft group) off. You never know who might be @c interested in reading all your extremely valuable and terribly horrible @c and interesting secrets. The @kbd{C-c M-d} @c (@code{gnus-dissociate-buffer-from-draft}) command does that for you. @c If you change your mind and want to turn the auto-saving back on again, @c @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{gnus-associate-buffer-with-draft} does that. @c @c @vindex gnus-use-draft @c To leave association with the draft group off by default, set @c @code{gnus-use-draft} to @code{nil}. It is @code{t} by default. @findex gnus-draft-edit-message @kindex D e (Draft) When you want to continue editing the article, you simply enter the draft group and push @kbd{D e} (@code{gnus-draft-edit-message}) to do that. You will be placed in a buffer where you left off. Rejected articles will also be put in this draft group (@pxref{Rejected Articles}). @findex gnus-draft-send-all-messages @kindex D s (Draft) @findex gnus-draft-send-message @kindex D S (Draft) If you have lots of rejected messages you want to post (or mail) without doing further editing, you can use the @kbd{D s} command (@code{gnus-draft-send-message}). This command understands the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). The @kbd{D S} command (@code{gnus-draft-send-all-messages}) will ship off all messages in the buffer. @findex gnus-draft-toggle-sending @kindex D t (Draft) If you have some messages that you wish not to send, you can use the @kbd{D t} (@code{gnus-draft-toggle-sending}) command to mark the message as unsendable. This is a toggling command. Finally, if you want to delete a draft, use the normal @kbd{B DEL} command (@pxref{Mail Group Commands}). @node Rejected Articles @section Rejected Articles @cindex rejected articles Sometimes a news server will reject an article. Perhaps the server doesn't like your face. Perhaps it just feels miserable. Perhaps @emph{there be demons}. Perhaps you have included too much cited text. Perhaps the disk is full. Perhaps the server is down. These situations are, of course, totally beyond the control of Gnus. (Gnus, of course, loves the way you look, always feels great, has angels fluttering around inside of it, doesn't care about how much cited text you include, never runs full and never goes down.) So Gnus saves these articles until some later time when the server feels better. The rejected articles will automatically be put in a special draft group (@pxref{Drafts}). When the server comes back up again, you'd then typically enter that group and send all the articles off. @node Signing and encrypting @section Signing and encrypting @cindex using gpg @cindex using s/mime @cindex using smime Gnus can digitally sign and encrypt your messages, using vanilla @acronym{PGP} format or @acronym{PGP/MIME} or @acronym{S/MIME}. For decoding such messages, see the @code{mm-verify-option} and @code{mm-decrypt-option} options (@pxref{Security}). @vindex gnus-message-replysign @vindex gnus-message-replyencrypt @vindex gnus-message-replysignencrypted Often, you would like to sign replies to people who send you signed messages. Even more often, you might want to encrypt messages which are in reply to encrypted messages. Gnus offers @code{gnus-message-replysign} to enable the former, and @code{gnus-message-replyencrypt} for the latter. In addition, setting @code{gnus-message-replysignencrypted} (on by default) will sign automatically encrypted messages. Instructing @acronym{MML} to perform security operations on a @acronym{MIME} part is done using the @kbd{C-c C-m s} key map for signing and the @kbd{C-c C-m c} key map for encryption, as follows. @table @kbd @item C-c C-m s s @kindex C-c C-m s s (Message) @findex mml-secure-message-sign-smime Digitally sign current message using @acronym{S/MIME}. @item C-c C-m s o @kindex C-c C-m s o (Message) @findex mml-secure-message-sign-pgp Digitally sign current message using @acronym{PGP}. @item C-c C-m s p @kindex C-c C-m s p (Message) @findex mml-secure-message-sign-pgp Digitally sign current message using @acronym{PGP/MIME}. @item C-c C-m c s @kindex C-c C-m c s (Message) @findex mml-secure-message-encrypt-smime Digitally encrypt current message using @acronym{S/MIME}. @item C-c C-m c o @kindex C-c C-m c o (Message) @findex mml-secure-message-encrypt-pgp Digitally encrypt current message using @acronym{PGP}. @item C-c C-m c p @kindex C-c C-m c p (Message) @findex mml-secure-message-encrypt-pgpmime Digitally encrypt current message using @acronym{PGP/MIME}. @item C-c C-m C-n @kindex C-c C-m C-n (Message) @findex mml-unsecure-message Remove security related @acronym{MML} tags from message. @end table @xref{Security, ,Security, message, Message Manual}, for more information. @node Select Methods @chapter Select Methods @cindex foreign groups @cindex select methods A @dfn{foreign group} is a group not read by the usual (or default) means. It could be, for instance, a group from a different @acronym{NNTP} server, it could be a virtual group, or it could be your own personal mail group. A foreign group (or any group, really) is specified by a @dfn{name} and a @dfn{select method}. To take the latter first, a select method is a list where the first element says what back end to use (e.g. @code{nntp}, @code{nnspool}, @code{nnml}) and the second element is the @dfn{server name}. There may be additional elements in the select method, where the value may have special meaning for the back end in question. One could say that a select method defines a @dfn{virtual server}---so we do just that (@pxref{Server Buffer}). The @dfn{name} of the group is the name the back end will recognize the group as. For instance, the group @samp{soc.motss} on the @acronym{NNTP} server @samp{some.where.edu} will have the name @samp{soc.motss} and select method @code{(nntp "some.where.edu")}. Gnus will call this group @samp{nntp+some.where.edu:soc.motss}, even though the @code{nntp} back end just knows this group as @samp{soc.motss}. The different methods all have their peculiarities, of course. @menu * Server Buffer:: Making and editing virtual servers. * Getting News:: Reading USENET news with Gnus. * Using IMAP:: Reading mail from @acronym{IMAP}. * Getting Mail:: Reading your personal mail with Gnus. * Browsing the Web:: Getting messages from a plethora of Web sources. * Other Sources:: Reading directories, files. * Combined Groups:: Combining groups into one group. * Email Based Diary:: Using mails to manage diary events in Gnus. * Gnus Unplugged:: Reading news and mail offline. @end menu @node Server Buffer @section Server Buffer Traditionally, a @dfn{server} is a machine or a piece of software that one connects to, and then requests information from. Gnus does not connect directly to any real servers, but does all transactions through one back end or other. But that's just putting one layer more between the actual media and Gnus, so we might just as well say that each back end represents a virtual server. For instance, the @code{nntp} back end may be used to connect to several different actual @acronym{NNTP} servers, or, perhaps, to many different ports on the same actual @acronym{NNTP} server. You tell Gnus which back end to use, and what parameters to set by specifying a @dfn{select method}. These select method specifications can sometimes become quite complicated---say, for instance, that you want to read from the @acronym{NNTP} server @samp{news.funet.fi} on port number 13, which hangs if queried for @acronym{NOV} headers and has a buggy select. Ahem. Anyway, if you had to specify that for each group that used this server, that would be too much work, so Gnus offers a way of naming select methods, which is what you do in the server buffer. To enter the server buffer, use the @kbd{^} (@code{gnus-group-enter-server-mode}) command in the group buffer. @menu * Server Buffer Format:: You can customize the look of this buffer. * Server Commands:: Commands to manipulate servers. * Example Methods:: Examples server specifications. * Creating a Virtual Server:: An example session. * Server Variables:: Which variables to set. * Servers and Methods:: You can use server names as select methods. * Unavailable Servers:: Some servers you try to contact may be down. @end menu @vindex gnus-server-mode-hook @code{gnus-server-mode-hook} is run when creating the server buffer. @node Server Buffer Format @subsection Server Buffer Format @cindex server buffer format @vindex gnus-server-line-format You can change the look of the server buffer lines by changing the @code{gnus-server-line-format} variable. This is a @code{format}-like variable, with some simple extensions: @table @samp @item h How the news is fetched---the back end name. @item n The name of this server. @item w Where the news is to be fetched from---the address. @item s The opened/closed/denied status of the server. @item a Whether this server is agentized. @end table @vindex gnus-server-mode-line-format The mode line can also be customized by using the @code{gnus-server-mode-line-format} variable (@pxref{Mode Line Formatting}). The following specs are understood: @table @samp @item S Server name. @item M Server method. @end table Also @pxref{Formatting Variables}. @node Server Commands @subsection Server Commands @cindex server commands @table @kbd @item v @kindex v (Server) @cindex keys, reserved for users (Server) The key @kbd{v} is reserved for users. You can bind it to some command or better use it as a prefix key. @item a @kindex a (Server) @findex gnus-server-add-server Add a new server (@code{gnus-server-add-server}). @item e @kindex e (Server) @findex gnus-server-edit-server Edit a server (@code{gnus-server-edit-server}). @item S @kindex S (Server) @findex gnus-server-show-server Show the definition of a server (@code{gnus-server-show-server}). @item SPACE @kindex SPACE (Server) @findex gnus-server-read-server Browse the current server (@code{gnus-server-read-server}). @item q @kindex q (Server) @findex gnus-server-exit Return to the group buffer (@code{gnus-server-exit}). @item k @kindex k (Server) @findex gnus-server-kill-server Kill the current server (@code{gnus-server-kill-server}). @item y @kindex y (Server) @findex gnus-server-yank-server Yank the previously killed server (@code{gnus-server-yank-server}). @item c @kindex c (Server) @findex gnus-server-copy-server Copy the current server (@code{gnus-server-copy-server}). @item l @kindex l (Server) @findex gnus-server-list-servers List all servers (@code{gnus-server-list-servers}). @item s @kindex s (Server) @findex gnus-server-scan-server Request that the server scan its sources for new articles (@code{gnus-server-scan-server}). This is mainly sensible with mail servers. @item g @kindex g (Server) @findex gnus-server-regenerate-server Request that the server regenerate all its data structures (@code{gnus-server-regenerate-server}). This can be useful if you have a mail back end that has gotten out of sync. @item z @kindex z (Server) @findex gnus-server-compact-server Compact all groups in the server under point (@code{gnus-server-compact-server}). Currently implemented only in nnml (@pxref{Mail Spool}). This removes gaps between article numbers, hence getting a correct total article count. @end table Some more commands for closing, disabling, and re-opening servers are listed in @ref{Unavailable Servers}. @node Example Methods @subsection Example Methods Most select methods are pretty simple and self-explanatory: @lisp (nntp "news.funet.fi") @end lisp Reading directly from the spool is even simpler: @lisp (nnspool "") @end lisp As you can see, the first element in a select method is the name of the back end, and the second is the @dfn{address}, or @dfn{name}, if you will. After these two elements, there may be an arbitrary number of @code{(@var{variable} @var{form})} pairs. To go back to the first example---imagine that you want to read from port 15 on that machine. This is what the select method should look like then: @lisp (nntp "news.funet.fi" (nntp-port-number 15)) @end lisp You should read the documentation to each back end to find out what variables are relevant, but here's an @code{nnmh} example: @code{nnmh} is a mail back end that reads a spool-like structure. Say you have two structures that you wish to access: One is your private mail spool, and the other is a public one. Here's the possible spec for your private mail: @lisp (nnmh "private" (nnmh-directory "~/private/mail/")) @end lisp (This server is then called @samp{private}, but you may have guessed that.) Here's the method for a public spool: @lisp (nnmh "public" (nnmh-directory "/usr/information/spool/") (nnmh-get-new-mail nil)) @end lisp @cindex proxy @cindex firewall If you are behind a firewall and only have access to the @acronym{NNTP} server from the firewall machine, you can instruct Gnus to @code{rlogin} on the firewall machine and connect with @uref{http://netcat.sourceforge.net/, netcat} from there to the @acronym{NNTP} server. Doing this can be rather fiddly, but your virtual server definition should probably look something like this: @lisp (nntp "firewall" (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-netcat) (nntp-via-address "the.firewall.machine") (nntp-address "the.real.nntp.host")) @end lisp If you want to use the wonderful @code{ssh} program to provide a compressed connection over the modem line, you could add the following configuration to the example above: @lisp (nntp-via-rlogin-command "ssh") @end lisp See also @code{nntp-via-rlogin-command-switches}. Here's an example for an indirect connection: @lisp (setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "indirect" (nntp-address "news.server.example") (nntp-via-user-name "intermediate_user_name") (nntp-via-address "intermediate.host.example") (nntp-via-rlogin-command "ssh") (nntp-via-rlogin-command-switches ("-C")) (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-netcat))) @end lisp This means that you have to have set up @code{ssh-agent} correctly to provide automatic authorization, of course. If you're behind a firewall, but have direct access to the outside world through a wrapper command like "runsocks", you could open a socksified netcat connection to the news server as follows: @lisp (nntp "outside" (nntp-pre-command "runsocks") (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-netcat-stream) (nntp-address "the.news.server")) @end lisp @node Creating a Virtual Server @subsection Creating a Virtual Server If you're saving lots of articles in the cache by using persistent articles, you may want to create a virtual server to read the cache. First you need to add a new server. The @kbd{a} command does that. It would probably be best to use @code{nnml} to read the cache. You could also use @code{nnspool} or @code{nnmh}, though. Type @kbd{a nnml RET cache RET}. You should now have a brand new @code{nnml} virtual server called @samp{cache}. You now need to edit it to have the right definitions. Type @kbd{e} to edit the server. You'll be entered into a buffer that will contain the following: @lisp (nnml "cache") @end lisp Change that to: @lisp (nnml "cache" (nnml-directory "~/News/cache/") (nnml-active-file "~/News/cache/active")) @end lisp Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to return to the server buffer. If you now press @kbd{RET} over this virtual server, you should be entered into a browse buffer, and you should be able to enter any of the groups displayed. @node Server Variables @subsection Server Variables @cindex server variables @cindex server parameters One sticky point when defining variables (both on back ends and in Emacs in general) is that some variables are typically initialized from other variables when the definition of the variables is being loaded. If you change the ``base'' variable after the variables have been loaded, you won't change the ``derived'' variables. This typically affects directory and file variables. For instance, @code{nnml-directory} is @file{~/Mail/} by default, and all @code{nnml} directory variables are initialized from that variable, so @code{nnml-active-file} will be @file{~/Mail/active}. If you define a new virtual @code{nnml} server, it will @emph{not} suffice to set just @code{nnml-directory}---you have to explicitly set all the file variables to be what you want them to be. For a complete list of variables for each back end, see each back end's section later in this manual, but here's an example @code{nnml} definition: @lisp (nnml "public" (nnml-directory "~/my-mail/") (nnml-active-file "~/my-mail/active") (nnml-newsgroups-file "~/my-mail/newsgroups")) @end lisp Server variables are often called @dfn{server parameters}. @node Servers and Methods @subsection Servers and Methods Wherever you would normally use a select method (e.g. @code{gnus-secondary-select-method}, in the group select method, when browsing a foreign server) you can use a virtual server name instead. This could potentially save lots of typing. And it's nice all over. @node Unavailable Servers @subsection Unavailable Servers If a server seems to be unreachable, Gnus will mark that server as @code{denied}. That means that any subsequent attempt to make contact with that server will just be ignored. ``It can't be opened,'' Gnus will tell you, without making the least effort to see whether that is actually the case or not. That might seem quite naughty, but it does make sense most of the time. Let's say you have 10 groups subscribed to on server @samp{nephelococcygia.com}. This server is located somewhere quite far away from you and the machine is quite slow, so it takes 1 minute just to find out that it refuses connection to you today. If Gnus were to attempt to do that 10 times, you'd be quite annoyed, so Gnus won't attempt to do that. Once it has gotten a single ``connection refused'', it will regard that server as ``down''. So, what happens if the machine was only feeling unwell temporarily? How do you test to see whether the machine has come up again? You jump to the server buffer (@pxref{Server Buffer}) and poke it with the following commands: @table @kbd @item O @kindex O (Server) @findex gnus-server-open-server Try to establish connection to the server on the current line (@code{gnus-server-open-server}). @item C @kindex C (Server) @findex gnus-server-close-server Close the connection (if any) to the server (@code{gnus-server-close-server}). @item D @kindex D (Server) @findex gnus-server-deny-server Mark the current server as unreachable (@code{gnus-server-deny-server}). @item M-o @kindex M-o (Server) @findex gnus-server-open-all-servers Open the connections to all servers in the buffer (@code{gnus-server-open-all-servers}). @item M-c @kindex M-c (Server) @findex gnus-server-close-all-servers Close the connections to all servers in the buffer (@code{gnus-server-close-all-servers}). @item R @kindex R (Server) @findex gnus-server-remove-denials Remove all marks to whether Gnus was denied connection from any servers (@code{gnus-server-remove-denials}). @item c @kindex c (Server) @findex gnus-server-copy-server Copy a server and give it a new name (@code{gnus-server-copy-server}). This can be useful if you have a complex method definition, and want to use the same definition towards a different (physical) server. @item L @kindex L (Server) @findex gnus-server-offline-server Set server status to offline (@code{gnus-server-offline-server}). @end table @node Getting News @section Getting News @cindex reading news @cindex news back ends A newsreader is normally used for reading news. Gnus currently provides only two methods of getting news---it can read from an @acronym{NNTP} server, or it can read from a local spool. @menu * NNTP:: Reading news from an @acronym{NNTP} server. * News Spool:: Reading news from the local spool. @end menu @node NNTP @subsection NNTP @cindex nntp Subscribing to a foreign group from an @acronym{NNTP} server is rather easy. You just specify @code{nntp} as method and the address of the @acronym{NNTP} server as the, uhm, address. If the @acronym{NNTP} server is located at a non-standard port, setting the third element of the select method to this port number should allow you to connect to the right port. You'll have to edit the group info for that (@pxref{Foreign Groups}). The name of the foreign group can be the same as a native group. In fact, you can subscribe to the same group from as many different servers you feel like. There will be no name collisions. The following variables can be used to create a virtual @code{nntp} server: @table @code @item nntp-server-opened-hook @vindex nntp-server-opened-hook @cindex @sc{mode reader} @cindex authinfo @cindex authentication @cindex nntp authentication @findex nntp-send-authinfo @findex nntp-send-mode-reader is run after a connection has been made. It can be used to send commands to the @acronym{NNTP} server after it has been contacted. By default it sends the command @code{MODE READER} to the server with the @code{nntp-send-mode-reader} function. This function should always be present in this hook. @item nntp-authinfo-function @vindex nntp-authinfo-function @findex nntp-send-authinfo @vindex nntp-authinfo-file This function will be used to send @samp{AUTHINFO} to the @acronym{NNTP} server. The default function is @code{nntp-send-authinfo}, which looks through your @file{~/.authinfo} (or whatever you've set the @code{nntp-authinfo-file} variable to) for applicable entries. If none are found, it will prompt you for a login name and a password. The format of the @file{~/.authinfo} file is (almost) the same as the @code{ftp} @file{~/.netrc} file, which is defined in the @code{ftp} manual page, but here are the salient facts: @enumerate @item The file contains one or more line, each of which define one server. @item Each line may contain an arbitrary number of token/value pairs. The valid tokens include @samp{machine}, @samp{login}, @samp{password}, @samp{default}. In addition Gnus introduces two new tokens, not present in the original @file{.netrc}/@code{ftp} syntax, namely @samp{port} and @samp{force}. (This is the only way the @file{.authinfo} file format deviates from the @file{.netrc} file format.) @samp{port} is used to indicate what port on the server the credentials apply to and @samp{force} is explained below. @end enumerate Here's an example file: @example machine news.uio.no login larsi password geheimnis machine nntp.ifi.uio.no login larsi force yes @end example The token/value pairs may appear in any order; @samp{machine} doesn't have to be first, for instance. In this example, both login name and password have been supplied for the former server, while the latter has only the login name listed, and the user will be prompted for the password. The latter also has the @samp{force} tag, which means that the authinfo will be sent to the @var{nntp} server upon connection; the default (i.e., when there is not @samp{force} tag) is to not send authinfo to the @var{nntp} server until the @var{nntp} server asks for it. You can also add @samp{default} lines that will apply to all servers that don't have matching @samp{machine} lines. @example default force yes @end example This will force sending @samp{AUTHINFO} commands to all servers not previously mentioned. Remember to not leave the @file{~/.authinfo} file world-readable. @item nntp-server-action-alist @vindex nntp-server-action-alist This is a list of regexps to match on server types and actions to be taken when matches are made. For instance, if you want Gnus to beep every time you connect to innd, you could say something like: @lisp (setq nntp-server-action-alist '(("innd" (ding)))) @end lisp You probably don't want to do that, though. The default value is @lisp '(("nntpd 1\\.5\\.11t" (remove-hook 'nntp-server-opened-hook 'nntp-send-mode-reader))) @end lisp This ensures that Gnus doesn't send the @code{MODE READER} command to nntpd 1.5.11t, since that command chokes that server, I've been told. @item nntp-maximum-request @vindex nntp-maximum-request If the @acronym{NNTP} server doesn't support @acronym{NOV} headers, this back end will collect headers by sending a series of @code{head} commands. To speed things up, the back end sends lots of these commands without waiting for reply, and then reads all the replies. This is controlled by the @code{nntp-maximum-request} variable, and is 400 by default. If your network is buggy, you should set this to 1. @item nntp-connection-timeout @vindex nntp-connection-timeout If you have lots of foreign @code{nntp} groups that you connect to regularly, you're sure to have problems with @acronym{NNTP} servers not responding properly, or being too loaded to reply within reasonable time. This is can lead to awkward problems, which can be helped somewhat by setting @code{nntp-connection-timeout}. This is an integer that says how many seconds the @code{nntp} back end should wait for a connection before giving up. If it is @code{nil}, which is the default, no timeouts are done. @item nntp-nov-is-evil @vindex nntp-nov-is-evil If the @acronym{NNTP} server does not support @acronym{NOV}, you could set this variable to @code{t}, but @code{nntp} usually checks automatically whether @acronym{NOV} can be used. @item nntp-xover-commands @vindex nntp-xover-commands @cindex @acronym{NOV} @cindex XOVER List of strings used as commands to fetch @acronym{NOV} lines from a server. The default value of this variable is @code{("XOVER" "XOVERVIEW")}. @item nntp-nov-gap @vindex nntp-nov-gap @code{nntp} normally sends just one big request for @acronym{NOV} lines to the server. The server responds with one huge list of lines. However, if you have read articles 2-5000 in the group, and only want to read article 1 and 5001, that means that @code{nntp} will fetch 4999 @acronym{NOV} lines that you will not need. This variable says how big a gap between two consecutive articles is allowed to be before the @code{XOVER} request is split into several request. Note that if your network is fast, setting this variable to a really small number means that fetching will probably be slower. If this variable is @code{nil}, @code{nntp} will never split requests. The default is 5. @item nntp-xref-number-is-evil @vindex nntp-xref-number-is-evil When Gnus refers to an article having the @code{Message-ID} that a user specifies or having the @code{Message-ID} of the parent article of the current one (@pxref{Finding the Parent}), Gnus sends a @code{HEAD} command to the @acronym{NNTP} server to know where it is, and the server returns the data containing the pairs of a group and an article number in the @code{Xref} header. Gnus normally uses the article number to refer to the article if the data shows that that article is in the current group, while it uses the @code{Message-ID} otherwise. However, some news servers, e.g., ones running Diablo, run multiple engines having the same articles but article numbers are not kept synchronized between them. In that case, the article number that appears in the @code{Xref} header varies by which engine is chosen, so you cannot refer to the parent article that is in the current group, for instance. If you connect to such a server, set this variable to a non-@code{nil} value, and Gnus never uses article numbers. For example: @lisp (setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "newszilla" (nntp-address "newszilla.example.com") (nntp-xref-number-is-evil t) @dots{})) @end lisp The default value of this server variable is @code{nil}. @item nntp-prepare-server-hook @vindex nntp-prepare-server-hook A hook run before attempting to connect to an @acronym{NNTP} server. @item nntp-record-commands @vindex nntp-record-commands If non-@code{nil}, @code{nntp} will log all commands it sends to the @acronym{NNTP} server (along with a timestamp) in the @samp{*nntp-log*} buffer. This is useful if you are debugging a Gnus/@acronym{NNTP} connection that doesn't seem to work. @item nntp-open-connection-function @vindex nntp-open-connection-function It is possible to customize how the connection to the nntp server will be opened. If you specify an @code{nntp-open-connection-function} parameter, Gnus will use that function to establish the connection. Seven pre-made functions are supplied. These functions can be grouped in two categories: direct connection functions (four pre-made), and indirect ones (three pre-made). @item nntp-never-echoes-commands @vindex nntp-never-echoes-commands Non-@code{nil} means the nntp server never echoes commands. It is reported that some nntps server doesn't echo commands. So, you may want to set this to non-@code{nil} in the method for such a server setting @code{nntp-open-connection-function} to @code{nntp-open-ssl-stream} for example. The default value is @code{nil}. Note that the @code{nntp-open-connection-functions-never-echo-commands} variable overrides the @code{nil} value of this variable. @item nntp-open-connection-functions-never-echo-commands @vindex nntp-open-connection-functions-never-echo-commands List of functions that never echo commands. Add or set a function which you set to @code{nntp-open-connection-function} to this list if it does not echo commands. Note that a non-@code{nil} value of the @code{nntp-never-echoes-commands} variable overrides this variable. The default value is @code{(nntp-open-network-stream)}. @item nntp-prepare-post-hook @vindex nntp-prepare-post-hook A hook run just before posting an article. If there is no @code{Message-ID} header in the article and the news server provides the recommended ID, it will be added to the article before running this hook. It is useful to make @code{Cancel-Lock} headers even if you inhibit Gnus to add a @code{Message-ID} header, you could say: @lisp (add-hook 'nntp-prepare-post-hook 'canlock-insert-header) @end lisp Note that not all servers support the recommended ID. This works for INN versions 2.3.0 and later, for instance. @item nntp-server-list-active-group If @code{nil}, then always use @samp{GROUP} instead of @samp{LIST ACTIVE}. This is usually slower, but on misconfigured servers that don't update their active files often, this can help. @end table @menu * Direct Functions:: Connecting directly to the server. * Indirect Functions:: Connecting indirectly to the server. * Common Variables:: Understood by several connection functions. * NNTP marks:: Storing marks for @acronym{NNTP} servers. @end menu @node Direct Functions @subsubsection Direct Functions @cindex direct connection functions These functions are called direct because they open a direct connection between your machine and the @acronym{NNTP} server. The behavior of these functions is also affected by commonly understood variables (@pxref{Common Variables}). @table @code @findex nntp-open-network-stream @item nntp-open-network-stream This is the default, and simply connects to some port or other on the remote system. If both Emacs and the server supports it, the connection will be upgraded to an encrypted @acronym{STARTTLS} connection automatically. @item network-only The same as the above, but don't do automatic @acronym{STARTTLS} upgrades. @findex nntp-open-tls-stream @item nntp-open-tls-stream Opens a connection to a server over a @dfn{secure} channel. To use this you must have @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gnutls/, GNUTLS} installed. You then define a server as follows: @lisp ;; @r{"nntps" is port 563 and is predefined in our @file{/etc/services}} ;; @r{however, @samp{gnutls-cli -p} doesn't like named ports.} ;; (nntp "snews.bar.com" (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-tls-stream) (nntp-port-number 563) (nntp-address "snews.bar.com")) @end lisp @findex nntp-open-ssl-stream @item nntp-open-ssl-stream Opens a connection to a server over a @dfn{secure} channel. To use this you must have @uref{http://www.openssl.org, OpenSSL} or @uref{ftp://ftp.psy.uq.oz.au/pub/Crypto/SSL, SSLeay} installed. You then define a server as follows: @lisp ;; @r{"snews" is port 563 and is predefined in our @file{/etc/services}} ;; @r{however, @samp{openssl s_client -port} doesn't like named ports.} ;; (nntp "snews.bar.com" (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-ssl-stream) (nntp-port-number 563) (nntp-address "snews.bar.com")) @end lisp @findex nntp-open-netcat-stream @item nntp-open-netcat-stream Opens a connection to an @acronym{NNTP} server using the @code{netcat} program. You might wonder why this function exists, since we have the default @code{nntp-open-network-stream} which would do the job. (One of) the reason(s) is that if you are behind a firewall but have direct connections to the outside world thanks to a command wrapper like @code{runsocks}, you can use it like this: @lisp (nntp "socksified" (nntp-pre-command "runsocks") (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-netcat-stream) (nntp-address "the.news.server")) @end lisp With the default method, you would need to wrap your whole Emacs session, which is not a good idea. @findex nntp-open-telnet-stream @item nntp-open-telnet-stream Like @code{nntp-open-netcat-stream}, but uses @code{telnet} rather than @code{netcat}. @code{telnet} is a bit less robust because of things like line-end-conversion, but sometimes netcat is simply not available. The previous example would turn into: @lisp (nntp "socksified" (nntp-pre-command "runsocks") (nntp-open-connection-function nntp-open-telnet-stream) (nntp-address "the.news.server") (nntp-end-of-line "\n")) @end lisp @end table @node Indirect Functions @subsubsection Indirect Functions @cindex indirect connection functions These functions are called indirect because they connect to an intermediate host before actually connecting to the @acronym{NNTP} server. All of these functions and related variables are also said to belong to the ``via'' family of connection: they're all prefixed with ``via'' to make things cleaner. The behavior of these functions is also affected by commonly understood variables (@pxref{Common Variables}). @table @code @item nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-netcat @findex nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-netcat Does an @samp{rlogin} on a remote system, and then uses @code{netcat} to connect to the real @acronym{NNTP} server from there. This is useful for instance if you need to connect to a firewall machine first. @code{nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-netcat}-specific variables: @table @code @item nntp-via-rlogin-command @vindex nntp-via-rlogin-command Command used to log in on the intermediate host. The default is @samp{rsh}, but @samp{ssh} is a popular alternative. @item nntp-via-rlogin-command-switches @vindex nntp-via-rlogin-command-switches List of strings to be used as the switches to @code{nntp-via-rlogin-command}. The default is @code{nil}. If you use @samp{ssh} for @code{nntp-via-rlogin-command}, you may set this to @samp{("-C")} in order to compress all data connections. @end table @item nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-telnet @findex nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-telnet Does essentially the same, but uses @code{telnet} instead of @samp{netcat} to connect to the real @acronym{NNTP} server from the intermediate host. @code{telnet} is a bit less robust because of things like line-end-conversion, but sometimes @code{netcat} is simply not available. @code{nntp-open-via-rlogin-and-telnet}-specific variables: @table @code @item nntp-telnet-command @vindex nntp-telnet-command Command used to connect to the real @acronym{NNTP} server from the intermediate host. The default is @samp{telnet}. @item nntp-telnet-switches @vindex nntp-telnet-switches List of strings to be used as the switches to the @code{nntp-telnet-command} command. The default is @code{("-8")}. @item nntp-via-rlogin-command @vindex nntp-via-rlogin-command Command used to log in on the intermediate host. The default is @samp{rsh}, but @samp{ssh} is a popular alternative. @item nntp-via-rlogin-command-switches @vindex nntp-via-rlogin-command-switches List of strings to be used as the switches to @code{nntp-via-rlogin-command}. If you use @samp{ssh}, you may need to set this to @samp{("-t" "-e" "none")} or @samp{("-C" "-t" "-e" "none")} if the telnet command requires a pseudo-tty allocation on an intermediate host. The default is @code{nil}. @end table Note that you may want to change the value for @code{nntp-end-of-line} to @samp{\n} (@pxref{Common Variables}). @item nntp-open-via-telnet-and-telnet @findex nntp-open-via-telnet-and-telnet Does essentially the same, but uses @samp{telnet} instead of @samp{rlogin} to connect to the intermediate host. @code{nntp-open-via-telnet-and-telnet}-specific variables: @table @code @item nntp-via-telnet-command @vindex nntp-via-telnet-command Command used to @code{telnet} the intermediate host. The default is @samp{telnet}. @item nntp-via-telnet-switches @vindex nntp-via-telnet-switches List of strings to be used as the switches to the @code{nntp-via-telnet-command} command. The default is @samp{("-8")}. @item nntp-via-user-password @vindex nntp-via-user-password Password to use when logging in on the intermediate host. @item nntp-via-envuser @vindex nntp-via-envuser If non-@code{nil}, the intermediate @code{telnet} session (client and server both) will support the @code{ENVIRON} option and not prompt for login name. This works for Solaris @code{telnet}, for instance. @item nntp-via-shell-prompt @vindex nntp-via-shell-prompt Regexp matching the shell prompt on the intermediate host. The default is @samp{bash\\|\$ *\r?$\\|> *\r?}. @end table Note that you may want to change the value for @code{nntp-end-of-line} to @samp{\n} (@pxref{Common Variables}). @end table Here are some additional variables that are understood by all the above functions: @table @code @item nntp-via-user-name @vindex nntp-via-user-name User name to use when connecting to the intermediate host. @item nntp-via-address @vindex nntp-via-address Address of the intermediate host to connect to. @end table @node Common Variables @subsubsection Common Variables The following variables affect the behavior of all, or several of the pre-made connection functions. When not specified, all functions are affected (the values of the following variables will be used as the default if each virtual @code{nntp} server doesn't specify those server variables individually). @table @code @item nntp-pre-command @vindex nntp-pre-command A command wrapper to use when connecting through a non native connection function (all except @code{nntp-open-network-stream}, @code{nntp-open-tls-stream}, and @code{nntp-open-ssl-stream}). This is where you would put a @samp{SOCKS} wrapper for instance. @item nntp-address @vindex nntp-address The address of the @acronym{NNTP} server. @item nntp-port-number @vindex nntp-port-number Port number to connect to the @acronym{NNTP} server. The default is @samp{nntp}. If you use @acronym{NNTP} over @acronym{TLS}/@acronym{SSL}, you may want to use integer ports rather than named ports (i.e, use @samp{563} instead of @samp{snews} or @samp{nntps}), because external @acronym{TLS}/@acronym{SSL} tools may not work with named ports. @item nntp-end-of-line @vindex nntp-end-of-line String to use as end-of-line marker when talking to the @acronym{NNTP} server. This is @samp{\r\n} by default, but should be @samp{\n} when using a non native telnet connection function. @item nntp-netcat-command @vindex nntp-netcat-command Command to use when connecting to the @acronym{NNTP} server through @samp{netcat}. This is @emph{not} for an intermediate host. This is just for the real @acronym{NNTP} server. The default is @samp{nc}. @item nntp-netcat-switches @vindex nntp-netcat-switches A list of switches to pass to @code{nntp-netcat-command}. The default is @samp{()}. @end table @node NNTP marks @subsubsection NNTP marks @cindex storing NNTP marks Gnus stores marks (@pxref{Marking Articles}) for @acronym{NNTP} servers in marks files. A marks file records what marks you have set in a group and each file is specific to the corresponding server. Marks files are stored in @file{~/News/marks} (@code{nntp-marks-directory}) under a classic hierarchy resembling that of a news server, for example marks for the group @samp{gmane.discuss} on the news.gmane.org server will be stored in the file @file{~/News/marks/news.gmane.org/gmane/discuss/.marks}. Marks files are useful because you can copy the @file{~/News/marks} directory (using rsync, scp or whatever) to another Gnus installation, and it will realize what articles you have read and marked. The data in @file{~/News/marks} has priority over the same data in @file{~/.newsrc.eld}. Note that marks files are very much server-specific: Gnus remembers the article numbers so if you don't use the same servers on both installations things are most likely to break (most @acronym{NNTP} servers do not use the same article numbers as any other server). However, if you use servers A, B, C on one installation and servers A, D, E on the other, you can sync the marks files for A and then you'll get synchronization for that server between the two installations. Using @acronym{NNTP} marks can possibly incur a performance penalty so if Gnus feels sluggish, try setting the @code{nntp-marks-is-evil} variable to @code{t}. Marks will then be stored in @file{~/.newsrc.eld}. Related variables: @table @code @item nntp-marks-is-evil @vindex nntp-marks-is-evil If non-@code{nil}, this back end will ignore any marks files. The default is @code{nil}. @item nntp-marks-directory @vindex nntp-marks-directory The directory where marks for nntp groups will be stored. @end table @node News Spool @subsection News Spool @cindex nnspool @cindex news spool Subscribing to a foreign group from the local spool is extremely easy, and might be useful, for instance, to speed up reading groups that contain very big articles---@samp{alt.binaries.pictures.furniture}, for instance. Anyway, you just specify @code{nnspool} as the method and @code{""} (or anything else) as the address. If you have access to a local spool, you should probably use that as the native select method (@pxref{Finding the News}). It is normally faster than using an @code{nntp} select method, but might not be. It depends. You just have to try to find out what's best at your site. @table @code @item nnspool-inews-program @vindex nnspool-inews-program Program used to post an article. @item nnspool-inews-switches @vindex nnspool-inews-switches Parameters given to the inews program when posting an article. @item nnspool-spool-directory @vindex nnspool-spool-directory Where @code{nnspool} looks for the articles. This is normally @file{/usr/spool/news/}. @item nnspool-nov-directory @vindex nnspool-nov-directory Where @code{nnspool} will look for @acronym{NOV} files. This is normally@* @file{/usr/spool/news/over.view/}. @item nnspool-lib-dir @vindex nnspool-lib-dir Where the news lib dir is (@file{/usr/lib/news/} by default). @item nnspool-active-file @vindex nnspool-active-file The name of the active file. @item nnspool-newsgroups-file @vindex nnspool-newsgroups-file The name of the group descriptions file. @item nnspool-history-file @vindex nnspool-history-file The name of the news history file. @item nnspool-active-times-file @vindex nnspool-active-times-file The name of the active date file. @item nnspool-nov-is-evil @vindex nnspool-nov-is-evil If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnspool} won't try to use any @acronym{NOV} files that it finds. @item nnspool-sift-nov-with-sed @vindex nnspool-sift-nov-with-sed @cindex sed If non-@code{nil}, which is the default, use @code{sed} to get the relevant portion from the overview file. If @code{nil}, @code{nnspool} will load the entire file into a buffer and process it there. @end table @node Using IMAP @section Using IMAP @cindex imap The most popular mail backend is probably @code{nnimap}, which provides access to @acronym{IMAP} servers. @acronym{IMAP} servers store mail remotely, so the client doesn't store anything locally. This means that it's a convenient choice when you're reading your mail from different locations, or with different user agents. @menu * Connecting to an IMAP Server:: Getting started with @acronym{IMAP}. * Customizing the IMAP Connection:: Variables for @acronym{IMAP} connection. * Client-Side IMAP Splitting:: Put mail in the correct mail box. @end menu @node Connecting to an IMAP Server @subsection Connecting to an IMAP Server Connecting to an @acronym{IMAP} can be very easy. Type @kbd{B} in the group buffer, or (if your primary interest is reading email), say something like: @example (setq gnus-select-method '(nnimap "imap.gmail.com")) @end example You'll be prompted for a user name and password. If you grow tired of that, then add the following to your @file{~/.authinfo} file: @example machine imap.gmail.com login <username> password <password> port imap @end example That should basically be it for most users. @node Customizing the IMAP Connection @subsection Customizing the IMAP Connection Here's an example method that's more complex: @example (nnimap "imap.gmail.com" (nnimap-inbox "INBOX") (nnimap-split-methods default) (nnimap-expunge t) (nnimap-stream ssl)) @end example @table @code @item nnimap-address The address of the server, like @samp{imap.gmail.com}. @item nnimap-server-port If the server uses a non-standard port, that can be specified here. A typical port would be @code{"imap"} or @code{"imaps"}. @item nnimap-stream How @code{nnimap} should connect to the server. Possible values are: @table @code @item undecided This is the default, and this first tries the @code{ssl} setting, and then tries the @code{network} setting. @item ssl This uses standard @acronym{TLS}/@acronym{SSL} connections. @item network Non-encrypted and unsafe straight socket connection, but will upgrade to encrypted @acronym{STARTTLS} if both Emacs and the server supports it. @item starttls Encrypted @acronym{STARTTLS} over the normal @acronym{IMAP} port. @item shell If you need to tunnel via other systems to connect to the server, you can use this option, and customize @code{nnimap-shell-program} to be what you need. @end table @item nnimap-authenticator Some @acronym{IMAP} servers allow anonymous logins. In that case, this should be set to @code{anonymous}. @item nnimap-expunge If non-@code{nil}, expunge articles after deleting them. This is always done if the server supports UID EXPUNGE, but it's not done by default on servers that doesn't support that command. @item nnimap-streaming Virtually all @code{IMAP} server support fast streaming of data. If you have problems connecting to the server, try setting this to @code{nil}. @item nnimap-fetch-partial-articles If non-@code{nil}, fetch partial articles from the server. If set to a string, then it's interpreted as a regexp, and parts that have matching types will be fetched. For instance, @samp{"text/"} will fetch all textual parts, while leaving the rest on the server. @end table @node Client-Side IMAP Splitting @subsection Client-Side IMAP Splitting Many people prefer to do the sorting/splitting of mail into their mail boxes on the @acronym{IMAP} server. That way they don't have to download the mail they're not all that interested in. If you do want to do client-side mail splitting, then the following variables are relevant: @table @code @item nnimap-inbox This is the @acronym{IMAP} mail box that will be scanned for new mail. @item nnimap-split-methods Uses the same syntax as @code{nnmail-split-methods} (@pxref{Splitting Mail}), except the symbol @code{default}, which means that it should use the value of the @code{nnmail-split-methods} variable. @item nnimap-split-fancy Uses the same syntax as @code{nnmail-split-fancy}. @item nnimap-unsplittable-articles List of flag symbols to ignore when doing splitting. That is, articles that have these flags won't be considered when splitting. The default is @samp{(%Deleted %Seen)}. @end table @node Getting Mail @section Getting Mail @cindex reading mail @cindex mail Reading mail with a newsreader---isn't that just plain WeIrD? But of course. @menu * Mail in a Newsreader:: Important introductory notes. * Getting Started Reading Mail:: A simple cookbook example. * Splitting Mail:: How to create mail groups. * Mail Sources:: How to tell Gnus where to get mail from. * Mail Back End Variables:: Variables for customizing mail handling. * Fancy Mail Splitting:: Gnus can do hairy splitting of incoming mail. * Group Mail Splitting:: Use group customize to drive mail splitting. * Incorporating Old Mail:: What about the old mail you have? * Expiring Mail:: Getting rid of unwanted mail. * Washing Mail:: Removing cruft from the mail you get. * Duplicates:: Dealing with duplicated mail. * Not Reading Mail:: Using mail back ends for reading other files. * Choosing a Mail Back End:: Gnus can read a variety of mail formats. @end menu @node Mail in a Newsreader @subsection Mail in a Newsreader If you are used to traditional mail readers, but have decided to switch to reading mail with Gnus, you may find yourself experiencing something of a culture shock. Gnus does not behave like traditional mail readers. If you want to make it behave that way, you can, but it's an uphill battle. Gnus, by default, handles all its groups using the same approach. This approach is very newsreaderly---you enter a group, see the new/unread messages, and when you read the messages, they get marked as read, and you don't see them any more. (Unless you explicitly ask for them.) In particular, you do not do anything explicitly to delete messages. Does this mean that all the messages that have been marked as read are deleted? How awful! But, no, it means that old messages are @dfn{expired} according to some scheme or other. For news messages, the expire process is controlled by the news administrator; for mail, the expire process is controlled by you. The expire process for mail is covered in depth in @ref{Expiring Mail}. What many Gnus users find, after using it a while for both news and mail, is that the transport mechanism has very little to do with how they want to treat a message. Many people subscribe to several mailing lists. These are transported via @acronym{SMTP}, and are therefore mail. But we might go for weeks without answering, or even reading these messages very carefully. We may not need to save them because if we should need to read one again, they are archived somewhere else. Some people have local news groups which have only a handful of readers. These are transported via @acronym{NNTP}, and are therefore news. But we may need to read and answer a large fraction of the messages very carefully in order to do our work. And there may not be an archive, so we may need to save the interesting messages the same way we would personal mail. The important distinction turns out to be not the transport mechanism, but other factors such as how interested we are in the subject matter, or how easy it is to retrieve the message if we need to read it again. Gnus provides many options for sorting mail into ``groups'' which behave like newsgroups, and for treating each group (whether mail or news) differently. Some users never get comfortable using the Gnus (ahem) paradigm and wish that Gnus should grow up and be a male, er, mail reader. It is possible to whip Gnus into a more mailreaderly being, but, as said before, it's not easy. People who prefer proper mail readers should try @sc{vm} instead, which is an excellent, and proper, mail reader. I don't mean to scare anybody off, but I want to make it clear that you may be required to learn a new way of thinking about messages. After you've been subjected to The Gnus Way, you will come to love it. I can guarantee it. (At least the guy who sold me the Emacs Subliminal Brain-Washing Functions that I've put into Gnus did guarantee it. You Will Be Assimilated. You Love Gnus. You Love The Gnus Mail Way. You Do.) @node Getting Started Reading Mail @subsection Getting Started Reading Mail It's quite easy to use Gnus to read your new mail. You just plonk the mail back end of your choice into @code{gnus-secondary-select-methods}, and things will happen automatically. For instance, if you want to use @code{nnml} (which is a ``one file per mail'' back end), you could put the following in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods '((nnml ""))) @end lisp Now, the next time you start Gnus, this back end will be queried for new articles, and it will move all the messages in your spool file to its directory, which is @file{~/Mail/} by default. The new group that will be created (@samp{mail.misc}) will be subscribed, and you can read it like any other group. You will probably want to split the mail into several groups, though: @lisp (setq nnmail-split-methods '(("junk" "^From:.*Lars Ingebrigtsen") ("crazy" "^Subject:.*die\\|^Organization:.*flabby") ("other" ""))) @end lisp This will result in three new @code{nnml} mail groups being created: @samp{nnml:junk}, @samp{nnml:crazy}, and @samp{nnml:other}. All the mail that doesn't fit into the first two groups will be placed in the last group. This should be sufficient for reading mail with Gnus. You might want to give the other sections in this part of the manual a perusal, though. Especially @pxref{Choosing a Mail Back End} and @pxref{Expiring Mail}. @node Splitting Mail @subsection Splitting Mail @cindex splitting mail @cindex mail splitting @cindex mail filtering (splitting) @vindex nnmail-split-methods The @code{nnmail-split-methods} variable says how the incoming mail is to be split into groups. @lisp (setq nnmail-split-methods '(("mail.junk" "^From:.*Lars Ingebrigtsen") ("mail.crazy" "^Subject:.*die\\|^Organization:.*flabby") ("mail.other" ""))) @end lisp This variable is a list of lists, where the first element of each of these lists is the name of the mail group (they do not have to be called something beginning with @samp{mail}, by the way), and the second element is a regular expression used on the header of each mail to determine if it belongs in this mail group. The first string may contain @samp{\\1} forms, like the ones used by @code{replace-match} to insert sub-expressions from the matched text. For instance: @lisp ("list.\\1" "From:.* \\(.*\\)-list@@majordomo.com") @end lisp @noindent In that case, @code{nnmail-split-lowercase-expanded} controls whether the inserted text should be made lowercase. @xref{Fancy Mail Splitting}. The second element can also be a function. In that case, it will be called narrowed to the headers with the first element of the rule as the argument. It should return a non-@code{nil} value if it thinks that the mail belongs in that group. @cindex @samp{bogus} group The last of these groups should always be a general one, and the regular expression should @emph{always} be @samp{""} so that it matches any mails that haven't been matched by any of the other regexps. (These rules are processed from the beginning of the alist toward the end. The first rule to make a match will ``win'', unless you have crossposting enabled. In that case, all matching rules will ``win''.) If no rule matched, the mail will end up in the @samp{bogus} group. When new groups are created by splitting mail, you may want to run @code{gnus-group-find-new-groups} to see the new groups. This also applies to the @samp{bogus} group. If you like to tinker with this yourself, you can set this variable to a function of your choice. This function will be called without any arguments in a buffer narrowed to the headers of an incoming mail message. The function should return a list of group names that it thinks should carry this mail message. This variable can also be a fancy split method. For the syntax, see @ref{Fancy Mail Splitting}. Note that the mail back ends are free to maul the poor, innocent, incoming headers all they want to. They all add @code{Lines} headers; some add @code{X-Gnus-Group} headers; most rename the Unix mbox @code{From<SPACE>} line to something else. @vindex nnmail-crosspost The mail back ends all support cross-posting. If several regexps match, the mail will be ``cross-posted'' to all those groups. @code{nnmail-crosspost} says whether to use this mechanism or not. Note that no articles are crossposted to the general (@samp{""}) group. @vindex nnmail-crosspost-link-function @cindex crosspost @cindex links @code{nnmh} and @code{nnml} makes crossposts by creating hard links to the crossposted articles. However, not all file systems support hard links. If that's the case for you, set @code{nnmail-crosspost-link-function} to @code{copy-file}. (This variable is @code{add-name-to-file} by default.) @kindex M-x nnmail-split-history @findex nnmail-split-history If you wish to see where the previous mail split put the messages, you can use the @kbd{M-x nnmail-split-history} command. If you wish to see where re-spooling messages would put the messages, you can use @code{gnus-summary-respool-trace} and related commands (@pxref{Mail Group Commands}). @vindex nnmail-split-header-length-limit Header lines longer than the value of @code{nnmail-split-header-length-limit} are excluded from the split function. @vindex nnmail-mail-splitting-decodes @vindex nnmail-mail-splitting-charset By default, splitting does not decode headers, so you can not match on non-@acronym{ASCII} strings. But it is useful if you want to match articles based on the raw header data. To enable it, set the @code{nnmail-mail-splitting-decodes} variable to a non-@code{nil} value. In addition, the value of the @code{nnmail-mail-splitting-charset} variable is used for decoding non-@acronym{MIME} encoded string when @code{nnmail-mail-splitting-decodes} is non-@code{nil}. The default value is @code{nil} which means not to decode non-@acronym{MIME} encoded string. A suitable value for you will be @code{undecided} or be the charset used normally in mails you are interested in. @vindex nnmail-resplit-incoming By default, splitting is performed on all incoming messages. If you specify a @code{directory} entry for the variable @code{mail-sources} (@pxref{Mail Source Specifiers}), however, then splitting does @emph{not} happen by default. You can set the variable @code{nnmail-resplit-incoming} to a non-@code{nil} value to make splitting happen even in this case. (This variable has no effect on other kinds of entries.) Gnus gives you all the opportunity you could possibly want for shooting yourself in the foot. Let's say you create a group that will contain all the mail you get from your boss. And then you accidentally unsubscribe from the group. Gnus will still put all the mail from your boss in the unsubscribed group, and so, when your boss mails you ``Have that report ready by Monday or you're fired!'', you'll never see it and, come Tuesday, you'll still believe that you're gainfully employed while you really should be out collecting empty bottles to save up for next month's rent money. @node Mail Sources @subsection Mail Sources Mail can be gotten from many different sources---the mail spool, from a @acronym{POP} mail server, from a procmail directory, or from a maildir, for instance. @menu * Mail Source Specifiers:: How to specify what a mail source is. * Mail Source Customization:: Some variables that influence things. * Fetching Mail:: Using the mail source specifiers. @end menu @node Mail Source Specifiers @subsubsection Mail Source Specifiers @cindex POP @cindex mail server @cindex procmail @cindex mail spool @cindex mail source You tell Gnus how to fetch mail by setting @code{mail-sources} (@pxref{Fetching Mail}) to a @dfn{mail source specifier}. Here's an example: @lisp (pop :server "pop3.mailserver.com" :user "myname") @end lisp As can be observed, a mail source specifier is a list where the first element is a @dfn{mail source type}, followed by an arbitrary number of @dfn{keywords}. Keywords that are not explicitly specified are given default values. The @code{mail-sources} is global for all mail groups. You can specify an additional mail source for a particular group by including the @code{group} mail specifier in @code{mail-sources}, and setting a @code{mail-source} group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}) specifying a single mail source. When this is used, @code{mail-sources} is typically just @code{(group)}; the @code{mail-source} parameter for a group might look like this: @lisp (mail-source . (file :path "home/user/spools/foo.spool")) @end lisp This means that the group's (and only this group's) messages will be fetched from the spool file @samp{/user/spools/foo.spool}. The following mail source types are available: @table @code @item file Get mail from a single file; typically from the mail spool. Keywords: @table @code @item :path The file name. Defaults to the value of the @env{MAIL} environment variable or the value of @code{rmail-spool-directory} (usually something like @file{/usr/mail/spool/user-name}). @item :prescript @itemx :postscript Script run before/after fetching mail. @end table An example file mail source: @lisp (file :path "/usr/spool/mail/user-name") @end lisp Or using the default file name: @lisp (file) @end lisp If the mail spool file is not located on the local machine, it's best to use @acronym{POP} or @acronym{IMAP} or the like to fetch the mail. You can not use ange-ftp file names here---it has no way to lock the mail spool while moving the mail. If it's impossible to set up a proper server, you can use ssh instead. @lisp (setq mail-sources '((file :prescript "ssh host bin/getmail >%t"))) @end lisp The @samp{getmail} script would look something like the following: @example #!/bin/sh # getmail - move mail from spool to stdout # flu@@iki.fi MOVEMAIL=/usr/lib/emacs/20.3/i386-redhat-linux/movemail TMP=$HOME/Mail/tmp rm -f $TMP; $MOVEMAIL $MAIL $TMP >/dev/null && cat $TMP @end example Alter this script to fit the @samp{movemail} and temporary file you want to use. @item directory @vindex nnmail-scan-directory-mail-source-once Get mail from several files in a directory. This is typically used when you have procmail split the incoming mail into several files. That is, there is a one-to-one correspondence between files in that directory and groups, so that mail from the file @file{foo.bar.spool} will be put in the group @code{foo.bar}. (You can change the suffix to be used instead of @code{.spool}.) Setting @code{nnmail-scan-directory-mail-source-once} to non-@code{nil} forces Gnus to scan the mail source only once. This is particularly useful if you want to scan mail groups at a specified level. @vindex nnmail-resplit-incoming There is also the variable @code{nnmail-resplit-incoming}, if you set that to a non-@code{nil} value, then the normal splitting process is applied to all the files from the directory, @ref{Splitting Mail}. Keywords: @table @code @item :path The name of the directory where the files are. There is no default value. @item :suffix Only files ending with this suffix are used. The default is @samp{.spool}. @item :predicate Only files that have this predicate return non-@code{nil} are returned. The default is @code{identity}. This is used as an additional filter---only files that have the right suffix @emph{and} satisfy this predicate are considered. @item :prescript @itemx :postscript Script run before/after fetching mail. @end table An example directory mail source: @lisp (directory :path "/home/user-name/procmail-dir/" :suffix ".prcml") @end lisp @item pop Get mail from a @acronym{POP} server. Keywords: @table @code @item :server The name of the @acronym{POP} server. The default is taken from the @env{MAILHOST} environment variable. @item :port The port number of the @acronym{POP} server. This can be a number (eg, @samp{:port 1234}) or a string (eg, @samp{:port "pop3"}). If it is a string, it should be a service name as listed in @file{/etc/services} on Unix systems. The default is @samp{"pop3"}. On some systems you might need to specify it as @samp{"pop-3"} instead. @item :user The user name to give to the @acronym{POP} server. The default is the login name. @item :password The password to give to the @acronym{POP} server. If not specified, the user is prompted. @item :program The program to use to fetch mail from the @acronym{POP} server. This should be a @code{format}-like string. Here's an example: @example fetchmail %u@@%s -P %p %t @end example The valid format specifier characters are: @table @samp @item t The name of the file the mail is to be moved to. This must always be included in this string. @item s The name of the server. @item P The port number of the server. @item u The user name to use. @item p The password to use. @end table The values used for these specs are taken from the values you give the corresponding keywords. @item :prescript A script to be run before fetching the mail. The syntax is the same as the @code{:program} keyword. This can also be a function to be run. @item :postscript A script to be run after fetching the mail. The syntax is the same as the @code{:program} keyword. This can also be a function to be run. @item :function The function to use to fetch mail from the @acronym{POP} server. The function is called with one parameter---the name of the file where the mail should be moved to. @item :authentication This can be either the symbol @code{password} or the symbol @code{apop} and says what authentication scheme to use. The default is @code{password}. @end table @vindex pop3-movemail @vindex pop3-leave-mail-on-server If the @code{:program} and @code{:function} keywords aren't specified, @code{pop3-movemail} will be used. If @code{pop3-leave-mail-on-server} is non-@code{nil} the mail is to be left on the @acronym{POP} server after fetching when using @code{pop3-movemail}. Note that POP servers maintain no state information between sessions, so what the client believes is there and what is actually there may not match up. If they do not, then you may get duplicate mails or the whole thing can fall apart and leave you with a corrupt mailbox. Here are some examples for getting mail from a @acronym{POP} server. Fetch from the default @acronym{POP} server, using the default user name, and default fetcher: @lisp (pop) @end lisp Fetch from a named server with a named user and password: @lisp (pop :server "my.pop.server" :user "user-name" :password "secret") @end lisp Use @samp{movemail} to move the mail: @lisp (pop :program "movemail po:%u %t %p") @end lisp @item maildir Get mail from a maildir. This is a type of mailbox that is supported by at least qmail and postfix, where each file in a special directory contains exactly one mail. Keywords: @table @code @item :path The name of the directory where the mails are stored. The default is taken from the @env{MAILDIR} environment variable or @file{~/Maildir/}. @item :subdirs The subdirectories of the Maildir. The default is @samp{("new" "cur")}. @c If you sometimes look at your mail through a pop3 daemon before fetching @c them with Gnus, you may also have to fetch your mails from the @c @code{cur} directory inside the maildir, like in the first example @c below. You can also get mails from remote hosts (because maildirs don't suffer from locking problems). @end table Two example maildir mail sources: @lisp (maildir :path "/home/user-name/Maildir/" :subdirs ("cur" "new")) @end lisp @lisp (maildir :path "/user@@remotehost.org:~/Maildir/" :subdirs ("new")) @end lisp @item imap Get mail from a @acronym{IMAP} server. If you don't want to use @acronym{IMAP} as intended, as a network mail reading protocol (ie with nnimap), for some reason or other, Gnus let you treat it similar to a @acronym{POP} server and fetches articles from a given @acronym{IMAP} mailbox. @xref{Using IMAP}, for more information. Keywords: @table @code @item :server The name of the @acronym{IMAP} server. The default is taken from the @env{MAILHOST} environment variable. @item :port The port number of the @acronym{IMAP} server. The default is @samp{143}, or @samp{993} for @acronym{TLS}/@acronym{SSL} connections. @item :user The user name to give to the @acronym{IMAP} server. The default is the login name. @item :password The password to give to the @acronym{IMAP} server. If not specified, the user is prompted. @item :stream What stream to use for connecting to the server, this is one of the symbols in @code{imap-stream-alist}. Right now, this means @samp{gssapi}, @samp{kerberos4}, @samp{starttls}, @samp{tls}, @samp{ssl}, @samp{shell} or the default @samp{network}. @item :authentication Which authenticator to use for authenticating to the server, this is one of the symbols in @code{imap-authenticator-alist}. Right now, this means @samp{gssapi}, @samp{kerberos4}, @samp{digest-md5}, @samp{cram-md5}, @samp{anonymous} or the default @samp{login}. @item :program When using the `shell' :stream, the contents of this variable is mapped into the @code{imap-shell-program} variable. This should be a @code{format}-like string (or list of strings). Here's an example: @example ssh %s imapd @end example Make sure nothing is interfering with the output of the program, e.g., don't forget to redirect the error output to the void. The valid format specifier characters are: @table @samp @item s The name of the server. @item l User name from @code{imap-default-user}. @item p The port number of the server. @end table The values used for these specs are taken from the values you give the corresponding keywords. @item :mailbox The name of the mailbox to get mail from. The default is @samp{INBOX} which normally is the mailbox which receives incoming mail. @item :predicate The predicate used to find articles to fetch. The default, @samp{UNSEEN UNDELETED}, is probably the best choice for most people, but if you sometimes peek in your mailbox with a @acronym{IMAP} client and mark some articles as read (or; SEEN) you might want to set this to @samp{1:*}. Then all articles in the mailbox is fetched, no matter what. For a complete list of predicates, see RFC 2060 section 6.4.4. @item :fetchflag How to flag fetched articles on the server, the default @samp{\Deleted} will mark them as deleted, an alternative would be @samp{\Seen} which would simply mark them as read. These are the two most likely choices, but more flags are defined in RFC 2060 section 2.3.2. @item :dontexpunge If non-@code{nil}, don't remove all articles marked as deleted in the mailbox after finishing the fetch. @end table An example @acronym{IMAP} mail source: @lisp (imap :server "mail.mycorp.com" :stream kerberos4 :fetchflag "\\Seen") @end lisp @item group Get the actual mail source from the @code{mail-source} group parameter, @xref{Group Parameters}. @end table @table @dfn @item Common Keywords Common keywords can be used in any type of mail source. Keywords: @table @code @item :plugged If non-@code{nil}, fetch the mail even when Gnus is unplugged. If you use directory source to get mail, you can specify it as in this example: @lisp (setq mail-sources '((directory :path "/home/pavel/.Spool/" :suffix "" :plugged t))) @end lisp Gnus will then fetch your mail even when you are unplugged. This is useful when you use local mail and news. @end table @end table @subsubsection Function Interface Some of the above keywords specify a Lisp function to be executed. For each keyword @code{:foo}, the Lisp variable @code{foo} is bound to the value of the keyword while the function is executing. For example, consider the following mail-source setting: @lisp (setq mail-sources '((pop :user "jrl" :server "pophost" :function fetchfunc))) @end lisp While the function @code{fetchfunc} is executing, the symbol @code{user} is bound to @code{"jrl"}, and the symbol @code{server} is bound to @code{"pophost"}. The symbols @code{port}, @code{password}, @code{program}, @code{prescript}, @code{postscript}, @code{function}, and @code{authentication} are also bound (to their default values). See above for a list of keywords for each type of mail source. @node Mail Source Customization @subsubsection Mail Source Customization The following is a list of variables that influence how the mail is fetched. You would normally not need to set or change any of these variables. @table @code @item mail-source-crash-box @vindex mail-source-crash-box File where mail will be stored while processing it. The default is@* @file{~/.emacs-mail-crash-box}. @cindex Incoming* @item mail-source-delete-incoming @vindex mail-source-delete-incoming If non-@code{nil}, delete incoming files after handling them. If @code{t}, delete the files immediately, if @code{nil}, never delete any files. If a positive number, delete files older than number of days (the deletion will only happen when receiving new mail). You may also set @code{mail-source-delete-incoming} to @code{nil} and call @code{mail-source-delete-old-incoming} from a hook or interactively. @code{mail-source-delete-incoming} defaults to @code{10} in alpha Gnusae and @code{2} in released Gnusae. @xref{Gnus Development}. @item mail-source-delete-old-incoming-confirm @vindex mail-source-delete-old-incoming-confirm If non-@code{nil}, ask for confirmation before deleting old incoming files. This variable only applies when @code{mail-source-delete-incoming} is a positive number. @item mail-source-ignore-errors @vindex mail-source-ignore-errors If non-@code{nil}, ignore errors when reading mail from a mail source. @item mail-source-directory @vindex mail-source-directory Directory where incoming mail source files (if any) will be stored. The default is @file{~/Mail/}. At present, the only thing this is used for is to say where the incoming files will be stored if the variable @code{mail-source-delete-incoming} is @code{nil} or a number. @item mail-source-incoming-file-prefix @vindex mail-source-incoming-file-prefix Prefix for file name for storing incoming mail. The default is @file{Incoming}, in which case files will end up with names like @file{Incoming30630D_} or @file{Incoming298602ZD}. This is really only relevant if @code{mail-source-delete-incoming} is @code{nil} or a number. @item mail-source-default-file-modes @vindex mail-source-default-file-modes All new mail files will get this file mode. The default is 384. @item mail-source-movemail-program @vindex mail-source-movemail-program If non-@code{nil}, name of program for fetching new mail. If @code{nil}, @code{movemail} in @var{exec-directory}. @end table @node Fetching Mail @subsubsection Fetching Mail @vindex mail-sources The way to actually tell Gnus where to get new mail from is to set @code{mail-sources} to a list of mail source specifiers (@pxref{Mail Source Specifiers}). If this variable is @code{nil}, the mail back ends will never attempt to fetch mail by themselves. If you want to fetch mail both from your local spool as well as a @acronym{POP} mail server, you'd say something like: @lisp (setq mail-sources '((file) (pop :server "pop3.mail.server" :password "secret"))) @end lisp Or, if you don't want to use any of the keyword defaults: @lisp (setq mail-sources '((file :path "/var/spool/mail/user-name") (pop :server "pop3.mail.server" :user "user-name" :port "pop3" :password "secret"))) @end lisp When you use a mail back end, Gnus will slurp all your mail from your inbox and plonk it down in your home directory. Gnus doesn't move any mail if you're not using a mail back end---you have to do a lot of magic invocations first. At the time when you have finished drawing the pentagram, lightened the candles, and sacrificed the goat, you really shouldn't be too surprised when Gnus moves your mail. @node Mail Back End Variables @subsection Mail Back End Variables These variables are (for the most part) pertinent to all the various mail back ends. @table @code @vindex nnmail-read-incoming-hook @item nnmail-read-incoming-hook The mail back ends all call this hook after reading new mail. You can use this hook to notify any mail watch programs, if you want to. @vindex nnmail-split-hook @item nnmail-split-hook @findex gnus-article-decode-encoded-words @cindex RFC 1522 decoding @cindex RFC 2047 decoding Hook run in the buffer where the mail headers of each message is kept just before the splitting based on these headers is done. The hook is free to modify the buffer contents in any way it sees fit---the buffer is discarded after the splitting has been done, and no changes performed in the buffer will show up in any files. @code{gnus-article-decode-encoded-words} is one likely function to add to this hook. @vindex nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook @vindex nnmail-post-get-new-mail-hook @item nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook @itemx nnmail-post-get-new-mail-hook These are two useful hooks executed when treating new incoming mail---@code{nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook} (is called just before starting to handle the new mail) and @code{nnmail-post-get-new-mail-hook} (is called when the mail handling is done). Here's and example of using these two hooks to change the default file modes the new mail files get: @lisp (add-hook 'nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook (lambda () (set-default-file-modes 511))) (add-hook 'nnmail-post-get-new-mail-hook (lambda () (set-default-file-modes 551))) @end lisp @item nnmail-use-long-file-names @vindex nnmail-use-long-file-names If non-@code{nil}, the mail back ends will use long file and directory names. Groups like @samp{mail.misc} will end up in directories (assuming use of @code{nnml} back end) or files (assuming use of @code{nnfolder} back end) like @file{mail.misc}. If it is @code{nil}, the same group will end up in @file{mail/misc}. @item nnmail-delete-file-function @vindex nnmail-delete-file-function @findex delete-file Function called to delete files. It is @code{delete-file} by default. @item nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids @vindex nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids If non-@code{nil}, put the @code{Message-ID}s of articles imported into the back end (via @code{Gcc}, for instance) into the mail duplication discovery cache. The default is @code{nil}. @item nnmail-cache-ignore-groups @vindex nnmail-cache-ignore-groups This can be a regular expression or a list of regular expressions. Group names that match any of the regular expressions will never be recorded in the @code{Message-ID} cache. This can be useful, for example, when using Fancy Splitting (@pxref{Fancy Mail Splitting}) together with the function @code{nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent}. @end table @node Fancy Mail Splitting @subsection Fancy Mail Splitting @cindex mail splitting @cindex fancy mail splitting @vindex nnmail-split-fancy @findex nnmail-split-fancy If the rather simple, standard method for specifying how to split mail doesn't allow you to do what you want, you can set @code{nnmail-split-methods} to @code{nnmail-split-fancy}. Then you can play with the @code{nnmail-split-fancy} variable. Let's look at an example value of this variable first: @lisp ;; @r{Messages from the mailer daemon are not crossposted to any of} ;; @r{the ordinary groups. Warnings are put in a separate group} ;; @r{from real errors.} (| ("from" mail (| ("subject" "warn.*" "mail.warning") "mail.misc")) ;; @r{Non-error messages are crossposted to all relevant} ;; @r{groups, but we don't crosspost between the group for the} ;; @r{(ding) list and the group for other (ding) related mail.} (& (| (any "ding@@ifi\\.uio\\.no" "ding.list") ("subject" "ding" "ding.misc")) ;; @r{Other mailing lists@dots{}} (any "procmail@@informatik\\.rwth-aachen\\.de" "procmail.list") (any "SmartList@@informatik\\.rwth-aachen\\.de" "SmartList.list") ;; @r{Both lists below have the same suffix, so prevent} ;; @r{cross-posting to mkpkg.list of messages posted only to} ;; @r{the bugs- list, but allow cross-posting when the} ;; @r{message was really cross-posted.} (any "bugs-mypackage@@somewhere" "mypkg.bugs") (any "mypackage@@somewhere" - "bugs-mypackage" "mypkg.list") ;; @r{People@dots{}} (any "larsi@@ifi\\.uio\\.no" "people.Lars_Magne_Ingebrigtsen")) ;; @r{Unmatched mail goes to the catch all group.} "misc.misc") @end lisp This variable has the format of a @dfn{split}. A split is a (possibly) recursive structure where each split may contain other splits. Here are the possible split syntaxes: @table @code @item group If the split is a string, that will be taken as a group name. Normal regexp match expansion will be done. See below for examples. @c Don't fold this line. @item (@var{field} @var{value} [- @var{restrict} [@dots{}] ] @var{split} [@var{invert-partial}]) The split can be a list containing at least three elements. If the first element @var{field} (a regexp matching a header) contains @var{value} (also a regexp) then store the message as specified by @var{split}. If @var{restrict} (yet another regexp) matches some string after @var{field} and before the end of the matched @var{value}, the @var{split} is ignored. If none of the @var{restrict} clauses match, @var{split} is processed. The last element @var{invert-partial} is optional. If it is non-@code{nil}, the match-partial-words behavior controlled by the variable @code{nnmail-split-fancy-match-partial-words} (see below) is be inverted. (New in Gnus 5.10.7) @item (| @var{split} @dots{}) If the split is a list, and the first element is @code{|} (vertical bar), then process each @var{split} until one of them matches. A @var{split} is said to match if it will cause the mail message to be stored in one or more groups. @item (& @var{split} @dots{}) If the split is a list, and the first element is @code{&}, then process all @var{split}s in the list. @item junk If the split is the symbol @code{junk}, then don't save (i.e., delete) this message. Use with extreme caution. @item (: @var{function} @var{arg1} @var{arg2} @dots{}) If the split is a list, and the first element is @samp{:}, then the second element will be called as a function with @var{args} given as arguments. The function should return a @var{split}. @cindex body split For instance, the following function could be used to split based on the body of the messages: @lisp (defun split-on-body () (save-excursion (save-restriction (widen) (goto-char (point-min)) (when (re-search-forward "Some.*string" nil t) "string.group")))) @end lisp The buffer is narrowed to the header of the message in question when @var{function} is run. That's why @code{(widen)} needs to be called after @code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} in the example above. Also note that with the nnimap backend, message bodies will not be downloaded by default. You need to set @code{nnimap-split-download-body} to @code{t} to do that (@pxref{Client-Side IMAP Splitting}). @item (! @var{func} @var{split}) If the split is a list, and the first element is @code{!}, then @var{split} will be processed, and @var{func} will be called as a function with the result of @var{split} as argument. @var{func} should return a split. @item nil If the split is @code{nil}, it is ignored. @end table In these splits, @var{field} must match a complete field name. Normally, @var{value} in these splits must match a complete @emph{word} according to the fundamental mode syntax table. In other words, all @var{value}'s will be implicitly surrounded by @code{\<...\>} markers, which are word delimiters. Therefore, if you use the following split, for example, @example (any "joe" "joemail") @end example @noindent messages sent from @samp{joedavis@@foo.org} will normally not be filed in @samp{joemail}. If you want to alter this behavior, you can use any of the following three ways: @enumerate @item @vindex nnmail-split-fancy-match-partial-words You can set the @code{nnmail-split-fancy-match-partial-words} variable to non-@code{nil} in order to ignore word boundaries and instead the match becomes more like a grep. This variable controls whether partial words are matched during fancy splitting. The default value is @code{nil}. Note that it influences all @var{value}'s in your split rules. @item @var{value} beginning with @code{.*} ignores word boundaries in front of a word. Similarly, if @var{value} ends with @code{.*}, word boundaries in the rear of a word will be ignored. For example, the @var{value} @code{"@@example\\.com"} does not match @samp{foo@@example.com} but @code{".*@@example\\.com"} does. @item You can set the @var{invert-partial} flag in your split rules of the @samp{(@var{field} @var{value} @dots{})} types, aforementioned in this section. If the flag is set, word boundaries on both sides of a word are ignored even if @code{nnmail-split-fancy-match-partial-words} is @code{nil}. Contrarily, if the flag is set, word boundaries are not ignored even if @code{nnmail-split-fancy-match-partial-words} is non-@code{nil}. (New in Gnus 5.10.7) @end enumerate @vindex nnmail-split-abbrev-alist @var{field} and @var{value} can also be Lisp symbols, in that case they are expanded as specified by the variable @code{nnmail-split-abbrev-alist}. This is an alist of cons cells, where the @sc{car} of a cell contains the key, and the @sc{cdr} contains the associated value. Predefined entries in @code{nnmail-split-abbrev-alist} include: @table @code @item from Matches the @samp{From}, @samp{Sender} and @samp{Resent-From} fields. @item to Matches the @samp{To}, @samp{Cc}, @samp{Apparently-To}, @samp{Resent-To} and @samp{Resent-Cc} fields. @item any Is the union of the @code{from} and @code{to} entries. @end table @vindex nnmail-split-fancy-syntax-table @code{nnmail-split-fancy-syntax-table} is the syntax table in effect when all this splitting is performed. If you want to have Gnus create groups dynamically based on some information in the headers (i.e., do @code{replace-match}-like substitutions in the group names), you can say things like: @example (any "debian-\\b\\(\\w+\\)@@lists.debian.org" "mail.debian.\\1") @end example In this example, messages sent to @samp{debian-foo@@lists.debian.org} will be filed in @samp{mail.debian.foo}. If the string contains the element @samp{\&}, then the previously matched string will be substituted. Similarly, the elements @samp{\\1} up to @samp{\\9} will be substituted with the text matched by the groupings 1 through 9. @vindex nnmail-split-lowercase-expanded Where @code{nnmail-split-lowercase-expanded} controls whether the lowercase of the matched string should be used for the substitution. Setting it as non-@code{nil} is useful to avoid the creation of multiple groups when users send to an address using different case (i.e. mailing-list@@domain vs Mailing-List@@Domain). The default value is @code{t}. @findex nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent @code{nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent} is a function which allows you to split followups into the same groups their parents are in. Sometimes you can't make splitting rules for all your mail. For example, your boss might send you personal mail regarding different projects you are working on, and as you can't tell your boss to put a distinguishing string into the subject line, you have to resort to manually moving the messages into the right group. With this function, you only have to do it once per thread. To use this feature, you have to set @code{nnmail-treat-duplicates} and @code{nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids} to a non-@code{nil} value. And then you can include @code{nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent} using the colon feature, like so: @lisp (setq nnmail-treat-duplicates 'warn ; @r{or @code{delete}} nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids t nnmail-split-fancy '(| (: nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent) ;; @r{other splits go here} )) @end lisp This feature works as follows: when @code{nnmail-treat-duplicates} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus records the message id of every message it sees in the file specified by the variable @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-file}, together with the group it is in (the group is omitted for non-mail messages). When mail splitting is invoked, the function @code{nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent} then looks at the References (and In-Reply-To) header of each message to split and searches the file specified by @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-file} for the message ids. When it has found a parent, it returns the corresponding group name unless the group name matches the regexp @code{nnmail-split-fancy-with-parent-ignore-groups}. It is recommended that you set @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-length} to a somewhat higher number than the default so that the message ids are still in the cache. (A value of 5000 appears to create a file some 300 kBytes in size.) @vindex nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids When @code{nnmail-cache-accepted-message-ids} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus also records the message ids of moved articles, so that the followup messages goes into the new group. Also see the variable @code{nnmail-cache-ignore-groups} if you don't want certain groups to be recorded in the cache. For example, if all outgoing messages are written to an ``outgoing'' group, you could set @code{nnmail-cache-ignore-groups} to match that group name. Otherwise, answers to all your messages would end up in the ``outgoing'' group. @node Group Mail Splitting @subsection Group Mail Splitting @cindex mail splitting @cindex group mail splitting @findex gnus-group-split If you subscribe to dozens of mailing lists but you don't want to maintain mail splitting rules manually, group mail splitting is for you. You just have to set @code{to-list} and/or @code{to-address} in group parameters or group customization and set @code{nnmail-split-methods} to @code{gnus-group-split}. This splitting function will scan all groups for those parameters and split mail accordingly, i.e., messages posted from or to the addresses specified in the parameters @code{to-list} or @code{to-address} of a mail group will be stored in that group. Sometimes, mailing lists have multiple addresses, and you may want mail splitting to recognize them all: just set the @code{extra-aliases} group parameter to the list of additional addresses and it's done. If you'd rather use a regular expression, set @code{split-regexp}. All these parameters in a group will be used to create an @code{nnmail-split-fancy} split, in which the @var{field} is @samp{any}, the @var{value} is a single regular expression that matches @code{to-list}, @code{to-address}, all of @code{extra-aliases} and all matches of @code{split-regexp}, and the @var{split} is the name of the group. @var{restrict}s are also supported: just set the @code{split-exclude} parameter to a list of regular expressions. If you can't get the right split to be generated using all these parameters, or you just need something fancier, you can set the parameter @code{split-spec} to an @code{nnmail-split-fancy} split. In this case, all other aforementioned parameters will be ignored by @code{gnus-group-split}. In particular, @code{split-spec} may be set to @code{nil}, in which case the group will be ignored by @code{gnus-group-split}. @vindex gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group @code{gnus-group-split} will do cross-posting on all groups that match, by defining a single @code{&} fancy split containing one split for each group. If a message doesn't match any split, it will be stored in the group named in @code{gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group}, unless some group has @code{split-spec} set to @code{catch-all}, in which case that group is used as the catch-all group. Even though this variable is often used just to name a group, it may also be set to an arbitrarily complex fancy split (after all, a group name is a fancy split), and this may be useful to split mail that doesn't go to any mailing list to personal mail folders. Note that this fancy split is added as the last element of a @code{|} split list that also contains a @code{&} split with the rules extracted from group parameters. It's time for an example. Assume the following group parameters have been defined: @example nnml:mail.bar: ((to-address . "bar@@femail.com") (split-regexp . ".*@@femail\\.com")) nnml:mail.foo: ((to-list . "foo@@nowhere.gov") (extra-aliases "foo@@localhost" "foo-redist@@home") (split-exclude "bugs-foo" "rambling-foo") (admin-address . "foo-request@@nowhere.gov")) nnml:mail.others: ((split-spec . catch-all)) @end example Setting @code{nnmail-split-methods} to @code{gnus-group-split} will behave as if @code{nnmail-split-fancy} had been selected and variable @code{nnmail-split-fancy} had been set as follows: @lisp (| (& (any "\\(bar@@femail\\.com\\|.*@@femail\\.com\\)" "mail.bar") (any "\\(foo@@nowhere\\.gov\\|foo@@localhost\\|foo-redist@@home\\)" - "bugs-foo" - "rambling-foo" "mail.foo")) "mail.others") @end lisp @findex gnus-group-split-fancy If you'd rather not use group splitting for all your mail groups, you may use it for only some of them, by using @code{nnmail-split-fancy} splits like this: @lisp (: gnus-group-split-fancy @var{groups} @var{no-crosspost} @var{catch-all}) @end lisp @var{groups} may be a regular expression or a list of group names whose parameters will be scanned to generate the output split. @var{no-crosspost} can be used to disable cross-posting; in this case, a single @code{|} split will be output. @var{catch-all} is the fall back fancy split, used like @code{gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group}. If @var{catch-all} is @code{nil}, or if @code{split-regexp} matches the empty string in any selected group, no catch-all split will be issued. Otherwise, if some group has @code{split-spec} set to @code{catch-all}, this group will override the value of the @var{catch-all} argument. @findex gnus-group-split-setup Unfortunately, scanning all groups and their parameters can be quite slow, especially considering that it has to be done for every message. But don't despair! The function @code{gnus-group-split-setup} can be used to enable @code{gnus-group-split} in a much more efficient way. It sets @code{nnmail-split-methods} to @code{nnmail-split-fancy} and sets @code{nnmail-split-fancy} to the split produced by @code{gnus-group-split-fancy}. Thus, the group parameters are only scanned once, no matter how many messages are split. @findex gnus-group-split-update However, if you change group parameters, you'd have to update @code{nnmail-split-fancy} manually. You can do it by running @code{gnus-group-split-update}. If you'd rather have it updated automatically, just tell @code{gnus-group-split-setup} to do it for you. For example, add to your @file{~/.gnus.el}: @lisp (gnus-group-split-setup @var{auto-update} @var{catch-all}) @end lisp If @var{auto-update} is non-@code{nil}, @code{gnus-group-split-update} will be added to @code{nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook}, so you won't ever have to worry about updating @code{nnmail-split-fancy} again. If you don't omit @var{catch-all} (it's optional, equivalent to @code{nil}), @code{gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group} will be set to its value. @vindex gnus-group-split-updated-hook Because you may want to change @code{nnmail-split-fancy} after it is set by @code{gnus-group-split-update}, this function will run @code{gnus-group-split-updated-hook} just before finishing. @node Incorporating Old Mail @subsection Incorporating Old Mail @cindex incorporating old mail @cindex import old mail Most people have lots of old mail stored in various file formats. If you have set up Gnus to read mail using one of the spiffy Gnus mail back ends, you'll probably wish to have that old mail incorporated into your mail groups. Doing so can be quite easy. To take an example: You're reading mail using @code{nnml} (@pxref{Mail Spool}), and have set @code{nnmail-split-methods} to a satisfactory value (@pxref{Splitting Mail}). You have an old Unix mbox file filled with important, but old, mail. You want to move it into your @code{nnml} groups. Here's how: @enumerate @item Go to the group buffer. @item Type @kbd{G f} and give the file name to the mbox file when prompted to create an @code{nndoc} group from the mbox file (@pxref{Foreign Groups}). @item Type @kbd{SPACE} to enter the newly created group. @item Type @kbd{M P b} to process-mark all articles in this group's buffer (@pxref{Setting Process Marks}). @item Type @kbd{B r} to respool all the process-marked articles, and answer @samp{nnml} when prompted (@pxref{Mail Group Commands}). @end enumerate All the mail messages in the mbox file will now also be spread out over all your @code{nnml} groups. Try entering them and check whether things have gone without a glitch. If things look ok, you may consider deleting the mbox file, but I wouldn't do that unless I was absolutely sure that all the mail has ended up where it should be. Respooling is also a handy thing to do if you're switching from one mail back end to another. Just respool all the mail in the old mail groups using the new mail back end. @node Expiring Mail @subsection Expiring Mail @cindex article expiry @cindex expiring mail Traditional mail readers have a tendency to remove mail articles when you mark them as read, in some way. Gnus takes a fundamentally different approach to mail reading. Gnus basically considers mail just to be news that has been received in a rather peculiar manner. It does not think that it has the power to actually change the mail, or delete any mail messages. If you enter a mail group, and mark articles as ``read'', or kill them in some other fashion, the mail articles will still exist on the system. I repeat: Gnus will not delete your old, read mail. Unless you ask it to, of course. To make Gnus get rid of your unwanted mail, you have to mark the articles as @dfn{expirable}. (With the default key bindings, this means that you have to type @kbd{E}.) This does not mean that the articles will disappear right away, however. In general, a mail article will be deleted from your system if, 1) it is marked as expirable, AND 2) it is more than one week old. If you do not mark an article as expirable, it will remain on your system until hell freezes over. This bears repeating one more time, with some spurious capitalizations: IF you do NOT mark articles as EXPIRABLE, Gnus will NEVER delete those ARTICLES. You do not have to mark articles as expirable by hand. Gnus provides two features, called ``auto-expire'' and ``total-expire'', that can help you with this. In a nutshell, ``auto-expire'' means that Gnus hits @kbd{E} for you when you select an article. And ``total-expire'' means that Gnus considers all articles as expirable that are read. So, in addition to the articles marked @samp{E}, also the articles marked @samp{r}, @samp{R}, @samp{O}, @samp{K}, @samp{Y} and so on are considered expirable. When should either auto-expire or total-expire be used? Most people who are subscribed to mailing lists split each list into its own group and then turn on auto-expire or total-expire for those groups. (@xref{Splitting Mail}, for more information on splitting each list into its own group.) Which one is better, auto-expire or total-expire? It's not easy to answer. Generally speaking, auto-expire is probably faster. Another advantage of auto-expire is that you get more marks to work with: for the articles that are supposed to stick around, you can still choose between tick and dormant and read marks. But with total-expire, you only have dormant and ticked to choose from. The advantage of total-expire is that it works well with adaptive scoring (@pxref{Adaptive Scoring}). Auto-expire works with normal scoring but not with adaptive scoring. @vindex gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups Groups that match the regular expression @code{gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups} will have all articles that you read marked as expirable automatically. All articles marked as expirable have an @samp{E} in the first column in the summary buffer. By default, if you have auto expiry switched on, Gnus will mark all the articles you read as expirable, no matter if they were read or unread before. To avoid having articles marked as read marked as expirable automatically, you can put something like the following in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @vindex gnus-mark-article-hook @lisp (remove-hook 'gnus-mark-article-hook 'gnus-summary-mark-read-and-unread-as-read) (add-hook 'gnus-mark-article-hook 'gnus-summary-mark-unread-as-read) @end lisp Note that making a group auto-expirable doesn't mean that all read articles are expired---only the articles marked as expirable will be expired. Also note that using the @kbd{d} command won't make articles expirable---only semi-automatic marking of articles as read will mark the articles as expirable in auto-expirable groups. Let's say you subscribe to a couple of mailing lists, and you want the articles you have read to disappear after a while: @lisp (setq gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups "mail.nonsense-list\\|mail.nice-list") @end lisp Another way to have auto-expiry happen is to have the element @code{auto-expire} in the group parameters of the group. If you use adaptive scoring (@pxref{Adaptive Scoring}) and auto-expiring, you'll have problems. Auto-expiring and adaptive scoring don't really mix very well. @vindex nnmail-expiry-wait The @code{nnmail-expiry-wait} variable supplies the default time an expirable article has to live. Gnus starts counting days from when the message @emph{arrived}, not from when it was sent. The default is seven days. Gnus also supplies a function that lets you fine-tune how long articles are to live, based on what group they are in. Let's say you want to have one month expiry period in the @samp{mail.private} group, a one day expiry period in the @samp{mail.junk} group, and a six day expiry period everywhere else: @vindex nnmail-expiry-wait-function @lisp (setq nnmail-expiry-wait-function (lambda (group) (cond ((string= group "mail.private") 31) ((string= group "mail.junk") 1) ((string= group "important") 'never) (t 6)))) @end lisp The group names this function is fed are ``unadorned'' group names---no @samp{nnml:} prefixes and the like. The @code{nnmail-expiry-wait} variable and @code{nnmail-expiry-wait-function} function can either be a number (not necessarily an integer) or one of the symbols @code{immediate} or @code{never}. You can also use the @code{expiry-wait} group parameter to selectively change the expiry period (@pxref{Group Parameters}). @vindex nnmail-expiry-target The normal action taken when expiring articles is to delete them. However, in some circumstances it might make more sense to move them to other groups instead of deleting them. The variable @code{nnmail-expiry-target} (and the @code{expiry-target} group parameter) controls this. The variable supplies a default value for all groups, which can be overridden for specific groups by the group parameter. default value is @code{delete}, but this can also be a string (which should be the name of the group the message should be moved to), or a function (which will be called in a buffer narrowed to the message in question, and with the name of the group being moved from as its parameter) which should return a target---either a group name or @code{delete}. Here's an example for specifying a group name: @lisp (setq nnmail-expiry-target "nnml:expired") @end lisp @findex nnmail-fancy-expiry-target @vindex nnmail-fancy-expiry-targets Gnus provides a function @code{nnmail-fancy-expiry-target} which will expire mail to groups according to the variable @code{nnmail-fancy-expiry-targets}. Here's an example: @lisp (setq nnmail-expiry-target 'nnmail-fancy-expiry-target nnmail-fancy-expiry-targets '((to-from "boss" "nnfolder:Work") ("subject" "IMPORTANT" "nnfolder:IMPORTANT.%Y.%b") ("from" ".*" "nnfolder:Archive-%Y"))) @end lisp With this setup, any mail that has @code{IMPORTANT} in its Subject header and was sent in the year @code{YYYY} and month @code{MMM}, will get expired to the group @code{nnfolder:IMPORTANT.YYYY.MMM}. If its From or To header contains the string @code{boss}, it will get expired to @code{nnfolder:Work}. All other mail will get expired to @code{nnfolder:Archive-YYYY}. @vindex nnmail-keep-last-article If @code{nnmail-keep-last-article} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will never expire the final article in a mail newsgroup. This is to make life easier for procmail users. @vindex gnus-total-expirable-newsgroups By the way: That line up there, about Gnus never expiring non-expirable articles, is a lie. If you put @code{total-expire} in the group parameters, articles will not be marked as expirable, but all read articles will be put through the expiry process. Use with extreme caution. Even more dangerous is the @code{gnus-total-expirable-newsgroups} variable. All groups that match this regexp will have all read articles put through the expiry process, which means that @emph{all} old mail articles in the groups in question will be deleted after a while. Use with extreme caution, and don't come crying to me when you discover that the regexp you used matched the wrong group and all your important mail has disappeared. Be a @emph{man}! Or a @emph{woman}! Whatever you feel more comfortable with! So there! Most people make most of their mail groups total-expirable, though. @vindex gnus-inhibit-user-auto-expire If @code{gnus-inhibit-user-auto-expire} is non-@code{nil}, user marking commands will not mark an article as expirable, even if the group has auto-expire turned on. @vindex gnus-mark-copied-or-moved-articles-as-expirable The expirable marks of articles will be removed when copying or moving them to a group in which auto-expire is not turned on. This is for preventing articles from being expired unintentionally. On the other hand, to a group that has turned auto-expire on, the expirable marks of articles that are copied or moved will not be changed by default. I.e., when copying or moving to such a group, articles that were expirable will be left expirable and ones that were not expirable will not be marked as expirable. So, even though in auto-expire groups, some articles will never get expired (unless you read them again). If you don't side with that behavior that unexpirable articles may be mixed into auto-expire groups, you can set @code{gnus-mark-copied-or-moved-articles-as-expirable} to a non-@code{nil} value. In that case, articles that have been read will be marked as expirable automatically when being copied or moved to a group that has auto-expire turned on. The default value is @code{nil}. @node Washing Mail @subsection Washing Mail @cindex mail washing @cindex list server brain damage @cindex incoming mail treatment Mailers and list servers are notorious for doing all sorts of really, really stupid things with mail. ``Hey, RFC 822 doesn't explicitly prohibit us from adding the string @code{wE aRe ElItE!!!!!1!!} to the end of all lines passing through our server, so let's do that!!!!1!'' Yes, but RFC 822 wasn't designed to be read by morons. Things that were considered to be self-evident were not discussed. So. Here we are. Case in point: The German version of Microsoft Exchange adds @samp{AW: } to the subjects of replies instead of @samp{Re: }. I could pretend to be shocked and dismayed by this, but I haven't got the energy. It is to laugh. Gnus provides a plethora of functions for washing articles while displaying them, but it might be nicer to do the filtering before storing the mail to disk. For that purpose, we have three hooks and various functions that can be put in these hooks. @table @code @item nnmail-prepare-incoming-hook @vindex nnmail-prepare-incoming-hook This hook is called before doing anything with the mail and is meant for grand, sweeping gestures. It is called in a buffer that contains all the new, incoming mail. Functions to be used include: @table @code @item nnheader-ms-strip-cr @findex nnheader-ms-strip-cr Remove trailing carriage returns from each line. This is default on Emacs running on MS machines. @end table @item nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook @vindex nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook This hook is called narrowed to each header. It can be used when cleaning up the headers. Functions that can be used include: @table @code @item nnmail-remove-leading-whitespace @findex nnmail-remove-leading-whitespace Clear leading white space that ``helpful'' listservs have added to the headers to make them look nice. Aaah. (Note that this function works on both the header on the body of all messages, so it is a potentially dangerous function to use (if a body of a message contains something that looks like a header line). So rather than fix the bug, it is of course the right solution to make it into a feature by documenting it.) @item nnmail-remove-list-identifiers @findex nnmail-remove-list-identifiers Some list servers add an identifier---for example, @samp{(idm)}---to the beginning of all @code{Subject} headers. I'm sure that's nice for people who use stone age mail readers. This function will remove strings that match the @code{nnmail-list-identifiers} regexp, which can also be a list of regexp. @code{nnmail-list-identifiers} may not contain @code{\\(..\\)}. For instance, if you want to remove the @samp{(idm)} and the @samp{nagnagnag} identifiers: @lisp (setq nnmail-list-identifiers '("(idm)" "nagnagnag")) @end lisp This can also be done non-destructively with @code{gnus-list-identifiers}, @xref{Article Hiding}. @item nnmail-remove-tabs @findex nnmail-remove-tabs Translate all @samp{TAB} characters into @samp{SPACE} characters. @item nnmail-ignore-broken-references @findex nnmail-ignore-broken-references @c @findex nnmail-fix-eudora-headers @cindex Eudora @cindex Pegasus Some mail user agents (e.g. Eudora and Pegasus) produce broken @code{References} headers, but correct @code{In-Reply-To} headers. This function will get rid of the @code{References} header if the headers contain a line matching the regular expression @code{nnmail-broken-references-mailers}. @end table @item nnmail-prepare-incoming-message-hook @vindex nnmail-prepare-incoming-message-hook This hook is called narrowed to each message. Functions to be used include: @table @code @item article-de-quoted-unreadable @findex article-de-quoted-unreadable Decode Quoted Readable encoding. @end table @end table @node Duplicates @subsection Duplicates @vindex nnmail-treat-duplicates @vindex nnmail-message-id-cache-length @vindex nnmail-message-id-cache-file @cindex duplicate mails If you are a member of a couple of mailing lists, you will sometimes receive two copies of the same mail. This can be quite annoying, so @code{nnmail} checks for and treats any duplicates it might find. To do this, it keeps a cache of old @code{Message-ID}s--- @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-file}, which is @file{~/.nnmail-cache} by default. The approximate maximum number of @code{Message-ID}s stored there is controlled by the @code{nnmail-message-id-cache-length} variable, which is 1000 by default. (So 1000 @code{Message-ID}s will be stored.) If all this sounds scary to you, you can set @code{nnmail-treat-duplicates} to @code{warn} (which is what it is by default), and @code{nnmail} won't delete duplicate mails. Instead it will insert a warning into the head of the mail saying that it thinks that this is a duplicate of a different message. This variable can also be a function. If that's the case, the function will be called from a buffer narrowed to the message in question with the @code{Message-ID} as a parameter. The function must return either @code{nil}, @code{warn}, or @code{delete}. You can turn this feature off completely by setting the variable to @code{nil}. If you want all the duplicate mails to be put into a special @dfn{duplicates} group, you could do that using the normal mail split methods: @lisp (setq nnmail-split-fancy '(| ;; @r{Messages duplicates go to a separate group.} ("gnus-warning" "duplicat\\(e\\|ion\\) of message" "duplicate") ;; @r{Message from daemons, postmaster, and the like to another.} (any mail "mail.misc") ;; @r{Other rules.} [...] )) @end lisp @noindent Or something like: @lisp (setq nnmail-split-methods '(("duplicates" "^Gnus-Warning:.*duplicate") ;; @r{Other rules.} [...])) @end lisp Here's a neat feature: If you know that the recipient reads her mail with Gnus, and that she has @code{nnmail-treat-duplicates} set to @code{delete}, you can send her as many insults as you like, just by using a @code{Message-ID} of a mail that you know that she's already received. Think of all the fun! She'll never see any of it! Whee! @node Not Reading Mail @subsection Not Reading Mail If you start using any of the mail back ends, they have the annoying habit of assuming that you want to read mail with them. This might not be unreasonable, but it might not be what you want. If you set @code{mail-sources} and @code{nnmail-spool-file} to @code{nil}, none of the back ends will ever attempt to read incoming mail, which should help. @vindex nnbabyl-get-new-mail @vindex nnmbox-get-new-mail @vindex nnml-get-new-mail @vindex nnmh-get-new-mail @vindex nnfolder-get-new-mail This might be too much, if, for instance, you are reading mail quite happily with @code{nnml} and just want to peek at some old (pre-Emacs 23) Rmail file you have stashed away with @code{nnbabyl}. All back ends have variables called back-end-@code{get-new-mail}. If you want to disable the @code{nnbabyl} mail reading, you edit the virtual server for the group to have a setting where @code{nnbabyl-get-new-mail} to @code{nil}. All the mail back ends will call @code{nn}*@code{-prepare-save-mail-hook} narrowed to the article to be saved before saving it when reading incoming mail. @node Choosing a Mail Back End @subsection Choosing a Mail Back End Gnus will read the mail spool when you activate a mail group. The mail file is first copied to your home directory. What happens after that depends on what format you want to store your mail in. There are six different mail back ends in the standard Gnus, and more back ends are available separately. The mail back end most people use (because it is possibly the fastest) is @code{nnml} (@pxref{Mail Spool}). @menu * Unix Mail Box:: Using the (quite) standard Un*x mbox. * Babyl:: Babyl was used by older versions of Rmail. * Mail Spool:: Store your mail in a private spool? * MH Spool:: An mhspool-like back end. * Maildir:: Another one-file-per-message format. * Mail Folders:: Having one file for each group. * Comparing Mail Back Ends:: An in-depth looks at pros and cons. @end menu @node Unix Mail Box @subsubsection Unix Mail Box @cindex nnmbox @cindex unix mail box @vindex nnmbox-active-file @vindex nnmbox-mbox-file The @dfn{nnmbox} back end will use the standard Un*x mbox file to store mail. @code{nnmbox} will add extra headers to each mail article to say which group it belongs in. Virtual server settings: @table @code @item nnmbox-mbox-file @vindex nnmbox-mbox-file The name of the mail box in the user's home directory. Default is @file{~/mbox}. @item nnmbox-active-file @vindex nnmbox-active-file The name of the active file for the mail box. Default is @file{~/.mbox-active}. @item nnmbox-get-new-mail @vindex nnmbox-get-new-mail If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnmbox} will read incoming mail and split it into groups. Default is @code{t}. @end table @node Babyl @subsubsection Babyl @cindex nnbabyl @vindex nnbabyl-active-file @vindex nnbabyl-mbox-file The @dfn{nnbabyl} back end will use a Babyl mail box to store mail. @code{nnbabyl} will add extra headers to each mail article to say which group it belongs in. Virtual server settings: @table @code @item nnbabyl-mbox-file @vindex nnbabyl-mbox-file The name of the Babyl file. The default is @file{~/RMAIL} @item nnbabyl-active-file @vindex nnbabyl-active-file The name of the active file for the Babyl file. The default is @file{~/.rmail-active} @item nnbabyl-get-new-mail @vindex nnbabyl-get-new-mail If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnbabyl} will read incoming mail. Default is @code{t} @end table @node Mail Spool @subsubsection Mail Spool @cindex nnml @cindex mail @acronym{NOV} spool The @dfn{nnml} spool mail format isn't compatible with any other known format. It should be used with some caution. @vindex nnml-directory If you use this back end, Gnus will split all incoming mail into files, one file for each mail, and put the articles into the corresponding directories under the directory specified by the @code{nnml-directory} variable. The default value is @file{~/Mail/}. You do not have to create any directories beforehand; Gnus will take care of all that. If you have a strict limit as to how many files you are allowed to store in your account, you should not use this back end. As each mail gets its own file, you might very well occupy thousands of inodes within a few weeks. If this is no problem for you, and it isn't a problem for you having your friendly systems administrator walking around, madly, shouting ``Who is eating all my inodes?! Who? Who!?!'', then you should know that this is probably the fastest format to use. You do not have to trudge through a big mbox file just to read your new mail. @code{nnml} is probably the slowest back end when it comes to article splitting. It has to create lots of files, and it also generates @acronym{NOV} databases for the incoming mails. This makes it possibly the fastest back end when it comes to reading mail. @cindex self contained nnml servers @cindex marks When the marks file is used (which it is by default), @code{nnml} servers have the property that you may backup them using @code{tar} or similar, and later be able to restore them into Gnus (by adding the proper @code{nnml} server) and have all your marks be preserved. Marks for a group are usually stored in the @code{.marks} file (but see @code{nnml-marks-file-name}) within each @code{nnml} group's directory. Individual @code{nnml} groups are also possible to backup, use @kbd{G m} to restore the group (after restoring the backup into the nnml directory). If for some reason you believe your @file{.marks} files are screwed up, you can just delete them all. Gnus will then correctly regenerate them next time it starts. Virtual server settings: @table @code @item nnml-directory @vindex nnml-directory All @code{nnml} directories will be placed under this directory. The default is the value of @code{message-directory} (whose default value is @file{~/Mail}). @item nnml-active-file @vindex nnml-active-file The active file for the @code{nnml} server. The default is @file{~/Mail/active}. @item nnml-newsgroups-file @vindex nnml-newsgroups-file The @code{nnml} group descriptions file. @xref{Newsgroups File Format}. The default is @file{~/Mail/newsgroups}. @item nnml-get-new-mail @vindex nnml-get-new-mail If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnml} will read incoming mail. The default is @code{t}. @item nnml-nov-is-evil @vindex nnml-nov-is-evil If non-@code{nil}, this back end will ignore any @acronym{NOV} files. The default is @code{nil}. @item nnml-nov-file-name @vindex nnml-nov-file-name The name of the @acronym{NOV} files. The default is @file{.overview}. @item nnml-prepare-save-mail-hook @vindex nnml-prepare-save-mail-hook Hook run narrowed to an article before saving. @item nnml-marks-is-evil @vindex nnml-marks-is-evil If non-@code{nil}, this back end will ignore any @sc{marks} files. The default is @code{nil}. @item nnml-marks-file-name @vindex nnml-marks-file-name The name of the @dfn{marks} files. The default is @file{.marks}. @item nnml-use-compressed-files @vindex nnml-use-compressed-files If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnml} will allow using compressed message files. This requires @code{auto-compression-mode} to be enabled (@pxref{Compressed Files, ,Compressed Files, emacs, The Emacs Manual}). If the value of @code{nnml-use-compressed-files} is a string, it is used as the file extension specifying the compression program. You can set it to @samp{.bz2} if your Emacs supports it. A value of @code{t} is equivalent to @samp{.gz}. @item nnml-compressed-files-size-threshold @vindex nnml-compressed-files-size-threshold Default size threshold for compressed message files. Message files with bodies larger than that many characters will be automatically compressed if @code{nnml-use-compressed-files} is non-@code{nil}. @end table @findex nnml-generate-nov-databases If your @code{nnml} groups and @acronym{NOV} files get totally out of whack, you can do a complete update by typing @kbd{M-x nnml-generate-nov-databases}. This command will trawl through the entire @code{nnml} hierarchy, looking at each and every article, so it might take a while to complete. A better interface to this functionality can be found in the server buffer (@pxref{Server Commands}). @node MH Spool @subsubsection MH Spool @cindex nnmh @cindex mh-e mail spool @code{nnmh} is just like @code{nnml}, except that is doesn't generate @acronym{NOV} databases and it doesn't keep an active file or marks file. This makes @code{nnmh} a @emph{much} slower back end than @code{nnml}, but it also makes it easier to write procmail scripts for. Virtual server settings: @table @code @item nnmh-directory @vindex nnmh-directory All @code{nnmh} directories will be located under this directory. The default is the value of @code{message-directory} (whose default is @file{~/Mail}) @item nnmh-get-new-mail @vindex nnmh-get-new-mail If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnmh} will read incoming mail. The default is @code{t}. @item nnmh-be-safe @vindex nnmh-be-safe If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnmh} will go to ridiculous lengths to make sure that the articles in the folder are actually what Gnus thinks they are. It will check date stamps and stat everything in sight, so setting this to @code{t} will mean a serious slow-down. If you never use anything but Gnus to read the @code{nnmh} articles, you do not have to set this variable to @code{t}. The default is @code{nil}. @end table @node Maildir @subsubsection Maildir @cindex nnmaildir @cindex maildir @code{nnmaildir} stores mail in the maildir format, with each maildir corresponding to a group in Gnus. This format is documented here: @uref{http://cr.yp.to/proto/maildir.html} and here: @uref{http://www.qmail.org/man/man5/maildir.html}. @code{nnmaildir} also stores extra information in the @file{.nnmaildir/} directory within a maildir. Maildir format was designed to allow concurrent deliveries and reading, without needing locks. With other back ends, you would have your mail delivered to a spool of some kind, and then you would configure Gnus to split mail from that spool into your groups. You can still do that with @code{nnmaildir}, but the more common configuration is to have your mail delivered directly to the maildirs that appear as group in Gnus. @code{nnmaildir} is designed to be perfectly reliable: @kbd{C-g} will never corrupt its data in memory, and @code{SIGKILL} will never corrupt its data in the filesystem. @code{nnmaildir} stores article marks and @acronym{NOV} data in each maildir. So you can copy a whole maildir from one Gnus setup to another, and you will keep your marks. Virtual server settings: @table @code @item directory For each of your @code{nnmaildir} servers (it's very unlikely that you'd need more than one), you need to create a directory and populate it with maildirs or symlinks to maildirs (and nothing else; do not choose a directory already used for other purposes). Each maildir will be represented in Gnus as a newsgroup on that server; the filename of the symlink will be the name of the group. Any filenames in the directory starting with @samp{.} are ignored. The directory is scanned when you first start Gnus, and each time you type @kbd{g} in the group buffer; if any maildirs have been removed or added, @code{nnmaildir} notices at these times. The value of the @code{directory} parameter should be a Lisp form which is processed by @code{eval} and @code{expand-file-name} to get the path of the directory for this server. The form is @code{eval}ed only when the server is opened; the resulting string is used until the server is closed. (If you don't know about forms and @code{eval}, don't worry---a simple string will work.) This parameter is not optional; you must specify it. I don't recommend using @code{"~/Mail"} or a subdirectory of it; several other parts of Gnus use that directory by default for various things, and may get confused if @code{nnmaildir} uses it too. @code{"~/.nnmaildir"} is a typical value. @item target-prefix This should be a Lisp form which is processed by @code{eval} and @code{expand-file-name}. The form is @code{eval}ed only when the server is opened; the resulting string is used until the server is closed. When you create a group on an @code{nnmaildir} server, the maildir is created with @code{target-prefix} prepended to its name, and a symlink pointing to that maildir is created, named with the plain group name. So if @code{directory} is @code{"~/.nnmaildir"} and @code{target-prefix} is @code{"../maildirs/"}, then when you create the group @code{foo}, @code{nnmaildir} will create @file{~/.nnmaildir/../maildirs/foo} as a maildir, and will create @file{~/.nnmaildir/foo} as a symlink pointing to @file{../maildirs/foo}. You can set @code{target-prefix} to a string without any slashes to create both maildirs and symlinks in the same @code{directory}; in this case, any maildirs found in @code{directory} whose names start with @code{target-prefix} will not be listed as groups (but the symlinks pointing to them will be). As a special case, if @code{target-prefix} is @code{""} (the default), then when you create a group, the maildir will be created in @code{directory} without a corresponding symlink. Beware that you cannot use @code{gnus-group-delete-group} on such groups without the @code{force} argument. @item directory-files This should be a function with the same interface as @code{directory-files} (such as @code{directory-files} itself). It is used to scan the server's @code{directory} for maildirs. This parameter is optional; the default is @code{nnheader-directory-files-safe} if @code{nnheader-directory-files-is-safe} is @code{nil}, and @code{directory-files} otherwise. (@code{nnheader-directory-files-is-safe} is checked only once when the server is opened; if you want to check it each time the directory is scanned, you'll have to provide your own function that does that.) @item get-new-mail If non-@code{nil}, then after scanning for new mail in the group maildirs themselves as usual, this server will also incorporate mail the conventional Gnus way, from @code{mail-sources} according to @code{nnmail-split-methods} or @code{nnmail-split-fancy}. The default value is @code{nil}. Do @emph{not} use the same maildir both in @code{mail-sources} and as an @code{nnmaildir} group. The results might happen to be useful, but that would be by chance, not by design, and the results might be different in the future. If your split rules create new groups, remember to supply a @code{create-directory} server parameter. @end table @subsubsection Group parameters @code{nnmaildir} uses several group parameters. It's safe to ignore all this; the default behavior for @code{nnmaildir} is the same as the default behavior for other mail back ends: articles are deleted after one week, etc. Except for the expiry parameters, all this functionality is unique to @code{nnmaildir}, so you can ignore it if you're just trying to duplicate the behavior you already have with another back end. If the value of any of these parameters is a vector, the first element is evaluated as a Lisp form and the result is used, rather than the original value. If the value is not a vector, the value itself is evaluated as a Lisp form. (This is why these parameters use names different from those of other, similar parameters supported by other back ends: they have different, though similar, meanings.) (For numbers, strings, @code{nil}, and @code{t}, you can ignore the @code{eval} business again; for other values, remember to use an extra quote and wrap the value in a vector when appropriate.) @table @code @item expire-age An integer specifying the minimum age, in seconds, of an article before it will be expired, or the symbol @code{never} to specify that articles should never be expired. If this parameter is not set, @code{nnmaildir} falls back to the usual @code{nnmail-expiry-wait}(@code{-function}) variables (the @code{expiry-wait} group parameter overrides @code{nnmail-expiry-wait} and makes @code{nnmail-expiry-wait-function} ineffective). If you wanted a value of 3 days, you could use something like @code{[(* 3 24 60 60)]}; @code{nnmaildir} will evaluate the form and use the result. An article's age is measured starting from the article file's modification time. Normally, this is the same as the article's delivery time, but editing an article makes it younger. Moving an article (other than via expiry) may also make an article younger. @item expire-group If this is set to a string such as a full Gnus group name, like @example "backend+server.address.string:group.name" @end example and if it is not the name of the same group that the parameter belongs to, then articles will be moved to the specified group during expiry before being deleted. @emph{If this is set to an @code{nnmaildir} group, the article will be just as old in the destination group as it was in the source group.} So be careful with @code{expire-age} in the destination group. If this is set to the name of the same group that the parameter belongs to, then the article is not expired at all. If you use the vector form, the first element is evaluated once for each article. So that form can refer to @code{nnmaildir-article-file-name}, etc., to decide where to put the article. @emph{Even if this parameter is not set, @code{nnmaildir} does not fall back to the @code{expiry-target} group parameter or the @code{nnmail-expiry-target} variable.} @item read-only If this is set to @code{t}, @code{nnmaildir} will treat the articles in this maildir as read-only. This means: articles are not renamed from @file{new/} into @file{cur/}; articles are only found in @file{new/}, not @file{cur/}; articles are never deleted; articles cannot be edited. @file{new/} is expected to be a symlink to the @file{new/} directory of another maildir---e.g., a system-wide mailbox containing a mailing list of common interest. Everything in the maildir outside @file{new/} is @emph{not} treated as read-only, so for a shared mailbox, you do still need to set up your own maildir (or have write permission to the shared mailbox); your maildir just won't contain extra copies of the articles. @item directory-files A function with the same interface as @code{directory-files}. It is used to scan the directories in the maildir corresponding to this group to find articles. The default is the function specified by the server's @code{directory-files} parameter. @item distrust-Lines: If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnmaildir} will always count the lines of an article, rather than use the @code{Lines:} header field. If @code{nil}, the header field will be used if present. @item always-marks A list of mark symbols, such as @code{['(read expire)]}. Whenever Gnus asks @code{nnmaildir} for article marks, @code{nnmaildir} will say that all articles have these marks, regardless of whether the marks stored in the filesystem say so. This is a proof-of-concept feature that will probably be removed eventually; it ought to be done in Gnus proper, or abandoned if it's not worthwhile. @item never-marks A list of mark symbols, such as @code{['(tick expire)]}. Whenever Gnus asks @code{nnmaildir} for article marks, @code{nnmaildir} will say that no articles have these marks, regardless of whether the marks stored in the filesystem say so. @code{never-marks} overrides @code{always-marks}. This is a proof-of-concept feature that will probably be removed eventually; it ought to be done in Gnus proper, or abandoned if it's not worthwhile. @item nov-cache-size An integer specifying the size of the @acronym{NOV} memory cache. To speed things up, @code{nnmaildir} keeps @acronym{NOV} data in memory for a limited number of articles in each group. (This is probably not worthwhile, and will probably be removed in the future.) This parameter's value is noticed only the first time a group is seen after the server is opened---i.e., when you first start Gnus, typically. The @acronym{NOV} cache is never resized until the server is closed and reopened. The default is an estimate of the number of articles that would be displayed in the summary buffer: a count of articles that are either marked with @code{tick} or not marked with @code{read}, plus a little extra. @end table @subsubsection Article identification Articles are stored in the @file{cur/} subdirectory of each maildir. Each article file is named like @code{uniq:info}, where @code{uniq} contains no colons. @code{nnmaildir} ignores, but preserves, the @code{:info} part. (Other maildir readers typically use this part of the filename to store marks.) The @code{uniq} part uniquely identifies the article, and is used in various places in the @file{.nnmaildir/} subdirectory of the maildir to store information about the corresponding article. The full pathname of an article is available in the variable @code{nnmaildir-article-file-name} after you request the article in the summary buffer. @subsubsection NOV data An article identified by @code{uniq} has its @acronym{NOV} data (used to generate lines in the summary buffer) stored in @code{.nnmaildir/nov/uniq}. There is no @code{nnmaildir-generate-nov-databases} function. (There isn't much need for it---an article's @acronym{NOV} data is updated automatically when the article or @code{nnmail-extra-headers} has changed.) You can force @code{nnmaildir} to regenerate the @acronym{NOV} data for a single article simply by deleting the corresponding @acronym{NOV} file, but @emph{beware}: this will also cause @code{nnmaildir} to assign a new article number for this article, which may cause trouble with @code{seen} marks, the Agent, and the cache. @subsubsection Article marks An article identified by @code{uniq} is considered to have the mark @code{flag} when the file @file{.nnmaildir/marks/flag/uniq} exists. When Gnus asks @code{nnmaildir} for a group's marks, @code{nnmaildir} looks for such files and reports the set of marks it finds. When Gnus asks @code{nnmaildir} to store a new set of marks, @code{nnmaildir} creates and deletes the corresponding files as needed. (Actually, rather than create a new file for each mark, it just creates hard links to @file{.nnmaildir/markfile}, to save inodes.) You can invent new marks by creating a new directory in @file{.nnmaildir/marks/}. You can tar up a maildir and remove it from your server, untar it later, and keep your marks. You can add and remove marks yourself by creating and deleting mark files. If you do this while Gnus is running and your @code{nnmaildir} server is open, it's best to exit all summary buffers for @code{nnmaildir} groups and type @kbd{s} in the group buffer first, and to type @kbd{g} or @kbd{M-g} in the group buffer afterwards. Otherwise, Gnus might not pick up the changes, and might undo them. @node Mail Folders @subsubsection Mail Folders @cindex nnfolder @cindex mbox folders @cindex mail folders @code{nnfolder} is a back end for storing each mail group in a separate file. Each file is in the standard Un*x mbox format. @code{nnfolder} will add extra headers to keep track of article numbers and arrival dates. @cindex self contained nnfolder servers @cindex marks When the marks file is used (which it is by default), @code{nnfolder} servers have the property that you may backup them using @code{tar} or similar, and later be able to restore them into Gnus (by adding the proper @code{nnfolder} server) and have all your marks be preserved. Marks for a group are usually stored in a file named as the mbox file with @code{.mrk} concatenated to it (but see @code{nnfolder-marks-file-suffix}) within the @code{nnfolder} directory. Individual @code{nnfolder} groups are also possible to backup, use @kbd{G m} to restore the group (after restoring the backup into the @code{nnfolder} directory). Virtual server settings: @table @code @item nnfolder-directory @vindex nnfolder-directory All the @code{nnfolder} mail boxes will be stored under this directory. The default is the value of @code{message-directory} (whose default is @file{~/Mail}) @item nnfolder-active-file @vindex nnfolder-active-file The name of the active file. The default is @file{~/Mail/active}. @item nnfolder-newsgroups-file @vindex nnfolder-newsgroups-file The name of the group descriptions file. @xref{Newsgroups File Format}. The default is @file{~/Mail/newsgroups} @item nnfolder-get-new-mail @vindex nnfolder-get-new-mail If non-@code{nil}, @code{nnfolder} will read incoming mail. The default is @code{t} @item nnfolder-save-buffer-hook @vindex nnfolder-save-buffer-hook @cindex backup files Hook run before saving the folders. Note that Emacs does the normal backup renaming of files even with the @code{nnfolder} buffers. If you wish to switch this off, you could say something like the following in your @file{.emacs} file: @lisp (defun turn-off-backup () (set (make-local-variable 'backup-inhibited) t)) (add-hook 'nnfolder-save-buffer-hook 'turn-off-backup) @end lisp @item nnfolder-delete-mail-hook @vindex nnfolder-delete-mail-hook Hook run in a buffer narrowed to the message that is to be deleted. This function can be used to copy the message to somewhere else, or to extract some information from it before removing it. @item nnfolder-nov-is-evil @vindex nnfolder-nov-is-evil If non-@code{nil}, this back end will ignore any @acronym{NOV} files. The default is @code{nil}. @item nnfolder-nov-file-suffix @vindex nnfolder-nov-file-suffix The extension for @acronym{NOV} files. The default is @file{.nov}. @item nnfolder-nov-directory @vindex nnfolder-nov-directory The directory where the @acronym{NOV} files should be stored. If @code{nil}, @code{nnfolder-directory} is used. @item nnfolder-marks-is-evil @vindex nnfolder-marks-is-evil If non-@code{nil}, this back end will ignore any @sc{marks} files. The default is @code{nil}. @item nnfolder-marks-file-suffix @vindex nnfolder-marks-file-suffix The extension for @sc{marks} files. The default is @file{.mrk}. @item nnfolder-marks-directory @vindex nnfolder-marks-directory The directory where the @sc{marks} files should be stored. If @code{nil}, @code{nnfolder-directory} is used. @end table @findex nnfolder-generate-active-file @kindex M-x nnfolder-generate-active-file If you have lots of @code{nnfolder}-like files you'd like to read with @code{nnfolder}, you can use the @kbd{M-x nnfolder-generate-active-file} command to make @code{nnfolder} aware of all likely files in @code{nnfolder-directory}. This only works if you use long file names, though. @node Comparing Mail Back Ends @subsubsection Comparing Mail Back Ends First, just for terminology, the @dfn{back end} is the common word for a low-level access method---a transport, if you will, by which something is acquired. The sense is that one's mail has to come from somewhere, and so selection of a suitable back end is required in order to get that mail within spitting distance of Gnus. The same concept exists for Usenet itself: Though access to articles is typically done by @acronym{NNTP} these days, once upon a midnight dreary, everyone in the world got at Usenet by running a reader on the machine where the articles lay (the machine which today we call an @acronym{NNTP} server), and access was by the reader stepping into the articles' directory spool area directly. One can still select between either the @code{nntp} or @code{nnspool} back ends, to select between these methods, if one happens actually to live on the server (or can see its spool directly, anyway, via NFS). The goal in selecting a mail back end is to pick one which simultaneously represents a suitable way of dealing with the original format plus leaving mail in a form that is convenient to use in the future. Here are some high and low points on each: @table @code @item nnmbox UNIX systems have historically had a single, very common, and well- defined format. All messages arrive in a single @dfn{spool file}, and they are delineated by a line whose regular expression matches @samp{^From_}. (My notational use of @samp{_} is to indicate a space, to make it clear in this instance that this is not the RFC-specified @samp{From:} header.) Because Emacs and therefore Gnus emanate historically from the Unix environment, it is simplest if one does not mess a great deal with the original mailbox format, so if one chooses this back end, Gnus' primary activity in getting mail from the real spool area to Gnus' preferred directory is simply to copy it, with no (appreciable) format change in the process. It is the ``dumbest'' way to move mail into availability in the Gnus environment. This makes it fast to move into place, but slow to parse, when Gnus has to look at what's where. @item nnbabyl Once upon a time, there was the DEC-10 and DEC-20, running operating systems called TOPS and related things, and the usual (only?) mail reading environment was a thing called Babyl. I don't know what format was used for mail landing on the system, but Babyl had its own internal format to which mail was converted, primarily involving creating a spool-file-like entity with a scheme for inserting Babyl-specific headers and status bits above the top of each message in the file. Rmail was Emacs' first mail reader, it was written by Richard Stallman, and Stallman came out of that TOPS/Babyl environment, so he wrote Rmail to understand the mail files folks already had in existence. Gnus (and VM, for that matter) continue to support this format because it's perceived as having some good qualities in those mailer-specific headers/status bits stuff. Rmail itself still exists as well, of course, and is still maintained within Emacs. Since Emacs 23, it uses standard mbox format rather than Babyl. Both of the above forms leave your mail in a single file on your file system, and they must parse that entire file each time you take a look at your mail. @item nnml @code{nnml} is the back end which smells the most as though you were actually operating with an @code{nnspool}-accessed Usenet system. (In fact, I believe @code{nnml} actually derived from @code{nnspool} code, lo these years ago.) One's mail is taken from the original spool file, and is then cut up into individual message files, 1:1. It maintains a Usenet-style active file (analogous to what one finds in an INN- or CNews-based news system in (for instance) @file{/var/lib/news/active}, or what is returned via the @samp{NNTP LIST} verb) and also creates @dfn{overview} files for efficient group entry, as has been defined for @acronym{NNTP} servers for some years now. It is slower in mail-splitting, due to the creation of lots of files, updates to the @code{nnml} active file, and additions to overview files on a per-message basis, but it is extremely fast on access because of what amounts to the indexing support provided by the active file and overviews. @code{nnml} costs @dfn{inodes} in a big way; that is, it soaks up the resource which defines available places in the file system to put new files. Sysadmins take a dim view of heavy inode occupation within tight, shared file systems. But if you live on a personal machine where the file system is your own and space is not at a premium, @code{nnml} wins big. It is also problematic using this back end if you are living in a FAT16-based Windows world, since much space will be wasted on all these tiny files. @item nnmh The Rand MH mail-reading system has been around UNIX systems for a very long time; it operates by splitting one's spool file of messages into individual files, but with little or no indexing support---@code{nnmh} is considered to be semantically equivalent to ``@code{nnml} without active file or overviews''. This is arguably the worst choice, because one gets the slowness of individual file creation married to the slowness of access parsing when learning what's new in one's groups. @item nnfolder Basically the effect of @code{nnfolder} is @code{nnmbox} (the first method described above) on a per-group basis. That is, @code{nnmbox} itself puts @emph{all} one's mail in one file; @code{nnfolder} provides a little bit of optimization to this so that each of one's mail groups has a Unix mail box file. It's faster than @code{nnmbox} because each group can be parsed separately, and still provides the simple Unix mail box format requiring minimal effort in moving the mail around. In addition, it maintains an ``active'' file making it much faster for Gnus to figure out how many messages there are in each separate group. If you have groups that are expected to have a massive amount of messages, @code{nnfolder} is not the best choice, but if you receive only a moderate amount of mail, @code{nnfolder} is probably the most friendly mail back end all over. @item nnmaildir For configuring expiry and other things, @code{nnmaildir} uses incompatible group parameters, slightly different from those of other mail back ends. @code{nnmaildir} is largely similar to @code{nnml}, with some notable differences. Each message is stored in a separate file, but the filename is unrelated to the article number in Gnus. @code{nnmaildir} also stores the equivalent of @code{nnml}'s overview files in one file per article, so it uses about twice as many inodes as @code{nnml}. (Use @code{df -i} to see how plentiful your inode supply is.) If this slows you down or takes up very much space, a non-block-structured file system. Since maildirs don't require locking for delivery, the maildirs you use as groups can also be the maildirs your mail is directly delivered to. This means you can skip Gnus' mail splitting if your mail is already organized into different mailboxes during delivery. A @code{directory} entry in @code{mail-sources} would have a similar effect, but would require one set of mailboxes for spooling deliveries (in mbox format, thus damaging message bodies), and another set to be used as groups (in whatever format you like). A maildir has a built-in spool, in the @code{new/} subdirectory. Beware that currently, mail moved from @code{new/} to @code{cur/} instead of via mail splitting will not undergo treatment such as duplicate checking. @code{nnmaildir} stores article marks for a given group in the corresponding maildir, in a way designed so that it's easy to manipulate them from outside Gnus. You can tar up a maildir, unpack it somewhere else, and still have your marks. @code{nnml} also stores marks, but it's not as easy to work with them from outside Gnus as with @code{nnmaildir}. @code{nnmaildir} uses a significant amount of memory to speed things up. (It keeps in memory some of the things that @code{nnml} stores in files and that @code{nnmh} repeatedly parses out of message files.) If this is a problem for you, you can set the @code{nov-cache-size} group parameter to something small (0 would probably not work, but 1 probably would) to make it use less memory. This caching will probably be removed in the future. Startup is likely to be slower with @code{nnmaildir} than with other back ends. Everything else is likely to be faster, depending in part on your file system. @code{nnmaildir} does not use @code{nnoo}, so you cannot use @code{nnoo} to write an @code{nnmaildir}-derived back end. @end table @node Browsing the Web @section Browsing the Web @cindex web @cindex browsing the web @cindex www @cindex http Web-based discussion forums are getting more and more popular. On many subjects, the web-based forums have become the most important forums, eclipsing the importance of mailing lists and news groups. The reason is easy to understand---they are friendly to new users; you just point and click, and there's the discussion. With mailing lists, you have to go through a cumbersome subscription procedure, and most people don't even know what a news group is. The problem with this scenario is that web browsers are not very good at being newsreaders. They do not keep track of what articles you've read; they do not allow you to score on subjects you're interested in; they do not allow off-line browsing; they require you to click around and drive you mad in the end. So---if web browsers suck at reading discussion forums, why not use Gnus to do it instead? Gnus has been getting a bit of a collection of back ends for providing interfaces to these sources. @menu * Archiving Mail:: * Web Searches:: Creating groups from articles that match a string. * RSS:: Reading RDF site summary. * Customizing W3:: Doing stuff to Emacs/W3 from Gnus. @end menu All the web sources require Emacs/W3 and the url library or those alternatives to work. The main caveat with all these web sources is that they probably won't work for a very long time. Gleaning information from the @acronym{HTML} data is guesswork at best, and when the layout is altered, the Gnus back end will fail. If you have reasonably new versions of these back ends, though, you should be ok. One thing all these Web methods have in common is that the Web sources are often down, unavailable or just plain too slow to be fun. In those cases, it makes a lot of sense to let the Gnus Agent (@pxref{Gnus Unplugged}) handle downloading articles, and then you can read them at leisure from your local disk. No more World Wide Wait for you. @node Archiving Mail @subsection Archiving Mail @cindex archiving mail @cindex backup of mail Some of the back ends, notably @code{nnml}, @code{nnfolder}, and @code{nnmaildir}, now actually store the article marks with each group. For these servers, archiving and restoring a group while preserving marks is fairly simple. (Preserving the group level and group parameters as well still requires ritual dancing and sacrifices to the @file{.newsrc.eld} deity though.) To archive an entire @code{nnml}, @code{nnfolder}, or @code{nnmaildir} server, take a recursive copy of the server directory. There is no need to shut down Gnus, so archiving may be invoked by @code{cron} or similar. You restore the data by restoring the directory tree, and adding a server definition pointing to that directory in Gnus. The @ref{Article Backlog}, @ref{Asynchronous Fetching} and other things might interfere with overwriting data, so you may want to shut down Gnus before you restore the data. It is also possible to archive individual @code{nnml}, @code{nnfolder}, or @code{nnmaildir} groups, while preserving marks. For @code{nnml} or @code{nnmaildir}, you copy all files in the group's directory. For @code{nnfolder} you need to copy both the base folder file itself (@file{FOO}, say), and the marks file (@file{FOO.mrk} in this example). Restoring the group is done with @kbd{G m} from the Group buffer. The last step makes Gnus notice the new directory. @code{nnmaildir} notices the new directory automatically, so @kbd{G m} is unnecessary in that case. @node Web Searches @subsection Web Searches @cindex nnweb @cindex Google @cindex dejanews @cindex gmane @cindex Usenet searches @cindex searching the Usenet It's, like, too neat to search the Usenet for articles that match a string, but it, like, totally @emph{sucks}, like, totally, to use one of those, like, Web browsers, and you, like, have to, rilly, like, look at the commercials, so, like, with Gnus you can do @emph{rad}, rilly, searches without having to use a browser. The @code{nnweb} back end allows an easy interface to the mighty search engine. You create an @code{nnweb} group, enter a search pattern, and then enter the group and read the articles like you would any normal group. The @kbd{G w} command in the group buffer (@pxref{Foreign Groups}) will do this in an easy-to-use fashion. @code{nnweb} groups don't really lend themselves to being solid groups---they have a very fleeting idea of article numbers. In fact, each time you enter an @code{nnweb} group (not even changing the search pattern), you are likely to get the articles ordered in a different manner. Not even using duplicate suppression (@pxref{Duplicate Suppression}) will help, since @code{nnweb} doesn't even know the @code{Message-ID} of the articles before reading them using some search engines (Google, for instance). The only possible way to keep track of which articles you've read is by scoring on the @code{Date} header---mark all articles posted before the last date you read the group as read. If the search engine changes its output substantially, @code{nnweb} won't be able to parse it and will fail. One could hardly fault the Web providers if they were to do this---their @emph{raison d'@^etre} is to make money off of advertisements, not to provide services to the community. Since @code{nnweb} washes the ads off all the articles, one might think that the providers might be somewhat miffed. We'll see. You must have the @code{url} and @code{W3} package or those alternatives (try @code{customize-group} on the @samp{mm-url} variable group) installed to be able to use @code{nnweb}. Virtual server variables: @table @code @item nnweb-type @vindex nnweb-type What search engine type is being used. The currently supported types are @code{google}, @code{dejanews}, and @code{gmane}. Note that @code{dejanews} is an alias to @code{google}. @item nnweb-search @vindex nnweb-search The search string to feed to the search engine. @item nnweb-max-hits @vindex nnweb-max-hits Advisory maximum number of hits per search to display. The default is 999. @item nnweb-type-definition @vindex nnweb-type-definition Type-to-definition alist. This alist says what @code{nnweb} should do with the various search engine types. The following elements must be present: @table @code @item article Function to decode the article and provide something that Gnus understands. @item map Function to create an article number to message header and URL alist. @item search Function to send the search string to the search engine. @item address The address the aforementioned function should send the search string to. @item id Format string URL to fetch an article by @code{Message-ID}. @end table @end table @node RSS @subsection RSS @cindex nnrss @cindex RSS Some web sites have an RDF Site Summary (@acronym{RSS}). @acronym{RSS} is a format for summarizing headlines from news related sites (such as BBC or CNN). But basically anything list-like can be presented as an @acronym{RSS} feed: weblogs, changelogs or recent changes to a wiki (e.g. @url{http://cliki.net/recent-changes.rdf}). @acronym{RSS} has a quite regular and nice interface, and it's possible to get the information Gnus needs to keep groups updated. Note: you had better use Emacs which supports the @code{utf-8} coding system because @acronym{RSS} uses UTF-8 for encoding non-@acronym{ASCII} text by default. It is also used by default for non-@acronym{ASCII} group names. @kindex G R (Group) Use @kbd{G R} from the group buffer to subscribe to a feed---you will be prompted for the location, the title and the description of the feed. The title, which allows any characters, will be used for the group name and the name of the group data file. The description can be omitted. An easy way to get started with @code{nnrss} is to say something like the following in the group buffer: @kbd{B nnrss RET RET y}, then subscribe to groups. The @code{nnrss} back end saves the group data file in @code{nnrss-directory} (see below) for each @code{nnrss} group. File names containing non-@acronym{ASCII} characters will be encoded by the coding system specified with the @code{nnmail-pathname-coding-system} variable or other. Also @xref{Non-ASCII Group Names}, for more information. The @code{nnrss} back end generates @samp{multipart/alternative} @acronym{MIME} articles in which each contains a @samp{text/plain} part and a @samp{text/html} part. @cindex OPML You can also use the following commands to import and export your subscriptions from a file in @acronym{OPML} format (Outline Processor Markup Language). @defun nnrss-opml-import file Prompt for an @acronym{OPML} file, and subscribe to each feed in the file. @end defun @defun nnrss-opml-export Write your current @acronym{RSS} subscriptions to a buffer in @acronym{OPML} format. @end defun The following @code{nnrss} variables can be altered: @table @code @item nnrss-directory @vindex nnrss-directory The directory where @code{nnrss} stores its files. The default is @file{~/News/rss/}. @item nnrss-file-coding-system @vindex nnrss-file-coding-system The coding system used when reading and writing the @code{nnrss} groups data files. The default is the value of @code{mm-universal-coding-system} (which defaults to @code{emacs-mule} in Emacs or @code{escape-quoted} in XEmacs). @item nnrss-ignore-article-fields @vindex nnrss-ignore-article-fields Some feeds update constantly article fields during their publications, e.g. to indicate the number of comments. However, if there is a difference between the local article and the distant one, the latter is considered to be new. To avoid this and discard some fields, set this variable to the list of fields to be ignored. The default is @code{'(slash:comments)}. @item nnrss-use-local @vindex nnrss-use-local @findex nnrss-generate-download-script If you set @code{nnrss-use-local} to @code{t}, @code{nnrss} will read the feeds from local files in @code{nnrss-directory}. You can use the command @code{nnrss-generate-download-script} to generate a download script using @command{wget}. @end table The following code may be helpful, if you want to show the description in the summary buffer. @lisp (add-to-list 'nnmail-extra-headers nnrss-description-field) (setq gnus-summary-line-format "%U%R%z%I%(%[%4L: %-15,15f%]%) %s%uX\n") (defun gnus-user-format-function-X (header) (let ((descr (assq nnrss-description-field (mail-header-extra header)))) (if descr (concat "\n\t" (cdr descr)) ""))) @end lisp The following code may be useful to open an nnrss url directly from the summary buffer. @lisp (require 'browse-url) (defun browse-nnrss-url (arg) (interactive "p") (let ((url (assq nnrss-url-field (mail-header-extra (gnus-data-header (assq (gnus-summary-article-number) gnus-newsgroup-data)))))) (if url (progn (browse-url (cdr url)) (gnus-summary-mark-as-read-forward 1)) (gnus-summary-scroll-up arg)))) (eval-after-load "gnus" #'(define-key gnus-summary-mode-map (kbd "<RET>") 'browse-nnrss-url)) (add-to-list 'nnmail-extra-headers nnrss-url-field) @end lisp Even if you have added @samp{text/html} to the @code{mm-discouraged-alternatives} variable (@pxref{Display Customization, ,Display Customization, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}) since you don't want to see @acronym{HTML} parts, it might be more useful especially in @code{nnrss} groups to display @samp{text/html} parts. Here's an example of setting @code{mm-discouraged-alternatives} as a group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}) in order to display @samp{text/html} parts only in @code{nnrss} groups: @lisp ;; @r{Set the default value of @code{mm-discouraged-alternatives}.} (eval-after-load "gnus-sum" '(add-to-list 'gnus-newsgroup-variables '(mm-discouraged-alternatives . '("text/html" "image/.*")))) ;; @r{Display @samp{text/html} parts in @code{nnrss} groups.} (add-to-list 'gnus-parameters '("\\`nnrss:" (mm-discouraged-alternatives nil))) @end lisp @node Customizing W3 @subsection Customizing W3 @cindex W3 @cindex html @cindex url @cindex Netscape Gnus uses the url library to fetch web pages and Emacs/W3 (or those alternatives) to display web pages. Emacs/W3 is documented in its own manual, but there are some things that may be more relevant for Gnus users. For instance, a common question is how to make Emacs/W3 follow links using the @code{browse-url} functions (which will call some external web browser like Netscape). Here's one way: @lisp (eval-after-load "w3" '(progn (fset 'w3-fetch-orig (symbol-function 'w3-fetch)) (defun w3-fetch (&optional url target) (interactive (list (w3-read-url-with-default))) (if (eq major-mode 'gnus-article-mode) (browse-url url) (w3-fetch-orig url target))))) @end lisp Put that in your @file{.emacs} file, and hitting links in W3-rendered @acronym{HTML} in the Gnus article buffers will use @code{browse-url} to follow the link. @node Other Sources @section Other Sources Gnus can do more than just read news or mail. The methods described below allow Gnus to view directories and files as if they were newsgroups. @menu * Directory Groups:: You can read a directory as if it was a newsgroup. * Anything Groups:: Dired? Who needs dired? * Document Groups:: Single files can be the basis of a group. * Mail-To-News Gateways:: Posting articles via mail-to-news gateways. @end menu @node Directory Groups @subsection Directory Groups @cindex nndir @cindex directory groups If you have a directory that has lots of articles in separate files in it, you might treat it as a newsgroup. The files have to have numerical names, of course. This might be an opportune moment to mention @code{ange-ftp} (and its successor @code{efs}), that most wonderful of all wonderful Emacs packages. When I wrote @code{nndir}, I didn't think much about it---a back end to read directories. Big deal. @code{ange-ftp} changes that picture dramatically. For instance, if you enter the @code{ange-ftp} file name @file{/ftp.hpc.uh.edu:/pub/emacs/ding-list/} as the directory name, @code{ange-ftp} or @code{efs} will actually allow you to read this directory over at @samp{sina} as a newsgroup. Distributed news ahoy! @code{nndir} will use @acronym{NOV} files if they are present. @code{nndir} is a ``read-only'' back end---you can't delete or expire articles with this method. You can use @code{nnmh} or @code{nnml} for whatever you use @code{nndir} for, so you could switch to any of those methods if you feel the need to have a non-read-only @code{nndir}. @node Anything Groups @subsection Anything Groups @cindex nneething From the @code{nndir} back end (which reads a single spool-like directory), it's just a hop and a skip to @code{nneething}, which pretends that any arbitrary directory is a newsgroup. Strange, but true. When @code{nneething} is presented with a directory, it will scan this directory and assign article numbers to each file. When you enter such a group, @code{nneething} must create ``headers'' that Gnus can use. After all, Gnus is a newsreader, in case you're forgetting. @code{nneething} does this in a two-step process. First, it snoops each file in question. If the file looks like an article (i.e., the first few lines look like headers), it will use this as the head. If this is just some arbitrary file without a head (e.g. a C source file), @code{nneething} will cobble up a header out of thin air. It will use file ownership, name and date and do whatever it can with these elements. All this should happen automatically for you, and you will be presented with something that looks very much like a newsgroup. Totally like a newsgroup, to be precise. If you select an article, it will be displayed in the article buffer, just as usual. If you select a line that represents a directory, Gnus will pop you into a new summary buffer for this @code{nneething} group. And so on. You can traverse the entire disk this way, if you feel like, but remember that Gnus is not dired, really, and does not intend to be, either. There are two overall modes to this action---ephemeral or solid. When doing the ephemeral thing (i.e., @kbd{G D} from the group buffer), Gnus will not store information on what files you have read, and what files are new, and so on. If you create a solid @code{nneething} group the normal way with @kbd{G m}, Gnus will store a mapping table between article numbers and file names, and you can treat this group like any other groups. When you activate a solid @code{nneething} group, you will be told how many unread articles it contains, etc., etc. Some variables: @table @code @item nneething-map-file-directory @vindex nneething-map-file-directory All the mapping files for solid @code{nneething} groups will be stored in this directory, which defaults to @file{~/.nneething/}. @item nneething-exclude-files @vindex nneething-exclude-files All files that match this regexp will be ignored. Nice to use to exclude auto-save files and the like, which is what it does by default. @item nneething-include-files @vindex nneething-include-files Regexp saying what files to include in the group. If this variable is non-@code{nil}, only files matching this regexp will be included. @item nneething-map-file @vindex nneething-map-file Name of the map files. @end table @node Document Groups @subsection Document Groups @cindex nndoc @cindex documentation group @cindex help group @code{nndoc} is a cute little thing that will let you read a single file as a newsgroup. Several files types are supported: @table @code @cindex Babyl @item babyl The Babyl format. @cindex mbox @cindex Unix mbox @item mbox The standard Unix mbox file. @cindex MMDF mail box @item mmdf The MMDF mail box format. @item news Several news articles appended into a file. @cindex rnews batch files @item rnews The rnews batch transport format. @item nsmail Netscape mail boxes. @item mime-parts @acronym{MIME} multipart messages. @item standard-digest The standard (RFC 1153) digest format. @item mime-digest A @acronym{MIME} digest of messages. @item lanl-gov-announce Announcement messages from LANL Gov Announce. @cindex git commit messages @item git @code{git} commit messages. @cindex forwarded messages @item rfc822-forward A message forwarded according to RFC822. @item outlook The Outlook mail box. @item oe-dbx The Outlook Express dbx mail box. @item exim-bounce A bounce message from the Exim MTA. @item forward A message forwarded according to informal rules. @item rfc934 An RFC934-forwarded message. @item mailman A mailman digest. @item clari-briefs A digest of Clarinet brief news items. @item slack-digest Non-standard digest format---matches most things, but does it badly. @item mail-in-mail The last resort. @end table You can also use the special ``file type'' @code{guess}, which means that @code{nndoc} will try to guess what file type it is looking at. @code{digest} means that @code{nndoc} should guess what digest type the file is. @code{nndoc} will not try to change the file or insert any extra headers into it---it will simply, like, let you use the file as the basis for a group. And that's it. If you have some old archived articles that you want to insert into your new & spiffy Gnus mail back end, @code{nndoc} can probably help you with that. Say you have an old @file{RMAIL} file with mail that you now want to split into your new @code{nnml} groups. You look at that file using @code{nndoc} (using the @kbd{G f} command in the group buffer (@pxref{Foreign Groups})), set the process mark on all the articles in the buffer (@kbd{M P b}, for instance), and then re-spool (@kbd{B r}) using @code{nnml}. If all goes well, all the mail in the @file{RMAIL} file is now also stored in lots of @code{nnml} directories, and you can delete that pesky @file{RMAIL} file. If you have the guts! Virtual server variables: @table @code @item nndoc-article-type @vindex nndoc-article-type This should be one of @code{mbox}, @code{babyl}, @code{digest}, @code{news}, @code{rnews}, @code{mmdf}, @code{forward}, @code{rfc934}, @code{rfc822-forward}, @code{mime-parts}, @code{standard-digest}, @code{slack-digest}, @code{clari-briefs}, @code{nsmail}, @code{outlook}, @code{oe-dbx}, @code{mailman}, and @code{mail-in-mail} or @code{guess}. @item nndoc-post-type @vindex nndoc-post-type This variable says whether Gnus is to consider the group a news group or a mail group. There are two valid values: @code{mail} (the default) and @code{news}. @end table @menu * Document Server Internals:: How to add your own document types. @end menu @node Document Server Internals @subsubsection Document Server Internals Adding new document types to be recognized by @code{nndoc} isn't difficult. You just have to whip up a definition of what the document looks like, write a predicate function to recognize that document type, and then hook into @code{nndoc}. First, here's an example document type definition: @example (mmdf (article-begin . "^\^A\^A\^A\^A\n") (body-end . "^\^A\^A\^A\^A\n")) @end example The definition is simply a unique @dfn{name} followed by a series of regexp pseudo-variable settings. Below are the possible variables---don't be daunted by the number of variables; most document types can be defined with very few settings: @table @code @item first-article If present, @code{nndoc} will skip past all text until it finds something that match this regexp. All text before this will be totally ignored. @item article-begin This setting has to be present in all document type definitions. It says what the beginning of each article looks like. To do more complicated things that cannot be dealt with a simple regexp, you can use @code{article-begin-function} instead of this. @item article-begin-function If present, this should be a function that moves point to the beginning of each article. This setting overrides @code{article-begin}. @item head-begin If present, this should be a regexp that matches the head of the article. To do more complicated things that cannot be dealt with a simple regexp, you can use @code{head-begin-function} instead of this. @item head-begin-function If present, this should be a function that moves point to the head of the article. This setting overrides @code{head-begin}. @item head-end This should match the end of the head of the article. It defaults to @samp{^$}---the empty line. @item body-begin This should match the beginning of the body of the article. It defaults to @samp{^\n}. To do more complicated things that cannot be dealt with a simple regexp, you can use @code{body-begin-function} instead of this. @item body-begin-function If present, this function should move point to the beginning of the body of the article. This setting overrides @code{body-begin}. @item body-end If present, this should match the end of the body of the article. To do more complicated things that cannot be dealt with a simple regexp, you can use @code{body-end-function} instead of this. @item body-end-function If present, this function should move point to the end of the body of the article. This setting overrides @code{body-end}. @item file-begin If present, this should match the beginning of the file. All text before this regexp will be totally ignored. @item file-end If present, this should match the end of the file. All text after this regexp will be totally ignored. @end table So, using these variables @code{nndoc} is able to dissect a document file into a series of articles, each with a head and a body. However, a few more variables are needed since not all document types are all that news-like---variables needed to transform the head or the body into something that's palatable for Gnus: @table @code @item prepare-body-function If present, this function will be called when requesting an article. It will be called with point at the start of the body, and is useful if the document has encoded some parts of its contents. @item article-transform-function If present, this function is called when requesting an article. It's meant to be used for more wide-ranging transformation of both head and body of the article. @item generate-head-function If present, this function is called to generate a head that Gnus can understand. It is called with the article number as a parameter, and is expected to generate a nice head for the article in question. It is called when requesting the headers of all articles. @item generate-article-function If present, this function is called to generate an entire article that Gnus can understand. It is called with the article number as a parameter when requesting all articles. @item dissection-function If present, this function is called to dissect a document by itself, overriding @code{first-article}, @code{article-begin}, @code{article-begin-function}, @code{head-begin}, @code{head-begin-function}, @code{head-end}, @code{body-begin}, @code{body-begin-function}, @code{body-end}, @code{body-end-function}, @code{file-begin}, and @code{file-end}. @end table Let's look at the most complicated example I can come up with---standard digests: @example (standard-digest (first-article . ,(concat "^" (make-string 70 ?-) "\n\n+")) (article-begin . ,(concat "\n\n" (make-string 30 ?-) "\n\n+")) (prepare-body-function . nndoc-unquote-dashes) (body-end-function . nndoc-digest-body-end) (head-end . "^ ?$") (body-begin . "^ ?\n") (file-end . "^End of .*digest.*[0-9].*\n\\*\\*\\|^End of.*Digest *$") (subtype digest guess)) @end example We see that all text before a 70-width line of dashes is ignored; all text after a line that starts with that @samp{^End of} is also ignored; each article begins with a 30-width line of dashes; the line separating the head from the body may contain a single space; and that the body is run through @code{nndoc-unquote-dashes} before being delivered. To hook your own document definition into @code{nndoc}, use the @code{nndoc-add-type} function. It takes two parameters---the first is the definition itself and the second (optional) parameter says where in the document type definition alist to put this definition. The alist is traversed sequentially, and @code{nndoc-@var{type}-type-p} is called for a given type @var{type}. So @code{nndoc-mmdf-type-p} is called to see whether a document is of @code{mmdf} type, and so on. These type predicates should return @code{nil} if the document is not of the correct type; @code{t} if it is of the correct type; and a number if the document might be of the correct type. A high number means high probability; a low number means low probability with @samp{0} being the lowest valid number. @node Mail-To-News Gateways @subsection Mail-To-News Gateways @cindex mail-to-news gateways @cindex gateways If your local @code{nntp} server doesn't allow posting, for some reason or other, you can post using one of the numerous mail-to-news gateways. The @code{nngateway} back end provides the interface. Note that you can't read anything from this back end---it can only be used to post with. Server variables: @table @code @item nngateway-address @vindex nngateway-address This is the address of the mail-to-news gateway. @item nngateway-header-transformation @vindex nngateway-header-transformation News headers often have to be transformed in some odd way or other for the mail-to-news gateway to accept it. This variable says what transformation should be called, and defaults to @code{nngateway-simple-header-transformation}. The function is called narrowed to the headers to be transformed and with one parameter---the gateway address. This default function just inserts a new @code{To} header based on the @code{Newsgroups} header and the gateway address. For instance, an article with this @code{Newsgroups} header: @example Newsgroups: alt.religion.emacs @end example will get this @code{To} header inserted: @example To: alt-religion-emacs@@GATEWAY @end example The following pre-defined functions exist: @findex nngateway-simple-header-transformation @table @code @item nngateway-simple-header-transformation Creates a @code{To} header that looks like @var{newsgroup}@@@code{nngateway-address}. @findex nngateway-mail2news-header-transformation @item nngateway-mail2news-header-transformation Creates a @code{To} header that looks like @code{nngateway-address}. @end table @end table Here's an example: @lisp (setq gnus-post-method '(nngateway "mail2news@@replay.com" (nngateway-header-transformation nngateway-mail2news-header-transformation))) @end lisp So, to use this, simply say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-post-method '(nngateway "GATEWAY.ADDRESS")) @end lisp @node Combined Groups @section Combined Groups Gnus allows combining a mixture of all the other group types into bigger groups. @menu * Virtual Groups:: Combining articles from many groups. @end menu @node Virtual Groups @subsection Virtual Groups @cindex nnvirtual @cindex virtual groups @cindex merging groups An @dfn{nnvirtual group} is really nothing more than a collection of other groups. For instance, if you are tired of reading many small groups, you can put them all in one big group, and then grow tired of reading one big, unwieldy group. The joys of computing! You specify @code{nnvirtual} as the method. The address should be a regexp to match component groups. All marks in the virtual group will stick to the articles in the component groups. So if you tick an article in a virtual group, the article will also be ticked in the component group from whence it came. (And vice versa---marks from the component groups will also be shown in the virtual group.). To create an empty virtual group, run @kbd{G V} (@code{gnus-group-make-empty-virtual}) in the group buffer and edit the method regexp with @kbd{M-e} (@code{gnus-group-edit-group-method}) Here's an example @code{nnvirtual} method that collects all Andrea Dworkin newsgroups into one, big, happy newsgroup: @lisp (nnvirtual "^alt\\.fan\\.andrea-dworkin$\\|^rec\\.dworkin.*") @end lisp The component groups can be native or foreign; everything should work smoothly, but if your computer explodes, it was probably my fault. Collecting the same group from several servers might actually be a good idea if users have set the Distribution header to limit distribution. If you would like to read @samp{soc.motss} both from a server in Japan and a server in Norway, you could use the following as the group regexp: @example "^nntp\\+server\\.jp:soc\\.motss$\\|^nntp\\+server\\.no:soc\\.motss$" @end example (Remember, though, that if you're creating the group with @kbd{G m}, you shouldn't double the backslashes, and you should leave off the quote characters at the beginning and the end of the string.) This should work kinda smoothly---all articles from both groups should end up in this one, and there should be no duplicates. Threading (and the rest) will still work as usual, but there might be problems with the sequence of articles. Sorting on date might be an option here (@pxref{Selecting a Group}). One limitation, however---all groups included in a virtual group have to be alive (i.e., subscribed or unsubscribed). Killed or zombie groups can't be component groups for @code{nnvirtual} groups. @vindex nnvirtual-always-rescan If the @code{nnvirtual-always-rescan} variable is non-@code{nil} (which is the default), @code{nnvirtual} will always scan groups for unread articles when entering a virtual group. If this variable is @code{nil} and you read articles in a component group after the virtual group has been activated, the read articles from the component group will show up when you enter the virtual group. You'll also see this effect if you have two virtual groups that have a component group in common. If that's the case, you should set this variable to @code{t}. Or you can just tap @code{M-g} on the virtual group every time before you enter it---it'll have much the same effect. @code{nnvirtual} can have both mail and news groups as component groups. When responding to articles in @code{nnvirtual} groups, @code{nnvirtual} has to ask the back end of the component group the article comes from whether it is a news or mail back end. However, when you do a @kbd{^}, there is typically no sure way for the component back end to know this, and in that case @code{nnvirtual} tells Gnus that the article came from a not-news back end. (Just to be on the safe side.) @kbd{C-c C-n} in the message buffer will insert the @code{Newsgroups} line from the article you respond to in these cases. @code{nnvirtual} groups do not inherit anything but articles and marks from component groups---group parameters, for instance, are not inherited. @node Email Based Diary @section Email Based Diary @cindex diary @cindex email based diary @cindex calendar This section describes a special mail back end called @code{nndiary}, and its companion library @code{gnus-diary}. It is ``special'' in the sense that it is not meant to be one of the standard alternatives for reading mail with Gnus. See @ref{Choosing a Mail Back End} for that. Instead, it is used to treat @emph{some} of your mails in a special way, namely, as event reminders. Here is a typical scenario: @itemize @bullet @item You've got a date with Andy Mc Dowell or Bruce Willis (select according to your sexual preference) in one month. You don't want to forget it. @item So you send a ``reminder'' message (actually, a diary one) to yourself. @item You forget all about it and keep on getting and reading new mail, as usual. @item From time to time, as you type `g' in the group buffer and as the date is getting closer, the message will pop up again to remind you of your appointment, just as if it were new and unread. @item Read your ``new'' messages, this one included, and start dreaming again of the night you're gonna have. @item Once the date is over (you actually fell asleep just after dinner), the message will be automatically deleted if it is marked as expirable. @end itemize The Gnus Diary back end has the ability to handle regular appointments (that wouldn't ever be deleted) as well as punctual ones, operates as a real mail back end and is configurable in many ways. All of this is explained in the sections below. @menu * The NNDiary Back End:: Basic setup and usage. * The Gnus Diary Library:: Utility toolkit on top of nndiary. * Sending or Not Sending:: A final note on sending diary messages. @end menu @node The NNDiary Back End @subsection The NNDiary Back End @cindex nndiary @cindex the nndiary back end @code{nndiary} is a back end very similar to @code{nnml} (@pxref{Mail Spool}). Actually, it could appear as a mix of @code{nnml} and @code{nndraft}. If you know @code{nnml}, you're already familiar with the message storing scheme of @code{nndiary}: one file per message, one directory per group. Before anything, there is one requirement to be able to run @code{nndiary} properly: you @emph{must} use the group timestamp feature of Gnus. This adds a timestamp to each group's parameters. @ref{Group Timestamp} to see how it's done. @menu * Diary Messages:: What makes a message valid for nndiary. * Running NNDiary:: NNDiary has two modes of operation. * Customizing NNDiary:: Bells and whistles. @end menu @node Diary Messages @subsubsection Diary Messages @cindex nndiary messages @cindex nndiary mails @code{nndiary} messages are just normal ones, except for the mandatory presence of 7 special headers. These headers are of the form @code{X-Diary-<something>}, @code{<something>} being one of @code{Minute}, @code{Hour}, @code{Dom}, @code{Month}, @code{Year}, @code{Time-Zone} and @code{Dow}. @code{Dom} means ``Day of Month'', and @code{dow} means ``Day of Week''. These headers actually behave like crontab specifications and define the event date(s): @itemize @bullet @item For all headers except the @code{Time-Zone} one, a header value is either a star (meaning all possible values), or a list of fields (separated by a comma). @item A field is either an integer, or a range. @item A range is two integers separated by a dash. @item Possible integer values are 0--59 for @code{Minute}, 0--23 for @code{Hour}, 1--31 for @code{Dom}, 1--12 for @code{Month}, above 1971 for @code{Year} and 0--6 for @code{Dow} (0 meaning Sunday). @item As a special case, a star in either @code{Dom} or @code{Dow} doesn't mean ``all possible values'', but ``use only the other field''. Note that if both are star'ed, the use of either one gives the same result. @item The @code{Time-Zone} header is special in that it can only have one value (@code{GMT}, for instance). A star doesn't mean ``all possible values'' (because it makes no sense), but ``the current local time zone''. Most of the time, you'll be using a star here. However, for a list of available time zone values, see the variable @code{nndiary-headers}. @end itemize As a concrete example, here are the diary headers to add to your message for specifying ``Each Monday and each 1st of month, at 12:00, 20:00, 21:00, 22:00, 23:00 and 24:00, from 1999 to 2010'' (I'll let you find what to do then): @example X-Diary-Minute: 0 X-Diary-Hour: 12, 20-24 X-Diary-Dom: 1 X-Diary-Month: * X-Diary-Year: 1999-2010 X-Diary-Dow: 1 X-Diary-Time-Zone: * @end example @node Running NNDiary @subsubsection Running NNDiary @cindex running nndiary @cindex nndiary operation modes @code{nndiary} has two modes of operation: ``traditional'' (the default) and ``autonomous''. In traditional mode, @code{nndiary} does not get new mail by itself. You have to move (@kbd{B m}) or copy (@kbd{B c}) mails from your primary mail back end to nndiary groups in order to handle them as diary messages. In autonomous mode, @code{nndiary} retrieves its own mail and handles it independently from your primary mail back end. One should note that Gnus is not inherently designed to allow several ``master'' mail back ends at the same time. However, this does make sense with @code{nndiary}: you really want to send and receive diary messages to your diary groups directly. So, @code{nndiary} supports being sort of a ``second primary mail back end'' (to my knowledge, it is the only back end offering this feature). However, there is a limitation (which I hope to fix some day): respooling doesn't work in autonomous mode. In order to use @code{nndiary} in autonomous mode, you have several things to do: @itemize @bullet @item Allow @code{nndiary} to retrieve new mail by itself. Put the following line in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (setq nndiary-get-new-mail t) @end lisp @item You must arrange for diary messages (those containing @code{X-Diary-*} headers) to be split in a private folder @emph{before} Gnus treat them. Again, this is needed because Gnus cannot (yet ?) properly handle multiple primary mail back ends. Getting those messages from a separate source will compensate this misfeature to some extent. As an example, here's my procmailrc entry to store diary files in @file{~/.nndiary} (the default @code{nndiary} mail source file): @example :0 HD : * ^X-Diary .nndiary @end example @end itemize Once this is done, you might want to customize the following two options that affect the diary mail retrieval and splitting processes: @defvar nndiary-mail-sources This is the diary-specific replacement for the standard @code{mail-sources} variable. It obeys the same syntax, and defaults to @code{(file :path "~/.nndiary")}. @end defvar @defvar nndiary-split-methods This is the diary-specific replacement for the standard @code{nnmail-split-methods} variable. It obeys the same syntax. @end defvar Finally, you may add a permanent @code{nndiary} virtual server (something like @code{(nndiary "diary")} should do) to your @code{gnus-secondary-select-methods}. Hopefully, almost everything (see the TODO section in @file{nndiary.el}) will work as expected when you restart Gnus: in autonomous mode, typing @kbd{g} and @kbd{M-g} in the group buffer, will also get your new diary mails and split them according to your diary-specific rules, @kbd{F} will find your new diary groups etc. @node Customizing NNDiary @subsubsection Customizing NNDiary @cindex customizing nndiary @cindex nndiary customization Now that @code{nndiary} is up and running, it's time to customize it. The custom group is called @code{nndiary} (no, really ?!). You should browse it to figure out which options you'd like to tweak. The following two variables are probably the only ones you will want to change: @defvar nndiary-reminders This is the list of times when you want to be reminded of your appointments (e.g. 3 weeks before, then 2 days before, then 1 hour before and that's it). Remember that ``being reminded'' means that the diary message will pop up as brand new and unread again when you get new mail. @end defvar @defvar nndiary-week-starts-on-monday Rather self-explanatory. Otherwise, Sunday is assumed (this is the default). @end defvar @node The Gnus Diary Library @subsection The Gnus Diary Library @cindex gnus-diary @cindex the gnus diary library Using @code{nndiary} manually (I mean, writing the headers by hand and so on) would be rather boring. Fortunately, there is a library called @code{gnus-diary} written on top of @code{nndiary}, that does many useful things for you. In order to use it, add the following line to your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (require 'gnus-diary) @end lisp Also, you shouldn't use any @code{gnus-user-format-function-[d|D]} (@pxref{Summary Buffer Lines}). @code{gnus-diary} provides both of these (sorry if you used them before). @menu * Diary Summary Line Format:: A nicer summary buffer line format. * Diary Articles Sorting:: A nicer way to sort messages. * Diary Headers Generation:: Not doing it manually. * Diary Group Parameters:: Not handling them manually. @end menu @node Diary Summary Line Format @subsubsection Diary Summary Line Format @cindex diary summary buffer line @cindex diary summary line format Displaying diary messages in standard summary line format (usually something like @samp{From Joe: Subject}) is pretty useless. Most of the time, you're the one who wrote the message, and you mostly want to see the event's date. @code{gnus-diary} provides two supplemental user formats to be used in summary line formats. @code{D} corresponds to a formatted time string for the next occurrence of the event (e.g. ``Sat, Sep 22 01, 12:00''), while @code{d} corresponds to an approximative remaining time until the next occurrence of the event (e.g. ``in 6 months, 1 week''). For example, here's how Joe's birthday is displayed in my @code{nndiary+diary:birthdays} summary buffer (note that the message is expirable, but will never be deleted, as it specifies a periodic event): @example E Sat, Sep 22 01, 12:00: Joe's birthday (in 6 months, 1 week) @end example In order to get something like the above, you would normally add the following line to your diary groups'parameters: @lisp (gnus-summary-line-format "%U%R%z %uD: %(%s%) (%ud)\n") @end lisp However, @code{gnus-diary} does it automatically (@pxref{Diary Group Parameters}). You can however customize the provided summary line format with the following user options: @defvar gnus-diary-summary-line-format Defines the summary line format used for diary groups (@pxref{Summary Buffer Lines}). @code{gnus-diary} uses it to automatically update the diary groups'parameters. @end defvar @defvar gnus-diary-time-format Defines the format to display dates in diary summary buffers. This is used by the @code{D} user format. See the docstring for details. @end defvar @defvar gnus-diary-delay-format-function Defines the format function to use for displaying delays (remaining times) in diary summary buffers. This is used by the @code{d} user format. There are currently built-in functions for English and French; you can also define your own. See the docstring for details. @end defvar @node Diary Articles Sorting @subsubsection Diary Articles Sorting @cindex diary articles sorting @cindex diary summary lines sorting @findex gnus-summary-sort-by-schedule @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-schedule @findex gnus-article-sort-by-schedule @code{gnus-diary} provides new sorting functions (@pxref{Sorting the Summary Buffer} ) called @code{gnus-summary-sort-by-schedule}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-schedule} and @code{gnus-article-sort-by-schedule}. These functions let you organize your diary summary buffers from the closest event to the farthest one. @code{gnus-diary} automatically installs @code{gnus-summary-sort-by-schedule} as a menu item in the summary buffer's ``sort'' menu, and the two others as the primary (hence default) sorting functions in the group parameters (@pxref{Diary Group Parameters}). @node Diary Headers Generation @subsubsection Diary Headers Generation @cindex diary headers generation @findex gnus-diary-check-message @code{gnus-diary} provides a function called @code{gnus-diary-check-message} to help you handle the @code{X-Diary-*} headers. This function ensures that the current message contains all the required diary headers, and prompts you for values or corrections if needed. This function is hooked into the @code{nndiary} back end, so that moving or copying an article to a diary group will trigger it automatically. It is also bound to @kbd{C-c C-f d} in @code{message-mode} and @code{article-edit-mode} in order to ease the process of converting a usual mail to a diary one. This function takes a prefix argument which will force prompting of all diary headers, regardless of their presence or validity. That way, you can very easily reschedule an already valid diary message, for instance. @node Diary Group Parameters @subsubsection Diary Group Parameters @cindex diary group parameters When you create a new diary group, or visit one, @code{gnus-diary} automatically checks your group parameters and if needed, sets the summary line format to the diary-specific value, installs the diary-specific sorting functions, and also adds the different @code{X-Diary-*} headers to the group's posting-style. It is then easier to send a diary message, because if you use @kbd{C-u a} or @kbd{C-u m} on a diary group to prepare a message, these headers will be inserted automatically (although not filled with proper values yet). @node Sending or Not Sending @subsection Sending or Not Sending Well, assuming you've read all of the above, here are two final notes on mail sending with @code{nndiary}: @itemize @bullet @item @code{nndiary} is a @emph{real} mail back end. You really send real diary messsages for real. This means for instance that you can give appointments to anybody (provided they use Gnus and @code{nndiary}) by sending the diary message to them as well. @item However, since @code{nndiary} also has a @code{request-post} method, you can also use @kbd{C-u a} instead of @kbd{C-u m} on a diary group and the message won't actually be sent; just stored locally in the group. This comes in very handy for private appointments. @end itemize @node Gnus Unplugged @section Gnus Unplugged @cindex offline @cindex unplugged @cindex agent @cindex Gnus agent @cindex Gnus unplugged In olden times (ca. February '88), people used to run their newsreaders on big machines with permanent connections to the net. News transport was dealt with by news servers, and all the newsreaders had to do was to read news. Believe it or not. Nowadays most people read news and mail at home, and use some sort of modem to connect to the net. To avoid running up huge phone bills, it would be nice to have a way to slurp down all the news and mail, hang up the phone, read for several hours, and then upload any responses you have to make. And then you repeat the procedure. Of course, you can use news servers for doing this as well. I've used @code{inn} together with @code{slurp}, @code{pop} and @code{sendmail} for some years, but doing that's a bore. Moving the news server functionality up to the newsreader makes sense if you're the only person reading news on a machine. Setting up Gnus as an ``offline'' newsreader is quite simple. In fact, you don't have to configure anything as the agent is now enabled by default (@pxref{Agent Variables, gnus-agent}). Of course, to use it as such, you have to learn a few new commands. @menu * Agent Basics:: How it all is supposed to work. * Agent Categories:: How to tell the Gnus Agent what to download. * Agent Commands:: New commands for all the buffers. * Agent Visuals:: Ways that the agent may effect your summary buffer. * Agent as Cache:: The Agent is a big cache too. * Agent Expiry:: How to make old articles go away. * Agent Regeneration:: How to recover from lost connections and other accidents. * Agent and flags:: How the Agent maintains flags. * Agent and IMAP:: How to use the Agent with @acronym{IMAP}. * Outgoing Messages:: What happens when you post/mail something? * Agent Variables:: Customizing is fun. * Example Setup:: An example @file{~/.gnus.el} file for offline people. * Batching Agents:: How to fetch news from a @code{cron} job. * Agent Caveats:: What you think it'll do and what it does. @end menu @node Agent Basics @subsection Agent Basics First, let's get some terminology out of the way. The Gnus Agent is said to be @dfn{unplugged} when you have severed the connection to the net (and notified the Agent that this is the case). When the connection to the net is up again (and Gnus knows this), the Agent is @dfn{plugged}. The @dfn{local} machine is the one you're running on, and which isn't connected to the net continuously. @dfn{Downloading} means fetching things from the net to your local machine. @dfn{Uploading} is doing the opposite. You know that Gnus gives you all the opportunity you'd ever want for shooting yourself in the foot. Some people call it flexibility. Gnus is also customizable to a great extent, which means that the user has a say on how Gnus behaves. Other newsreaders might unconditionally shoot you in your foot, but with Gnus, you have a choice! Gnus is never really in plugged or unplugged state. Rather, it applies that state to each server individually. This means that some servers can be plugged while others can be unplugged. Additionally, some servers can be ignored by the Agent altogether (which means that they're kinda like plugged always). So when you unplug the Agent and then wonder why is Gnus opening a connection to the Net, the next step to do is to look whether all servers are agentized. If there is an unagentized server, you found the culprit. Another thing is the @dfn{offline} state. Sometimes, servers aren't reachable. When Gnus notices this, it asks you whether you want the server to be switched to offline state. If you say yes, then the server will behave somewhat as if it was unplugged, except that Gnus will ask you whether you want to switch it back online again. Let's take a typical Gnus session using the Agent. @itemize @bullet @item @findex gnus-unplugged You start Gnus with @code{gnus-unplugged}. This brings up the Gnus Agent in a disconnected state. You can read all the news that you have already fetched while in this mode. @item You then decide to see whether any new news has arrived. You connect your machine to the net (using PPP or whatever), and then hit @kbd{J j} to make Gnus become @dfn{plugged} and use @kbd{g} to check for new mail as usual. To check for new mail in unplugged mode (@pxref{Mail Source Specifiers}). @item You can then read the new news immediately, or you can download the news onto your local machine. If you want to do the latter, you press @kbd{g} to check if there are any new news and then @kbd{J s} to fetch all the eligible articles in all the groups. (To let Gnus know which articles you want to download, @pxref{Agent Categories}). @item After fetching the articles, you press @kbd{J j} to make Gnus become unplugged again, and you shut down the PPP thing (or whatever). And then you read the news offline. @item And then you go to step 2. @end itemize Here are some things you should do the first time (or so) that you use the Agent. @itemize @bullet @item Decide which servers should be covered by the Agent. If you have a mail back end, it would probably be nonsensical to have it covered by the Agent. Go to the server buffer (@kbd{^} in the group buffer) and press @kbd{J a} on the server (or servers) that you wish to have covered by the Agent (@pxref{Server Agent Commands}), or @kbd{J r} on automatically added servers you do not wish to have covered by the Agent. By default, all @code{nntp} and @code{nnimap} servers in @code{gnus-select-method} and @code{gnus-secondary-select-methods} are agentized. @item Decide on download policy. It's fairly simple once you decide whether you are going to use agent categories, topic parameters, and/or group parameters to implement your policy. If you're new to gnus, it is probably best to start with a category, @xref{Agent Categories}. Both topic parameters (@pxref{Topic Parameters}) and agent categories (@pxref{Agent Categories}) provide for setting a policy that applies to multiple groups. Which you use is entirely up to you. Topic parameters do override categories so, if you mix the two, you'll have to take that into account. If you have a few groups that deviate from your policy, you can use group parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}) to configure them. @item Uhm@dots{} that's it. @end itemize @node Agent Categories @subsection Agent Categories One of the main reasons to integrate the news transport layer into the newsreader is to allow greater control over what articles to download. There's not much point in downloading huge amounts of articles, just to find out that you're not interested in reading any of them. It's better to be somewhat more conservative in choosing what to download, and then mark the articles for downloading manually if it should turn out that you're interested in the articles anyway. One of the more effective methods for controlling what is to be downloaded is to create a @dfn{category} and then assign some (or all) groups to this category. Groups that do not belong in any other category belong to the @code{default} category. Gnus has its own buffer for creating and managing categories. If you prefer, you can also use group parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}) and topic parameters (@pxref{Topic Parameters}) for an alternative approach to controlling the agent. The only real difference is that categories are specific to the agent (so there is less to learn) while group and topic parameters include the kitchen sink. Since you can set agent parameters in several different places we have a rule to decide which source to believe. This rule specifies that the parameter sources are checked in the following order: group parameters, topic parameters, agent category, and finally customizable variables. So you can mix all of these sources to produce a wide range of behavior, just don't blame me if you don't remember where you put your settings. @menu * Category Syntax:: What a category looks like. * Category Buffer:: A buffer for maintaining categories. * Category Variables:: Customize'r'Us. @end menu @node Category Syntax @subsubsection Category Syntax A category consists of a name, the list of groups belonging to the category, and a number of optional parameters that override the customizable variables. The complete list of agent parameters are listed below. @cindex Agent Parameters @table @code @item agent-groups The list of groups that are in this category. @item agent-predicate A predicate which (generally) gives a rough outline of which articles are eligible for downloading; and @item agent-score a score rule which (generally) gives you a finer granularity when deciding what articles to download. (Note that this @dfn{download score} is not necessarily related to normal scores.) @item agent-enable-expiration a boolean indicating whether the agent should expire old articles in this group. Most groups should be expired to conserve disk space. In fact, its probably safe to say that the gnus.* hierarchy contains the only groups that should not be expired. @item agent-days-until-old an integer indicating the number of days that the agent should wait before deciding that a read article is safe to expire. @item agent-low-score an integer that overrides the value of @code{gnus-agent-low-score}. @item agent-high-score an integer that overrides the value of @code{gnus-agent-high-score}. @item agent-short-article an integer that overrides the value of @code{gnus-agent-short-article}. @item agent-long-article an integer that overrides the value of @code{gnus-agent-long-article}. @item agent-enable-undownloaded-faces a symbol indicating whether the summary buffer should display undownloaded articles using the @code{gnus-summary-*-undownloaded-face} faces. Any symbol other than @code{nil} will enable the use of undownloaded faces. @end table The name of a category can not be changed once the category has been created. Each category maintains a list of groups that are exclusive members of that category. The exclusivity rule is automatically enforced, add a group to a new category and it is automatically removed from its old category. A predicate in its simplest form can be a single predicate such as @code{true} or @code{false}. These two will download every available article or nothing respectively. In the case of these two special predicates an additional score rule is superfluous. Predicates of @code{high} or @code{low} download articles in respect of their scores in relationship to @code{gnus-agent-high-score} and @code{gnus-agent-low-score} as described below. To gain even finer control of what is to be regarded eligible for download a predicate can consist of a number of predicates with logical operators sprinkled in between. Perhaps some examples are in order. Here's a simple predicate. (It's the default predicate, in fact, used for all groups that don't belong to any other category.) @lisp short @end lisp Quite simple, eh? This predicate is true if and only if the article is short (for some value of ``short''). Here's a more complex predicate: @lisp (or high (and (not low) (not long))) @end lisp This means that an article should be downloaded if it has a high score, or if the score is not low and the article is not long. You get the drift. The available logical operators are @code{or}, @code{and} and @code{not}. (If you prefer, you can use the more ``C''-ish operators @samp{|}, @code{&} and @code{!} instead.) The following predicates are pre-defined, but if none of these fit what you want to do, you can write your own. When evaluating each of these predicates, the named constant will be bound to the value determined by calling @code{gnus-agent-find-parameter} on the appropriate parameter. For example, gnus-agent-short-article will be bound to @code{(gnus-agent-find-parameter group 'agent-short-article)}. This means that you can specify a predicate in your category then tune that predicate to individual groups. @table @code @item short True if the article is shorter than @code{gnus-agent-short-article} lines; default 100. @item long True if the article is longer than @code{gnus-agent-long-article} lines; default 200. @item low True if the article has a download score less than @code{gnus-agent-low-score}; default 0. @item high True if the article has a download score greater than @code{gnus-agent-high-score}; default 0. @item spam True if the Gnus Agent guesses that the article is spam. The heuristics may change over time, but at present it just computes a checksum and sees whether articles match. @item true Always true. @item false Always false. @end table If you want to create your own predicate function, here's what you have to know: The functions are called with no parameters, but the @code{gnus-headers} and @code{gnus-score} dynamic variables are bound to useful values. For example, you could decide that you don't want to download articles that were posted more than a certain number of days ago (e.g. posted more than @code{gnus-agent-expire-days} ago) you might write a function something along the lines of the following: @lisp (defun my-article-old-p () "Say whether an article is old." (< (time-to-days (date-to-time (mail-header-date gnus-headers))) (- (time-to-days (current-time)) gnus-agent-expire-days))) @end lisp with the predicate then defined as: @lisp (not my-article-old-p) @end lisp or you could append your predicate to the predefined @code{gnus-category-predicate-alist} in your @file{~/.gnus.el} or wherever. @lisp (require 'gnus-agent) (setq gnus-category-predicate-alist (append gnus-category-predicate-alist '((old . my-article-old-p)))) @end lisp and simply specify your predicate as: @lisp (not old) @end lisp If/when using something like the above, be aware that there are many misconfigured systems/mailers out there and so an article's date is not always a reliable indication of when it was posted. Hell, some people just don't give a damn. The above predicates apply to @emph{all} the groups which belong to the category. However, if you wish to have a specific predicate for an individual group within a category, or you're just too lazy to set up a new category, you can enter a group's individual predicate in its group parameters like so: @lisp (agent-predicate . short) @end lisp This is the group/topic parameter equivalent of the agent category default. Note that when specifying a single word predicate like this, the @code{agent-predicate} specification must be in dotted pair notation. The equivalent of the longer example from above would be: @lisp (agent-predicate or high (and (not low) (not long))) @end lisp The outer parenthesis required in the category specification are not entered here as, not being in dotted pair notation, the value of the predicate is assumed to be a list. Now, the syntax of the download score is the same as the syntax of normal score files, except that all elements that require actually seeing the article itself are verboten. This means that only the following headers can be scored on: @code{Subject}, @code{From}, @code{Date}, @code{Message-ID}, @code{References}, @code{Chars}, @code{Lines}, and @code{Xref}. As with predicates, the specification of the @code{download score rule} to use in respect of a group can be in either the category definition if it's to be applicable to all groups in therein, or a group's parameters if it's to be specific to that group. In both of these places the @code{download score rule} can take one of three forms: @enumerate @item Score rule This has the same syntax as a normal Gnus score file except only a subset of scoring keywords are available as mentioned above. example: @itemize @bullet @item Category specification @lisp (("from" ("Lars Ingebrigtsen" 1000000 nil s)) ("lines" (500 -100 nil <))) @end lisp @item Group/Topic Parameter specification @lisp (agent-score ("from" ("Lars Ingebrigtsen" 1000000 nil s)) ("lines" (500 -100 nil <))) @end lisp Again, note the omission of the outermost parenthesis here. @end itemize @item Agent score file These score files must @emph{only} contain the permitted scoring keywords stated above. example: @itemize @bullet @item Category specification @lisp ("~/News/agent.SCORE") @end lisp or perhaps @lisp ("~/News/agent.SCORE" "~/News/agent.group.SCORE") @end lisp @item Group Parameter specification @lisp (agent-score "~/News/agent.SCORE") @end lisp Additional score files can be specified as above. Need I say anything about parenthesis? @end itemize @item Use @code{normal} score files If you don't want to maintain two sets of scoring rules for a group, and your desired @code{downloading} criteria for a group are the same as your @code{reading} criteria then you can tell the agent to refer to your @code{normal} score files when deciding what to download. These directives in either the category definition or a group's parameters will cause the agent to read in all the applicable score files for a group, @emph{filtering out} those sections that do not relate to one of the permitted subset of scoring keywords. @itemize @bullet @item Category Specification @lisp file @end lisp @item Group Parameter specification @lisp (agent-score . file) @end lisp @end itemize @end enumerate @node Category Buffer @subsubsection Category Buffer You'd normally do all category maintenance from the category buffer. When you enter it for the first time (with the @kbd{J c} command from the group buffer), you'll only see the @code{default} category. The following commands are available in this buffer: @table @kbd @item q @kindex q (Category) @findex gnus-category-exit Return to the group buffer (@code{gnus-category-exit}). @item e @kindex e (Category) @findex gnus-category-customize-category Use a customization buffer to set all of the selected category's parameters at one time (@code{gnus-category-customize-category}). @item k @kindex k (Category) @findex gnus-category-kill Kill the current category (@code{gnus-category-kill}). @item c @kindex c (Category) @findex gnus-category-copy Copy the current category (@code{gnus-category-copy}). @item a @kindex a (Category) @findex gnus-category-add Add a new category (@code{gnus-category-add}). @item p @kindex p (Category) @findex gnus-category-edit-predicate Edit the predicate of the current category (@code{gnus-category-edit-predicate}). @item g @kindex g (Category) @findex gnus-category-edit-groups Edit the list of groups belonging to the current category (@code{gnus-category-edit-groups}). @item s @kindex s (Category) @findex gnus-category-edit-score Edit the download score rule of the current category (@code{gnus-category-edit-score}). @item l @kindex l (Category) @findex gnus-category-list List all the categories (@code{gnus-category-list}). @end table @node Category Variables @subsubsection Category Variables @table @code @item gnus-category-mode-hook @vindex gnus-category-mode-hook Hook run in category buffers. @item gnus-category-line-format @vindex gnus-category-line-format Format of the lines in the category buffer (@pxref{Formatting Variables}). Valid elements are: @table @samp @item c The name of the category. @item g The number of groups in the category. @end table @item gnus-category-mode-line-format @vindex gnus-category-mode-line-format Format of the category mode line (@pxref{Mode Line Formatting}). @item gnus-agent-short-article @vindex gnus-agent-short-article Articles that have fewer lines than this are short. Default 100. @item gnus-agent-long-article @vindex gnus-agent-long-article Articles that have more lines than this are long. Default 200. @item gnus-agent-low-score @vindex gnus-agent-low-score Articles that have a score lower than this have a low score. Default 0. @item gnus-agent-high-score @vindex gnus-agent-high-score Articles that have a score higher than this have a high score. Default 0. @item gnus-agent-expire-days @vindex gnus-agent-expire-days The number of days that a @samp{read} article must stay in the agent's local disk before becoming eligible for expiration (While the name is the same, this doesn't mean expiring the article on the server. It just means deleting the local copy of the article). What is also important to understand is that the counter starts with the time the article was written to the local disk and not the time the article was read. Default 7. @item gnus-agent-enable-expiration @vindex gnus-agent-enable-expiration Determines whether articles in a group are, by default, expired or retained indefinitely. The default is @code{ENABLE} which means that you'll have to disable expiration when desired. On the other hand, you could set this to @code{DISABLE}. In that case, you would then have to enable expiration in selected groups. @end table @node Agent Commands @subsection Agent Commands @findex gnus-agent-toggle-plugged @kindex J j (Agent) All the Gnus Agent commands are on the @kbd{J} submap. The @kbd{J j} (@code{gnus-agent-toggle-plugged}) command works in all modes, and toggles the plugged/unplugged state of the Gnus Agent. @menu * Group Agent Commands:: Configure groups and fetch their contents. * Summary Agent Commands:: Manually select then fetch specific articles. * Server Agent Commands:: Select the servers that are supported by the agent. @end menu @node Group Agent Commands @subsubsection Group Agent Commands @table @kbd @item J u @kindex J u (Agent Group) @findex gnus-agent-fetch-groups Fetch all eligible articles in the current group (@code{gnus-agent-fetch-groups}). @item J c @kindex J c (Agent Group) @findex gnus-enter-category-buffer Enter the Agent category buffer (@code{gnus-enter-category-buffer}). @item J s @kindex J s (Agent Group) @findex gnus-agent-fetch-session Fetch all eligible articles in all groups (@code{gnus-agent-fetch-session}). @item J S @kindex J S (Agent Group) @findex gnus-group-send-queue Send all sendable messages in the queue group (@code{gnus-group-send-queue}). @xref{Drafts}. @item J a @kindex J a (Agent Group) @findex gnus-agent-add-group Add the current group to an Agent category (@code{gnus-agent-add-group}). This command understands the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item J r @kindex J r (Agent Group) @findex gnus-agent-remove-group Remove the current group from its category, if any (@code{gnus-agent-remove-group}). This command understands the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item J Y @kindex J Y (Agent Group) @findex gnus-agent-synchronize-flags Synchronize flags changed while unplugged with remote server, if any. @end table @node Summary Agent Commands @subsubsection Summary Agent Commands @table @kbd @item J # @kindex J # (Agent Summary) @findex gnus-agent-mark-article Mark the article for downloading (@code{gnus-agent-mark-article}). @item J M-# @kindex J M-# (Agent Summary) @findex gnus-agent-unmark-article Remove the downloading mark from the article (@code{gnus-agent-unmark-article}). @cindex % @item @@ @kindex @@ (Agent Summary) @findex gnus-agent-toggle-mark Toggle whether to download the article (@code{gnus-agent-toggle-mark}). The download mark is @samp{%} by default. @item J c @kindex J c (Agent Summary) @findex gnus-agent-catchup Mark all articles as read (@code{gnus-agent-catchup}) that are neither cached, downloaded, nor downloadable. @item J S @kindex J S (Agent Summary) @findex gnus-agent-fetch-group Download all eligible (@pxref{Agent Categories}) articles in this group. (@code{gnus-agent-fetch-group}). @item J s @kindex J s (Agent Summary) @findex gnus-agent-summary-fetch-series Download all processable articles in this group. (@code{gnus-agent-summary-fetch-series}). @item J u @kindex J u (Agent Summary) @findex gnus-agent-summary-fetch-group Download all downloadable articles in the current group (@code{gnus-agent-summary-fetch-group}). @end table @node Server Agent Commands @subsubsection Server Agent Commands @table @kbd @item J a @kindex J a (Agent Server) @findex gnus-agent-add-server Add the current server to the list of servers covered by the Gnus Agent (@code{gnus-agent-add-server}). @item J r @kindex J r (Agent Server) @findex gnus-agent-remove-server Remove the current server from the list of servers covered by the Gnus Agent (@code{gnus-agent-remove-server}). @end table @node Agent Visuals @subsection Agent Visuals If you open a summary while unplugged and, Gnus knows from the group's active range that there are more articles than the headers currently stored in the Agent, you may see some articles whose subject looks something like @samp{[Undownloaded article #####]}. These are placeholders for the missing headers. Aside from setting a mark, there is not much that can be done with one of these placeholders. When Gnus finally gets a chance to fetch the group's headers, the placeholders will automatically be replaced by the actual headers. You can configure the summary buffer's maneuvering to skip over the placeholders if you care (See @code{gnus-auto-goto-ignores}). While it may be obvious to all, the only headers and articles available while unplugged are those headers and articles that were fetched into the Agent while previously plugged. To put it another way, ``If you forget to fetch something while plugged, you might have a less than satisfying unplugged session''. For this reason, the Agent adds two visual effects to your summary buffer. These effects display the download status of each article so that you always know which articles will be available when unplugged. The first visual effect is the @samp{%O} spec. If you customize @code{gnus-summary-line-format} to include this specifier, you will add a single character field that indicates an article's download status. Articles that have been fetched into either the Agent or the Cache, will display @code{gnus-downloaded-mark} (defaults to @samp{+}). All other articles will display @code{gnus-undownloaded-mark} (defaults to @samp{-}). If you open a group that has not been agentized, a space (@samp{ }) will be displayed. The second visual effect are the undownloaded faces. The faces, there are three indicating the article's score (low, normal, high), seem to result in a love/hate response from many Gnus users. The problem is that the face selection is controlled by a list of condition tests and face names (See @code{gnus-summary-highlight}). Each condition is tested in the order in which it appears in the list so early conditions have precedence over later conditions. All of this means that, if you tick an undownloaded article, the article will continue to be displayed in the undownloaded face rather than the ticked face. If you use the Agent as a cache (to avoid downloading the same article each time you visit it or to minimize your connection time), the undownloaded face will probably seem like a good idea. The reason being that you do all of our work (marking, reading, deleting) with downloaded articles so the normal faces always appear. For those users using the agent to improve online performance by caching the NOV database (most users since 5.10.2), the undownloaded faces may appear to be an absolutely horrible idea. The issue being that, since none of their articles have been fetched into the Agent, all of the normal faces will be obscured by the undownloaded faces. If you would like to use the undownloaded faces, you must enable the undownloaded faces by setting the @code{agent-enable-undownloaded-faces} group parameter to @code{t}. This parameter, like all other agent parameters, may be set on an Agent Category (@pxref{Agent Categories}), a Group Topic (@pxref{Topic Parameters}), or an individual group (@pxref{Group Parameters}). The one problem common to all users using the agent is how quickly it can consume disk space. If you using the agent on many groups, it is even more difficult to effectively recover disk space. One solution is the @samp{%F} format available in @code{gnus-group-line-format}. This format will display the actual disk space used by articles fetched into both the agent and cache. By knowing which groups use the most space, users know where to focus their efforts when ``agent expiring'' articles. @node Agent as Cache @subsection Agent as Cache When Gnus is plugged, it is not efficient to download headers or articles from the server again, if they are already stored in the Agent. So, Gnus normally only downloads headers once, and stores them in the Agent. These headers are later used when generating the summary buffer, regardless of whether you are plugged or unplugged. Articles are not cached in the Agent by default though (that would potentially consume lots of disk space), but if you have already downloaded an article into the Agent, Gnus will not download the article from the server again but use the locally stored copy instead. If you so desire, you can configure the agent (see @code{gnus-agent-cache} @pxref{Agent Variables}) to always download headers and articles while plugged. Gnus will almost certainly be slower, but it will be kept synchronized with the server. That last point probably won't make any sense if you are using a nntp or nnimap back end. @node Agent Expiry @subsection Agent Expiry @vindex gnus-agent-expire-days @findex gnus-agent-expire @kindex M-x gnus-agent-expire @kindex M-x gnus-agent-expire-group @findex gnus-agent-expire-group @cindex agent expiry @cindex Gnus agent expiry @cindex expiry, in Gnus agent The Agent back end, @code{nnagent}, doesn't handle expiry. Well, at least it doesn't handle it like other back ends. Instead, there are special @code{gnus-agent-expire} and @code{gnus-agent-expire-group} commands that will expire all read articles that are older than @code{gnus-agent-expire-days} days. They can be run whenever you feel that you're running out of space. Neither are particularly fast or efficient, and it's not a particularly good idea to interrupt them (with @kbd{C-g} or anything else) once you've started one of them. Note that other functions, e.g. @code{gnus-request-expire-articles}, might run @code{gnus-agent-expire} for you to keep the agent synchronized with the group. The agent parameter @code{agent-enable-expiration} may be used to prevent expiration in selected groups. @vindex gnus-agent-expire-all If @code{gnus-agent-expire-all} is non-@code{nil}, the agent expiration commands will expire all articles---unread, read, ticked and dormant. If @code{nil} (which is the default), only read articles are eligible for expiry, and unread, ticked and dormant articles will be kept indefinitely. If you find that some articles eligible for expiry are never expired, perhaps some Gnus Agent files are corrupted. There's are special commands, @code{gnus-agent-regenerate} and @code{gnus-agent-regenerate-group}, to fix possible problems. @node Agent Regeneration @subsection Agent Regeneration @cindex agent regeneration @cindex Gnus agent regeneration @cindex regeneration The local data structures used by @code{nnagent} may become corrupted due to certain exceptional conditions. When this happens, @code{nnagent} functionality may degrade or even fail. The solution to this problem is to repair the local data structures by removing all internal inconsistencies. For example, if your connection to your server is lost while downloaded articles into the agent, the local data structures will not know about articles successfully downloaded prior to the connection failure. Running @code{gnus-agent-regenerate} or @code{gnus-agent-regenerate-group} will update the data structures such that you don't need to download these articles a second time. @findex gnus-agent-regenerate @kindex M-x gnus-agent-regenerate The command @code{gnus-agent-regenerate} will perform @code{gnus-agent-regenerate-group} on every agentized group. While you can run @code{gnus-agent-regenerate} in any buffer, it is strongly recommended that you first close all summary buffers. @findex gnus-agent-regenerate-group @kindex M-x gnus-agent-regenerate-group The command @code{gnus-agent-regenerate-group} uses the local copies of individual articles to repair the local @acronym{NOV}(header) database. It then updates the internal data structures that document which articles are stored locally. An optional argument will mark articles in the agent as unread. @node Agent and flags @subsection Agent and flags The Agent works with any Gnus back end including those, such as nnimap, that store flags (read, ticked, etc) on the server. Sadly, the Agent does not actually know which backends keep their flags in the backend server rather than in @file{.newsrc}. This means that the Agent, while unplugged or disconnected, will always record all changes to the flags in its own files. When you plug back in, Gnus will then check to see if you have any changed any flags and ask if you wish to synchronize these with the server. This behavior is customizable by @code{gnus-agent-synchronize-flags}. @vindex gnus-agent-synchronize-flags If @code{gnus-agent-synchronize-flags} is @code{nil}, the Agent will never automatically synchronize flags. If it is @code{ask}, which is the default, the Agent will check if you made any changes and if so ask if you wish to synchronize these when you re-connect. If it has any other value, all flags will be synchronized automatically. If you do not wish to synchronize flags automatically when you re-connect, you can do it manually with the @code{gnus-agent-synchronize-flags} command that is bound to @kbd{J Y} in the group buffer. Technical note: the synchronization algorithm does not work by ``pushing'' all local flags to the server, but rather by incrementally updated the server view of flags by changing only those flags that were changed by the user. Thus, if you set one flag on an article, quit the group then re-select the group and remove the flag; the flag will be set and removed from the server when you ``synchronize''. The queued flag operations can be found in the per-server @code{flags} file in the Agent directory. It's emptied when you synchronize flags. @node Agent and IMAP @subsection Agent and IMAP The Agent works with any Gnus back end, including nnimap. However, since there are some conceptual differences between @acronym{NNTP} and @acronym{IMAP}, this section (should) provide you with some information to make Gnus Agent work smoother as a @acronym{IMAP} Disconnected Mode client. Some things are currently not implemented in the Agent that you'd might expect from a disconnected @acronym{IMAP} client, including: @itemize @bullet @item Copying/moving articles into nnimap groups when unplugged. @item Creating/deleting nnimap groups when unplugged. @end itemize @node Outgoing Messages @subsection Outgoing Messages By default, when Gnus is unplugged, all outgoing messages (both mail and news) are stored in the draft group ``queue'' (@pxref{Drafts}). You can view them there after posting, and edit them at will. You can control the circumstances under which outgoing mail is queued (see @code{gnus-agent-queue-mail}, @pxref{Agent Variables}). Outgoing news is always queued when Gnus is unplugged, and never otherwise. You can send the messages either from the draft group with the special commands available there, or you can use the @kbd{J S} command in the group buffer to send all the sendable messages in the draft group. Posting news will only work when Gnus is plugged, but you can send mail at any time. If sending mail while unplugged does not work for you and you worry about hitting @kbd{J S} by accident when unplugged, you can have Gnus ask you to confirm your action (see @code{gnus-agent-prompt-send-queue}, @pxref{Agent Variables}). @node Agent Variables @subsection Agent Variables @table @code @item gnus-agent @vindex gnus-agent Is the agent enabled? The default is @code{t}. When first enabled, the agent will use @code{gnus-agent-auto-agentize-methods} to automatically mark some back ends as agentized. You may change which back ends are agentized using the agent commands in the server buffer. To enter the server buffer, use the @kbd{^} (@code{gnus-group-enter-server-mode}) command in the group buffer. @item gnus-agent-directory @vindex gnus-agent-directory Where the Gnus Agent will store its files. The default is @file{~/News/agent/}. @item gnus-agent-handle-level @vindex gnus-agent-handle-level Groups on levels (@pxref{Group Levels}) higher than this variable will be ignored by the Agent. The default is @code{gnus-level-subscribed}, which means that only subscribed group will be considered by the Agent by default. @item gnus-agent-plugged-hook @vindex gnus-agent-plugged-hook Hook run when connecting to the network. @item gnus-agent-unplugged-hook @vindex gnus-agent-unplugged-hook Hook run when disconnecting from the network. @item gnus-agent-fetched-hook @vindex gnus-agent-fetched-hook Hook run when finished fetching articles. @item gnus-agent-cache @vindex gnus-agent-cache Variable to control whether use the locally stored @acronym{NOV} and articles when plugged, e.g. essentially using the Agent as a cache. The default is non-@code{nil}, which means to use the Agent as a cache. @item gnus-agent-go-online @vindex gnus-agent-go-online If @code{gnus-agent-go-online} is @code{nil}, the Agent will never automatically switch offline servers into online status. If it is @code{ask}, the default, the Agent will ask if you wish to switch offline servers into online status when you re-connect. If it has any other value, all offline servers will be automatically switched into online status. @item gnus-agent-mark-unread-after-downloaded @vindex gnus-agent-mark-unread-after-downloaded If @code{gnus-agent-mark-unread-after-downloaded} is non-@code{nil}, mark articles as unread after downloading. This is usually a safe thing to do as the newly downloaded article has obviously not been read. The default is @code{t}. @item gnus-agent-synchronize-flags @vindex gnus-agent-synchronize-flags If @code{gnus-agent-synchronize-flags} is @code{nil}, the Agent will never automatically synchronize flags. If it is @code{ask}, which is the default, the Agent will check if you made any changes and if so ask if you wish to synchronize these when you re-connect. If it has any other value, all flags will be synchronized automatically. @item gnus-agent-consider-all-articles @vindex gnus-agent-consider-all-articles If @code{gnus-agent-consider-all-articles} is non-@code{nil}, the agent will let the agent predicate decide whether articles need to be downloaded or not, for all articles. When @code{nil}, the default, the agent will only let the predicate decide whether unread articles are downloaded or not. If you enable this, you may also want to look into the agent expiry settings (@pxref{Category Variables}), so that the agent doesn't download articles which the agent will later expire, over and over again. @item gnus-agent-max-fetch-size @vindex gnus-agent-max-fetch-size The agent fetches articles into a temporary buffer prior to parsing them into individual files. To avoid exceeding the max. buffer size, the agent alternates between fetching and parsing until all articles have been fetched. @code{gnus-agent-max-fetch-size} provides a size limit to control how often the cycling occurs. A large value improves performance. A small value minimizes the time lost should the connection be lost while fetching (You may need to run @code{gnus-agent-regenerate-group} to update the group's state. However, all articles parsed prior to losing the connection will be available while unplugged). The default is 10M so it is unusual to see any cycling. @item gnus-server-unopen-status @vindex gnus-server-unopen-status Perhaps not an Agent variable, but closely related to the Agent, this variable says what will happen if Gnus cannot open a server. If the Agent is enabled, the default, @code{nil}, makes Gnus ask the user whether to deny the server or whether to unplug the agent. If the Agent is disabled, Gnus always simply deny the server. Other choices for this variable include @code{denied} and @code{offline} the latter is only valid if the Agent is used. @item gnus-auto-goto-ignores @vindex gnus-auto-goto-ignores Another variable that isn't an Agent variable, yet so closely related that most will look for it here, this variable tells the summary buffer how to maneuver around undownloaded (only headers stored in the agent) and unfetched (neither article nor headers stored) articles. The valid values are @code{nil} (maneuver to any article), @code{undownloaded} (maneuvering while unplugged ignores articles that have not been fetched), @code{always-undownloaded} (maneuvering always ignores articles that have not been fetched), @code{unfetched} (maneuvering ignores articles whose headers have not been fetched). @item gnus-agent-queue-mail @vindex gnus-agent-queue-mail When @code{gnus-agent-queue-mail} is @code{always}, Gnus will always queue mail rather than sending it straight away. When @code{t}, Gnus will queue mail when unplugged only. When @code{nil}, never queue mail. The default is @code{t}. @item gnus-agent-prompt-send-queue @vindex gnus-agent-prompt-send-queue When @code{gnus-agent-prompt-send-queue} is non-@code{nil} Gnus will prompt you to confirm that you really wish to proceed if you hit @kbd{J S} while unplugged. The default is @code{nil}. @item gnus-agent-auto-agentize-methods @vindex gnus-agent-auto-agentize-methods If you have never used the Agent before (or more technically, if @file{~/News/agent/lib/servers} does not exist), Gnus will automatically agentize a few servers for you. This variable control which back ends should be auto-agentized. It is typically only useful to agentize remote back ends. The auto-agentizing has the same effect as running @kbd{J a} on the servers (@pxref{Server Agent Commands}). If the file exist, you must manage the servers manually by adding or removing them, this variable is only applicable the first time you start Gnus. The default is @samp{(nntp nnimap)}. @end table @node Example Setup @subsection Example Setup If you don't want to read this manual, and you have a fairly standard setup, you may be able to use something like the following as your @file{~/.gnus.el} file to get started. @lisp ;; @r{Define how Gnus is to fetch news. We do this over @acronym{NNTP}} ;; @r{from your ISP's server.} (setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "news.your-isp.com")) ;; @r{Define how Gnus is to read your mail. We read mail from} ;; @r{your ISP's @acronym{POP} server.} (setq mail-sources '((pop :server "pop.your-isp.com"))) ;; @r{Say how Gnus is to store the mail. We use nnml groups.} (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods '((nnml ""))) ;; @r{Make Gnus into an offline newsreader.} ;; (gnus-agentize) ; @r{The obsolete setting.} ;; (setq gnus-agent t) ; @r{Now the default.} @end lisp That should be it, basically. Put that in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file, edit to suit your needs, start up PPP (or whatever), and type @kbd{M-x gnus}. If this is the first time you've run Gnus, you will be subscribed automatically to a few default newsgroups. You'll probably want to subscribe to more groups, and to do that, you have to query the @acronym{NNTP} server for a complete list of groups with the @kbd{A A} command. This usually takes quite a while, but you only have to do it once. After reading and parsing a while, you'll be presented with a list of groups. Subscribe to the ones you want to read with the @kbd{u} command. @kbd{l} to make all the killed groups disappear after you've subscribe to all the groups you want to read. (@kbd{A k} will bring back all the killed groups.) You can now read the groups at once, or you can download the articles with the @kbd{J s} command. And then read the rest of this manual to find out which of the other gazillion things you want to customize. @node Batching Agents @subsection Batching Agents @findex gnus-agent-batch Having the Gnus Agent fetch articles (and post whatever messages you've written) is quite easy once you've gotten things set up properly. The following shell script will do everything that is necessary: You can run a complete batch command from the command line with the following incantation: @example #!/bin/sh emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l ~/.gnus.el -f gnus-agent-batch >/dev/null 2>&1 @end example @node Agent Caveats @subsection Agent Caveats The Gnus Agent doesn't seem to work like most other offline newsreaders. Here are some common questions that some imaginary people may ask: @table @dfn @item If I read an article while plugged, do they get entered into the Agent? @strong{No}. If you want this behavior, add @code{gnus-agent-fetch-selected-article} to @code{gnus-select-article-hook}. @item If I read an article while plugged, and the article already exists in the Agent, will it get downloaded once more? @strong{No}, unless @code{gnus-agent-cache} is @code{nil}. @end table In short, when Gnus is unplugged, it only looks into the locally stored articles; when it's plugged, it talks to your ISP and may also use the locally stored articles. @node Scoring @chapter Scoring @cindex scoring Other people use @dfn{kill files}, but we here at Gnus Towers like scoring better than killing, so we'd rather switch than fight. They do something completely different as well, so sit up straight and pay attention! @vindex gnus-summary-mark-below All articles have a default score (@code{gnus-summary-default-score}), which is 0 by default. This score may be raised or lowered either interactively or by score files. Articles that have a score lower than @code{gnus-summary-mark-below} are marked as read. Gnus will read any @dfn{score files} that apply to the current group before generating the summary buffer. There are several commands in the summary buffer that insert score entries based on the current article. You can, for instance, ask Gnus to lower or increase the score of all articles with a certain subject. There are two sorts of scoring entries: Permanent and temporary. Temporary score entries are self-expiring entries. Any entries that are temporary and have not been used for, say, a week, will be removed silently to help keep the sizes of the score files down. @menu * Summary Score Commands:: Adding score entries for the current group. * Group Score Commands:: General score commands. * Score Variables:: Customize your scoring. (My, what terminology). * Score File Format:: What a score file may contain. * Score File Editing:: You can edit score files by hand as well. * Adaptive Scoring:: Big Sister Gnus knows what you read. * Home Score File:: How to say where new score entries are to go. * Followups To Yourself:: Having Gnus notice when people answer you. * Scoring On Other Headers:: Scoring on non-standard headers. * Scoring Tips:: How to score effectively. * Reverse Scoring:: That problem child of old is not problem. * Global Score Files:: Earth-spanning, ear-splitting score files. * Kill Files:: They are still here, but they can be ignored. * Converting Kill Files:: Translating kill files to score files. * Advanced Scoring:: Using logical expressions to build score rules. * Score Decays:: It can be useful to let scores wither away. @end menu @node Summary Score Commands @section Summary Score Commands @cindex score commands The score commands that alter score entries do not actually modify real score files. That would be too inefficient. Gnus maintains a cache of previously loaded score files, one of which is considered the @dfn{current score file alist}. The score commands simply insert entries into this list, and upon group exit, this list is saved. The current score file is by default the group's local score file, even if no such score file actually exists. To insert score commands into some other score file (e.g. @file{all.SCORE}), you must first make this score file the current one. General score commands that don't actually change the score file: @table @kbd @item V s @kindex V s (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-set-score Set the score of the current article (@code{gnus-summary-set-score}). @item V S @kindex V S (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-current-score Display the score of the current article (@code{gnus-summary-current-score}). @item V t @kindex V t (Summary) @findex gnus-score-find-trace Display all score rules that have been used on the current article (@code{gnus-score-find-trace}). In the @code{*Score Trace*} buffer, you may type @kbd{e} to edit score file corresponding to the score rule on current line and @kbd{f} to format (@code{gnus-score-pretty-print}) the score file and edit it. @item V w @kindex V w (Summary) @findex gnus-score-find-favourite-words List words used in scoring (@code{gnus-score-find-favourite-words}). @item V R @kindex V R (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-rescore Run the current summary through the scoring process (@code{gnus-summary-rescore}). This might be useful if you're playing around with your score files behind Gnus' back and want to see the effect you're having. @item V c @kindex V c (Summary) @findex gnus-score-change-score-file Make a different score file the current (@code{gnus-score-change-score-file}). @item V e @kindex V e (Summary) @findex gnus-score-edit-current-scores Edit the current score file (@code{gnus-score-edit-current-scores}). You will be popped into a @code{gnus-score-mode} buffer (@pxref{Score File Editing}). @item V f @kindex V f (Summary) @findex gnus-score-edit-file Edit a score file and make this score file the current one (@code{gnus-score-edit-file}). @item V F @kindex V F (Summary) @findex gnus-score-flush-cache Flush the score cache (@code{gnus-score-flush-cache}). This is useful after editing score files. @item V C @kindex V C (Summary) @findex gnus-score-customize Customize a score file in a visually pleasing manner (@code{gnus-score-customize}). @end table The rest of these commands modify the local score file. @table @kbd @item V m @kindex V m (Summary) @findex gnus-score-set-mark-below Prompt for a score, and mark all articles with a score below this as read (@code{gnus-score-set-mark-below}). @item V x @kindex V x (Summary) @findex gnus-score-set-expunge-below Prompt for a score, and add a score rule to the current score file to expunge all articles below this score (@code{gnus-score-set-expunge-below}). @end table The keystrokes for actually making score entries follow a very regular pattern, so there's no need to list all the commands. (Hundreds of them.) @findex gnus-summary-increase-score @findex gnus-summary-lower-score @enumerate @item The first key is either @kbd{I} (upper case i) for increasing the score or @kbd{L} for lowering the score. @item The second key says what header you want to score on. The following keys are available: @table @kbd @item a Score on the author name. @item s Score on the subject line. @item x Score on the @code{Xref} line---i.e., the cross-posting line. @item r Score on the @code{References} line. @item d Score on the date. @item l Score on the number of lines. @item i Score on the @code{Message-ID} header. @item e Score on an ``extra'' header, that is, one of those in gnus-extra-headers, if your @acronym{NNTP} server tracks additional header data in overviews. @item f Score on followups---this matches the author name, and adds scores to the followups to this author. (Using this key leads to the creation of @file{ADAPT} files.) @item b Score on the body. @item h Score on the head. @item t Score on thread. (Using this key leads to the creation of @file{ADAPT} files.) @end table @item The third key is the match type. Which match types are valid depends on what headers you are scoring on. @table @code @item strings @table @kbd @item e Exact matching. @item s Substring matching. @item f Fuzzy matching (@pxref{Fuzzy Matching}). @item r Regexp matching @end table @item date @table @kbd @item b Before date. @item a After date. @item n This date. @end table @item number @table @kbd @item < Less than number. @item = Equal to number. @item > Greater than number. @end table @end table @item The fourth and usually final key says whether this is a temporary (i.e., expiring) score entry, or a permanent (i.e., non-expiring) score entry, or whether it is to be done immediately, without adding to the score file. @table @kbd @item t Temporary score entry. @item p Permanent score entry. @item i Immediately scoring. @end table @item If you are scoring on `e' (extra) headers, you will then be prompted for the header name on which you wish to score. This must be a header named in gnus-extra-headers, and @samp{TAB} completion is available. @end enumerate So, let's say you want to increase the score on the current author with exact matching permanently: @kbd{I a e p}. If you want to lower the score based on the subject line, using substring matching, and make a temporary score entry: @kbd{L s s t}. Pretty easy. To make things a bit more complicated, there are shortcuts. If you use a capital letter on either the second or third keys, Gnus will use defaults for the remaining one or two keystrokes. The defaults are ``substring'' and ``temporary''. So @kbd{I A} is the same as @kbd{I a s t}, and @kbd{I a R} is the same as @kbd{I a r t}. These functions take both the numerical prefix and the symbolic prefix (@pxref{Symbolic Prefixes}). A numerical prefix says how much to lower (or increase) the score of the article. A symbolic prefix of @code{a} says to use the @file{all.SCORE} file for the command instead of the current score file. @vindex gnus-score-mimic-keymap The @code{gnus-score-mimic-keymap} says whether these commands will pretend they are keymaps or not. @node Group Score Commands @section Group Score Commands @cindex group score commands There aren't many of these as yet, I'm afraid. @table @kbd @item W e @kindex W e (Group) @findex gnus-score-edit-all-score Edit the apply-to-all-groups all.SCORE file. You will be popped into a @code{gnus-score-mode} buffer (@pxref{Score File Editing}). @item W f @kindex W f (Group) @findex gnus-score-flush-cache Gnus maintains a cache of score alists to avoid having to reload them all the time. This command will flush the cache (@code{gnus-score-flush-cache}). @end table You can do scoring from the command line by saying something like: @findex gnus-batch-score @cindex batch scoring @example $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l ~/.gnus.el -f gnus-batch-score @end example @node Score Variables @section Score Variables @cindex score variables @table @code @item gnus-use-scoring @vindex gnus-use-scoring If @code{nil}, Gnus will not check for score files, and will not, in general, do any score-related work. This is @code{t} by default. @item gnus-kill-killed @vindex gnus-kill-killed If this variable is @code{nil}, Gnus will never apply score files to articles that have already been through the kill process. While this may save you lots of time, it also means that if you apply a kill file to a group, and then change the kill file and want to run it over you group again to kill more articles, it won't work. You have to set this variable to @code{t} to do that. (It is @code{t} by default.) @item gnus-kill-files-directory @vindex gnus-kill-files-directory All kill and score files will be stored in this directory, which is initialized from the @env{SAVEDIR} environment variable by default. This is @file{~/News/} by default. @item gnus-score-file-suffix @vindex gnus-score-file-suffix Suffix to add to the group name to arrive at the score file name (@file{SCORE} by default.) @item gnus-score-uncacheable-files @vindex gnus-score-uncacheable-files @cindex score cache All score files are normally cached to avoid excessive re-loading of score files. However, this might make your Emacs grow big and bloated, so this regexp can be used to weed out score files unlikely to be needed again. It would be a bad idea to deny caching of @file{all.SCORE}, while it might be a good idea to not cache @file{comp.infosystems.www.authoring.misc.ADAPT}. In fact, this variable is @samp{ADAPT$} by default, so no adaptive score files will be cached. @item gnus-save-score @vindex gnus-save-score If you have really complicated score files, and do lots of batch scoring, then you might set this variable to @code{t}. This will make Gnus save the scores into the @file{.newsrc.eld} file. If you do not set this to @code{t}, then manual scores (like those set with @kbd{V s} (@code{gnus-summary-set-score})) will not be preserved across group visits. @item gnus-score-interactive-default-score @vindex gnus-score-interactive-default-score Score used by all the interactive raise/lower commands to raise/lower score with. Default is 1000, which may seem excessive, but this is to ensure that the adaptive scoring scheme gets enough room to play with. We don't want the small changes from the adaptive scoring to overwrite manually entered data. @item gnus-summary-default-score @vindex gnus-summary-default-score Default score of an article, which is 0 by default. @item gnus-summary-expunge-below @vindex gnus-summary-expunge-below Don't display the summary lines of articles that have scores lower than this variable. This is @code{nil} by default, which means that no articles will be hidden. This variable is local to the summary buffers, and has to be set from @code{gnus-summary-mode-hook}. @item gnus-score-over-mark @vindex gnus-score-over-mark Mark (in the third column) used for articles with a score over the default. Default is @samp{+}. @item gnus-score-below-mark @vindex gnus-score-below-mark Mark (in the third column) used for articles with a score below the default. Default is @samp{-}. @item gnus-score-find-score-files-function @vindex gnus-score-find-score-files-function Function used to find score files for the current group. This function is called with the name of the group as the argument. Predefined functions available are: @table @code @item gnus-score-find-single @findex gnus-score-find-single Only apply the group's own score file. @item gnus-score-find-bnews @findex gnus-score-find-bnews Apply all score files that match, using bnews syntax. This is the default. If the current group is @samp{gnu.emacs.gnus}, for instance, @file{all.emacs.all.SCORE}, @file{not.alt.all.SCORE} and @file{gnu.all.SCORE} would all apply. In short, the instances of @samp{all} in the score file names are translated into @samp{.*}, and then a regexp match is done. This means that if you have some score entries that you want to apply to all groups, then you put those entries in the @file{all.SCORE} file. The score files are applied in a semi-random order, although Gnus will try to apply the more general score files before the more specific score files. It does this by looking at the number of elements in the score file names---discarding the @samp{all} elements. @item gnus-score-find-hierarchical @findex gnus-score-find-hierarchical Apply all score files from all the parent groups. This means that you can't have score files like @file{all.SCORE}, but you can have @file{SCORE}, @file{comp.SCORE} and @file{comp.emacs.SCORE} for each server. @end table This variable can also be a list of functions. In that case, all these functions will be called with the group name as argument, and all the returned lists of score files will be applied. These functions can also return lists of lists of score alists directly. In that case, the functions that return these non-file score alists should probably be placed before the ``real'' score file functions, to ensure that the last score file returned is the local score file. Phu. For example, to do hierarchical scoring but use a non-server-specific overall score file, you could use the value @example (list (lambda (group) ("all.SCORE")) 'gnus-score-find-hierarchical) @end example @item gnus-score-expiry-days @vindex gnus-score-expiry-days This variable says how many days should pass before an unused score file entry is expired. If this variable is @code{nil}, no score file entries are expired. It's 7 by default. @item gnus-update-score-entry-dates @vindex gnus-update-score-entry-dates If this variable is non-@code{nil}, temporary score entries that have been triggered (matched) will have their dates updated. (This is how Gnus controls expiry---all non-matched-entries will become too old while matched entries will stay fresh and young.) However, if you set this variable to @code{nil}, even matched entries will grow old and will have to face that oh-so grim reaper. @item gnus-score-after-write-file-function @vindex gnus-score-after-write-file-function Function called with the name of the score file just written. @item gnus-score-thread-simplify @vindex gnus-score-thread-simplify If this variable is non-@code{nil}, article subjects will be simplified for subject scoring purposes in the same manner as with threading---according to the current value of @code{gnus-simplify-subject-functions}. If the scoring entry uses @code{substring} or @code{exact} matching, the match will also be simplified in this manner. @end table @node Score File Format @section Score File Format @cindex score file format A score file is an @code{emacs-lisp} file that normally contains just a single form. Casual users are not expected to edit these files; everything can be changed from the summary buffer. Anyway, if you'd like to dig into it yourself, here's an example: @lisp (("from" ("Lars Ingebrigtsen" -10000) ("Per Abrahamsen") ("larsi\\|lmi" -50000 nil R)) ("subject" ("Ding is Badd" nil 728373)) ("xref" ("alt.politics" -1000 728372 s)) ("lines" (2 -100 nil <)) (mark 0) (expunge -1000) (mark-and-expunge -10) (read-only nil) (orphan -10) (adapt t) (files "/hom/larsi/News/gnu.SCORE") (exclude-files "all.SCORE") (local (gnus-newsgroup-auto-expire t) (gnus-summary-make-false-root empty)) (eval (ding))) @end lisp This example demonstrates most score file elements. @xref{Advanced Scoring}, for a different approach. Even though this looks much like Lisp code, nothing here is actually @code{eval}ed. The Lisp reader is used to read this form, though, so it has to be valid syntactically, if not semantically. Six keys are supported by this alist: @table @code @item STRING If the key is a string, it is the name of the header to perform the match on. Scoring can only be performed on these eight headers: @code{From}, @code{Subject}, @code{References}, @code{Message-ID}, @code{Xref}, @code{Lines}, @code{Chars} and @code{Date}. In addition to these headers, there are three strings to tell Gnus to fetch the entire article and do the match on larger parts of the article: @code{Body} will perform the match on the body of the article, @code{Head} will perform the match on the head of the article, and @code{All} will perform the match on the entire article. Note that using any of these last three keys will slow down group entry @emph{considerably}. The final ``header'' you can score on is @code{Followup}. These score entries will result in new score entries being added for all follow-ups to articles that matches these score entries. Following this key is an arbitrary number of score entries, where each score entry has one to four elements. @enumerate @item The first element is the @dfn{match element}. On most headers this will be a string, but on the Lines and Chars headers, this must be an integer. @item If the second element is present, it should be a number---the @dfn{score element}. This number should be an integer in the neginf to posinf interval. This number is added to the score of the article if the match is successful. If this element is not present, the @code{gnus-score-interactive-default-score} number will be used instead. This is 1000 by default. @item If the third element is present, it should be a number---the @dfn{date element}. This date says when the last time this score entry matched, which provides a mechanism for expiring the score entries. It this element is not present, the score entry is permanent. The date is represented by the number of days since December 31, 1 BCE. @item If the fourth element is present, it should be a symbol---the @dfn{type element}. This element specifies what function should be used to see whether this score entry matches the article. What match types that can be used depends on what header you wish to perform the match on. @table @dfn @item From, Subject, References, Xref, Message-ID For most header types, there are the @code{r} and @code{R} (regexp), as well as @code{s} and @code{S} (substring) types, and @code{e} and @code{E} (exact match), and @code{w} (word match) types. If this element is not present, Gnus will assume that substring matching should be used. @code{R}, @code{S}, and @code{E} differ from the others in that the matches will be done in a case-sensitive manner. All these one-letter types are really just abbreviations for the @code{regexp}, @code{string}, @code{exact}, and @code{word} types, which you can use instead, if you feel like. @item Extra Just as for the standard string overview headers, if you are using gnus-extra-headers, you can score on these headers' values. In this case, there is a 5th element in the score entry, being the name of the header to be scored. The following entry is useful in your @file{all.SCORE} file in case of spam attacks from a single origin host, if your @acronym{NNTP} server tracks @samp{NNTP-Posting-Host} in overviews: @lisp ("111.222.333.444" -1000 nil s "NNTP-Posting-Host") @end lisp @item Lines, Chars These two headers use different match types: @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{=}, @code{>=} and @code{<=}. These predicates are true if @example (PREDICATE HEADER MATCH) @end example evaluates to non-@code{nil}. For instance, the advanced match @code{("lines" 4 <)} (@pxref{Advanced Scoring}) will result in the following form: @lisp (< header-value 4) @end lisp Or to put it another way: When using @code{<} on @code{Lines} with 4 as the match, we get the score added if the article has less than 4 lines. (It's easy to get confused and think it's the other way around. But it's not. I think.) When matching on @code{Lines}, be careful because some back ends (like @code{nndir}) do not generate @code{Lines} header, so every article ends up being marked as having 0 lines. This can lead to strange results if you happen to lower score of the articles with few lines. @item Date For the Date header we have three kinda silly match types: @code{before}, @code{at} and @code{after}. I can't really imagine this ever being useful, but, like, it would feel kinda silly not to provide this function. Just in case. You never know. Better safe than sorry. Once burnt, twice shy. Don't judge a book by its cover. Never not have sex on a first date. (I have been told that at least one person, and I quote, ``found this function indispensable'', however.) @cindex ISO8601 @cindex date A more useful match type is @code{regexp}. With it, you can match the date string using a regular expression. The date is normalized to ISO8601 compact format first---@var{YYYYMMDD}@code{T}@var{HHMMSS}. If you want to match all articles that have been posted on April 1st in every year, you could use @samp{....0401.........} as a match string, for instance. (Note that the date is kept in its original time zone, so this will match articles that were posted when it was April 1st where the article was posted from. Time zones are such wholesome fun for the whole family, eh?) @item Head, Body, All These three match keys use the same match types as the @code{From} (etc) header uses. @item Followup This match key is somewhat special, in that it will match the @code{From} header, and affect the score of not only the matching articles, but also all followups to the matching articles. This allows you e.g. increase the score of followups to your own articles, or decrease the score of followups to the articles of some known trouble-maker. Uses the same match types as the @code{From} header uses. (Using this match key will lead to creation of @file{ADAPT} files.) @item Thread This match key works along the same lines as the @code{Followup} match key. If you say that you want to score on a (sub-)thread started by an article with a @code{Message-ID} @var{x}, then you add a @samp{thread} match. This will add a new @samp{thread} match for each article that has @var{x} in its @code{References} header. (These new @samp{thread} matches will use the @code{Message-ID}s of these matching articles.) This will ensure that you can raise/lower the score of an entire thread, even though some articles in the thread may not have complete @code{References} headers. Note that using this may lead to undeterministic scores of the articles in the thread. (Using this match key will lead to creation of @file{ADAPT} files.) @end table @end enumerate @cindex score file atoms @item mark The value of this entry should be a number. Any articles with a score lower than this number will be marked as read. @item expunge The value of this entry should be a number. Any articles with a score lower than this number will be removed from the summary buffer. @item mark-and-expunge The value of this entry should be a number. Any articles with a score lower than this number will be marked as read and removed from the summary buffer. @item thread-mark-and-expunge The value of this entry should be a number. All articles that belong to a thread that has a total score below this number will be marked as read and removed from the summary buffer. @code{gnus-thread-score-function} says how to compute the total score for a thread. @item files The value of this entry should be any number of file names. These files are assumed to be score files as well, and will be loaded the same way this one was. @item exclude-files The clue of this entry should be any number of files. These files will not be loaded, even though they would normally be so, for some reason or other. @item eval The value of this entry will be @code{eval}ed. This element will be ignored when handling global score files. @item read-only Read-only score files will not be updated or saved. Global score files should feature this atom (@pxref{Global Score Files}). (Note: @dfn{Global} here really means @dfn{global}; not your personal apply-to-all-groups score files.) @item orphan The value of this entry should be a number. Articles that do not have parents will get this number added to their scores. Imagine you follow some high-volume newsgroup, like @samp{comp.lang.c}. Most likely you will only follow a few of the threads, also want to see any new threads. You can do this with the following two score file entries: @example (orphan -500) (mark-and-expunge -100) @end example When you enter the group the first time, you will only see the new threads. You then raise the score of the threads that you find interesting (with @kbd{I T} or @kbd{I S}), and ignore (@kbd{c y}) the rest. Next time you enter the group, you will see new articles in the interesting threads, plus any new threads. I.e.---the orphan score atom is for high-volume groups where a few interesting threads which can't be found automatically by ordinary scoring rules exist. @item adapt This entry controls the adaptive scoring. If it is @code{t}, the default adaptive scoring rules will be used. If it is @code{ignore}, no adaptive scoring will be performed on this group. If it is a list, this list will be used as the adaptive scoring rules. If it isn't present, or is something other than @code{t} or @code{ignore}, the default adaptive scoring rules will be used. If you want to use adaptive scoring on most groups, you'd set @code{gnus-use-adaptive-scoring} to @code{t}, and insert an @code{(adapt ignore)} in the groups where you do not want adaptive scoring. If you only want adaptive scoring in a few groups, you'd set @code{gnus-use-adaptive-scoring} to @code{nil}, and insert @code{(adapt t)} in the score files of the groups where you want it. @item adapt-file All adaptive score entries will go to the file named by this entry. It will also be applied when entering the group. This atom might be handy if you want to adapt on several groups at once, using the same adaptive file for a number of groups. @item local @cindex local variables The value of this entry should be a list of @code{(@var{var} @var{value})} pairs. Each @var{var} will be made buffer-local to the current summary buffer, and set to the value specified. This is a convenient, if somewhat strange, way of setting variables in some groups if you don't like hooks much. Note that the @var{value} won't be evaluated. @end table @node Score File Editing @section Score File Editing You normally enter all scoring commands from the summary buffer, but you might feel the urge to edit them by hand as well, so we've supplied you with a mode for that. It's simply a slightly customized @code{emacs-lisp} mode, with these additional commands: @table @kbd @item C-c C-c @kindex C-c C-c (Score) @findex gnus-score-edit-exit Save the changes you have made and return to the summary buffer (@code{gnus-score-edit-exit}). @item C-c C-d @kindex C-c C-d (Score) @findex gnus-score-edit-insert-date Insert the current date in numerical format (@code{gnus-score-edit-insert-date}). This is really the day number, if you were wondering. @item C-c C-p @kindex C-c C-p (Score) @findex gnus-score-pretty-print The adaptive score files are saved in an unformatted fashion. If you intend to read one of these files, you want to @dfn{pretty print} it first. This command (@code{gnus-score-pretty-print}) does that for you. @end table Type @kbd{M-x gnus-score-mode} to use this mode. @vindex gnus-score-mode-hook @code{gnus-score-menu-hook} is run in score mode buffers. In the summary buffer you can use commands like @kbd{V f}, @kbd{V e} and @kbd{V t} to begin editing score files. @node Adaptive Scoring @section Adaptive Scoring @cindex adaptive scoring If all this scoring is getting you down, Gnus has a way of making it all happen automatically---as if by magic. Or rather, as if by artificial stupidity, to be precise. @vindex gnus-use-adaptive-scoring When you read an article, or mark an article as read, or kill an article, you leave marks behind. On exit from the group, Gnus can sniff these marks and add score elements depending on what marks it finds. You turn on this ability by setting @code{gnus-use-adaptive-scoring} to @code{t} or @code{(line)}. If you want score adaptively on separate words appearing in the subjects, you should set this variable to @code{(word)}. If you want to use both adaptive methods, set this variable to @code{(word line)}. @vindex gnus-default-adaptive-score-alist To give you complete control over the scoring process, you can customize the @code{gnus-default-adaptive-score-alist} variable. For instance, it might look something like this: @lisp (setq gnus-default-adaptive-score-alist '((gnus-unread-mark) (gnus-ticked-mark (from 4)) (gnus-dormant-mark (from 5)) (gnus-del-mark (from -4) (subject -1)) (gnus-read-mark (from 4) (subject 2)) (gnus-expirable-mark (from -1) (subject -1)) (gnus-killed-mark (from -1) (subject -3)) (gnus-kill-file-mark) (gnus-ancient-mark) (gnus-low-score-mark) (gnus-catchup-mark (from -1) (subject -1)))) @end lisp As you see, each element in this alist has a mark as a key (either a variable name or a ``real'' mark---a character). Following this key is a arbitrary number of header/score pairs. If there are no header/score pairs following the key, no adaptive scoring will be done on articles that have that key as the article mark. For instance, articles with @code{gnus-unread-mark} in the example above will not get adaptive score entries. Each article can have only one mark, so just a single of these rules will be applied to each article. To take @code{gnus-del-mark} as an example---this alist says that all articles that have that mark (i.e., are marked with @samp{e}) will have a score entry added to lower based on the @code{From} header by -4, and lowered by @code{Subject} by -1. Change this to fit your prejudices. If you have marked 10 articles with the same subject with @code{gnus-del-mark}, the rule for that mark will be applied ten times. That means that that subject will get a score of ten times -1, which should be, unless I'm much mistaken, -10. If you have auto-expirable (mail) groups (@pxref{Expiring Mail}), all the read articles will be marked with the @samp{E} mark. This'll probably make adaptive scoring slightly impossible, so auto-expiring and adaptive scoring doesn't really mix very well. The headers you can score on are @code{from}, @code{subject}, @code{message-id}, @code{references}, @code{xref}, @code{lines}, @code{chars} and @code{date}. In addition, you can score on @code{followup}, which will create an adaptive score entry that matches on the @code{References} header using the @code{Message-ID} of the current article, thereby matching the following thread. If you use this scheme, you should set the score file atom @code{mark} to something small---like -300, perhaps, to avoid having small random changes result in articles getting marked as read. After using adaptive scoring for a week or so, Gnus should start to become properly trained and enhance the authors you like best, and kill the authors you like least, without you having to say so explicitly. You can control what groups the adaptive scoring is to be performed on by using the score files (@pxref{Score File Format}). This will also let you use different rules in different groups. @vindex gnus-adaptive-file-suffix The adaptive score entries will be put into a file where the name is the group name with @code{gnus-adaptive-file-suffix} appended. The default is @file{ADAPT}. @vindex gnus-adaptive-pretty-print Adaptive score files can get huge and are not meant to be edited by human hands. If @code{gnus-adaptive-pretty-print} is @code{nil} (the default) those files will not be written in a human readable way. @vindex gnus-score-exact-adapt-limit When doing adaptive scoring, substring or fuzzy matching would probably give you the best results in most cases. However, if the header one matches is short, the possibility for false positives is great, so if the length of the match is less than @code{gnus-score-exact-adapt-limit}, exact matching will be used. If this variable is @code{nil}, exact matching will always be used to avoid this problem. @vindex gnus-default-adaptive-word-score-alist As mentioned above, you can adapt either on individual words or entire headers. If you adapt on words, the @code{gnus-default-adaptive-word-score-alist} variable says what score each instance of a word should add given a mark. @lisp (setq gnus-default-adaptive-word-score-alist `((,gnus-read-mark . 30) (,gnus-catchup-mark . -10) (,gnus-killed-mark . -20) (,gnus-del-mark . -15))) @end lisp This is the default value. If you have adaption on words enabled, every word that appears in subjects of articles marked with @code{gnus-read-mark} will result in a score rule that increase the score with 30 points. @vindex gnus-default-ignored-adaptive-words @vindex gnus-ignored-adaptive-words Words that appear in the @code{gnus-default-ignored-adaptive-words} list will be ignored. If you wish to add more words to be ignored, use the @code{gnus-ignored-adaptive-words} list instead. @vindex gnus-adaptive-word-length-limit Some may feel that short words shouldn't count when doing adaptive scoring. If so, you may set @code{gnus-adaptive-word-length-limit} to an integer. Words shorter than this number will be ignored. This variable defaults to @code{nil}. @vindex gnus-adaptive-word-syntax-table When the scoring is done, @code{gnus-adaptive-word-syntax-table} is the syntax table in effect. It is similar to the standard syntax table, but it considers numbers to be non-word-constituent characters. @vindex gnus-adaptive-word-minimum If @code{gnus-adaptive-word-minimum} is set to a number, the adaptive word scoring process will never bring down the score of an article to below this number. The default is @code{nil}. @vindex gnus-adaptive-word-no-group-words If @code{gnus-adaptive-word-no-group-words} is set to @code{t}, gnus won't adaptively word score any of the words in the group name. Useful for groups like @samp{comp.editors.emacs}, where most of the subject lines contain the word @samp{emacs}. After using this scheme for a while, it might be nice to write a @code{gnus-psychoanalyze-user} command to go through the rules and see what words you like and what words you don't like. Or perhaps not. Note that the adaptive word scoring thing is highly experimental and is likely to change in the future. Initial impressions seem to indicate that it's totally useless as it stands. Some more work (involving more rigorous statistical methods) will have to be done to make this useful. @node Home Score File @section Home Score File The score file where new score file entries will go is called the @dfn{home score file}. This is normally (and by default) the score file for the group itself. For instance, the home score file for @samp{gnu.emacs.gnus} is @file{gnu.emacs.gnus.SCORE}. However, this may not be what you want. It is often convenient to share a common home score file among many groups---all @samp{emacs} groups could perhaps use the same home score file. @vindex gnus-home-score-file The variable that controls this is @code{gnus-home-score-file}. It can be: @enumerate @item A string. Then this file will be used as the home score file for all groups. @item A function. The result of this function will be used as the home score file. The function will be called with the name of the group as the parameter. @item A list. The elements in this list can be: @enumerate @item @code{(@var{regexp} @var{file-name})}. If the @var{regexp} matches the group name, the @var{file-name} will be used as the home score file. @item A function. If the function returns non-@code{nil}, the result will be used as the home score file. The function will be called with the name of the group as the parameter. @item A string. Use the string as the home score file. @end enumerate The list will be traversed from the beginning towards the end looking for matches. @end enumerate So, if you want to use just a single score file, you could say: @lisp (setq gnus-home-score-file "my-total-score-file.SCORE") @end lisp If you want to use @file{gnu.SCORE} for all @samp{gnu} groups and @file{rec.SCORE} for all @samp{rec} groups (and so on), you can say: @findex gnus-hierarchial-home-score-file @lisp (setq gnus-home-score-file 'gnus-hierarchial-home-score-file) @end lisp This is a ready-made function provided for your convenience. Other functions include @table @code @item gnus-current-home-score-file @findex gnus-current-home-score-file Return the ``current'' regular score file. This will make scoring commands add entry to the ``innermost'' matching score file. @end table If you want to have one score file for the @samp{emacs} groups and another for the @samp{comp} groups, while letting all other groups use their own home score files: @lisp (setq gnus-home-score-file ;; @r{All groups that match the regexp @code{"\\.emacs"}} '(("\\.emacs" "emacs.SCORE") ;; @r{All the comp groups in one score file} ("^comp" "comp.SCORE"))) @end lisp @vindex gnus-home-adapt-file @code{gnus-home-adapt-file} works exactly the same way as @code{gnus-home-score-file}, but says what the home adaptive score file is instead. All new adaptive file entries will go into the file specified by this variable, and the same syntax is allowed. In addition to using @code{gnus-home-score-file} and @code{gnus-home-adapt-file}, you can also use group parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}) and topic parameters (@pxref{Topic Parameters}) to achieve much the same. Group and topic parameters take precedence over this variable. @node Followups To Yourself @section Followups To Yourself Gnus offers two commands for picking out the @code{Message-ID} header in the current buffer. Gnus will then add a score rule that scores using this @code{Message-ID} on the @code{References} header of other articles. This will, in effect, increase the score of all articles that respond to the article in the current buffer. Quite useful if you want to easily note when people answer what you've said. @table @code @item gnus-score-followup-article @findex gnus-score-followup-article This will add a score to articles that directly follow up your own article. @item gnus-score-followup-thread @findex gnus-score-followup-thread This will add a score to all articles that appear in a thread ``below'' your own article. @end table @vindex message-sent-hook These two functions are both primarily meant to be used in hooks like @code{message-sent-hook}, like this: @lisp (add-hook 'message-sent-hook 'gnus-score-followup-thread) @end lisp If you look closely at your own @code{Message-ID}, you'll notice that the first two or three characters are always the same. Here's two of mine: @example <x6u3u47icf.fsf@@eyesore.no> <x6sp9o7ibw.fsf@@eyesore.no> @end example So ``my'' ident on this machine is @samp{x6}. This can be exploited---the following rule will raise the score on all followups to myself: @lisp ("references" ("<x6[0-9a-z]+\\.fsf\\(_-_\\)?@@.*eyesore\\.no>" 1000 nil r)) @end lisp Whether it's the first two or first three characters that are ``yours'' is system-dependent. @node Scoring On Other Headers @section Scoring On Other Headers @cindex scoring on other headers Gnus is quite fast when scoring the ``traditional'' headers---@samp{From}, @samp{Subject} and so on. However, scoring other headers requires writing a @code{head} scoring rule, which means that Gnus has to request every single article from the back end to find matches. This takes a long time in big groups. @vindex gnus-inhibit-slow-scoring You can inhibit this slow scoring on headers or body by setting the variable @code{gnus-inhibit-slow-scoring}. If @code{gnus-inhibit-slow-scoring} is regexp, slow scoring is inhibited if the group matches the regexp. If it is t, slow scoring on it is inhibited for all groups. Now, there's not much you can do about the slowness for news groups, but for mail groups, you have greater control. In @ref{To From Newsgroups}, it's explained in greater detail what this mechanism does, but here's a cookbook example for @code{nnml} on how to allow scoring on the @samp{To} and @samp{Cc} headers. Put the following in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file. @lisp (setq gnus-extra-headers '(To Cc Newsgroups Keywords) nnmail-extra-headers gnus-extra-headers) @end lisp Restart Gnus and rebuild your @code{nnml} overview files with the @kbd{M-x nnml-generate-nov-databases} command. This will take a long time if you have much mail. Now you can score on @samp{To} and @samp{Cc} as ``extra headers'' like so: @kbd{I e s p To RET <your name> RET}. See? Simple. @node Scoring Tips @section Scoring Tips @cindex scoring tips @table @dfn @item Crossposts @cindex crossposts @cindex scoring crossposts If you want to lower the score of crossposts, the line to match on is the @code{Xref} header. @lisp ("xref" (" talk.politics.misc:" -1000)) @end lisp @item Multiple crossposts If you want to lower the score of articles that have been crossposted to more than, say, 3 groups: @lisp ("xref" ("[^:\n]+:[0-9]+ +[^:\n]+:[0-9]+ +[^:\n]+:[0-9]+" -1000 nil r)) @end lisp @item Matching on the body This is generally not a very good idea---it takes a very long time. Gnus actually has to fetch each individual article from the server. But you might want to anyway, I guess. Even though there are three match keys (@code{Head}, @code{Body} and @code{All}), you should choose one and stick with it in each score file. If you use any two, each article will be fetched @emph{twice}. If you want to match a bit on the @code{Head} and a bit on the @code{Body}, just use @code{All} for all the matches. @item Marking as read You will probably want to mark articles that have scores below a certain number as read. This is most easily achieved by putting the following in your @file{all.SCORE} file: @lisp ((mark -100)) @end lisp You may also consider doing something similar with @code{expunge}. @item Negated character classes If you say stuff like @code{[^abcd]*}, you may get unexpected results. That will match newlines, which might lead to, well, The Unknown. Say @code{[^abcd\n]*} instead. @end table @node Reverse Scoring @section Reverse Scoring @cindex reverse scoring If you want to keep just articles that have @samp{Sex with Emacs} in the subject header, and expunge all other articles, you could put something like this in your score file: @lisp (("subject" ("Sex with Emacs" 2)) (mark 1) (expunge 1)) @end lisp So, you raise all articles that match @samp{Sex with Emacs} and mark the rest as read, and expunge them to boot. @node Global Score Files @section Global Score Files @cindex global score files Sure, other newsreaders have ``global kill files''. These are usually nothing more than a single kill file that applies to all groups, stored in the user's home directory. Bah! Puny, weak newsreaders! What I'm talking about here are Global Score Files. Score files from all over the world, from users everywhere, uniting all nations in one big, happy score file union! Ange-score! New and untested! @vindex gnus-global-score-files All you have to do to use other people's score files is to set the @code{gnus-global-score-files} variable. One entry for each score file, or each score file directory. Gnus will decide by itself what score files are applicable to which group. To use the score file @file{/ftp@@ftp.gnus.org:/pub/larsi/ding/score/soc.motss.SCORE} and all score files in the @file{/ftp@@ftp.some-where:/pub/score} directory, say this: @lisp (setq gnus-global-score-files '("/ftp@@ftp.gnus.org:/pub/larsi/ding/score/soc.motss.SCORE" "/ftp@@ftp.some-where:/pub/score/")) @end lisp @findex gnus-score-search-global-directories @noindent Simple, eh? Directory names must end with a @samp{/}. These directories are typically scanned only once during each Gnus session. If you feel the need to manually re-scan the remote directories, you can use the @code{gnus-score-search-global-directories} command. Note that, at present, using this option will slow down group entry somewhat. (That is---a lot.) If you want to start maintaining score files for other people to use, just put your score file up for anonymous ftp and announce it to the world. Become a retro-moderator! Participate in the retro-moderator wars sure to ensue, where retro-moderators battle it out for the sympathy of the people, luring them to use their score files on false premises! Yay! The net is saved! Here are some tips for the would-be retro-moderator, off the top of my head: @itemize @bullet @item Articles heavily crossposted are probably junk. @item To lower a single inappropriate article, lower by @code{Message-ID}. @item Particularly brilliant authors can be raised on a permanent basis. @item Authors that repeatedly post off-charter for the group can safely be lowered out of existence. @item Set the @code{mark} and @code{expunge} atoms to obliterate the nastiest articles completely. @item Use expiring score entries to keep the size of the file down. You should probably have a long expiry period, though, as some sites keep old articles for a long time. @end itemize @dots{} I wonder whether other newsreaders will support global score files in the future. @emph{Snicker}. Yup, any day now, newsreaders like Blue Wave, xrn and 1stReader are bound to implement scoring. Should we start holding our breath yet? @node Kill Files @section Kill Files @cindex kill files Gnus still supports those pesky old kill files. In fact, the kill file entries can now be expiring, which is something I wrote before Daniel Quinlan thought of doing score files, so I've left the code in there. In short, kill processing is a lot slower (and I do mean @emph{a lot}) than score processing, so it might be a good idea to rewrite your kill files into score files. Anyway, a kill file is a normal @code{emacs-lisp} file. You can put any forms into this file, which means that you can use kill files as some sort of primitive hook function to be run on group entry, even though that isn't a very good idea. Normal kill files look like this: @lisp (gnus-kill "From" "Lars Ingebrigtsen") (gnus-kill "Subject" "ding") (gnus-expunge "X") @end lisp This will mark every article written by me as read, and remove the marked articles from the summary buffer. Very useful, you'll agree. Other programs use a totally different kill file syntax. If Gnus encounters what looks like a @code{rn} kill file, it will take a stab at interpreting it. Two summary functions for editing a @sc{gnus} kill file: @table @kbd @item M-k @kindex M-k (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-edit-local-kill Edit this group's kill file (@code{gnus-summary-edit-local-kill}). @item M-K @kindex M-K (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-edit-global-kill Edit the general kill file (@code{gnus-summary-edit-global-kill}). @end table Two group mode functions for editing the kill files: @table @kbd @item M-k @kindex M-k (Group) @findex gnus-group-edit-local-kill Edit this group's kill file (@code{gnus-group-edit-local-kill}). @item M-K @kindex M-K (Group) @findex gnus-group-edit-global-kill Edit the general kill file (@code{gnus-group-edit-global-kill}). @end table Kill file variables: @table @code @item gnus-kill-file-name @vindex gnus-kill-file-name A kill file for the group @samp{soc.motss} is normally called @file{soc.motss.KILL}. The suffix appended to the group name to get this file name is detailed by the @code{gnus-kill-file-name} variable. The ``global'' kill file (not in the score file sense of ``global'', of course) is just called @file{KILL}. @vindex gnus-kill-save-kill-file @item gnus-kill-save-kill-file If this variable is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will save the kill file after processing, which is necessary if you use expiring kills. @item gnus-apply-kill-hook @vindex gnus-apply-kill-hook @findex gnus-apply-kill-file-unless-scored @findex gnus-apply-kill-file A hook called to apply kill files to a group. It is @code{(gnus-apply-kill-file)} by default. If you want to ignore the kill file if you have a score file for the same group, you can set this hook to @code{(gnus-apply-kill-file-unless-scored)}. If you don't want kill files to be processed, you should set this variable to @code{nil}. @item gnus-kill-file-mode-hook @vindex gnus-kill-file-mode-hook A hook called in kill-file mode buffers. @end table @node Converting Kill Files @section Converting Kill Files @cindex kill files @cindex converting kill files If you have loads of old kill files, you may want to convert them into score files. If they are ``regular'', you can use the @file{gnus-kill-to-score.el} package; if not, you'll have to do it by hand. The kill to score conversion package isn't included in Emacs by default. You can fetch it from the contrib directory of the Gnus distribution or from @uref{http://heim.ifi.uio.no/~larsi/ding-various/gnus-kill-to-score.el}. If your old kill files are very complex---if they contain more non-@code{gnus-kill} forms than not, you'll have to convert them by hand. Or just let them be as they are. Gnus will still use them as before. @node Advanced Scoring @section Advanced Scoring Scoring on Subjects and From headers is nice enough, but what if you're really interested in what a person has to say only when she's talking about a particular subject? Or what if you really don't want to read what person A has to say when she's following up to person B, but want to read what she says when she's following up to person C? By using advanced scoring rules you may create arbitrarily complex scoring patterns. @menu * Advanced Scoring Syntax:: A definition. * Advanced Scoring Examples:: What they look like. * Advanced Scoring Tips:: Getting the most out of it. @end menu @node Advanced Scoring Syntax @subsection Advanced Scoring Syntax Ordinary scoring rules have a string as the first element in the rule. Advanced scoring rules have a list as the first element. The second element is the score to be applied if the first element evaluated to a non-@code{nil} value. These lists may consist of three logical operators, one redirection operator, and various match operators. Logical operators: @table @code @item & @itemx and This logical operator will evaluate each of its arguments until it finds one that evaluates to @code{false}, and then it'll stop. If all arguments evaluate to @code{true} values, then this operator will return @code{true}. @item | @itemx or This logical operator will evaluate each of its arguments until it finds one that evaluates to @code{true}. If no arguments are @code{true}, then this operator will return @code{false}. @item ! @itemx not @itemx ¬ This logical operator only takes a single argument. It returns the logical negation of the value of its argument. @end table There is an @dfn{indirection operator} that will make its arguments apply to the ancestors of the current article being scored. For instance, @code{1-} will make score rules apply to the parent of the current article. @code{2-} will make score rules apply to the grandparent of the current article. Alternatively, you can write @code{^^}, where the number of @code{^}s (carets) says how far back into the ancestry you want to go. Finally, we have the match operators. These are the ones that do the real work. Match operators are header name strings followed by a match and a match type. A typical match operator looks like @samp{("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen" s)}. The header names are the same as when using simple scoring, and the match types are also the same. @node Advanced Scoring Examples @subsection Advanced Scoring Examples Please note that the following examples are score file rules. To make a complete score file from them, surround them with another pair of parentheses. Let's say you want to increase the score of articles written by Lars when he's talking about Gnus: @example @group ((& ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen") ("subject" "Gnus")) 1000) @end group @end example Quite simple, huh? When he writes long articles, he sometimes has something nice to say: @example ((& ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen") (| ("subject" "Gnus") ("lines" 100 >))) 1000) @end example However, when he responds to things written by Reig Eigil Logge, you really don't want to read what he's written: @example ((& ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen") (1- ("from" "Reig Eigil Logge"))) -100000) @end example Everybody that follows up Redmondo when he writes about disappearing socks should have their scores raised, but only when they talk about white socks. However, when Lars talks about socks, it's usually not very interesting: @example ((& (1- (& ("from" "redmondo@@.*no" r) ("body" "disappearing.*socks" t))) (! ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")) ("body" "white.*socks")) 1000) @end example Suppose you're reading a high volume group and you're only interested in replies. The plan is to score down all articles that don't have subject that begin with "Re:", "Fw:" or "Fwd:" and then score up all parents of articles that have subjects that begin with reply marks. @example ((! ("subject" "re:\\|fwd?:" r)) -200) ((1- ("subject" "re:\\|fwd?:" r)) 200) @end example The possibilities are endless. @node Advanced Scoring Tips @subsection Advanced Scoring Tips The @code{&} and @code{|} logical operators do short-circuit logic. That is, they stop processing their arguments when it's clear what the result of the operation will be. For instance, if one of the arguments of an @code{&} evaluates to @code{false}, there's no point in evaluating the rest of the arguments. This means that you should put slow matches (@samp{body}, @samp{header}) last and quick matches (@samp{from}, @samp{subject}) first. The indirection arguments (@code{1-} and so on) will make their arguments work on previous generations of the thread. If you say something like: @example ... (1- (1- ("from" "lars"))) ... @end example Then that means ``score on the from header of the grandparent of the current article''. An indirection is quite fast, but it's better to say: @example (1- (& ("from" "Lars") ("subject" "Gnus"))) @end example than it is to say: @example (& (1- ("from" "Lars")) (1- ("subject" "Gnus"))) @end example @node Score Decays @section Score Decays @cindex score decays @cindex decays You may find that your scores have a tendency to grow without bounds, especially if you're using adaptive scoring. If scores get too big, they lose all meaning---they simply max out and it's difficult to use them in any sensible way. @vindex gnus-decay-scores @findex gnus-decay-score @vindex gnus-decay-score-function Gnus provides a mechanism for decaying scores to help with this problem. When score files are loaded and @code{gnus-decay-scores} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will run the score files through the decaying mechanism thereby lowering the scores of all non-permanent score rules. If @code{gnus-decay-scores} is a regexp, only score files matching this regexp are treated. E.g. you may set it to @samp{\\.ADAPT\\'} if only @emph{adaptive} score files should be decayed. The decay itself if performed by the @code{gnus-decay-score-function} function, which is @code{gnus-decay-score} by default. Here's the definition of that function: @lisp (defun gnus-decay-score (score) "Decay SCORE according to `gnus-score-decay-constant' and `gnus-score-decay-scale'." (let ((n (- score (* (if (< score 0) -1 1) (min (abs score) (max gnus-score-decay-constant (* (abs score) gnus-score-decay-scale))))))) (if (and (featurep 'xemacs) ;; XEmacs' floor can handle only the floating point ;; number below the half of the maximum integer. (> (abs n) (lsh -1 -2))) (string-to-number (car (split-string (number-to-string n) "\\."))) (floor n)))) @end lisp @vindex gnus-score-decay-scale @vindex gnus-score-decay-constant @code{gnus-score-decay-constant} is 3 by default and @code{gnus-score-decay-scale} is 0.05. This should cause the following: @enumerate @item Scores between -3 and 3 will be set to 0 when this function is called. @item Scores with magnitudes between 3 and 60 will be shrunk by 3. @item Scores with magnitudes greater than 60 will be shrunk by 5% of the score. @end enumerate If you don't like this decay function, write your own. It is called with the score to be decayed as its only parameter, and it should return the new score, which should be an integer. Gnus will try to decay scores once a day. If you haven't run Gnus for four days, Gnus will decay the scores four times, for instance. @node Searching @chapter Searching @cindex searching FIXME: Add a brief overview of Gnus search capabilities. A brief comparison of nnir, nnmairix, contrib/gnus-namazu would be nice as well. This chapter describes tools for searching groups and servers for articles matching a query and then retrieving those articles. Gnus provides a simpler mechanism for searching through articles in a summary buffer to find those matching a pattern. @xref{Searching for Articles}. @menu * nnir:: Searching with various engines. * nnmairix:: Searching with Mairix. @end menu @node nnir @section nnir @cindex nnir This section describes how to use @code{nnir} to search for articles within gnus. @menu * What is nnir?:: What does @code{nnir} do? * Basic Usage:: How to perform simple searches. * Setting up nnir:: How to set up @code{nnir}. @end menu @node What is nnir? @subsection What is nnir? @code{nnir} is a Gnus interface to a number of tools for searching through mail and news repositories. Different backends (like @code{nnimap} and @code{nntp}) work with different tools (called @dfn{engines} in @code{nnir} lingo), but all use the same basic search interface. The @code{nnimap} and @code{gmane} search engines should work with no configuration. Other engines require a local index that needs to be created and maintained outside of Gnus. @node Basic Usage @subsection Basic Usage In the group buffer typing @kbd{G G} will search the group on the current line by calling @code{gnus-group-make-nnir-group}. This prompts for a query string, creates an ephemeral @code{nnir} group containing the articles that match this query, and takes you to a summary buffer showing these articles. Articles may then be read, moved and deleted using the usual commands. The @code{nnir} group made in this way is an @code{ephemeral} group, and some changes are not permanent: aside from reading, moving, and deleting, you can't act on the original article. But there is an alternative: you can @emph{warp} to the original group for the article on the current line with @kbd{A W}, aka @code{gnus-warp-to-article}. Even better, the function @code{gnus-summary-refer-thread}, bound by default in summary buffers to @kbd{A T}, will first warp to the original group before it works its magic and includes all the articles in the thread. From here you can read, move and delete articles, but also copy them, alter article marks, whatever. Go nuts. You say you want to search more than just the group on the current line? No problem: just process-mark the groups you want to search. You want even more? Calling for an nnir search with the cursor on a topic heading will search all the groups under that heading. Still not enough? OK, in the server buffer @code{gnus-group-make-nnir-group} (now bound to @kbd{G}) will search all groups from the server on the current line. Too much? Want to ignore certain groups when searching, like spam groups? Just customize @code{nnir-ignored-newsgroups}. One more thing: individual search engines may have special search features. You can access these special features by giving a prefix-arg to @code{gnus-group-make-nnir-group}. If you are searching multiple groups with different search engines you will be prompted for the special search features for each engine separately. @node Setting up nnir @subsection Setting up nnir To set up nnir you may need to do some prep work. Firstly, you may need to configure the search engines you plan to use. Some of them, like @code{imap} and @code{gmane}, need no special configuration. Others, like @code{namazu} and @code{swish}, require configuration as described below. Secondly, you need to associate a search engine with a server or a backend. If you just want to use the @code{imap} engine to search @code{nnimap} servers, and the @code{gmane} engine to search @code{gmane} then you don't have to do anything. But you might want to read the details of the query language anyway. @menu * Associating Engines:: How to associate engines. * The imap Engine:: Imap configuration and usage. * The gmane Engine:: Gmane configuration and usage. * The swish++ Engine:: Swish++ configuration and usage. * The swish-e Engine:: Swish-e configuration and usage. * The namazu Engine:: Namazu configuration and usage. * The hyrex Engine:: Hyrex configuration and usage. * Customizations:: User customizable settings. @end menu @node Associating Engines @subsubsection Associating Engines When searching a group, @code{nnir} needs to know which search engine to use. You can configure a given server to use a particular engine by setting the server variable @code{nnir-search-engine} to the engine name. For example to use the @code{namazu} engine to search the server named @code{home} you can use @lisp (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods '((nnml "home" (nnimap-address "localhost") (nnir-search-engine namazu)))) @end lisp Alternatively you might want to use a particular engine for all servers with a given backend. For example, you might want to use the @code{imap} engine for all servers using the @code{nnimap} backend. In this case you can customize the variable @code{nnir-method-default-engines}. This is an alist of pairs of the form @code{(backend . engine)}. By default this variable is set to use the @code{imap} engine for all servers using the @code{nnimap} backend, and the @code{gmane} backend for @code{nntp} servers. (Don't worry, the @code{gmane} search engine won't actually try to search non-gmane @code{nntp} servers.) But if you wanted to use @code{namazu} for all your servers with an @code{nnimap} backend you could change this to @lisp '((nnimap . namazu) (nntp . gmane)) @end lisp @node The imap Engine @subsubsection The imap Engine The @code{imap} engine requires no configuration. Queries using the @code{imap} engine follow a simple query language. The search is always case-insensitive and supports the following features (inspired by the Google search input language): @table @samp @item Boolean query operators AND, OR, and NOT are supported, and parentheses can be used to control operator precedence, e.g. (emacs OR xemacs) AND linux. Note that operators must be written with all capital letters to be recognised. Also preceding a term with a - sign is equivalent to NOT term. @item Automatic AND queries If you specify multiple words then they will be treated as an AND expression intended to match all components. @item Phrase searches If you wrap your query in double-quotes then it will be treated as a literal string. @end table By default the whole message will be searched. The query can be limited to a specific part of a message by using a prefix-arg. After inputting the query this will prompt (with completion) for a message part. Choices include ``Whole message'', ``Subject'', ``From'', and ``To''. Any unrecognized input is interpreted as a header name. For example, typing @kbd{Message-ID} in response to this prompt will limit the query to the Message-ID header. Finally selecting ``Imap'' will interpret the query as a raw @acronym{IMAP} search query. The format of such queries can be found in RFC3501. If you don't like the default of searching whole messages you can customize @code{nnir-imap-default-search-key}. For example to use @acronym{IMAP} queries by default @lisp (setq nnir-imap-default-search-key "Imap") @end lisp @node The gmane Engine @subsubsection The gmane Engine The @code{gmane} engine requires no configuration. Gmane queries follow a simple query language: @table @samp @item Boolean query operators AND, OR, NOT (or AND NOT), and XOR are supported, and brackets can be used to control operator precedence, e.g. (emacs OR xemacs) AND linux. Note that operators must be written with all capital letters to be recognised. @item Required and excluded terms + and - can be used to require or exclude terms, e.g. football -american @item Unicode handling The search engine converts all text to utf-8, so searching should work in any language. @item Stopwords Common English words (like 'the' and 'a') are ignored by default. You can override this by prefixing such words with a + (e.g. +the) or enclosing the word in quotes (e.g. "the"). @end table The query can be limited to articles by a specific author using a prefix-arg. After inputting the query this will prompt for an author name (or part of a name) to match. @node The swish++ Engine @subsubsection The swish++ Engine FIXEM: Say something more here. Documentation for swish++ may be found at the swish++ sourceforge page: @uref{http://swishplusplus.sourceforge.net} @table @code @item nnir-swish++-program The name of the swish++ executable. Defaults to @code{search} @item nnir-swish++-additional-switches A list of strings to be given as additional arguments to swish++. @code{nil} by default. @item nnir-swish++-remove-prefix The prefix to remove from each file name returned by swish++ in order to get a group name. By default this is @code{$HOME/Mail}. @end table @node The swish-e Engine @subsubsection The swish-e Engine FIXEM: Say something more here. Documentation for swish-e may be found at the swish-e homepage @uref{http://swish-e.org} @table @code @item nnir-swish-e-program The name of the swish-e search program. Defaults to @code{swish-e}. @item nnir-swish-e-additional-switches A list of strings to be given as additional arguments to swish-e. @code{nil} by default. @item nnir-swish-e-remove-prefix The prefix to remove from each file name returned by swish-e in order to get a group name. By default this is @code{$HOME/Mail}. @end table @node The namazu Engine @subsubsection The namazu Engine Using the namazu engine requires creating and maintaining index files. One directory should contain all the index files, and nnir must be told where to find them by setting the @code{nnir-namazu-index-directory} variable. To work correctly the @code{nnir-namazu-remove-prefix} variable must also be correct. This is the prefix to remove from each file name returned by Namazu in order to get a proper group name (albeit with `/' instead of `.'). For example, suppose that Namazu returns file names such as @samp{/home/john/Mail/mail/misc/42}. For this example, use the following setting: @code{(setq nnir-namazu-remove-prefix "/home/john/Mail/")} Note the trailing slash. Removing this prefix from the directory gives @samp{mail/misc/42}. @code{nnir} knows to remove the @samp{/42} and to replace @samp{/} with @samp{.} to arrive at the correct group name @samp{mail.misc}. Extra switches may be passed to the namazu search command by setting the variable @code{nnir-namazu-additional-switches}. It is particularly important not to pass any any switches to namazu that will change the output format. Good switches to use include `--sort', `--ascending', `--early' and `--late'. Refer to the Namazu documentation for further information on valid switches. Mail must first be indexed with the `mknmz' program. Read the documentation for namazu to create a configuration file. Here is an example: @cartouche @example package conf; # Don't remove this line! # Paths which will not be indexed. Don't use `^' or `$' anchors. $EXCLUDE_PATH = "spam|sent"; # Header fields which should be searchable. case-insensitive $REMAIN_HEADER = "from|date|message-id|subject"; # Searchable fields. case-insensitive $SEARCH_FIELD = "from|date|message-id|subject"; # The max length of a word. $WORD_LENG_MAX = 128; # The max length of a field. $MAX_FIELD_LENGTH = 256; @end example @end cartouche For this example, mail is stored in the directories @samp{~/Mail/mail/}, @samp{~/Mail/lists/} and @samp{~/Mail/archive/}, so to index them go to the index directory set in @code{nnir-namazu-index-directory} and issue the following command: @example mknmz --mailnews ~/Mail/archive/ ~/Mail/mail/ ~/Mail/lists/ @end example For maximum searching efficiency you might want to have a cron job run this command periodically, say every four hours. @node The hyrex Engine @subsubsection The hyrex Engine This engine is obsolete. @node Customizations @subsubsection Custimozations @table @code @item nnir-method-default-engines Alist of server backend - search engine pairs. The default associations are @example (nnimap . imap) (nntp . gmane) @end example @item nnir-ignored-newsgroups A regexp to match newsgroups in the active file that should be skipped when searching all groups on a server. @item nnir-summary-line-format The format specification to be used for lines in an nnir summary buffer. All the items from `gnus-summary-line-format' are available, along with three items unique to nnir summary buffers: @example %Z Search retrieval score value (integer) %G Article original full group name (string) %g Article original short group name (string) @end example If nil (the default) this will use @code{gnus-summary-line-format}. @item nnir-retrieve-headers-override-function If non-nil, a function that retrieves article headers rather than using the gnus built-in function. This function takes an article list and group as arguments and populates the `nntp-server-buffer' with the retrieved headers. It should then return either 'nov or 'headers indicating the retrieved header format. Failure to retrieve headers should return @code{nil} If this variable is nil, or if the provided function returns nil for a search result, @code{gnus-retrieve-headers} will be called instead." @end table @node nnmairix @section nnmairix @cindex mairix @cindex nnmairix This paragraph describes how to set up mairix and the back end @code{nnmairix} for indexing and searching your mail from within Gnus. Additionally, you can create permanent ``smart'' groups which are bound to mairix searches and are automatically updated. @menu * About mairix:: About the mairix mail search engine * nnmairix requirements:: What you will need for using nnmairix * What nnmairix does:: What does nnmairix actually do? * Setting up mairix:: Set up your mairix installation * Configuring nnmairix:: Set up the nnmairix back end * nnmairix keyboard shortcuts:: List of available keyboard shortcuts * Propagating marks:: How to propagate marks from nnmairix groups * nnmairix tips and tricks:: Some tips, tricks and examples * nnmairix caveats:: Some more stuff you might want to know @end menu @c FIXME: The markup in this section might need improvement. @c E.g. adding @samp, @var, @file, @command, etc. @c Cf. (info "(texinfo)Indicating") @node About mairix @subsection About mairix Mairix is a tool for indexing and searching words in locally stored mail. It was written by Richard Curnow and is licensed under the GPL. Mairix comes with most popular GNU/Linux distributions, but it also runs under Windows (with cygwin), Mac OS X and Solaris. The homepage can be found at @uref{http://www.rpcurnow.force9.co.uk/mairix/index.html} Though mairix might not be as flexible as other search tools like swish++ or namazu, which you can use via the @code{nnir} back end, it has the prime advantage of being incredibly fast. On current systems, it can easily search through headers and message bodies of thousands and thousands of mails in well under a second. Building the database necessary for searching might take a minute or two, but only has to be done once fully. Afterwards, the updates are done incrementally and therefore are really fast, too. Additionally, mairix is very easy to set up. For maximum speed though, mairix should be used with mails stored in @code{Maildir} or @code{MH} format (this includes the @code{nnml} back end), although it also works with mbox. Mairix presents the search results by populating a @emph{virtual} maildir/MH folder with symlinks which point to the ``real'' message files (if mbox is used, copies are made). Since mairix already presents search results in such a virtual mail folder, it is very well suited for using it as an external program for creating @emph{smart} mail folders, which represent certain mail searches. @node nnmairix requirements @subsection nnmairix requirements Mairix searches local mail---that means, mairix absolutely must have direct access to your mail folders. If your mail resides on another server (e.g. an @acronym{IMAP} server) and you happen to have shell access, @code{nnmairix} supports running mairix remotely, e.g. via ssh. Additionally, @code{nnmairix} only supports the following Gnus back ends: @code{nnml}, @code{nnmaildir}, and @code{nnimap}. You must use one of these back ends for using @code{nnmairix}. Other back ends, like @code{nnmbox}, @code{nnfolder} or @code{nnmh}, won't work. If you absolutely must use mbox and still want to use @code{nnmairix}, you can set up a local @acronym{IMAP} server, which you then access via @code{nnimap}. This is a rather massive setup for accessing some mbox files, so just change to MH or Maildir already... However, if you're really, really passionate about using mbox, you might want to look into the package @file{mairix.el}, which comes with Emacs 23. @node What nnmairix does @subsection What nnmairix does The back end @code{nnmairix} enables you to call mairix from within Gnus, either to query mairix with a search term or to update the database. While visiting a message in the summary buffer, you can use several pre-defined shortcuts for calling mairix, e.g. to quickly search for all mails from the sender of the current message or to display the whole thread associated with the message, even if the mails are in different folders. Additionally, you can create permanent @code{nnmairix} groups which are bound to certain mairix searches. This way, you can easily create a group containing mails from a certain sender, with a certain subject line or even for one specific thread based on the Message-ID. If you check for new mail in these folders (e.g. by pressing @kbd{g} or @kbd{M-g}), they automatically update themselves by calling mairix. You might ask why you need @code{nnmairix} at all, since mairix already creates the group, populates it with links to the mails so that you can then access it with Gnus, right? Well, this @emph{might} work, but often does not---at least not without problems. Most probably you will get strange article counts, and sometimes you might see mails which Gnus claims have already been canceled and are inaccessible. This is due to the fact that Gnus isn't really amused when things are happening behind its back. Another problem can be the mail back end itself, e.g. if you use mairix with an @acronym{IMAP} server (I had Dovecot complaining about corrupt index files when mairix changed the contents of the search group). Using @code{nnmairix} should circumvent these problems. @code{nnmairix} is not really a mail back end---it's actually more like a wrapper, sitting between a ``real'' mail back end where mairix stores the searches and the Gnus front end. You can choose between three different mail back ends for the mairix folders: @code{nnml}, @code{nnmaildir} or @code{nnimap}. @code{nnmairix} will call the mairix binary so that the search results are stored in folders named @code{zz_mairix-<NAME>-<NUMBER>} on this mail back end, but it will present these folders in the Gnus front end only with @code{<NAME>}. You can use an existing mail back end where you already store your mail, but if you're uncomfortable with @code{nnmairix} creating new mail groups alongside your other mail, you can also create e.g. a new @code{nnmaildir} or @code{nnml} server exclusively for mairix, but then make sure those servers do not accidentally receive your new mail (@pxref{nnmairix caveats}). A special case exists if you want to use mairix remotely on an IMAP server with @code{nnimap}---here the mairix folders and your other mail must be on the same @code{nnimap} back end. @node Setting up mairix @subsection Setting up mairix First: create a backup of your mail folders (@pxref{nnmairix caveats}). Setting up mairix is easy: simply create a @file{.mairixrc} file with (at least) the following entries: @example # Your Maildir/MH base folder base=~/Maildir @end example This is the base folder for your mails. All the following directories are relative to this base folder. If you want to use @code{nnmairix} with @code{nnimap}, this base directory has to point to the mail directory where the @acronym{IMAP} server stores the mail folders! @example maildir= ... your maildir folders which should be indexed ... mh= ... your nnml/mh folders which should be indexed ... mbox = ... your mbox files which should be indexed ... @end example This specifies all your mail folders and mbox files (relative to the base directory!) you want to index with mairix. Note that the @code{nnml} back end saves mails in MH format, so you have to put those directories in the @code{mh} line. See the example at the end of this section and mairixrc's man-page for further details. @example omit=zz_mairix-* @end example @vindex nnmairix-group-prefix This should make sure that you don't accidentally index the mairix search results. You can change the prefix of these folders with the variable @code{nnmairix-group-prefix}. @example mformat= ... 'maildir' or 'mh' ... database= ... location of database file ... @end example The @code{format} setting specifies the output format for the mairix search folder. Set this to @code{mh} if you want to access search results with @code{nnml}. Otherwise choose @code{maildir}. To summarize, here is my shortened @file{.mairixrc} file as an example: @example base=~/Maildir maildir=.personal:.work:.logcheck:.sent mh=../Mail/nnml/*... mbox=../mboxmail/mailarchive_year* mformat=maildir omit=zz_mairix-* database=~/.mairixdatabase @end example In this case, the base directory is @file{~/Maildir}, where all my Maildir folders are stored. As you can see, the folders are separated by colons. If you wonder why every folder begins with a dot: this is because I use Dovecot as @acronym{IMAP} server, which again uses @code{Maildir++} folders. For testing nnmairix, I also have some @code{nnml} mail, which is saved in @file{~/Mail/nnml}. Since this has to be specified relative to the @code{base} directory, the @code{../Mail} notation is needed. Note that the line ends in @code{*...}, which means to recursively scan all files under this directory. Without the three dots, the wildcard @code{*} will not work recursively. I also have some old mbox files with archived mail lying around in @file{~/mboxmail}. The other lines should be obvious. See the man page for @code{mairixrc} for details and further options, especially regarding wildcard usage, which may be a little different than you are used to. Now simply call @code{mairix} to create the index for the first time. Note that this may take a few minutes, but every following index will do the updates incrementally and hence is very fast. @node Configuring nnmairix @subsection Configuring nnmairix In group mode, type @kbd{G b c} (@code{nnmairix-create-server-and-default-group}). This will ask you for all necessary information and create a @code{nnmairix} server as a foreign server. You will have to specify the following: @itemize @bullet @item The @strong{name} of the @code{nnmairix} server---choose whatever you want. @item The name of the @strong{back end server} where mairix should store its searches. This must be a full server name, like @code{nnml:mymail}. Just hit @kbd{TAB} to see the available servers. Currently, servers which are accessed through @code{nnmaildir}, @code{nnimap} and @code{nnml} are supported. As explained above, for locally stored mails, this can be an existing server where you store your mails. However, you can also create e.g. a new @code{nnmaildir} or @code{nnml} server exclusively for @code{nnmairix} in your secondary select methods (@pxref{Finding the News}). If you use a secondary @code{nnml} server just for mairix, make sure that you explicitly set the server variable @code{nnml-get-new-mail} to @code{nil}, or you might lose mail (@pxref{nnmairix caveats}). If you want to use mairix remotely on an @acronym{IMAP} server, you have to choose the corresponding @code{nnimap} server here. @item @vindex nnmairix-mairix-search-options The @strong{command} to call the mairix binary. This will usually just be @code{mairix}, but you can also choose something like @code{ssh SERVER mairix} if you want to call mairix remotely, e.g. on your @acronym{IMAP} server. If you want to add some default options to mairix, you could do this here, but better use the variable @code{nnmairix-mairix-search-options} instead. @item The name of the @strong{default search group}. This will be the group where all temporary mairix searches are stored, i.e. all searches which are not bound to permanent @code{nnmairix} groups. Choose whatever you like. @item If the mail back end is @code{nnimap} or @code{nnmaildir}, you will be asked if you work with @strong{Maildir++}, i.e. with hidden maildir folders (=beginning with a dot). For example, you have to answer @samp{yes} here if you work with the Dovecot @acronym{IMAP} server. Otherwise, you should answer @samp{no} here. @end itemize @node nnmairix keyboard shortcuts @subsection nnmairix keyboard shortcuts In group mode: @table @kbd @item G b c @kindex G b c (Group) @findex nnmairix-create-server-and-default-group Creates @code{nnmairix} server and default search group for this server (@code{nnmairix-create-server-and-default-group}). You should have done this by now (@pxref{Configuring nnmairix}). @item G b s @kindex G b s (Group) @findex nnmairix-search Prompts for query which is then sent to the mairix binary. Search results are put into the default search group which is automatically displayed (@code{nnmairix-search}). @item G b m @kindex G b m (Group) @findex nnmairix-widget-search Allows you to create a mairix search or a permanent group more comfortably using graphical widgets, similar to a customization group. Just try it to see how it works (@code{nnmairix-widget-search}). @item G b i @kindex G b i (Group) @findex nnmairix-search-interactive Another command for creating a mairix query more comfortably, but uses only the minibuffer (@code{nnmairix-search-interactive}). @item G b g @kindex G b g (Group) @findex nnmairix-create-search-group Creates a permanent group which is associated with a search query (@code{nnmairix-create-search-group}). The @code{nnmairix} back end automatically calls mairix when you update this group with @kbd{g} or @kbd{M-g}. @item G b q @kindex G b q (Group) @findex nnmairix-group-change-query-this-group Changes the search query for the @code{nnmairix} group under cursor (@code{nnmairix-group-change-query-this-group}). @item G b t @kindex G b t (Group) @findex nnmairix-group-toggle-threads-this-group Toggles the 'threads' parameter for the @code{nnmairix} group under cursor, i.e. if you want see the whole threads of the found messages (@code{nnmairix-group-toggle-threads-this-group}). @item G b u @kindex G b u (Group) @findex nnmairix-update-database @vindex nnmairix-mairix-update-options Calls mairix binary for updating the database (@code{nnmairix-update-database}). The default parameters are @code{-F} and @code{-Q} for making this as fast as possible (see variable @code{nnmairix-mairix-update-options} for defining these default options). @item G b r @kindex G b r (Group) @findex nnmairix-group-toggle-readmarks-this-group Keep articles in this @code{nnmairix} group always read or unread, or leave the marks unchanged (@code{nnmairix-group-toggle-readmarks-this-group}). @item G b d @kindex G b d (Group) @findex nnmairix-group-delete-recreate-this-group Recreate @code{nnmairix} group on the ``real'' mail back end (@code{nnmairix-group-delete-recreate-this-group}). You can do this if you always get wrong article counts with a @code{nnmairix} group. @item G b a @kindex G b a (Group) @findex nnmairix-group-toggle-allowfast-this-group Toggles the @code{allow-fast} parameters for group under cursor (@code{nnmairix-group-toggle-allowfast-this-group}). The default behavior of @code{nnmairix} is to do a mairix search every time you update or enter the group. With the @code{allow-fast} parameter set, mairix will only be called when you explicitly update the group, but not upon entering. This makes entering the group faster, but it may also lead to dangling symlinks if something changed between updating and entering the group which is not yet in the mairix database. @item G b p @kindex G b p (Group) @findex nnmairix-group-toggle-propmarks-this-group Toggle marks propagation for this group (@code{nnmairix-group-toggle-propmarks-this-group}). (@pxref{Propagating marks}). @item G b o @kindex G b o (Group) @findex nnmairix-propagate-marks Manually propagate marks (@code{nnmairix-propagate-marks}); needed only when @code{nnmairix-propagate-marks-upon-close} is set to @code{nil}. @end table In summary mode: @table @kbd @item $ m @kindex $ m (Summary) @findex nnmairix-widget-search-from-this-article Allows you to create a mairix query or group based on the current message using graphical widgets (same as @code{nnmairix-widget-search}) (@code{nnmairix-widget-search-from-this-article}). @item $ g @kindex $ g (Summary) @findex nnmairix-create-search-group-from-message Interactively creates a new search group with query based on the current message, but uses the minibuffer instead of graphical widgets (@code{nnmairix-create-search-group-from-message}). @item $ t @kindex $ t (Summary) @findex nnmairix-search-thread-this-article Searches thread for the current article (@code{nnmairix-search-thread-this-article}). This is effectively a shortcut for calling @code{nnmairix-search} with @samp{m:msgid} of the current article and enabled threads. @item $ f @kindex $ f (Summary) @findex nnmairix-search-from-this-article Searches all messages from sender of the current article (@code{nnmairix-search-from-this-article}). This is a shortcut for calling @code{nnmairix-search} with @samp{f:From}. @item $ o @kindex $ o (Summary) @findex nnmairix-goto-original-article (Only in @code{nnmairix} groups!) Tries determine the group this article originally came from and displays the article in this group, so that e.g. replying to this article the correct posting styles/group parameters are applied (@code{nnmairix-goto-original-article}). This function will use the registry if available, but can also parse the article file name as a fallback method. @item $ u @kindex $ u (Summary) @findex nnmairix-remove-tick-mark-original-article Remove possibly existing tick mark from original article (@code{nnmairix-remove-tick-mark-original-article}). (@pxref{nnmairix tips and tricks}). @end table @node Propagating marks @subsection Propagating marks First of: you really need a patched mairix binary for using the marks propagation feature efficiently. Otherwise, you would have to update the mairix database all the time. You can get the patch at @uref{http://www.randomsample.de/mairix-maildir-patch.tar} You need the mairix v0.21 source code for this patch; everything else is explained in the accompanied readme file. If you don't want to use marks propagation, you don't have to apply these patches, but they also fix some annoyances regarding changing maildir flags, so it might still be useful to you. With the patched mairix binary, you can use @code{nnmairix} as an alternative to mail splitting (@pxref{Fancy Mail Splitting}). For example, instead of splitting all mails from @samp{david@@foobar.com} into a group, you can simply create a search group with the query @samp{f:david@@foobar.com}. This is actually what ``smart folders'' are all about: simply put everything in one mail folder and dynamically create searches instead of splitting. This is more flexible, since you can dynamically change your folders any time you want to. This also implies that you will usually read your mails in the @code{nnmairix} groups instead of your ``real'' mail groups. There is one problem, though: say you got a new mail from @samp{david@@foobar.com}; it will now show up in two groups, the ``real'' group (your INBOX, for example) and in the @code{nnmairix} search group (provided you have updated the mairix database). Now you enter the @code{nnmairix} group and read the mail. The mail will be marked as read, but only in the @code{nnmairix} group---in the ``real'' mail group it will be still shown as unread. You could now catch up the mail group (@pxref{Group Data}), but this is tedious and error prone, since you may overlook mails you don't have created @code{nnmairix} groups for. Of course, you could first use @code{nnmairix-goto-original-article} (@pxref{nnmairix keyboard shortcuts}) and then read the mail in the original group, but that's even more cumbersome. Clearly, the easiest way would be if marks could somehow be automatically set for the original article. This is exactly what @emph{marks propagation} is about. Marks propagation is deactivated by default. You can activate it for a certain @code{nnmairix} group with @code{nnmairix-group-toggle-propmarks-this-group} (bound to @kbd{G b p}). This function will warn you if you try to use it with your default search group; the reason is that the default search group is used for temporary searches, and it's easy to accidentally propagate marks from this group. However, you can ignore this warning if you really want to. With marks propagation enabled, all the marks you set in a @code{nnmairix} group should now be propagated to the original article. For example, you can now tick an article (by default with @kbd{!}) and this mark should magically be set for the original article, too. A few more remarks which you may or may not want to know: @vindex nnmairix-propagate-marks-upon-close Marks will not be set immediately, but only upon closing a group. This not only makes marks propagation faster, it also avoids problems with dangling symlinks when dealing with maildir files (since changing flags will change the file name). You can also control when to propagate marks via @code{nnmairix-propagate-marks-upon-close} (see the doc-string for details). Obviously, @code{nnmairix} will have to look up the original group for every article you want to set marks for. If available, @code{nnmairix} will first use the registry for determining the original group. The registry is very fast, hence you should really, really enable the registry when using marks propagation. If you don't have to worry about RAM and disc space, set @code{gnus-registry-max-entries} to a large enough value; to be on the safe side, choose roughly the amount of mails you index with mairix. @vindex nnmairix-only-use-registry If you don't want to use the registry or the registry hasn't seen the original article yet, @code{nnmairix} will use an additional mairix search for determining the file name of the article. This, of course, is way slower than the registry---if you set hundreds or even thousands of marks this way, it might take some time. You can avoid this situation by setting @code{nnmairix-only-use-registry} to t. Maybe you also want to propagate marks the other way round, i.e. if you tick an article in a "real" mail group, you'd like to have the same article in a @code{nnmairix} group ticked, too. For several good reasons, this can only be done efficiently if you use maildir. To immediately contradict myself, let me mention that it WON'T work with @code{nnmaildir}, since @code{nnmaildir} stores the marks externally and not in the file name. Therefore, propagating marks to @code{nnmairix} groups will usually only work if you use an IMAP server which uses maildir as its file format. @vindex nnmairix-propagate-marks-to-nnmairix-groups If you work with this setup, just set @code{nnmairix-propagate-marks-to-nnmairix-groups} to @code{t} and see what happens. If you don't like what you see, just set it to @code{nil} again. One problem might be that you get a wrong number of unread articles; this usually happens when you delete or expire articles in the original groups. When this happens, you can recreate the @code{nnmairix} group on the back end using @kbd{G b d}. @node nnmairix tips and tricks @subsection nnmairix tips and tricks @itemize @item Checking Mail @findex nnmairix-update-groups I put all my important mail groups at group level 1. The mairix groups have group level 5, so they do not get checked at start up (@pxref{Group Levels}). I use the following to check for mails: @lisp (defun my-check-mail-mairix-update (level) (interactive "P") ;; if no prefix given, set level=1 (gnus-group-get-new-news (or level 1)) (nnmairix-update-groups "mairixsearch" t t) (gnus-group-list-groups)) (define-key gnus-group-mode-map "g" 'my-check-mail-mairix-update) @end lisp Instead of @samp{"mairixsearch"} use the name of your @code{nnmairix} server. See the doc string for @code{nnmairix-update-groups} for details. @item Example: search group for ticked articles For example, you can create a group for all ticked articles, where the articles always stay unread: Hit @kbd{G b g}, enter group name (e.g. @samp{important}), use @samp{F:f} as query and do not include threads. Now activate marks propagation for this group by using @kbd{G b p}. Then activate the always-unread feature by using @kbd{G b r} twice. So far so good---but how do you remove the tick marks in the @code{nnmairix} group? There are two options: You may simply use @code{nnmairix-remove-tick-mark-original-article} (bound to @kbd{$ u}) to remove tick marks from the original article. The other possibility is to set @code{nnmairix-propagate-marks-to-nnmairix-groups} to @code{t}, but see the above comments about this option. If it works for you, the tick marks should also exist in the @code{nnmairix} group and you can remove them as usual, e.g. by marking an article as read. When you have removed a tick mark from the original article, this article should vanish from the @code{nnmairix} group after you have updated the mairix database and updated the group. Fortunately, there is a function for doing exactly that: @code{nnmairix-update-groups}. See the previous code snippet and the doc string for details. @item Dealing with auto-subscription of mail groups As described before, all @code{nnmairix} groups are in fact stored on the mail back end in the form @samp{zz_mairix-<NAME>-<NUMBER>}. You can see them when you enter the back end server in the server buffer. You should not subscribe these groups! Unfortunately, these groups will usually get @emph{auto-subscribed} when you use @code{nnmaildir} or @code{nnml}, i.e. you will suddenly see groups of the form @samp{zz_mairix*} pop up in your group buffer. If this happens to you, simply kill these groups with C-k. For avoiding this, turn off auto-subscription completely by setting the variable @code{gnus-auto-subscribed-groups} to @code{nil} (@pxref{Filtering New Groups}), or if you like to keep this feature use the following kludge for turning it off for all groups beginning with @samp{zz_}: @lisp (setq gnus-auto-subscribed-groups "^\\(nnml\\|nnfolder\\|nnmbox\\|nnmh\\|nnbabyl\\|nnmaildir\\).*:\\([^z]\\|z$\\|\\z[^z]\\|zz$\\|zz[^_]\\|zz_$\\).*") @end lisp @end itemize @node nnmairix caveats @subsection nnmairix caveats @itemize @item You can create a secondary @code{nnml} server just for nnmairix, but then you have to explicitly set the corresponding server variable @code{nnml-get-new-mail} to @code{nil}. Otherwise, new mail might get put into this secondary server (and would never show up again). Here's an example server definition: @lisp (nnml "mairix" (nnml-directory "mairix") (nnml-get-new-mail nil)) @end lisp (The @code{nnmaildir} back end also has a server variabe @code{get-new-mail}, but its default value is @code{nil}, so you don't have to explicitly set it if you use a @code{nnmaildir} server just for mairix.) @item If you use the Gnus registry: don't use the registry with @code{nnmairix} groups (put them in @code{gnus-registry-unfollowed-groups}). Be @emph{extra careful} if you use @code{gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent}; mails which are split into @code{nnmairix} groups are usually gone for good as soon as you check the group for new mail (yes, it has happened to me...). @item Therefore: @emph{Never ever} put ``real'' mails into @code{nnmairix} groups (you shouldn't be able to, anyway). @item If you use the Gnus agent (@pxref{Gnus Unplugged}): don't agentize @code{nnmairix} groups (though I have no idea what happens if you do). @item mairix does only support us-ascii characters. @item @code{nnmairix} uses a rather brute force method to force Gnus to completely reread the group on the mail back end after mairix was called---it simply deletes and re-creates the group on the mail back end. So far, this has worked for me without any problems, and I don't see how @code{nnmairix} could delete other mail groups than its own, but anyway: you really should have a backup of your mail folders. @item All necessary information is stored in the group parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}). This has the advantage that no active file is needed, but also implies that when you kill a @code{nnmairix} group, it is gone for good. @item @findex nnmairix-purge-old-groups If you create and kill a lot of @code{nnmairix} groups, the ``zz_mairix-*'' groups will accumulate on the mail back end server. To delete old groups which are no longer needed, call @code{nnmairix-purge-old-groups}. Note that this assumes that you don't save any ``real'' mail in folders of the form @code{zz_mairix-<NAME>-<NUMBER>}. You can change the prefix of @code{nnmairix} groups by changing the variable @code{nnmairix-group-prefix}. @item The following only applies if you @emph{don't} use the mentioned patch for mairix (@pxref{Propagating marks}): A problem can occur when using @code{nnmairix} with maildir folders and comes with the fact that maildir stores mail flags like @samp{Seen} or @samp{Replied} by appending chars @samp{S} and @samp{R} to the message file name, respectively. This implies that currently you would have to update the mairix database not only when new mail arrives, but also when mail flags are changing. The same applies to new mails which are indexed while they are still in the @samp{new} folder but then get moved to @samp{cur} when Gnus has seen the mail. If you don't update the database after this has happened, a mairix query can lead to symlinks pointing to non-existing files. In Gnus, these messages will usually appear with ``(none)'' entries in the header and can't be accessed. If this happens to you, using @kbd{G b u} and updating the group will usually fix this. @end itemize @iftex @iflatex @chapter Message @include message.texi @chapter Emacs MIME @include emacs-mime.texi @chapter Sieve @include sieve.texi @chapter PGG @include pgg.texi @chapter SASL @include sasl.texi @end iflatex @end iftex @node Various @chapter Various @menu * Process/Prefix:: A convention used by many treatment commands. * Interactive:: Making Gnus ask you many questions. * Symbolic Prefixes:: How to supply some Gnus functions with options. * Formatting Variables:: You can specify what buffers should look like. * Window Layout:: Configuring the Gnus buffer windows. * Faces and Fonts:: How to change how faces look. * Compilation:: How to speed Gnus up. * Mode Lines:: Displaying information in the mode lines. * Highlighting and Menus:: Making buffers look all nice and cozy. * Daemons:: Gnus can do things behind your back. * Undo:: Some actions can be undone. * Predicate Specifiers:: Specifying predicates. * Moderation:: What to do if you're a moderator. * Fetching a Group:: Starting Gnus just to read a group. * Image Enhancements:: Modern versions of Emacs/XEmacs can display images. * Fuzzy Matching:: What's the big fuzz? * Thwarting Email Spam:: Simple ways to avoid unsolicited commercial email. * Spam Package:: A package for filtering and processing spam. * The Gnus Registry:: A package for tracking messages by Message-ID. * Other modes:: Interaction with other modes. * Various Various:: Things that are really various. @end menu @node Process/Prefix @section Process/Prefix @cindex process/prefix convention Many functions, among them functions for moving, decoding and saving articles, use what is known as the @dfn{Process/Prefix convention}. This is a method for figuring out what articles the user wants the command to be performed on. It goes like this: If the numeric prefix is N, perform the operation on the next N articles, starting with the current one. If the numeric prefix is negative, perform the operation on the previous N articles, starting with the current one. @vindex transient-mark-mode If @code{transient-mark-mode} in non-@code{nil} and the region is active, all articles in the region will be worked upon. If there is no numeric prefix, but some articles are marked with the process mark, perform the operation on the articles marked with the process mark. If there is neither a numeric prefix nor any articles marked with the process mark, just perform the operation on the current article. Quite simple, really, but it needs to be made clear so that surprises are avoided. Commands that react to the process mark will push the current list of process marked articles onto a stack and will then clear all process marked articles. You can restore the previous configuration with the @kbd{M P y} command (@pxref{Setting Process Marks}). @vindex gnus-summary-goto-unread One thing that seems to shock & horrify lots of people is that, for instance, @kbd{3 d} does exactly the same as @kbd{d} @kbd{d} @kbd{d}. Since each @kbd{d} (which marks the current article as read) by default goes to the next unread article after marking, this means that @kbd{3 d} will mark the next three unread articles as read, no matter what the summary buffer looks like. Set @code{gnus-summary-goto-unread} to @code{nil} for a more straightforward action. Many commands do not use the process/prefix convention. All commands that do explicitly say so in this manual. To apply the process/prefix convention to commands that do not use it, you can use the @kbd{M-&} command. For instance, to mark all the articles in the group as expirable, you could say @kbd{M P b M-& E}. @node Interactive @section Interactive @cindex interaction @table @code @item gnus-novice-user @vindex gnus-novice-user If this variable is non-@code{nil}, you are either a newcomer to the World of Usenet, or you are very cautious, which is a nice thing to be, really. You will be given questions of the type ``Are you sure you want to do this?'' before doing anything dangerous. This is @code{t} by default. @item gnus-expert-user @vindex gnus-expert-user If this variable is non-@code{nil}, you will seldom be asked any questions by Gnus. It will simply assume you know what you're doing, no matter how strange. For example, quitting Gnus, exiting a group without an update, catching up with a group, deleting expired articles, and replying by mail to a news message will not require confirmation. @item gnus-interactive-catchup @vindex gnus-interactive-catchup Require confirmation before catching up a group if non-@code{nil}. It is @code{t} by default. @item gnus-interactive-exit @vindex gnus-interactive-exit Require confirmation before exiting Gnus. This variable is @code{t} by default. @end table @node Symbolic Prefixes @section Symbolic Prefixes @cindex symbolic prefixes Quite a lot of Emacs commands react to the (numeric) prefix. For instance, @kbd{C-u 4 C-f} moves point four characters forward, and @kbd{C-u 9 0 0 I s s p} adds a permanent @code{Subject} substring score rule of 900 to the current article. This is all nice and well, but what if you want to give a command some additional information? Well, what most commands do is interpret the ``raw'' prefix in some special way. @kbd{C-u 0 C-x C-s} means that one doesn't want a backup file to be created when saving the current buffer, for instance. But what if you want to save without making a backup file, and you want Emacs to flash lights and play a nice tune at the same time? You can't, and you're probably perfectly happy that way. @kindex M-i (Summary) @findex gnus-symbolic-argument I'm not, so I've added a second prefix---the @dfn{symbolic prefix}. The prefix key is @kbd{M-i} (@code{gnus-symbolic-argument}), and the next character typed in is the value. You can stack as many @kbd{M-i} prefixes as you want. @kbd{M-i a C-M-u} means ``feed the @kbd{C-M-u} command the symbolic prefix @code{a}''. @kbd{M-i a M-i b C-M-u} means ``feed the @kbd{C-M-u} command the symbolic prefixes @code{a} and @code{b}''. You get the drift. Typing in symbolic prefixes to commands that don't accept them doesn't hurt, but it doesn't do any good either. Currently not many Gnus functions make use of the symbolic prefix. If you're interested in how Gnus implements this, @pxref{Extended Interactive}. @node Formatting Variables @section Formatting Variables @cindex formatting variables Throughout this manual you've probably noticed lots of variables called things like @code{gnus-group-line-format} and @code{gnus-summary-mode-line-format}. These control how Gnus is to output lines in the various buffers. There's quite a lot of them. Fortunately, they all use the same syntax, so there's not that much to be annoyed by. Here's an example format spec (from the group buffer): @samp{%M%S%5y: %(%g%)\n}. We see that it is indeed extremely ugly, and that there are lots of percentages everywhere. @menu * Formatting Basics:: A formatting variable is basically a format string. * Mode Line Formatting:: Some rules about mode line formatting variables. * Advanced Formatting:: Modifying output in various ways. * User-Defined Specs:: Having Gnus call your own functions. * Formatting Fonts:: Making the formatting look colorful and nice. * Positioning Point:: Moving point to a position after an operation. * Tabulation:: Tabulating your output. * Wide Characters:: Dealing with wide characters. @end menu Currently Gnus uses the following formatting variables: @code{gnus-group-line-format}, @code{gnus-summary-line-format}, @code{gnus-server-line-format}, @code{gnus-topic-line-format}, @code{gnus-group-mode-line-format}, @code{gnus-summary-mode-line-format}, @code{gnus-article-mode-line-format}, @code{gnus-server-mode-line-format}, and @code{gnus-summary-pick-line-format}. All these format variables can also be arbitrary elisp forms. In that case, they will be @code{eval}ed to insert the required lines. @kindex M-x gnus-update-format @findex gnus-update-format Gnus includes a command to help you while creating your own format specs. @kbd{M-x gnus-update-format} will @code{eval} the current form, update the spec in question and pop you to a buffer where you can examine the resulting Lisp code to be run to generate the line. @node Formatting Basics @subsection Formatting Basics Each @samp{%} element will be replaced by some string or other when the buffer in question is generated. @samp{%5y} means ``insert the @samp{y} spec, and pad with spaces to get a 5-character field''. As with normal C and Emacs Lisp formatting strings, the numerical modifier between the @samp{%} and the formatting type character will @dfn{pad} the output so that it is always at least that long. @samp{%5y} will make the field always (at least) five characters wide by padding with spaces to the left. If you say @samp{%-5y}, it will pad to the right instead. You may also wish to limit the length of the field to protect against particularly wide values. For that you can say @samp{%4,6y}, which means that the field will never be more than 6 characters wide and never less than 4 characters wide. Also Gnus supports some extended format specifications, such as @samp{%&user-date;}. @node Mode Line Formatting @subsection Mode Line Formatting Mode line formatting variables (e.g., @code{gnus-summary-mode-line-format}) follow the same rules as other, buffer line oriented formatting variables (@pxref{Formatting Basics}) with the following two differences: @enumerate @item There must be no newline (@samp{\n}) at the end. @item The special @samp{%%b} spec can be used to display the buffer name. Well, it's no spec at all, really---@samp{%%} is just a way to quote @samp{%} to allow it to pass through the formatting machinery unmangled, so that Emacs receives @samp{%b}, which is something the Emacs mode line display interprets to mean ``show the buffer name''. For a full list of mode line specs Emacs understands, see the documentation of the @code{mode-line-format} variable. @end enumerate @node Advanced Formatting @subsection Advanced Formatting It is frequently useful to post-process the fields in some way. Padding, limiting, cutting off parts and suppressing certain values can be achieved by using @dfn{tilde modifiers}. A typical tilde spec might look like @samp{%~(cut 3)~(ignore "0")y}. These are the valid modifiers: @table @code @item pad @itemx pad-left Pad the field to the left with spaces until it reaches the required length. @item pad-right Pad the field to the right with spaces until it reaches the required length. @item max @itemx max-left Cut off characters from the left until it reaches the specified length. @item max-right Cut off characters from the right until it reaches the specified length. @item cut @itemx cut-left Cut off the specified number of characters from the left. @item cut-right Cut off the specified number of characters from the right. @item ignore Return an empty string if the field is equal to the specified value. @item form Use the specified form as the field value when the @samp{@@} spec is used. Here's an example: @lisp "~(form (current-time-string))@@" @end lisp @end table Let's take an example. The @samp{%o} spec in the summary mode lines will return a date in compact ISO8601 format---@samp{19960809T230410}. This is quite a mouthful, so we want to shave off the century number and the time, leaving us with a six-character date. That would be @samp{%~(cut-left 2)~(max-right 6)~(pad 6)o}. (Cutting is done before maxing, and we need the padding to ensure that the date is never less than 6 characters to make it look nice in columns.) Ignoring is done first; then cutting; then maxing; and then as the very last operation, padding. If you use lots of these advanced thingies, you'll find that Gnus gets quite slow. This can be helped enormously by running @kbd{M-x gnus-compile} when you are satisfied with the look of your lines. @xref{Compilation}. @node User-Defined Specs @subsection User-Defined Specs All the specs allow for inserting user defined specifiers---@samp{u}. The next character in the format string should be a letter. Gnus will call the function @code{gnus-user-format-function-}@samp{X}, where @samp{X} is the letter following @samp{%u}. The function will be passed a single parameter---what the parameter means depends on what buffer it's being called from. The function should return a string, which will be inserted into the buffer just like information from any other specifier. This function may also be called with dummy values, so it should protect against that. Also Gnus supports extended user-defined specs, such as @samp{%u&foo;}. Gnus will call the function @code{gnus-user-format-function-}@samp{foo}. You can also use tilde modifiers (@pxref{Advanced Formatting} to achieve much the same without defining new functions. Here's an example: @samp{%~(form (count-lines (point-min) (point)))@@}. The form given here will be evaluated to yield the current line number, and then inserted. @node Formatting Fonts @subsection Formatting Fonts @cindex %(, %) @vindex gnus-mouse-face There are specs for highlighting, and these are shared by all the format variables. Text inside the @samp{%(} and @samp{%)} specifiers will get the special @code{mouse-face} property set, which means that it will be highlighted (with @code{gnus-mouse-face}) when you put the mouse pointer over it. @cindex %@{, %@} @vindex gnus-face-0 Text inside the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} specifiers will have their normal faces set using @code{gnus-face-0}, which is @code{bold} by default. If you say @samp{%1@{}, you'll get @code{gnus-face-1} instead, and so on. Create as many faces as you wish. The same goes for the @code{mouse-face} specs---you can say @samp{%3(hello%)} to have @samp{hello} mouse-highlighted with @code{gnus-mouse-face-3}. @cindex %<<, %>>, guillemets @c @cindex %<<, %>>, %«, %», guillemets @vindex gnus-balloon-face-0 Text inside the @samp{%<<} and @samp{%>>} specifiers will get the special @code{balloon-help} property set to @code{gnus-balloon-face-0}. If you say @samp{%1<<}, you'll get @code{gnus-balloon-face-1} and so on. The @code{gnus-balloon-face-*} variables should be either strings or symbols naming functions that return a string. When the mouse passes over text with this property set, a balloon window will appear and display the string. Please refer to @ref{Tooltips, ,Tooltips, emacs, The Emacs Manual}, (in GNU Emacs) or the doc string of @code{balloon-help-mode} (in XEmacs) for more information on this. (For technical reasons, the guillemets have been approximated as @samp{<<} and @samp{>>} in this paragraph.) Here's an alternative recipe for the group buffer: @lisp ;; @r{Create three face types.} (setq gnus-face-1 'bold) (setq gnus-face-3 'italic) ;; @r{We want the article count to be in} ;; @r{a bold and green face. So we create} ;; @r{a new face called @code{my-green-bold}.} (copy-face 'bold 'my-green-bold) ;; @r{Set the color.} (set-face-foreground 'my-green-bold "ForestGreen") (setq gnus-face-2 'my-green-bold) ;; @r{Set the new & fancy format.} (setq gnus-group-line-format "%M%S%3@{%5y%@}%2[:%] %(%1@{%g%@}%)\n") @end lisp I'm sure you'll be able to use this scheme to create totally unreadable and extremely vulgar displays. Have fun! Note that the @samp{%(} specs (and friends) do not make any sense on the mode-line variables. @node Positioning Point @subsection Positioning Point Gnus usually moves point to a pre-defined place on each line in most buffers. By default, point move to the first colon character on the line. You can customize this behavior in three different ways. You can move the colon character to somewhere else on the line. @findex gnus-goto-colon You can redefine the function that moves the point to the colon. The function is called @code{gnus-goto-colon}. But perhaps the most convenient way to deal with this, if you don't want to have a colon in your line, is to use the @samp{%*} specifier. If you put a @samp{%*} somewhere in your format line definition, Gnus will place point there. @node Tabulation @subsection Tabulation You can usually line up your displays by padding and cutting your strings. However, when combining various strings of different size, it can often be more convenient to just output the strings, and then worry about lining up the following text afterwards. To do that, Gnus supplies tabulator specs---@samp{%=}. There are two different types---@dfn{hard tabulators} and @dfn{soft tabulators}. @samp{%50=} will insert space characters to pad the line up to column 50. If the text is already past column 50, nothing will be inserted. This is the soft tabulator. @samp{%-50=} will insert space characters to pad the line up to column 50. If the text is already past column 50, the excess text past column 50 will be removed. This is the hard tabulator. @node Wide Characters @subsection Wide Characters Fixed width fonts in most countries have characters of the same width. Some countries, however, use Latin characters mixed with wider characters---most notable East Asian countries. The problem is that when formatting, Gnus assumes that if a string is 10 characters wide, it'll be 10 Latin characters wide on the screen. In these countries, that's not true. @vindex gnus-use-correct-string-widths To help fix this, you can set @code{gnus-use-correct-string-widths} to @code{t}. This makes buffer generation slower, but the results will be prettier. The default value under XEmacs is @code{t} but @code{nil} for Emacs. @node Window Layout @section Window Layout @cindex window layout No, there's nothing here about X, so be quiet. @vindex gnus-use-full-window If @code{gnus-use-full-window} non-@code{nil}, Gnus will delete all other windows and occupy the entire Emacs screen by itself. It is @code{t} by default. Setting this variable to @code{nil} kinda works, but there are glitches. Use at your own peril. @vindex gnus-buffer-configuration @code{gnus-buffer-configuration} describes how much space each Gnus buffer should be given. Here's an excerpt of this variable: @lisp ((group (vertical 1.0 (group 1.0 point))) (article (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point) (article 1.0)))) @end lisp This is an alist. The @dfn{key} is a symbol that names some action or other. For instance, when displaying the group buffer, the window configuration function will use @code{group} as the key. A full list of possible names is listed below. The @dfn{value} (i.e., the @dfn{split}) says how much space each buffer should occupy. To take the @code{article} split as an example - @lisp (article (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point) (article 1.0))) @end lisp This @dfn{split} says that the summary buffer should occupy 25% of upper half of the screen, and that it is placed over the article buffer. As you may have noticed, 100% + 25% is actually 125% (yup, I saw y'all reaching for that calculator there). However, the special number @code{1.0} is used to signal that this buffer should soak up all the rest of the space available after the rest of the buffers have taken whatever they need. There should be only one buffer with the @code{1.0} size spec per split. Point will be put in the buffer that has the optional third element @code{point}. In a @code{frame} split, the last subsplit having a leaf split where the tag @code{frame-focus} is a member (i.e. is the third or fourth element in the list, depending on whether the @code{point} tag is present) gets focus. Here's a more complicated example: @lisp (article (vertical 1.0 (group 4) (summary 0.25 point) (article 1.0))) @end lisp If the size spec is an integer instead of a floating point number, then that number will be used to say how many lines a buffer should occupy, not a percentage. If the @dfn{split} looks like something that can be @code{eval}ed (to be precise---if the @code{car} of the split is a function or a subr), this split will be @code{eval}ed. If the result is non-@code{nil}, it will be used as a split. Not complicated enough for you? Well, try this on for size: @lisp (article (horizontal 1.0 (vertical 0.5 (group 1.0)) (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point) (article 1.0)))) @end lisp Whoops. Two buffers with the mystery 100% tag. And what's that @code{horizontal} thingie? If the first element in one of the split is @code{horizontal}, Gnus will split the window horizontally, giving you two windows side-by-side. Inside each of these strips you may carry on all you like in the normal fashion. The number following @code{horizontal} says what percentage of the screen is to be given to this strip. For each split, there @emph{must} be one element that has the 100% tag. The splitting is never accurate, and this buffer will eat any leftover lines from the splits. To be slightly more formal, here's a definition of what a valid split may look like: @example @group split = frame | horizontal | vertical | buffer | form frame = "(frame " size *split ")" horizontal = "(horizontal " size *split ")" vertical = "(vertical " size *split ")" buffer = "(" buf-name " " size *[ "point" ] *[ "frame-focus"] ")" size = number | frame-params buf-name = group | article | summary ... @end group @end example The limitations are that the @code{frame} split can only appear as the top-level split. @var{form} should be an Emacs Lisp form that should return a valid split. We see that each split is fully recursive, and may contain any number of @code{vertical} and @code{horizontal} splits. @vindex gnus-window-min-width @vindex gnus-window-min-height @cindex window height @cindex window width Finding the right sizes can be a bit complicated. No window may be less than @code{gnus-window-min-height} (default 1) characters high, and all windows must be at least @code{gnus-window-min-width} (default 1) characters wide. Gnus will try to enforce this before applying the splits. If you want to use the normal Emacs window width/height limit, you can just set these two variables to @code{nil}. If you're not familiar with Emacs terminology, @code{horizontal} and @code{vertical} splits may work the opposite way of what you'd expect. Windows inside a @code{horizontal} split are shown side-by-side, and windows within a @code{vertical} split are shown above each other. @findex gnus-configure-frame If you want to experiment with window placement, a good tip is to call @code{gnus-configure-frame} directly with a split. This is the function that does all the real work when splitting buffers. Below is a pretty nonsensical configuration with 5 windows; two for the group buffer and three for the article buffer. (I said it was nonsensical.) If you @code{eval} the statement below, you can get an idea of how that would look straight away, without going through the normal Gnus channels. Play with it until you're satisfied, and then use @code{gnus-add-configuration} to add your new creation to the buffer configuration list. @lisp (gnus-configure-frame '(horizontal 1.0 (vertical 10 (group 1.0) (article 0.3 point)) (vertical 1.0 (article 1.0) (horizontal 4 (group 1.0) (article 10))))) @end lisp You might want to have several frames as well. No prob---just use the @code{frame} split: @lisp (gnus-configure-frame '(frame 1.0 (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point frame-focus) (article 1.0)) (vertical ((height . 5) (width . 15) (user-position . t) (left . -1) (top . 1)) (picon 1.0)))) @end lisp This split will result in the familiar summary/article window configuration in the first (or ``main'') frame, while a small additional frame will be created where picons will be shown. As you can see, instead of the normal @code{1.0} top-level spec, each additional split should have a frame parameter alist as the size spec. @xref{Frame Parameters, , Frame Parameters, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. Under XEmacs, a frame property list will be accepted, too---for instance, @code{(height 5 width 15 left -1 top 1)} is such a plist. The list of all possible keys for @code{gnus-buffer-configuration} can be found in its default value. Note that the @code{message} key is used for both @code{gnus-group-mail} and @code{gnus-summary-mail-other-window}. If it is desirable to distinguish between the two, something like this might be used: @lisp (message (horizontal 1.0 (vertical 1.0 (message 1.0 point)) (vertical 0.24 (if (buffer-live-p gnus-summary-buffer) '(summary 0.5)) (group 1.0)))) @end lisp One common desire for a multiple frame split is to have a separate frame for composing mail and news while leaving the original frame intact. To accomplish that, something like the following can be done: @lisp (message (frame 1.0 (if (not (buffer-live-p gnus-summary-buffer)) (car (cdr (assoc 'group gnus-buffer-configuration))) (car (cdr (assoc 'summary gnus-buffer-configuration)))) (vertical ((user-position . t) (top . 1) (left . 1) (name . "Message")) (message 1.0 point)))) @end lisp @findex gnus-add-configuration Since the @code{gnus-buffer-configuration} variable is so long and complicated, there's a function you can use to ease changing the config of a single setting: @code{gnus-add-configuration}. If, for instance, you want to change the @code{article} setting, you could say: @lisp (gnus-add-configuration '(article (vertical 1.0 (group 4) (summary .25 point) (article 1.0)))) @end lisp You'd typically stick these @code{gnus-add-configuration} calls in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file or in some startup hook---they should be run after Gnus has been loaded. @vindex gnus-always-force-window-configuration If all windows mentioned in the configuration are already visible, Gnus won't change the window configuration. If you always want to force the ``right'' window configuration, you can set @code{gnus-always-force-window-configuration} to non-@code{nil}. If you're using tree displays (@pxref{Tree Display}), and the tree window is displayed vertically next to another window, you may also want to fiddle with @code{gnus-tree-minimize-window} to avoid having the windows resized. @subsection Example Window Configurations @itemize @bullet @item Narrow left hand side occupied by group buffer. Right hand side split between summary buffer (top one-sixth) and article buffer (bottom). @ifinfo @example +---+---------+ | G | Summary | | r +---------+ | o | | | u | Article | | p | | +---+---------+ @end example @end ifinfo @lisp (gnus-add-configuration '(article (horizontal 1.0 (vertical 25 (group 1.0)) (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.16 point) (article 1.0))))) (gnus-add-configuration '(summary (horizontal 1.0 (vertical 25 (group 1.0)) (vertical 1.0 (summary 1.0 point))))) @end lisp @end itemize @node Faces and Fonts @section Faces and Fonts @cindex faces @cindex fonts @cindex colors Fiddling with fonts and faces used to be very difficult, but these days it is very simple. You simply say @kbd{M-x customize-face}, pick out the face you want to alter, and alter it via the standard Customize interface. @node Compilation @section Compilation @cindex compilation @cindex byte-compilation @findex gnus-compile Remember all those line format specification variables? @code{gnus-summary-line-format}, @code{gnus-group-line-format}, and so on. Now, Gnus will of course heed whatever these variables are, but, unfortunately, changing them will mean a quite significant slow-down. (The default values of these variables have byte-compiled functions associated with them, while the user-generated versions do not, of course.) To help with this, you can run @kbd{M-x gnus-compile} after you've fiddled around with the variables and feel that you're (kind of) satisfied. This will result in the new specs being byte-compiled, and you'll get top speed again. Gnus will save these compiled specs in the @file{.newsrc.eld} file. (User-defined functions aren't compiled by this function, though---you should compile them yourself by sticking them into the @file{~/.gnus.el} file and byte-compiling that file.) @node Mode Lines @section Mode Lines @cindex mode lines @vindex gnus-updated-mode-lines @code{gnus-updated-mode-lines} says what buffers should keep their mode lines updated. It is a list of symbols. Supported symbols include @code{group}, @code{article}, @code{summary}, @code{server}, @code{browse}, and @code{tree}. If the corresponding symbol is present, Gnus will keep that mode line updated with information that may be pertinent. If this variable is @code{nil}, screen refresh may be quicker. @cindex display-time @vindex gnus-mode-non-string-length By default, Gnus displays information on the current article in the mode lines of the summary and article buffers. The information Gnus wishes to display (e.g. the subject of the article) is often longer than the mode lines, and therefore have to be cut off at some point. The @code{gnus-mode-non-string-length} variable says how long the other elements on the line is (i.e., the non-info part). If you put additional elements on the mode line (e.g. a clock), you should modify this variable: @c Hook written by Francesco Potorti` <pot@cnuce.cnr.it> @lisp (add-hook 'display-time-hook (lambda () (setq gnus-mode-non-string-length (+ 21 (if line-number-mode 5 0) (if column-number-mode 4 0) (length display-time-string))))) @end lisp If this variable is @code{nil} (which is the default), the mode line strings won't be chopped off, and they won't be padded either. Note that the default is unlikely to be desirable, as even the percentage complete in the buffer may be crowded off the mode line; the user should configure this variable appropriately for her configuration. @node Highlighting and Menus @section Highlighting and Menus @cindex visual @cindex highlighting @cindex menus @vindex gnus-visual The @code{gnus-visual} variable controls most of the Gnus-prettifying aspects. If @code{nil}, Gnus won't attempt to create menus or use fancy colors or fonts. This will also inhibit loading the @file{gnus-vis.el} file. This variable can be a list of visual properties that are enabled. The following elements are valid, and are all included by default: @table @code @item group-highlight Do highlights in the group buffer. @item summary-highlight Do highlights in the summary buffer. @item article-highlight Do highlights in the article buffer. @item highlight Turn on highlighting in all buffers. @item group-menu Create menus in the group buffer. @item summary-menu Create menus in the summary buffers. @item article-menu Create menus in the article buffer. @item browse-menu Create menus in the browse buffer. @item server-menu Create menus in the server buffer. @item score-menu Create menus in the score buffers. @item menu Create menus in all buffers. @end table So if you only want highlighting in the article buffer and menus in all buffers, you could say something like: @lisp (setq gnus-visual '(article-highlight menu)) @end lisp If you want highlighting only and no menus whatsoever, you'd say: @lisp (setq gnus-visual '(highlight)) @end lisp If @code{gnus-visual} is @code{t}, highlighting and menus will be used in all Gnus buffers. Other general variables that influence the look of all buffers include: @table @code @item gnus-mouse-face @vindex gnus-mouse-face This is the face (i.e., font) used for mouse highlighting in Gnus. No mouse highlights will be done if @code{gnus-visual} is @code{nil}. @end table There are hooks associated with the creation of all the different menus: @table @code @item gnus-article-menu-hook @vindex gnus-article-menu-hook Hook called after creating the article mode menu. @item gnus-group-menu-hook @vindex gnus-group-menu-hook Hook called after creating the group mode menu. @item gnus-summary-menu-hook @vindex gnus-summary-menu-hook Hook called after creating the summary mode menu. @item gnus-server-menu-hook @vindex gnus-server-menu-hook Hook called after creating the server mode menu. @item gnus-browse-menu-hook @vindex gnus-browse-menu-hook Hook called after creating the browse mode menu. @item gnus-score-menu-hook @vindex gnus-score-menu-hook Hook called after creating the score mode menu. @end table @node Daemons @section Daemons @cindex demons @cindex daemons Gnus, being larger than any program ever written (allegedly), does lots of strange stuff that you may wish to have done while you're not present. For instance, you may want it to check for new mail once in a while. Or you may want it to close down all connections to all servers when you leave Emacs idle. And stuff like that. Gnus will let you do stuff like that by defining various @dfn{handlers}. Each handler consists of three elements: A @var{function}, a @var{time}, and an @var{idle} parameter. Here's an example of a handler that closes connections when Emacs has been idle for thirty minutes: @lisp (gnus-demon-close-connections nil 30) @end lisp Here's a handler that scans for @acronym{PGP} headers every hour when Emacs is idle: @lisp (gnus-demon-scan-pgp 60 t) @end lisp This @var{time} parameter and that @var{idle} parameter work together in a strange, but wonderful fashion. Basically, if @var{idle} is @code{nil}, then the function will be called every @var{time} minutes. If @var{idle} is @code{t}, then the function will be called after @var{time} minutes only if Emacs is idle. So if Emacs is never idle, the function will never be called. But once Emacs goes idle, the function will be called every @var{time} minutes. If @var{idle} is a number and @var{time} is a number, the function will be called every @var{time} minutes only when Emacs has been idle for @var{idle} minutes. If @var{idle} is a number and @var{time} is @code{nil}, the function will be called once every time Emacs has been idle for @var{idle} minutes. And if @var{time} is a string, it should look like @samp{07:31}, and the function will then be called once every day somewhere near that time. Modified by the @var{idle} parameter, of course. @vindex gnus-demon-timestep (When I say ``minute'' here, I really mean @code{gnus-demon-timestep} seconds. This is 60 by default. If you change that variable, all the timings in the handlers will be affected.) So, if you want to add a handler, you could put something like this in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @findex gnus-demon-add-handler @lisp (gnus-demon-add-handler 'gnus-demon-close-connections 30 t) @end lisp @findex gnus-demon-add-scanmail @findex gnus-demon-add-rescan @findex gnus-demon-add-scan-timestamps @findex gnus-demon-add-disconnection Some ready-made functions to do this have been created: @code{gnus-demon-add-disconnection}, @code{gnus-demon-add-nntp-close-connection}, @code{gnus-demon-add-scan-timestamps}, @code{gnus-demon-add-rescan}, and @code{gnus-demon-add-scanmail}. Just put those functions in your @file{~/.gnus.el} if you want those abilities. @findex gnus-demon-init @findex gnus-demon-cancel @vindex gnus-demon-handlers If you add handlers to @code{gnus-demon-handlers} directly, you should run @code{gnus-demon-init} to make the changes take hold. To cancel all daemons, you can use the @code{gnus-demon-cancel} function. Note that adding daemons can be pretty naughty if you over do it. Adding functions that scan all news and mail from all servers every two seconds is a sure-fire way of getting booted off any respectable system. So behave. @node Undo @section Undo @cindex undo It is very useful to be able to undo actions one has done. In normal Emacs buffers, it's easy enough---you just push the @code{undo} button. In Gnus buffers, however, it isn't that simple. The things Gnus displays in its buffer is of no value whatsoever to Gnus---it's all just data designed to look nice to the user. Killing a group in the group buffer with @kbd{C-k} makes the line disappear, but that's just a side-effect of the real action---the removal of the group in question from the internal Gnus structures. Undoing something like that can't be done by the normal Emacs @code{undo} function. Gnus tries to remedy this somewhat by keeping track of what the user does and coming up with actions that would reverse the actions the user takes. When the user then presses the @code{undo} key, Gnus will run the code to reverse the previous action, or the previous actions. However, not all actions are easily reversible, so Gnus currently offers a few key functions to be undoable. These include killing groups, yanking groups, and changing the list of read articles of groups. That's it, really. More functions may be added in the future, but each added function means an increase in data to be stored, so Gnus will never be totally undoable. @findex gnus-undo-mode @vindex gnus-use-undo @findex gnus-undo The undoability is provided by the @code{gnus-undo-mode} minor mode. It is used if @code{gnus-use-undo} is non-@code{nil}, which is the default. The @kbd{C-M-_} key performs the @code{gnus-undo} command, which should feel kinda like the normal Emacs @code{undo} command. @node Predicate Specifiers @section Predicate Specifiers @cindex predicate specifiers Some Gnus variables are @dfn{predicate specifiers}. This is a special form that allows flexible specification of predicates without having to type all that much. These specifiers are lists consisting of functions, symbols and lists. Here's an example: @lisp (or gnus-article-unseen-p gnus-article-unread-p) @end lisp The available symbols are @code{or}, @code{and} and @code{not}. The functions all take one parameter. @findex gnus-make-predicate Internally, Gnus calls @code{gnus-make-predicate} on these specifiers to create a function that can be called. This input parameter to this function will be passed along to all the functions in the predicate specifier. @node Moderation @section Moderation @cindex moderation If you are a moderator, you can use the @file{gnus-mdrtn.el} package. It is not included in the standard Gnus package. Write a mail to @samp{larsi@@gnus.org} and state what group you moderate, and you'll get a copy. The moderation package is implemented as a minor mode for summary buffers. Put @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-moderate) @end lisp in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file. If you are the moderator of @samp{rec.zoofle}, this is how it's supposed to work: @enumerate @item You split your incoming mail by matching on @samp{Newsgroups:.*rec.zoofle}, which will put all the to-be-posted articles in some mail group---for instance, @samp{nnml:rec.zoofle}. @item You enter that group once in a while and post articles using the @kbd{e} (edit-and-post) or @kbd{s} (just send unedited) commands. @item If, while reading the @samp{rec.zoofle} newsgroup, you happen upon some articles that weren't approved by you, you can cancel them with the @kbd{c} command. @end enumerate To use moderation mode in these two groups, say: @lisp (setq gnus-moderated-list "^nnml:rec.zoofle$\\|^rec.zoofle$") @end lisp @node Fetching a Group @section Fetching a Group @cindex fetching a group @findex gnus-fetch-group It is sometimes convenient to be able to just say ``I want to read this group and I don't care whether Gnus has been started or not''. This is perhaps more useful for people who write code than for users, but the command @code{gnus-fetch-group} provides this functionality in any case. It takes the group name as a parameter. @node Image Enhancements @section Image Enhancements XEmacs, as well as Emacs 21@footnote{Emacs 21 on MS Windows doesn't support images, Emacs 22 does.} and up, are able to display pictures and stuff, so Gnus has taken advantage of that. @menu * X-Face:: Display a funky, teensy black-and-white image. * Face:: Display a funkier, teensier colored image. * Smileys:: Show all those happy faces the way they were meant to be shown. * Picons:: How to display pictures of what you're reading. * Gravatars:: Display the avatar of people you read. * XVarious:: Other XEmacsy Gnusey variables. @end menu @node X-Face @subsection X-Face @cindex x-face @code{X-Face} headers describe a 48x48 pixel black-and-white (1 bit depth) image that's supposed to represent the author of the message. It seems to be supported by an ever-growing number of mail and news readers. @cindex x-face @findex gnus-article-display-x-face @vindex gnus-article-x-face-command @vindex gnus-article-x-face-too-ugly @iftex @iflatex \include{xface} @end iflatex @end iftex @c @anchor{X-Face} Viewing an @code{X-Face} header either requires an Emacs that has @samp{compface} support (which most XEmacs versions have), or that you have suitable conversion or display programs installed. If your Emacs has image support the default action is to display the face before the @code{From} header. If there's no native @code{X-Face} support, Gnus will try to convert the @code{X-Face} header using external programs from the @code{pbmplus} package and friends, see below. For XEmacs it's faster if XEmacs has been compiled with @code{X-Face} support. The default action under Emacs without image support is to fork off the @code{display} program. On a GNU/Linux system, the @code{display} program is included in the ImageMagick package. For external conversion programs look for packages with names like @code{netpbm}, @code{libgr-progs} and @code{compface}. On Windows, you may use the packages @code{netpbm} and @code{compface} from @url{http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net}. You need to add the @code{bin} directory to your @code{PATH} environment variable. @c In fact only the following DLLs and binaries seem to be required: @c compface1.dll uncompface.exe libnetpbm10.dll icontopbm.exe The variable @code{gnus-article-x-face-command} controls which programs are used to display the @code{X-Face} header. If this variable is a string, this string will be executed in a sub-shell. If it is a function, this function will be called with the face as the argument. If @code{gnus-article-x-face-too-ugly} (which is a regexp) matches the @code{From} header, the face will not be shown. (Note: @code{x-face} is used in the variable/function names, not @code{xface}). @noindent Face and variable: @table @code @item gnus-x-face @vindex gnus-x-face Face to show X-Face. The colors from this face are used as the foreground and background colors of the displayed X-Faces. The default colors are black and white. @item gnus-face-properties-alist @vindex gnus-face-properties-alist Alist of image types and properties applied to Face (@pxref{Face}) and X-Face images. The default value is @code{((pbm . (:face gnus-x-face)) (png . nil))} for Emacs or @code{((xface . (:face gnus-x-face)))} for XEmacs. Here are examples: @lisp ;; Specify the altitude of Face and X-Face images in the From header. (setq gnus-face-properties-alist '((pbm . (:face gnus-x-face :ascent 80)) (png . (:ascent 80)))) ;; Show Face and X-Face images as pressed buttons. (setq gnus-face-properties-alist '((pbm . (:face gnus-x-face :relief -2)) (png . (:relief -2)))) @end lisp @pxref{Image Descriptors, ,Image Descriptors, elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual} for the valid properties for various image types. Currently, @code{pbm} is used for X-Face images and @code{png} is used for Face images in Emacs. Only the @code{:face} property is effective on the @code{xface} image type in XEmacs if it is built with the @samp{libcompface} library. @end table If you use posting styles, you can use an @code{x-face-file} entry in @code{gnus-posting-styles}, @xref{Posting Styles}. If you don't, Gnus provides a few convenience functions and variables to allow easier insertion of X-Face headers in outgoing messages. You also need the above mentioned ImageMagick, netpbm or other image conversion packages (depending the values of the variables below) for these functions. @findex gnus-random-x-face @vindex gnus-convert-pbm-to-x-face-command @vindex gnus-x-face-directory @code{gnus-random-x-face} goes through all the @samp{pbm} files in @code{gnus-x-face-directory} and picks one at random, and then converts it to the X-Face format by using the @code{gnus-convert-pbm-to-x-face-command} shell command. The @samp{pbm} files should be 48x48 pixels big. It returns the X-Face header data as a string. @findex gnus-insert-random-x-face-header @code{gnus-insert-random-x-face-header} calls @code{gnus-random-x-face} and inserts a @samp{X-Face} header with the randomly generated data. @findex gnus-x-face-from-file @vindex gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command @code{gnus-x-face-from-file} takes a GIF file as the parameter, and then converts the file to X-Face format by using the @code{gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command} shell command. Here's how you would typically use the first function. Put something like the following in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (setq message-required-news-headers (nconc message-required-news-headers (list '(X-Face . gnus-random-x-face)))) @end lisp Using the last function would be something like this: @lisp (setq message-required-news-headers (nconc message-required-news-headers (list '(X-Face . (lambda () (gnus-x-face-from-file "~/My-face.gif")))))) @end lisp @node Face @subsection Face @cindex face @c #### FIXME: faces and x-faces' implementations should really be harmonized. @code{Face} headers are essentially a funkier version of @code{X-Face} ones. They describe a 48x48 pixel colored image that's supposed to represent the author of the message. @cindex face @findex gnus-article-display-face The contents of a @code{Face} header must be a base64 encoded PNG image. See @uref{http://quimby.gnus.org/circus/face/} for the precise specifications. The @code{gnus-face-properties-alist} variable affects the appearance of displayed Face images. @xref{X-Face}. Viewing an @code{Face} header requires an Emacs that is able to display PNG images. @c Maybe add this: @c (if (featurep 'xemacs) @c (featurep 'png) @c (image-type-available-p 'png)) Gnus provides a few convenience functions and variables to allow easier insertion of Face headers in outgoing messages. @findex gnus-convert-png-to-face @code{gnus-convert-png-to-face} takes a 48x48 PNG image, no longer than 726 bytes long, and converts it to a face. @findex gnus-face-from-file @vindex gnus-convert-image-to-face-command @code{gnus-face-from-file} takes a JPEG file as the parameter, and then converts the file to Face format by using the @code{gnus-convert-image-to-face-command} shell command. Here's how you would typically use this function. Put something like the following in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (setq message-required-news-headers (nconc message-required-news-headers (list '(Face . (lambda () (gnus-face-from-file "~/face.jpg")))))) @end lisp @node Smileys @subsection Smileys @cindex smileys @iftex @iflatex \gnusfig{-3cm}{0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/BigFace,height=20cm}} \input{smiley} @end iflatex @end iftex @dfn{Smiley} is a package separate from Gnus, but since Gnus is currently the only package that uses Smiley, it is documented here. In short---to use Smiley in Gnus, put the following in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (setq gnus-treat-display-smileys t) @end lisp Smiley maps text smiley faces---@samp{:-)}, @samp{8-)}, @samp{:-(} and the like---to pictures and displays those instead of the text smiley faces. The conversion is controlled by a list of regexps that matches text and maps that to file names. @vindex smiley-regexp-alist The alist used is specified by the @code{smiley-regexp-alist} variable. The first item in each element is the regexp to be matched; the second element is the regexp match group that is to be replaced by the picture; and the third element is the name of the file to be displayed. The following variables customize the appearance of the smileys: @table @code @item smiley-style @vindex smiley-style Specifies the smiley style. Predefined smiley styles include @code{low-color} (small 13x14 pixel, three-color images), @code{medium} (more colorful images, 16x16 pixel), and @code{grayscale} (grayscale images, 14x14 pixel). The default depends on the height of the default face. @item smiley-data-directory @vindex smiley-data-directory Where Smiley will look for smiley faces files. You shouldn't set this variable anymore. Customize @code{smiley-style} instead. @item gnus-smiley-file-types @vindex gnus-smiley-file-types List of suffixes on smiley file names to try. @end table @node Picons @subsection Picons @iftex @iflatex \include{picons} @end iflatex @end iftex So@dots{} You want to slow down your news reader even more! This is a good way to do so. It's also a great way to impress people staring over your shoulder as you read news. What are Picons? To quote directly from the Picons Web site: @iftex @iflatex \margindex{} @end iflatex @end iftex @quotation @dfn{Picons} is short for ``personal icons''. They're small, constrained images used to represent users and domains on the net, organized into databases so that the appropriate image for a given e-mail address can be found. Besides users and domains, there are picon databases for Usenet newsgroups and weather forecasts. The picons are in either monochrome @code{XBM} format or color @code{XPM} and @code{GIF} formats. @end quotation @vindex gnus-picon-databases For instructions on obtaining and installing the picons databases, point your Web browser at @uref{http://www.cs.indiana.edu/picons/ftp/index.html}. If you are using Debian GNU/Linux, saying @samp{apt-get install picons.*} will install the picons where Gnus can find them. To enable displaying picons, simply make sure that @code{gnus-picon-databases} points to the directory containing the Picons databases. @vindex gnus-picon-style The variable @code{gnus-picon-style} controls how picons are displayed. If @code{inline}, the textual representation is replaced. If @code{right}, picons are added right to the textual representation. The following variables offer control over where things are located. @table @code @item gnus-picon-databases @vindex gnus-picon-databases The location of the picons database. This is a list of directories containing the @file{news}, @file{domains}, @file{users} (and so on) subdirectories. Defaults to @code{("/usr/lib/picon" "/usr/local/faces")}. @item gnus-picon-news-directories @vindex gnus-picon-news-directories List of subdirectories to search in @code{gnus-picon-databases} for newsgroups faces. @code{("news")} is the default. @item gnus-picon-user-directories @vindex gnus-picon-user-directories List of subdirectories to search in @code{gnus-picon-databases} for user faces. @code{("users" "usenix" "local" "misc")} is the default. @item gnus-picon-domain-directories @vindex gnus-picon-domain-directories List of subdirectories to search in @code{gnus-picon-databases} for domain name faces. Defaults to @code{("domains")}. Some people may want to add @samp{"unknown"} to this list. @item gnus-picon-file-types @vindex gnus-picon-file-types Ordered list of suffixes on picon file names to try. Defaults to @code{("xpm" "gif" "xbm")} minus those not built-in your Emacs. @item gnus-picon-inhibit-top-level-domains @vindex gnus-picon-inhibit-top-level-domains If non-@code{nil} (which is the default), don't display picons for things like @samp{.net} and @samp{.de}, which aren't usually very interesting. @end table @node Gravatars @subsection Gravatars @iftex @iflatex \include{gravatars} @end iflatex @end iftex A gravatar is an image registered to an e-mail address. You can submit yours on-line at @uref{http://www.gravatar.com}. The following variables offer control over how things are displayed. @table @code @item gnus-gravatar-size @vindex gnus-gravatar-size The size in pixels of gravatars. Gravatars are always square, so one number for the size is enough. @item gnus-gravatar-properties @vindex gnus-gravatar-properties List of image properties applied to Gravatar images. @item gnus-gravatar-too-ugly @vindex gnus-gravatar-too-ugly Regexp that matches mail addresses or names of people of which avatars should not be displayed, or @code{nil}. It default to the value of @code{gnus-article-x-face-too-ugly} (@pxref{X-Face}). @end table If you want to see them in the From field, set: @lisp (setq gnus-treat-from-gravatar 'head) @end lisp If you want to see them in the Cc and To fields, set: @lisp (setq gnus-treat-mail-gravatar 'head) @end lisp @node XVarious @subsection Various XEmacs Variables @table @code @item gnus-xmas-glyph-directory @vindex gnus-xmas-glyph-directory This is where Gnus will look for pictures. Gnus will normally auto-detect this directory, but you may set it manually if you have an unusual directory structure. @item gnus-xmas-modeline-glyph @vindex gnus-xmas-modeline-glyph A glyph displayed in all Gnus mode lines. It is a tiny gnu head by default. @end table @subsubsection Toolbar @table @code @item gnus-use-toolbar @vindex gnus-use-toolbar This variable specifies the position to display the toolbar. If @code{nil}, don't display toolbars. If it is non-@code{nil}, it should be one of the symbols @code{default}, @code{top}, @code{bottom}, @code{right}, and @code{left}. @code{default} means to use the default toolbar, the rest mean to display the toolbar on the place which those names show. The default is @code{default}. @item gnus-toolbar-thickness @vindex gnus-toolbar-thickness Cons of the height and the width specifying the thickness of a toolbar. The height is used for the toolbar displayed on the top or the bottom, the width is used for the toolbar displayed on the right or the left. The default is that of the default toolbar. @item gnus-group-toolbar @vindex gnus-group-toolbar The toolbar in the group buffer. @item gnus-summary-toolbar @vindex gnus-summary-toolbar The toolbar in the summary buffer. @item gnus-summary-mail-toolbar @vindex gnus-summary-mail-toolbar The toolbar in the summary buffer of mail groups. @end table @iftex @iflatex \margindex{} @end iflatex @end iftex @node Fuzzy Matching @section Fuzzy Matching @cindex fuzzy matching Gnus provides @dfn{fuzzy matching} of @code{Subject} lines when doing things like scoring, thread gathering and thread comparison. As opposed to regular expression matching, fuzzy matching is very fuzzy. It's so fuzzy that there's not even a definition of what @dfn{fuzziness} means, and the implementation has changed over time. Basically, it tries to remove all noise from lines before comparing. @samp{Re: }, parenthetical remarks, white space, and so on, are filtered out of the strings before comparing the results. This often leads to adequate results---even when faced with strings generated by text manglers masquerading as newsreaders. @node Thwarting Email Spam @section Thwarting Email Spam @cindex email spam @cindex spam @cindex UCE @cindex unsolicited commercial email In these last days of the Usenet, commercial vultures are hanging about and grepping through news like crazy to find email addresses they can foist off their scams and products to. As a reaction to this, many people have started putting nonsense addresses into their @code{From} lines. I think this is counterproductive---it makes it difficult for people to send you legitimate mail in response to things you write, as well as making it difficult to see who wrote what. This rewriting may perhaps be a bigger menace than the unsolicited commercial email itself in the end. The biggest problem I have with email spam is that it comes in under false pretenses. I press @kbd{g} and Gnus merrily informs me that I have 10 new emails. I say ``Golly gee! Happy is me!'' and select the mail group, only to find two pyramid schemes, seven advertisements (``New! Miracle tonic for growing full, lustrous hair on your toes!'') and one mail asking me to repent and find some god. This is annoying. Here's what you can do about it. @menu * The problem of spam:: Some background, and some solutions * Anti-Spam Basics:: Simple steps to reduce the amount of spam. * SpamAssassin:: How to use external anti-spam tools. * Hashcash:: Reduce spam by burning CPU time. @end menu @node The problem of spam @subsection The problem of spam @cindex email spam @cindex spam filtering approaches @cindex filtering approaches, spam @cindex UCE @cindex unsolicited commercial email First, some background on spam. If you have access to e-mail, you are familiar with spam (technically termed @acronym{UCE}, Unsolicited Commercial E-mail). Simply put, it exists because e-mail delivery is very cheap compared to paper mail, so only a very small percentage of people need to respond to an UCE to make it worthwhile to the advertiser. Ironically, one of the most common spams is the one offering a database of e-mail addresses for further spamming. Senders of spam are usually called @emph{spammers}, but terms like @emph{vermin}, @emph{scum}, @emph{sociopaths}, and @emph{morons} are in common use as well. Spam comes from a wide variety of sources. It is simply impossible to dispose of all spam without discarding useful messages. A good example is the TMDA system, which requires senders unknown to you to confirm themselves as legitimate senders before their e-mail can reach you. Without getting into the technical side of TMDA, a downside is clearly that e-mail from legitimate sources may be discarded if those sources can't or won't confirm themselves through the TMDA system. Another problem with TMDA is that it requires its users to have a basic understanding of e-mail delivery and processing. The simplest approach to filtering spam is filtering, at the mail server or when you sort through incoming mail. If you get 200 spam messages per day from @samp{random-address@@vmadmin.com}, you block @samp{vmadmin.com}. If you get 200 messages about @samp{VIAGRA}, you discard all messages with @samp{VIAGRA} in the message. If you get lots of spam from Bulgaria, for example, you try to filter all mail from Bulgarian IPs. This, unfortunately, is a great way to discard legitimate e-mail. The risks of blocking a whole country (Bulgaria, Norway, Nigeria, China, etc.) or even a continent (Asia, Africa, Europe, etc.) from contacting you should be obvious, so don't do it if you have the choice. In another instance, the very informative and useful RISKS digest has been blocked by overzealous mail filters because it @strong{contained} words that were common in spam messages. Nevertheless, in isolated cases, with great care, direct filtering of mail can be useful. Another approach to filtering e-mail is the distributed spam processing, for instance DCC implements such a system. In essence, @var{N} systems around the world agree that a machine @var{X} in Ghana, Estonia, or California is sending out spam e-mail, and these @var{N} systems enter @var{X} or the spam e-mail from @var{X} into a database. The criteria for spam detection vary---it may be the number of messages sent, the content of the messages, and so on. When a user of the distributed processing system wants to find out if a message is spam, he consults one of those @var{N} systems. Distributed spam processing works very well against spammers that send a large number of messages at once, but it requires the user to set up fairly complicated checks. There are commercial and free distributed spam processing systems. Distributed spam processing has its risks as well. For instance legitimate e-mail senders have been accused of sending spam, and their web sites and mailing lists have been shut down for some time because of the incident. The statistical approach to spam filtering is also popular. It is based on a statistical analysis of previous spam messages. Usually the analysis is a simple word frequency count, with perhaps pairs of words or 3-word combinations thrown into the mix. Statistical analysis of spam works very well in most of the cases, but it can classify legitimate e-mail as spam in some cases. It takes time to run the analysis, the full message must be analyzed, and the user has to store the database of spam analysis. Statistical analysis on the server is gaining popularity. This has the advantage of letting the user Just Read Mail, but has the disadvantage that it's harder to tell the server that it has misclassified mail. Fighting spam is not easy, no matter what anyone says. There is no magic switch that will distinguish Viagra ads from Mom's e-mails. Even people are having a hard time telling spam apart from non-spam, because spammers are actively looking to fool us into thinking they are Mom, essentially. Spamming is irritating, irresponsible, and idiotic behavior from a bunch of people who think the world owes them a favor. We hope the following sections will help you in fighting the spam plague. @node Anti-Spam Basics @subsection Anti-Spam Basics @cindex email spam @cindex spam @cindex UCE @cindex unsolicited commercial email One way of dealing with spam is having Gnus split out all spam into a @samp{spam} mail group (@pxref{Splitting Mail}). First, pick one (1) valid mail address that you can be reached at, and put it in your @code{From} header of all your news articles. (I've chosen @samp{larsi@@trym.ifi.uio.no}, but for many addresses on the form @samp{larsi+usenet@@ifi.uio.no} will be a better choice. Ask your sysadmin whether your sendmail installation accepts keywords in the local part of the mail address.) @lisp (setq message-default-news-headers "From: Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen <larsi@@trym.ifi.uio.no>\n") @end lisp Then put the following split rule in @code{nnmail-split-fancy} (@pxref{Fancy Mail Splitting}): @lisp (... (to "larsi@@trym.ifi.uio.no" (| ("subject" "re:.*" "misc") ("references" ".*@@.*" "misc") "spam")) ...) @end lisp This says that all mail to this address is suspect, but if it has a @code{Subject} that starts with a @samp{Re:} or has a @code{References} header, it's probably ok. All the rest goes to the @samp{spam} group. (This idea probably comes from Tim Pierce.) In addition, many mail spammers talk directly to your @acronym{SMTP} server and do not include your email address explicitly in the @code{To} header. Why they do this is unknown---perhaps it's to thwart this thwarting scheme? In any case, this is trivial to deal with---you just put anything not addressed to you in the @samp{spam} group by ending your fancy split rule in this way: @lisp ( ... (to "larsi" "misc") "spam") @end lisp In my experience, this will sort virtually everything into the right group. You still have to check the @samp{spam} group from time to time to check for legitimate mail, though. If you feel like being a good net citizen, you can even send off complaints to the proper authorities on each unsolicited commercial email---at your leisure. This works for me. It allows people an easy way to contact me (they can just press @kbd{r} in the usual way), and I'm not bothered at all with spam. It's a win-win situation. Forging @code{From} headers to point to non-existent domains is yucky, in my opinion. Be careful with this approach. Spammers are wise to it. @node SpamAssassin @subsection SpamAssassin, Vipul's Razor, DCC, etc @cindex SpamAssassin @cindex Vipul's Razor @cindex DCC The days where the hints in the previous section were sufficient in avoiding spam are coming to an end. There are many tools out there that claim to reduce the amount of spam you get. This section could easily become outdated fast, as new products replace old, but fortunately most of these tools seem to have similar interfaces. Even though this section will use SpamAssassin as an example, it should be easy to adapt it to most other tools. Note that this section does not involve the @code{spam.el} package, which is discussed in the next section. If you don't care for all the features of @code{spam.el}, you can make do with these simple recipes. If the tool you are using is not installed on the mail server, you need to invoke it yourself. Ideas on how to use the @code{:postscript} mail source parameter (@pxref{Mail Source Specifiers}) follow. @lisp (setq mail-sources '((file :prescript "formail -bs spamassassin < /var/mail/%u") (pop :user "jrl" :server "pophost" :postscript "mv %t /tmp/foo; formail -bs spamc < /tmp/foo > %t"))) @end lisp Once you manage to process your incoming spool somehow, thus making the mail contain e.g.@: a header indicating it is spam, you are ready to filter it out. Using normal split methods (@pxref{Splitting Mail}): @lisp (setq nnmail-split-methods '(("spam" "^X-Spam-Flag: YES") ...)) @end lisp Or using fancy split methods (@pxref{Fancy Mail Splitting}): @lisp (setq nnmail-split-methods 'nnmail-split-fancy nnmail-split-fancy '(| ("X-Spam-Flag" "YES" "spam") ...)) @end lisp Some people might not like the idea of piping the mail through various programs using a @code{:prescript} (if some program is buggy, you might lose all mail). If you are one of them, another solution is to call the external tools during splitting. Example fancy split method: @lisp (setq nnmail-split-fancy '(| (: kevin-spamassassin) ...)) (defun kevin-spamassassin () (save-excursion (save-restriction (widen) (if (eq 1 (call-process-region (point-min) (point-max) "spamc" nil nil nil "-c")) "spam")))) @end lisp Note that with the nnimap back end, message bodies will not be downloaded by default. You need to set @code{nnimap-split-download-body} to @code{t} to do that (@pxref{Client-Side IMAP Splitting}). That is about it. As some spam is likely to get through anyway, you might want to have a nifty function to call when you happen to read spam. And here is the nifty function: @lisp (defun my-gnus-raze-spam () "Submit SPAM to Vipul's Razor, then mark it as expirable." (interactive) (gnus-summary-save-in-pipe "razor-report -f -d" t) (gnus-summary-mark-as-expirable 1)) @end lisp @node Hashcash @subsection Hashcash @cindex hashcash A novel technique to fight spam is to require senders to do something costly and demonstrably unique for each message they send. This has the obvious drawback that you cannot rely on everyone in the world using this technique, since it is not part of the Internet standards, but it may be useful in smaller communities. While the tools in the previous section work well in practice, they work only because the tools are constantly maintained and updated as new form of spam appears. This means that a small percentage of spam will always get through. It also means that somewhere, someone needs to read lots of spam to update these tools. Hashcash avoids that, but instead prefers that everyone you contact through e-mail supports the scheme. You can view the two approaches as pragmatic vs dogmatic. The approaches have their own advantages and disadvantages, but as often in the real world, a combination of them is stronger than either one of them separately. @cindex X-Hashcash The ``something costly'' is to burn CPU time, more specifically to compute a hash collision up to a certain number of bits. The resulting hashcash cookie is inserted in a @samp{X-Hashcash:} header. For more details, and for the external application @code{hashcash} you need to install to use this feature, see @uref{http://www.hashcash.org/}. Even more information can be found at @uref{http://www.camram.org/}. If you wish to generate hashcash for each message you send, you can customize @code{message-generate-hashcash} (@pxref{Mail Headers, ,Mail Headers,message, The Message Manual}), as in: @lisp (setq message-generate-hashcash t) @end lisp You will need to set up some additional variables as well: @table @code @item hashcash-default-payment @vindex hashcash-default-payment This variable indicates the default number of bits the hash collision should consist of. By default this is 20. Suggested useful values include 17 to 29. @item hashcash-payment-alist @vindex hashcash-payment-alist Some receivers may require you to spend burn more CPU time than the default. This variable contains a list of @samp{(@var{addr} @var{amount})} cells, where @var{addr} is the receiver (email address or newsgroup) and @var{amount} is the number of bits in the collision that is needed. It can also contain @samp{(@var{addr} @var{string} @var{amount})} cells, where the @var{string} is the string to use (normally the email address or newsgroup name is used). @item hashcash-path @vindex hashcash-path Where the @code{hashcash} binary is installed. This variable should be automatically set by @code{executable-find}, but if it's @code{nil} (usually because the @code{hashcash} binary is not in your path) you'll get a warning when you check hashcash payments and an error when you generate hashcash payments. @end table Gnus can verify hashcash cookies, although this can also be done by hand customized mail filtering scripts. To verify a hashcash cookie in a message, use the @code{mail-check-payment} function in the @code{hashcash.el} library. You can also use the @code{spam.el} package with the @code{spam-use-hashcash} back end to validate hashcash cookies in incoming mail and filter mail accordingly (@pxref{Anti-spam Hashcash Payments}). @node Spam Package @section Spam Package @cindex spam filtering @cindex spam The Spam package provides Gnus with a centralized mechanism for detecting and filtering spam. It filters new mail, and processes messages according to whether they are spam or ham. (@dfn{Ham} is the name used throughout this manual to indicate non-spam messages.) @menu * Spam Package Introduction:: * Filtering Incoming Mail:: * Detecting Spam in Groups:: * Spam and Ham Processors:: * Spam Package Configuration Examples:: * Spam Back Ends:: * Extending the Spam package:: * Spam Statistics Package:: @end menu @node Spam Package Introduction @subsection Spam Package Introduction @cindex spam filtering @cindex spam filtering sequence of events @cindex spam You must read this section to understand how the Spam package works. Do not skip, speed-read, or glance through this section. Make sure you read the section on the @code{spam.el} sequence of events. See @xref{Extending the Spam package}. @cindex spam-initialize @vindex spam-use-stat To use the Spam package, you @strong{must} first run the function @code{spam-initialize}: @example (spam-initialize) @end example This autoloads @code{spam.el} and installs the various hooks necessary to let the Spam package do its job. In order to make use of the Spam package, you have to set up certain group parameters and variables, which we will describe below. All of the variables controlling the Spam package can be found in the @samp{spam} customization group. There are two ``contact points'' between the Spam package and the rest of Gnus: checking new mail for spam, and leaving a group. Checking new mail for spam is done in one of two ways: while splitting incoming mail, or when you enter a group. The first way, checking for spam while splitting incoming mail, is suited to mail back ends such as @code{nnml} or @code{nnimap}, where new mail appears in a single spool file. The Spam package processes incoming mail, and sends mail considered to be spam to a designated ``spam'' group. @xref{Filtering Incoming Mail}. The second way is suited to back ends such as @code{nntp}, which have no incoming mail spool, or back ends where the server is in charge of splitting incoming mail. In this case, when you enter a Gnus group, the unseen or unread messages in that group are checked for spam. Detected spam messages are marked as spam. @xref{Detecting Spam in Groups}. @cindex spam back ends In either case, you have to tell the Spam package what method to use to detect spam messages. There are several methods, or @dfn{spam back ends} (not to be confused with Gnus back ends!) to choose from: spam ``blacklists'' and ``whitelists'', dictionary-based filters, and so forth. @xref{Spam Back Ends}. In the Gnus summary buffer, messages that have been identified as spam always appear with a @samp{$} symbol. The Spam package divides Gnus groups into three categories: ham groups, spam groups, and unclassified groups. You should mark each of the groups you subscribe to as either a ham group or a spam group, using the @code{spam-contents} group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}). Spam groups have a special property: when you enter a spam group, all unseen articles are marked as spam. Thus, mail split into a spam group is automatically marked as spam. Identifying spam messages is only half of the Spam package's job. The second half comes into play whenever you exit a group buffer. At this point, the Spam package does several things: First, it calls @dfn{spam and ham processors} to process the articles according to whether they are spam or ham. There is a pair of spam and ham processors associated with each spam back end, and what the processors do depends on the back end. At present, the main role of spam and ham processors is for dictionary-based spam filters: they add the contents of the messages in the group to the filter's dictionary, to improve its ability to detect future spam. The @code{spam-process} group parameter specifies what spam processors to use. @xref{Spam and Ham Processors}. If the spam filter failed to mark a spam message, you can mark it yourself, so that the message is processed as spam when you exit the group: @table @kbd @item $ @itemx M-d @itemx M s x @itemx S x @kindex $ (Summary) @kindex M-d (Summary) @kindex S x (Summary) @kindex M s x (Summary) @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-spam @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-spam Mark current article as spam, showing it with the @samp{$} mark (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-spam}). @end table @noindent Similarly, you can unmark an article if it has been erroneously marked as spam. @xref{Setting Marks}. Normally, a ham message found in a non-ham group is not processed as ham---the rationale is that it should be moved into a ham group for further processing (see below). However, you can force these articles to be processed as ham by setting @code{spam-process-ham-in-spam-groups} and @code{spam-process-ham-in-nonham-groups}. @vindex gnus-ham-process-destinations @vindex gnus-spam-process-destinations The second thing that the Spam package does when you exit a group is to move ham articles out of spam groups, and spam articles out of ham groups. Ham in a spam group is moved to the group specified by the variable @code{gnus-ham-process-destinations}, or the group parameter @code{ham-process-destination}. Spam in a ham group is moved to the group specified by the variable @code{gnus-spam-process-destinations}, or the group parameter @code{spam-process-destination}. If these variables are not set, the articles are left in their current group. If an article cannot be moved (e.g., with a read-only backend such as @acronym{NNTP}), it is copied. If an article is moved to another group, it is processed again when you visit the new group. Normally, this is not a problem, but if you want each article to be processed only once, load the @code{gnus-registry.el} package and set the variable @code{spam-log-to-registry} to @code{t}. @xref{Spam Package Configuration Examples}. Normally, spam groups ignore @code{gnus-spam-process-destinations}. However, if you set @code{spam-move-spam-nonspam-groups-only} to @code{nil}, spam will also be moved out of spam groups, depending on the @code{spam-process-destination} parameter. The final thing the Spam package does is to mark spam articles as expired, which is usually the right thing to do. If all this seems confusing, don't worry. Soon it will be as natural as typing Lisp one-liners on a neural interface@dots{} err, sorry, that's 50 years in the future yet. Just trust us, it's not so bad. @node Filtering Incoming Mail @subsection Filtering Incoming Mail @cindex spam filtering @cindex spam filtering incoming mail @cindex spam To use the Spam package to filter incoming mail, you must first set up fancy mail splitting. @xref{Fancy Mail Splitting}. The Spam package defines a special splitting function that you can add to your fancy split variable (either @code{nnmail-split-fancy} or @code{nnimap-split-fancy}, depending on your mail back end): @example (: spam-split) @end example @vindex spam-split-group @noindent The @code{spam-split} function scans incoming mail according to your chosen spam back end(s), and sends messages identified as spam to a spam group. By default, the spam group is a group named @samp{spam}, but you can change this by customizing @code{spam-split-group}. Make sure the contents of @code{spam-split-group} are an unqualified group name. For instance, in an @code{nnimap} server @samp{your-server}, the value @samp{spam} means @samp{nnimap+your-server:spam}. The value @samp{nnimap+server:spam} is therefore wrong---it gives the group @samp{nnimap+your-server:nnimap+server:spam}. @code{spam-split} does not modify the contents of messages in any way. @vindex nnimap-split-download-body Note for IMAP users: if you use the @code{spam-check-bogofilter}, @code{spam-check-ifile}, and @code{spam-check-stat} spam back ends, you should also set the variable @code{nnimap-split-download-body} to @code{t}. These spam back ends are most useful when they can ``scan'' the full message body. By default, the nnimap back end only retrieves the message headers; @code{nnimap-split-download-body} tells it to retrieve the message bodies as well. We don't set this by default because it will slow @acronym{IMAP} down, and that is not an appropriate decision to make on behalf of the user. @xref{Client-Side IMAP Splitting}. You have to specify one or more spam back ends for @code{spam-split} to use, by setting the @code{spam-use-*} variables. @xref{Spam Back Ends}. Normally, @code{spam-split} simply uses all the spam back ends you enabled in this way. However, you can tell @code{spam-split} to use only some of them. Why this is useful? Suppose you are using the @code{spam-use-regex-headers} and @code{spam-use-blackholes} spam back ends, and the following split rule: @example nnimap-split-fancy '(| (any "ding" "ding") (: spam-split) ;; @r{default mailbox} "mail") @end example @noindent The problem is that you want all ding messages to make it to the ding folder. But that will let obvious spam (for example, spam detected by SpamAssassin, and @code{spam-use-regex-headers}) through, when it's sent to the ding list. On the other hand, some messages to the ding list are from a mail server in the blackhole list, so the invocation of @code{spam-split} can't be before the ding rule. The solution is to let SpamAssassin headers supersede ding rules, and perform the other @code{spam-split} rules (including a second invocation of the regex-headers check) after the ding rule. This is done by passing a parameter to @code{spam-split}: @example nnimap-split-fancy '(| ;; @r{spam detected by @code{spam-use-regex-headers} goes to @samp{regex-spam}} (: spam-split "regex-spam" 'spam-use-regex-headers) (any "ding" "ding") ;; @r{all other spam detected by spam-split goes to @code{spam-split-group}} (: spam-split) ;; @r{default mailbox} "mail") @end example @noindent This lets you invoke specific @code{spam-split} checks depending on your particular needs, and target the results of those checks to a particular spam group. You don't have to throw all mail into all the spam tests. Another reason why this is nice is that messages to mailing lists you have rules for don't have to have resource-intensive blackhole checks performed on them. You could also specify different spam checks for your nnmail split vs. your nnimap split. Go crazy. You should set the @code{spam-use-*} variables for whatever spam back ends you intend to use. The reason is that when loading @file{spam.el}, some conditional loading is done depending on what @code{spam-use-xyz} variables you have set. @xref{Spam Back Ends}. @c @emph{TODO: spam.el needs to provide a uniform way of training all the @c statistical databases. Some have that functionality built-in, others @c don't.} @node Detecting Spam in Groups @subsection Detecting Spam in Groups To detect spam when visiting a group, set the group's @code{spam-autodetect} and @code{spam-autodetect-methods} group parameters. These are accessible with @kbd{G c} or @kbd{G p}, as usual (@pxref{Group Parameters}). You should set the @code{spam-use-*} variables for whatever spam back ends you intend to use. The reason is that when loading @file{spam.el}, some conditional loading is done depending on what @code{spam-use-xyz} variables you have set. By default, only unseen articles are processed for spam. You can force Gnus to recheck all messages in the group by setting the variable @code{spam-autodetect-recheck-messages} to @code{t}. If you use the @code{spam-autodetect} method of checking for spam, you can specify different spam detection methods for different groups. For instance, the @samp{ding} group may have @code{spam-use-BBDB} as the autodetection method, while the @samp{suspect} group may have the @code{spam-use-blacklist} and @code{spam-use-bogofilter} methods enabled. Unlike with @code{spam-split}, you don't have any control over the @emph{sequence} of checks, but this is probably unimportant. @node Spam and Ham Processors @subsection Spam and Ham Processors @cindex spam filtering @cindex spam filtering variables @cindex spam variables @cindex spam @vindex gnus-spam-process-newsgroups Spam and ham processors specify special actions to take when you exit a group buffer. Spam processors act on spam messages, and ham processors on ham messages. At present, the main role of these processors is to update the dictionaries of dictionary-based spam back ends such as Bogofilter (@pxref{Bogofilter}) and the Spam Statistics package (@pxref{Spam Statistics Filtering}). The spam and ham processors that apply to each group are determined by the group's@code{spam-process} group parameter. If this group parameter is not defined, they are determined by the variable @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups}. @vindex gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents Gnus learns from the spam you get. You have to collect your spam in one or more spam groups, and set or customize the variable @code{spam-junk-mailgroups} as appropriate. You can also declare groups to contain spam by setting their group parameter @code{spam-contents} to @code{gnus-group-spam-classification-spam}, or by customizing the corresponding variable @code{gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents}. The @code{spam-contents} group parameter and the @code{gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents} variable can also be used to declare groups as @emph{ham} groups if you set their classification to @code{gnus-group-spam-classification-ham}. If groups are not classified by means of @code{spam-junk-mailgroups}, @code{spam-contents}, or @code{gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents}, they are considered @emph{unclassified}. All groups are unclassified by default. @vindex gnus-spam-mark @cindex $ In spam groups, all messages are considered to be spam by default: they get the @samp{$} mark (@code{gnus-spam-mark}) when you enter the group. If you have seen a message, had it marked as spam, then unmarked it, it won't be marked as spam when you enter the group thereafter. You can disable that behavior, so all unread messages will get the @samp{$} mark, if you set the @code{spam-mark-only-unseen-as-spam} parameter to @code{nil}. You should remove the @samp{$} mark when you are in the group summary buffer for every message that is not spam after all. To remove the @samp{$} mark, you can use @kbd{M-u} to ``unread'' the article, or @kbd{d} for declaring it read the non-spam way. When you leave a group, all spam-marked (@samp{$}) articles are sent to a spam processor which will study them as spam samples. Messages may also be deleted in various other ways, and unless @code{ham-marks} group parameter gets overridden below, marks @samp{R} and @samp{r} for default read or explicit delete, marks @samp{X} and @samp{K} for automatic or explicit kills, as well as mark @samp{Y} for low scores, are all considered to be associated with articles which are not spam. This assumption might be false, in particular if you use kill files or score files as means for detecting genuine spam, you should then adjust the @code{ham-marks} group parameter. @defvar ham-marks You can customize this group or topic parameter to be the list of marks you want to consider ham. By default, the list contains the deleted, read, killed, kill-filed, and low-score marks (the idea is that these articles have been read, but are not spam). It can be useful to also include the tick mark in the ham marks. It is not recommended to make the unread mark a ham mark, because it normally indicates a lack of classification. But you can do it, and we'll be happy for you. @end defvar @defvar spam-marks You can customize this group or topic parameter to be the list of marks you want to consider spam. By default, the list contains only the spam mark. It is not recommended to change that, but you can if you really want to. @end defvar When you leave @emph{any} group, regardless of its @code{spam-contents} classification, all spam-marked articles are sent to a spam processor, which will study these as spam samples. If you explicit kill a lot, you might sometimes end up with articles marked @samp{K} which you never saw, and which might accidentally contain spam. Best is to make sure that real spam is marked with @samp{$}, and nothing else. @vindex gnus-ham-process-destinations When you leave a @emph{spam} group, all spam-marked articles are marked as expired after processing with the spam processor. This is not done for @emph{unclassified} or @emph{ham} groups. Also, any @strong{ham} articles in a spam group will be moved to a location determined by either the @code{ham-process-destination} group parameter or a match in the @code{gnus-ham-process-destinations} variable, which is a list of regular expressions matched with group names (it's easiest to customize this variable with @kbd{M-x customize-variable @key{RET} gnus-ham-process-destinations}). Each group name list is a standard Lisp list, if you prefer to customize the variable manually. If the @code{ham-process-destination} parameter is not set, ham articles are left in place. If the @code{spam-mark-ham-unread-before-move-from-spam-group} parameter is set, the ham articles are marked as unread before being moved. If ham can not be moved---because of a read-only back end such as @acronym{NNTP}, for example, it will be copied. Note that you can use multiples destinations per group or regular expression! This enables you to send your ham to a regular mail group and to a @emph{ham training} group. When you leave a @emph{ham} group, all ham-marked articles are sent to a ham processor, which will study these as non-spam samples. @vindex spam-process-ham-in-spam-groups By default the variable @code{spam-process-ham-in-spam-groups} is @code{nil}. Set it to @code{t} if you want ham found in spam groups to be processed. Normally this is not done, you are expected instead to send your ham to a ham group and process it there. @vindex spam-process-ham-in-nonham-groups By default the variable @code{spam-process-ham-in-nonham-groups} is @code{nil}. Set it to @code{t} if you want ham found in non-ham (spam or unclassified) groups to be processed. Normally this is not done, you are expected instead to send your ham to a ham group and process it there. @vindex gnus-spam-process-destinations When you leave a @emph{ham} or @emph{unclassified} group, all @strong{spam} articles are moved to a location determined by either the @code{spam-process-destination} group parameter or a match in the @code{gnus-spam-process-destinations} variable, which is a list of regular expressions matched with group names (it's easiest to customize this variable with @kbd{M-x customize-variable @key{RET} gnus-spam-process-destinations}). Each group name list is a standard Lisp list, if you prefer to customize the variable manually. If the @code{spam-process-destination} parameter is not set, the spam articles are only expired. The group name is fully qualified, meaning that if you see @samp{nntp:servername} before the group name in the group buffer then you need it here as well. If spam can not be moved---because of a read-only back end such as @acronym{NNTP}, for example, it will be copied. Note that you can use multiples destinations per group or regular expression! This enables you to send your spam to multiple @emph{spam training} groups. @vindex spam-log-to-registry The problem with processing ham and spam is that Gnus doesn't track this processing by default. Enable the @code{spam-log-to-registry} variable so @code{spam.el} will use @code{gnus-registry.el} to track what articles have been processed, and avoid processing articles multiple times. Keep in mind that if you limit the number of registry entries, this won't work as well as it does without a limit. @vindex spam-mark-only-unseen-as-spam Set this variable if you want only unseen articles in spam groups to be marked as spam. By default, it is set. If you set it to @code{nil}, unread articles will also be marked as spam. @vindex spam-mark-ham-unread-before-move-from-spam-group Set this variable if you want ham to be unmarked before it is moved out of the spam group. This is very useful when you use something like the tick mark @samp{!} to mark ham---the article will be placed in your @code{ham-process-destination}, unmarked as if it came fresh from the mail server. @vindex spam-autodetect-recheck-messages When autodetecting spam, this variable tells @code{spam.el} whether only unseen articles or all unread articles should be checked for spam. It is recommended that you leave it off. @node Spam Package Configuration Examples @subsection Spam Package Configuration Examples @cindex spam filtering @cindex spam filtering configuration examples @cindex spam configuration examples @cindex spam @subsubheading Ted's setup From Ted Zlatanov <tzz@@lifelogs.com>. @example ;; @r{for @code{gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent} and spam autodetection} ;; @r{see @file{gnus-registry.el} for more information} (gnus-registry-initialize) (spam-initialize) (setq spam-log-to-registry t ; @r{for spam autodetection} spam-use-BBDB t spam-use-regex-headers t ; @r{catch X-Spam-Flag (SpamAssassin)} ;; @r{all groups with @samp{spam} in the name contain spam} gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents '(("spam" gnus-group-spam-classification-spam)) ;; @r{see documentation for these} spam-move-spam-nonspam-groups-only nil spam-mark-only-unseen-as-spam t spam-mark-ham-unread-before-move-from-spam-group t ;; @r{understand what this does before you copy it to your own setup!} ;; @r{for nnimap you'll probably want to set nnimap-split-methods, see the manual} nnimap-split-fancy '(| ;; @r{trace references to parents and put in their group} (: gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent) ;; @r{this will catch server-side SpamAssassin tags} (: spam-split 'spam-use-regex-headers) (any "ding" "ding") ;; @r{note that spam by default will go to @samp{spam}} (: spam-split) ;; @r{default mailbox} "mail")) ;; @r{my parameters, set with @kbd{G p}} ;; @r{all nnml groups, and all nnimap groups except} ;; @r{@samp{nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train} and} ;; @r{@samp{nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:spam}: any spam goes to nnimap training,} ;; @r{because it must have been detected manually} ((spam-process-destination . "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train")) ;; @r{all @acronym{NNTP} groups} ;; @r{autodetect spam with the blacklist and ham with the BBDB} ((spam-autodetect-methods spam-use-blacklist spam-use-BBDB) ;; @r{send all spam to the training group} (spam-process-destination . "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train")) ;; @r{only some @acronym{NNTP} groups, where I want to autodetect spam} ((spam-autodetect . t)) ;; @r{my nnimap @samp{nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:spam} group} ;; @r{this is a spam group} ((spam-contents gnus-group-spam-classification-spam) ;; @r{any spam (which happens when I enter for all unseen messages,} ;; @r{because of the @code{gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents} setting above), goes to} ;; @r{@samp{nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train} unless I mark it as ham} (spam-process-destination "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train") ;; @r{any ham goes to my @samp{nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:mail} folder, but} ;; @r{also to my @samp{nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:trainham} folder for training} (ham-process-destination "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:mail" "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:trainham") ;; @r{in this group, only @samp{!} marks are ham} (ham-marks (gnus-ticked-mark)) ;; @r{remembers senders in the blacklist on the way out---this is} ;; @r{definitely not needed, it just makes me feel better} (spam-process (gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-blacklist))) ;; @r{Later, on the @acronym{IMAP} server I use the @samp{train} group for training} ;; @r{SpamAssassin to recognize spam, and the @samp{trainham} group fora} ;; @r{recognizing ham---but Gnus has nothing to do with it.} @end example @subsubheading Using @code{spam.el} on an IMAP server with a statistical filter on the server From Reiner Steib <reiner.steib@@gmx.de>. My provider has set up bogofilter (in combination with @acronym{DCC}) on the mail server (@acronym{IMAP}). Recognized spam goes to @samp{spam.detected}, the rest goes through the normal filter rules, i.e. to @samp{some.folder} or to @samp{INBOX}. Training on false positives or negatives is done by copying or moving the article to @samp{training.ham} or @samp{training.spam} respectively. A cron job on the server feeds those to bogofilter with the suitable ham or spam options and deletes them from the @samp{training.ham} and @samp{training.spam} folders. With the following entries in @code{gnus-parameters}, @code{spam.el} does most of the job for me: @lisp ("nnimap:spam\\.detected" (gnus-article-sort-functions '(gnus-article-sort-by-chars)) (ham-process-destination "nnimap:INBOX" "nnimap:training.ham") (spam-contents gnus-group-spam-classification-spam)) ("nnimap:\\(INBOX\\|other-folders\\)" (spam-process-destination . "nnimap:training.spam") (spam-contents gnus-group-spam-classification-ham)) @end lisp @itemize @item @b{The Spam folder:} In the folder @samp{spam.detected}, I have to check for false positives (i.e. legitimate mails, that were wrongly judged as spam by bogofilter or DCC). Because of the @code{gnus-group-spam-classification-spam} entry, all messages are marked as spam (with @code{$}). When I find a false positive, I mark the message with some other ham mark (@code{ham-marks}, @ref{Spam and Ham Processors}). On group exit, those messages are copied to both groups, @samp{INBOX} (where I want to have the article) and @samp{training.ham} (for training bogofilter) and deleted from the @samp{spam.detected} folder. The @code{gnus-article-sort-by-chars} entry simplifies detection of false positives for me. I receive lots of worms (sweN, @dots{}), that all have a similar size. Grouping them by size (i.e. chars) makes finding other false positives easier. (Of course worms aren't @i{spam} (@acronym{UCE}, @acronym{UBE}) strictly speaking. Anyhow, bogofilter is an excellent tool for filtering those unwanted mails for me.) @item @b{Ham folders:} In my ham folders, I just hit @kbd{S x} (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-spam}) whenever I see an unrecognized spam mail (false negative). On group exit, those messages are moved to @samp{training.spam}. @end itemize @subsubheading Reporting spam articles in Gmane groups with @code{spam-report.el} From Reiner Steib <reiner.steib@@gmx.de>. With following entry in @code{gnus-parameters}, @kbd{S x} (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-spam}) marks articles in @code{gmane.*} groups as spam and reports the to Gmane at group exit: @lisp ("^gmane\\." (spam-process (gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-report-gmane))) @end lisp Additionally, I use @code{(setq spam-report-gmane-use-article-number nil)} because I don't read the groups directly from news.gmane.org, but through my local news server (leafnode). I.e. the article numbers are not the same as on news.gmane.org, thus @code{spam-report.el} has to check the @code{X-Report-Spam} header to find the correct number. @node Spam Back Ends @subsection Spam Back Ends @cindex spam back ends The spam package offers a variety of back ends for detecting spam. Each back end defines a set of methods for detecting spam (@pxref{Filtering Incoming Mail}, @pxref{Detecting Spam in Groups}), and a pair of spam and ham processors (@pxref{Spam and Ham Processors}). @menu * Blacklists and Whitelists:: * BBDB Whitelists:: * Gmane Spam Reporting:: * Anti-spam Hashcash Payments:: * Blackholes:: * Regular Expressions Header Matching:: * Bogofilter:: * SpamAssassin back end:: * ifile spam filtering:: * Spam Statistics Filtering:: * SpamOracle:: @end menu @node Blacklists and Whitelists @subsubsection Blacklists and Whitelists @cindex spam filtering @cindex whitelists, spam filtering @cindex blacklists, spam filtering @cindex spam @defvar spam-use-blacklist Set this variable to @code{t} if you want to use blacklists when splitting incoming mail. Messages whose senders are in the blacklist will be sent to the @code{spam-split-group}. This is an explicit filter, meaning that it acts only on mail senders @emph{declared} to be spammers. @end defvar @defvar spam-use-whitelist Set this variable to @code{t} if you want to use whitelists when splitting incoming mail. Messages whose senders are not in the whitelist will be sent to the next spam-split rule. This is an explicit filter, meaning that unless someone is in the whitelist, their messages are not assumed to be spam or ham. @end defvar @defvar spam-use-whitelist-exclusive Set this variable to @code{t} if you want to use whitelists as an implicit filter, meaning that every message will be considered spam unless the sender is in the whitelist. Use with care. @end defvar @defvar gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-blacklist Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameters or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, the senders of spam-marked articles will be added to the blacklist. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-blacklist}, it is recommended that you use @code{(spam spam-use-blacklist)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar @defvar gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-whitelist Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameters or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, the senders of ham-marked articles in @emph{ham} groups will be added to the whitelist. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-whitelist}, it is recommended that you use @code{(ham spam-use-whitelist)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar Blacklists are lists of regular expressions matching addresses you consider to be spam senders. For instance, to block mail from any sender at @samp{vmadmin.com}, you can put @samp{vmadmin.com} in your blacklist. You start out with an empty blacklist. Blacklist entries use the Emacs regular expression syntax. Conversely, whitelists tell Gnus what addresses are considered legitimate. All messages from whitelisted addresses are considered non-spam. Also see @ref{BBDB Whitelists}. Whitelist entries use the Emacs regular expression syntax. The blacklist and whitelist file locations can be customized with the @code{spam-directory} variable (@file{~/News/spam} by default), or the @code{spam-whitelist} and @code{spam-blacklist} variables directly. The whitelist and blacklist files will by default be in the @code{spam-directory} directory, named @file{whitelist} and @file{blacklist} respectively. @node BBDB Whitelists @subsubsection BBDB Whitelists @cindex spam filtering @cindex BBDB whitelists, spam filtering @cindex BBDB, spam filtering @cindex spam @defvar spam-use-BBDB Analogous to @code{spam-use-whitelist} (@pxref{Blacklists and Whitelists}), but uses the BBDB as the source of whitelisted addresses, without regular expressions. You must have the BBDB loaded for @code{spam-use-BBDB} to work properly. Messages whose senders are not in the BBDB will be sent to the next spam-split rule. This is an explicit filter, meaning that unless someone is in the BBDB, their messages are not assumed to be spam or ham. @end defvar @defvar spam-use-BBDB-exclusive Set this variable to @code{t} if you want to use the BBDB as an implicit filter, meaning that every message will be considered spam unless the sender is in the BBDB. Use with care. Only sender addresses in the BBDB will be allowed through; all others will be classified as spammers. While @code{spam-use-BBDB-exclusive} @emph{can} be used as an alias for @code{spam-use-BBDB} as far as @code{spam.el} is concerned, it is @emph{not} a separate back end. If you set @code{spam-use-BBDB-exclusive} to t, @emph{all} your BBDB splitting will be exclusive. @end defvar @defvar gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-BBDB Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameters or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, the senders of ham-marked articles in @emph{ham} groups will be added to the BBDB. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-BBDB}, it is recommended that you use @code{(ham spam-use-BBDB)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar @node Gmane Spam Reporting @subsubsection Gmane Spam Reporting @cindex spam reporting @cindex Gmane, spam reporting @cindex Gmane, spam reporting @cindex spam @defvar gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-report-gmane Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameters or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, the spam-marked articles groups will be reported to the Gmane administrators via a HTTP request. Gmane can be found at @uref{http://gmane.org}. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-report-gmane}, it is recommended that you use @code{(spam spam-use-gmane)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar @defvar spam-report-gmane-use-article-number This variable is @code{t} by default. Set it to @code{nil} if you are running your own news server, for instance, and the local article numbers don't correspond to the Gmane article numbers. When @code{spam-report-gmane-use-article-number} is @code{nil}, @code{spam-report.el} will fetch the number from the article headers. @end defvar @defvar spam-report-user-mail-address Mail address exposed in the User-Agent spam reports to Gmane. It allows the Gmane administrators to contact you in case of misreports. The default is @code{user-mail-address}. @end defvar @node Anti-spam Hashcash Payments @subsubsection Anti-spam Hashcash Payments @cindex spam filtering @cindex hashcash, spam filtering @cindex spam @defvar spam-use-hashcash Similar to @code{spam-use-whitelist} (@pxref{Blacklists and Whitelists}), but uses hashcash tokens for whitelisting messages instead of the sender address. Messages without a hashcash payment token will be sent to the next spam-split rule. This is an explicit filter, meaning that unless a hashcash token is found, the messages are not assumed to be spam or ham. @end defvar @node Blackholes @subsubsection Blackholes @cindex spam filtering @cindex blackholes, spam filtering @cindex spam @defvar spam-use-blackholes This option is disabled by default. You can let Gnus consult the blackhole-type distributed spam processing systems (DCC, for instance) when you set this option. The variable @code{spam-blackhole-servers} holds the list of blackhole servers Gnus will consult. The current list is fairly comprehensive, but make sure to let us know if it contains outdated servers. The blackhole check uses the @code{dig.el} package, but you can tell @code{spam.el} to use @code{dns.el} instead for better performance if you set @code{spam-use-dig} to @code{nil}. It is not recommended at this time to set @code{spam-use-dig} to @code{nil} despite the possible performance improvements, because some users may be unable to use it, but you can try it and see if it works for you. @end defvar @defvar spam-blackhole-servers The list of servers to consult for blackhole checks. @end defvar @defvar spam-blackhole-good-server-regex A regular expression for IPs that should not be checked against the blackhole server list. When set to @code{nil}, it has no effect. @end defvar @defvar spam-use-dig Use the @code{dig.el} package instead of the @code{dns.el} package. The default setting of @code{t} is recommended. @end defvar Blackhole checks are done only on incoming mail. There is no spam or ham processor for blackholes. @node Regular Expressions Header Matching @subsubsection Regular Expressions Header Matching @cindex spam filtering @cindex regular expressions header matching, spam filtering @cindex spam @defvar spam-use-regex-headers This option is disabled by default. You can let Gnus check the message headers against lists of regular expressions when you set this option. The variables @code{spam-regex-headers-spam} and @code{spam-regex-headers-ham} hold the list of regular expressions. Gnus will check against the message headers to determine if the message is spam or ham, respectively. @end defvar @defvar spam-regex-headers-spam The list of regular expressions that, when matched in the headers of the message, positively identify it as spam. @end defvar @defvar spam-regex-headers-ham The list of regular expressions that, when matched in the headers of the message, positively identify it as ham. @end defvar Regular expression header checks are done only on incoming mail. There is no specific spam or ham processor for regular expressions. @node Bogofilter @subsubsection Bogofilter @cindex spam filtering @cindex bogofilter, spam filtering @cindex spam @defvar spam-use-bogofilter Set this variable if you want @code{spam-split} to use Eric Raymond's speedy Bogofilter. With a minimum of care for associating the @samp{$} mark for spam articles only, Bogofilter training all gets fairly automatic. You should do this until you get a few hundreds of articles in each category, spam or not. The command @kbd{S t} in summary mode, either for debugging or for curiosity, shows the @emph{spamicity} score of the current article (between 0.0 and 1.0). Bogofilter determines if a message is spam based on a specific threshold. That threshold can be customized, consult the Bogofilter documentation. If the @code{bogofilter} executable is not in your path, Bogofilter processing will be turned off. You should not enable this if you use @code{spam-use-bogofilter-headers}. @end defvar @table @kbd @item M s t @itemx S t @kindex M s t @kindex S t @findex spam-bogofilter-score Get the Bogofilter spamicity score (@code{spam-bogofilter-score}). @end table @defvar spam-use-bogofilter-headers Set this variable if you want @code{spam-split} to use Eric Raymond's speedy Bogofilter, looking only at the message headers. It works similarly to @code{spam-use-bogofilter}, but the @code{X-Bogosity} header must be in the message already. Normally you would do this with a procmail recipe or something similar; consult the Bogofilter installation documents for details. You should not enable this if you use @code{spam-use-bogofilter}. @end defvar @defvar gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-bogofilter Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameters or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, spam-marked articles will be added to the Bogofilter spam database. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-bogofilter}, it is recommended that you use @code{(spam spam-use-bogofilter)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar @defvar gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-bogofilter Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameters or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, the ham-marked articles in @emph{ham} groups will be added to the Bogofilter database of non-spam messages. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-bogofilter}, it is recommended that you use @code{(ham spam-use-bogofilter)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar @defvar spam-bogofilter-database-directory This is the directory where Bogofilter will store its databases. It is not specified by default, so Bogofilter will use its own default database directory. @end defvar The Bogofilter mail classifier is similar to @command{ifile} in intent and purpose. A ham and a spam processor are provided, plus the @code{spam-use-bogofilter} and @code{spam-use-bogofilter-headers} variables to indicate to spam-split that Bogofilter should either be used, or has already been used on the article. The 0.9.2.1 version of Bogofilter was used to test this functionality. @node SpamAssassin back end @subsubsection SpamAssassin back end @cindex spam filtering @cindex spamassassin, spam filtering @cindex spam @defvar spam-use-spamassassin Set this variable if you want @code{spam-split} to use SpamAssassin. SpamAssassin assigns a score to each article based on a set of rules and tests, including a Bayesian filter. The Bayesian filter can be trained by associating the @samp{$} mark for spam articles. The spam score can be viewed by using the command @kbd{S t} in summary mode. If you set this variable, each article will be processed by SpamAssassin when @code{spam-split} is called. If your mail is preprocessed by SpamAssassin, and you want to just use the SpamAssassin headers, set @code{spam-use-spamassassin-headers} instead. You should not enable this if you use @code{spam-use-spamassassin-headers}. @end defvar @defvar spam-use-spamassassin-headers Set this variable if your mail is preprocessed by SpamAssassin and want @code{spam-split} to split based on the SpamAssassin headers. You should not enable this if you use @code{spam-use-spamassassin}. @end defvar @defvar spam-spamassassin-program This variable points to the SpamAssassin executable. If you have @code{spamd} running, you can set this variable to the @code{spamc} executable for faster processing. See the SpamAssassin documentation for more information on @code{spamd}/@code{spamc}. @end defvar SpamAssassin is a powerful and flexible spam filter that uses a wide variety of tests to identify spam. A ham and a spam processors are provided, plus the @code{spam-use-spamassassin} and @code{spam-use-spamassassin-headers} variables to indicate to spam-split that SpamAssassin should be either used, or has already been used on the article. The 2.63 version of SpamAssassin was used to test this functionality. @node ifile spam filtering @subsubsection ifile spam filtering @cindex spam filtering @cindex ifile, spam filtering @cindex spam @defvar spam-use-ifile Enable this variable if you want @code{spam-split} to use @command{ifile}, a statistical analyzer similar to Bogofilter. @end defvar @defvar spam-ifile-all-categories Enable this variable if you want @code{spam-use-ifile} to give you all the ifile categories, not just spam/non-spam. If you use this, make sure you train ifile as described in its documentation. @end defvar @defvar spam-ifile-spam-category This is the category of spam messages as far as ifile is concerned. The actual string used is irrelevant, but you probably want to leave the default value of @samp{spam}. @end defvar @defvar spam-ifile-database This is the filename for the ifile database. It is not specified by default, so ifile will use its own default database name. @end defvar The ifile mail classifier is similar to Bogofilter in intent and purpose. A ham and a spam processor are provided, plus the @code{spam-use-ifile} variable to indicate to spam-split that ifile should be used. The 1.2.1 version of ifile was used to test this functionality. @node Spam Statistics Filtering @subsubsection Spam Statistics Filtering @cindex spam filtering @cindex spam-stat, spam filtering @cindex spam-stat @cindex spam This back end uses the Spam Statistics Emacs Lisp package to perform statistics-based filtering (@pxref{Spam Statistics Package}). Before using this, you may want to perform some additional steps to initialize your Spam Statistics dictionary. @xref{Creating a spam-stat dictionary}. @defvar spam-use-stat @end defvar @defvar gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-stat Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameters or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, the spam-marked articles will be added to the spam-stat database of spam messages. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-stat}, it is recommended that you use @code{(spam spam-use-stat)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar @defvar gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-stat Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameters or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, the ham-marked articles in @emph{ham} groups will be added to the spam-stat database of non-spam messages. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-stat}, it is recommended that you use @code{(ham spam-use-stat)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar This enables @code{spam.el} to cooperate with @file{spam-stat.el}. @file{spam-stat.el} provides an internal (Lisp-only) spam database, which unlike ifile or Bogofilter does not require external programs. A spam and a ham processor, and the @code{spam-use-stat} variable for @code{spam-split} are provided. @node SpamOracle @subsubsection Using SpamOracle with Gnus @cindex spam filtering @cindex SpamOracle @cindex spam An easy way to filter out spam is to use SpamOracle. SpamOracle is an statistical mail filtering tool written by Xavier Leroy and needs to be installed separately. There are several ways to use SpamOracle with Gnus. In all cases, your mail is piped through SpamOracle in its @emph{mark} mode. SpamOracle will then enter an @samp{X-Spam} header indicating whether it regards the mail as a spam mail or not. One possibility is to run SpamOracle as a @code{:prescript} from the @xref{Mail Source Specifiers}, (@pxref{SpamAssassin}). This method has the advantage that the user can see the @emph{X-Spam} headers. The easiest method is to make @file{spam.el} (@pxref{Spam Package}) call SpamOracle. @vindex spam-use-spamoracle To enable SpamOracle usage by @code{spam.el}, set the variable @code{spam-use-spamoracle} to @code{t} and configure the @code{nnmail-split-fancy} or @code{nnimap-split-fancy}. @xref{Spam Package}. In this example the @samp{INBOX} of an nnimap server is filtered using SpamOracle. Mails recognized as spam mails will be moved to @code{spam-split-group}, @samp{Junk} in this case. Ham messages stay in @samp{INBOX}: @example (setq spam-use-spamoracle t spam-split-group "Junk" ;; @r{for nnimap you'll probably want to set nnimap-split-methods, see the manual} nnimap-split-inbox '("INBOX") nnimap-split-fancy '(| (: spam-split) "INBOX")) @end example @defvar spam-use-spamoracle Set to @code{t} if you want Gnus to enable spam filtering using SpamOracle. @end defvar @defvar spam-spamoracle-binary Gnus uses the SpamOracle binary called @file{spamoracle} found in the user's PATH. Using the variable @code{spam-spamoracle-binary}, this can be customized. @end defvar @defvar spam-spamoracle-database By default, SpamOracle uses the file @file{~/.spamoracle.db} as a database to store its analysis. This is controlled by the variable @code{spam-spamoracle-database} which defaults to @code{nil}. That means the default SpamOracle database will be used. In case you want your database to live somewhere special, set @code{spam-spamoracle-database} to this path. @end defvar SpamOracle employs a statistical algorithm to determine whether a message is spam or ham. In order to get good results, meaning few false hits or misses, SpamOracle needs training. SpamOracle learns the characteristics of your spam mails. Using the @emph{add} mode (training mode) one has to feed good (ham) and spam mails to SpamOracle. This can be done by pressing @kbd{|} in the Summary buffer and pipe the mail to a SpamOracle process or using @file{spam.el}'s spam- and ham-processors, which is much more convenient. For a detailed description of spam- and ham-processors, @xref{Spam Package}. @defvar gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-spamoracle Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameter or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, spam-marked articles will be sent to SpamOracle as spam samples. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-spamoracle}, it is recommended that you use @code{(spam spam-use-spamoracle)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar @defvar gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-spamoracle Add this symbol to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter by customizing the group parameter or the @code{gnus-spam-process-newsgroups} variable. When this symbol is added to a group's @code{spam-process} parameter, the ham-marked articles in @emph{ham} groups will be sent to the SpamOracle as samples of ham messages. @emph{WARNING} Instead of the obsolete @code{gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-spamoracle}, it is recommended that you use @code{(ham spam-use-spamoracle)}. Everything will work the same way, we promise. @end defvar @emph{Example:} These are the Group Parameters of a group that has been classified as a ham group, meaning that it should only contain ham messages. @example ((spam-contents gnus-group-spam-classification-ham) (spam-process ((ham spam-use-spamoracle) (spam spam-use-spamoracle)))) @end example For this group the @code{spam-use-spamoracle} is installed for both ham and spam processing. If the group contains spam message (e.g. because SpamOracle has not had enough sample messages yet) and the user marks some messages as spam messages, these messages will be processed by SpamOracle. The processor sends the messages to SpamOracle as new samples for spam. @node Extending the Spam package @subsection Extending the Spam package @cindex spam filtering @cindex spam elisp package, extending @cindex extending the spam elisp package Say you want to add a new back end called blackbox. For filtering incoming mail, provide the following: @enumerate @item Code @lisp (defvar spam-use-blackbox nil "True if blackbox should be used.") @end lisp Write @code{spam-check-blackbox} if Blackbox can check incoming mail. Write @code{spam-blackbox-register-routine} and @code{spam-blackbox-unregister-routine} using the bogofilter register/unregister routines as a start, or other restister/unregister routines more appropriate to Blackbox, if Blackbox can register/unregister spam and ham. @item Functionality The @code{spam-check-blackbox} function should return @samp{nil} or @code{spam-split-group}, observing the other conventions. See the existing @code{spam-check-*} functions for examples of what you can do, and stick to the template unless you fully understand the reasons why you aren't. @end enumerate For processing spam and ham messages, provide the following: @enumerate @item Code Note you don't have to provide a spam or a ham processor. Only provide them if Blackbox supports spam or ham processing. Also, ham and spam processors are being phased out as single variables. Instead the form @code{(spam spam-use-blackbox)} or @code{(ham spam-use-blackbox)} is favored. For now, spam/ham processor variables are still around but they won't be for long. @lisp (defvar gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-blackbox "blackbox-spam" "The Blackbox summary exit spam processor. Only applicable to spam groups.") (defvar gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-blackbox "blackbox-ham" "The whitelist summary exit ham processor. Only applicable to non-spam (unclassified and ham) groups.") @end lisp @item Gnus parameters Add @lisp (const :tag "Spam: Blackbox" (spam spam-use-blackbox)) (const :tag "Ham: Blackbox" (ham spam-use-blackbox)) @end lisp to the @code{spam-process} group parameter in @code{gnus.el}. Make sure you do it twice, once for the parameter and once for the variable customization. Add @lisp (variable-item spam-use-blackbox) @end lisp to the @code{spam-autodetect-methods} group parameter in @code{gnus.el} if Blackbox can check incoming mail for spam contents. Finally, use the appropriate @code{spam-install-*-backend} function in @code{spam.el}. Here are the available functions. @enumerate @item @code{spam-install-backend-alias} This function will simply install an alias for a back end that does everything like the original back end. It is currently only used to make @code{spam-use-BBDB-exclusive} act like @code{spam-use-BBDB}. @item @code{spam-install-nocheck-backend} This function installs a back end that has no check function, but can register/unregister ham or spam. The @code{spam-use-gmane} back end is such a back end. @item @code{spam-install-checkonly-backend} This function will install a back end that can only check incoming mail for spam contents. It can't register or unregister messages. @code{spam-use-blackholes} and @code{spam-use-hashcash} are such back ends. @item @code{spam-install-statistical-checkonly-backend} This function installs a statistical back end (one which requires the full body of a message to check it) that can only check incoming mail for contents. @code{spam-use-regex-body} is such a filter. @item @code{spam-install-statistical-backend} This function install a statistical back end with incoming checks and registration/unregistration routines. @code{spam-use-bogofilter} is set up this way. @item @code{spam-install-backend} This is the most normal back end installation, where a back end that can check and register/unregister messages is set up without statistical abilities. The @code{spam-use-BBDB} is such a back end. @item @code{spam-install-mover-backend} Mover back ends are internal to @code{spam.el} and specifically move articles around when the summary is exited. You will very probably never install such a back end. @end enumerate @end enumerate @node Spam Statistics Package @subsection Spam Statistics Package @cindex Paul Graham @cindex Graham, Paul @cindex naive Bayesian spam filtering @cindex Bayesian spam filtering, naive @cindex spam filtering, naive Bayesian Paul Graham has written an excellent essay about spam filtering using statistics: @uref{http://www.paulgraham.com/spam.html,A Plan for Spam}. In it he describes the inherent deficiency of rule-based filtering as used by SpamAssassin, for example: Somebody has to write the rules, and everybody else has to install these rules. You are always late. It would be much better, he argues, to filter mail based on whether it somehow resembles spam or non-spam. One way to measure this is word distribution. He then goes on to describe a solution that checks whether a new mail resembles any of your other spam mails or not. The basic idea is this: Create a two collections of your mail, one with spam, one with non-spam. Count how often each word appears in either collection, weight this by the total number of mails in the collections, and store this information in a dictionary. For every word in a new mail, determine its probability to belong to a spam or a non-spam mail. Use the 15 most conspicuous words, compute the total probability of the mail being spam. If this probability is higher than a certain threshold, the mail is considered to be spam. The Spam Statistics package adds support to Gnus for this kind of filtering. It can be used as one of the back ends of the Spam package (@pxref{Spam Package}), or by itself. Before using the Spam Statistics package, you need to set it up. First, you need two collections of your mail, one with spam, one with non-spam. Then you need to create a dictionary using these two collections, and save it. And last but not least, you need to use this dictionary in your fancy mail splitting rules. @menu * Creating a spam-stat dictionary:: * Splitting mail using spam-stat:: * Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary:: @end menu @node Creating a spam-stat dictionary @subsubsection Creating a spam-stat dictionary Before you can begin to filter spam based on statistics, you must create these statistics based on two mail collections, one with spam, one with non-spam. These statistics are then stored in a dictionary for later use. In order for these statistics to be meaningful, you need several hundred emails in both collections. Gnus currently supports only the nnml back end for automated dictionary creation. The nnml back end stores all mails in a directory, one file per mail. Use the following: @defun spam-stat-process-spam-directory Create spam statistics for every file in this directory. Every file is treated as one spam mail. @end defun @defun spam-stat-process-non-spam-directory Create non-spam statistics for every file in this directory. Every file is treated as one non-spam mail. @end defun Usually you would call @code{spam-stat-process-spam-directory} on a directory such as @file{~/Mail/mail/spam} (this usually corresponds to the group @samp{nnml:mail.spam}), and you would call @code{spam-stat-process-non-spam-directory} on a directory such as @file{~/Mail/mail/misc} (this usually corresponds to the group @samp{nnml:mail.misc}). When you are using @acronym{IMAP}, you won't have the mails available locally, so that will not work. One solution is to use the Gnus Agent to cache the articles. Then you can use directories such as @file{"~/News/agent/nnimap/mail.yourisp.com/personal_spam"} for @code{spam-stat-process-spam-directory}. @xref{Agent as Cache}. @defvar spam-stat This variable holds the hash-table with all the statistics---the dictionary we have been talking about. For every word in either collection, this hash-table stores a vector describing how often the word appeared in spam and often it appeared in non-spam mails. @end defvar If you want to regenerate the statistics from scratch, you need to reset the dictionary. @defun spam-stat-reset Reset the @code{spam-stat} hash-table, deleting all the statistics. @end defun When you are done, you must save the dictionary. The dictionary may be rather large. If you will not update the dictionary incrementally (instead, you will recreate it once a month, for example), then you can reduce the size of the dictionary by deleting all words that did not appear often enough or that do not clearly belong to only spam or only non-spam mails. @defun spam-stat-reduce-size Reduce the size of the dictionary. Use this only if you do not want to update the dictionary incrementally. @end defun @defun spam-stat-save Save the dictionary. @end defun @defvar spam-stat-file The filename used to store the dictionary. This defaults to @file{~/.spam-stat.el}. @end defvar @node Splitting mail using spam-stat @subsubsection Splitting mail using spam-stat This section describes how to use the Spam statistics @emph{independently} of the @xref{Spam Package}. First, add the following to your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (require 'spam-stat) (spam-stat-load) @end lisp This will load the necessary Gnus code, and the dictionary you created. Next, you need to adapt your fancy splitting rules: You need to determine how to use @code{spam-stat}. The following examples are for the nnml back end. Using the nnimap back end works just as well. Just use @code{nnimap-split-fancy} instead of @code{nnmail-split-fancy}. In the simplest case, you only have two groups, @samp{mail.misc} and @samp{mail.spam}. The following expression says that mail is either spam or it should go into @samp{mail.misc}. If it is spam, then @code{spam-stat-split-fancy} will return @samp{mail.spam}. @lisp (setq nnmail-split-fancy `(| (: spam-stat-split-fancy) "mail.misc")) @end lisp @defvar spam-stat-split-fancy-spam-group The group to use for spam. Default is @samp{mail.spam}. @end defvar If you also filter mail with specific subjects into other groups, use the following expression. Only mails not matching the regular expression are considered potential spam. @lisp (setq nnmail-split-fancy `(| ("Subject" "\\bspam-stat\\b" "mail.emacs") (: spam-stat-split-fancy) "mail.misc")) @end lisp If you want to filter for spam first, then you must be careful when creating the dictionary. Note that @code{spam-stat-split-fancy} must consider both mails in @samp{mail.emacs} and in @samp{mail.misc} as non-spam, therefore both should be in your collection of non-spam mails, when creating the dictionary! @lisp (setq nnmail-split-fancy `(| (: spam-stat-split-fancy) ("Subject" "\\bspam-stat\\b" "mail.emacs") "mail.misc")) @end lisp You can combine this with traditional filtering. Here, we move all HTML-only mails into the @samp{mail.spam.filtered} group. Note that since @code{spam-stat-split-fancy} will never see them, the mails in @samp{mail.spam.filtered} should be neither in your collection of spam mails, nor in your collection of non-spam mails, when creating the dictionary! @lisp (setq nnmail-split-fancy `(| ("Content-Type" "text/html" "mail.spam.filtered") (: spam-stat-split-fancy) ("Subject" "\\bspam-stat\\b" "mail.emacs") "mail.misc")) @end lisp @node Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary @subsubsection Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary The main interface to using @code{spam-stat}, are the following functions: @defun spam-stat-buffer-is-spam Called in a buffer, that buffer is considered to be a new spam mail. Use this for new mail that has not been processed before. @end defun @defun spam-stat-buffer-is-no-spam Called in a buffer, that buffer is considered to be a new non-spam mail. Use this for new mail that has not been processed before. @end defun @defun spam-stat-buffer-change-to-spam Called in a buffer, that buffer is no longer considered to be normal mail but spam. Use this to change the status of a mail that has already been processed as non-spam. @end defun @defun spam-stat-buffer-change-to-non-spam Called in a buffer, that buffer is no longer considered to be spam but normal mail. Use this to change the status of a mail that has already been processed as spam. @end defun @defun spam-stat-save Save the hash table to the file. The filename used is stored in the variable @code{spam-stat-file}. @end defun @defun spam-stat-load Load the hash table from a file. The filename used is stored in the variable @code{spam-stat-file}. @end defun @defun spam-stat-score-word Return the spam score for a word. @end defun @defun spam-stat-score-buffer Return the spam score for a buffer. @end defun @defun spam-stat-split-fancy Use this function for fancy mail splitting. Add the rule @samp{(: spam-stat-split-fancy)} to @code{nnmail-split-fancy} @end defun Make sure you load the dictionary before using it. This requires the following in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file: @lisp (require 'spam-stat) (spam-stat-load) @end lisp Typical test will involve calls to the following functions: @smallexample Reset: (setq spam-stat (make-hash-table :test 'equal)) Learn spam: (spam-stat-process-spam-directory "~/Mail/mail/spam") Learn non-spam: (spam-stat-process-non-spam-directory "~/Mail/mail/misc") Save table: (spam-stat-save) File size: (nth 7 (file-attributes spam-stat-file)) Number of words: (hash-table-count spam-stat) Test spam: (spam-stat-test-directory "~/Mail/mail/spam") Test non-spam: (spam-stat-test-directory "~/Mail/mail/misc") Reduce table size: (spam-stat-reduce-size) Save table: (spam-stat-save) File size: (nth 7 (file-attributes spam-stat-file)) Number of words: (hash-table-count spam-stat) Test spam: (spam-stat-test-directory "~/Mail/mail/spam") Test non-spam: (spam-stat-test-directory "~/Mail/mail/misc") @end smallexample Here is how you would create your dictionary: @smallexample Reset: (setq spam-stat (make-hash-table :test 'equal)) Learn spam: (spam-stat-process-spam-directory "~/Mail/mail/spam") Learn non-spam: (spam-stat-process-non-spam-directory "~/Mail/mail/misc") Repeat for any other non-spam group you need... Reduce table size: (spam-stat-reduce-size) Save table: (spam-stat-save) @end smallexample @node The Gnus Registry @section The Gnus Registry @cindex registry @cindex split @cindex track The Gnus registry is a package that tracks messages by their Message-ID across all backends. This allows Gnus users to do several cool things, be the envy of the locals, get free haircuts, and be experts on world issues. Well, maybe not all of those, but the features are pretty cool. Although they will be explained in detail shortly, here's a quick list of said features in case your attention span is... never mind. @enumerate @item Split messages to their parent This keeps discussions in the same group. You can use the subject and the sender in addition to the Message-ID. Several strategies are available. @item Refer to messages by ID Commands like @code{gnus-summary-refer-parent-article} can take advantage of the registry to jump to the referred article, regardless of the group the message is in. @item Store custom flags and keywords The registry can store custom flags and keywords for a message. For instance, you can mark a message ``To-Do'' this way and the flag will persist whether the message is in the nnimap, nnml, nnmaildir, etc. backends. @item Store arbitrary data Through a simple ELisp API, the registry can remember any data for a message. A built-in inverse map, when activated, allows quick lookups of all messages matching a particular set of criteria. @end enumerate @menu * Setup:: * Fancy splitting to parent:: * Registry Article Refer Method:: * Store custom flags and keywords:: * Store arbitrary data:: @end menu @node Setup @subsection Setup Fortunately, setting up the Gnus registry is pretty easy: @lisp (setq gnus-registry-max-entries 2500 gnus-registry-use-long-group-names t) (gnus-registry-initialize) @end lisp This adds registry saves to Gnus newsrc saves (which happen on exit and when you press @kbd{s} from the @code{*Group*} buffer. It also adds registry calls to article actions in Gnus (copy, move, etc.) so it's not easy to undo the initialization. See @code{gnus-registry-initialize} for the gory details. Here are other settings used by the author of the registry (understand what they do before you copy them blindly). @lisp (setq gnus-registry-split-strategy 'majority gnus-registry-ignored-groups '(("nntp" t) ("nnrss" t) ("spam" t) ("train" t)) gnus-registry-max-entries 500000 gnus-registry-use-long-group-names t gnus-registry-track-extra '(sender subject)) @end lisp They say: keep a lot of messages around, use long group names, track messages by sender and subject (not just parent Message-ID), and when the registry splits incoming mail, use a majority rule to decide where messages should go if there's more than one possibility. In addition, the registry should ignore messages in groups that match ``nntp'', ``nnrss'', ``spam'', or ``train.'' You are doubtless impressed by all this, but you ask: ``I am a Gnus user, I customize to live. Give me more.'' Here you go, these are the general settings. @defvar gnus-registry-unfollowed-groups The groups that will not be followed by @code{gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent}. They will still be remembered by the registry. This is a list of regular expressions. @end defvar @defvar gnus-registry-ignored-groups The groups that will not be remembered by the registry. This is a list of regular expressions, also available through Group/Topic customization (so you can ignore or keep a specific group or a whole topic). @end defvar @defvar gnus-registry-use-long-group-names Whether the registry will use long group names. It's recommended to set this to @code{t}, although everything works if you don't. Future functionality will require it. @end defvar @defvar gnus-registry-max-entries The number (an integer or @code{nil} for unlimited) of entries the registry will keep. @end defvar @defvar gnus-registry-cache-file The file where the registry will be stored between Gnus sessions. @end defvar @node Registry Article Refer Method @subsection Fetching by @code{Message-ID} Using the Registry The registry knows how to map each @code{Message-ID} to the group it's in. This can be leveraged to enhance the ``article refer method'', the thing that tells Gnus how to look up an article given its Message-ID (@pxref{Finding the Parent}). @vindex nnregistry @vindex gnus-refer-article-method The @code{nnregistry} refer method does exactly that. It has the advantage that an article may be found regardless of the group it's in---provided its @code{Message-ID} is known to the registry. It can be enabled by augmenting the start-up file with something along these lines: @example ;; Keep enough entries to have a good hit rate when referring to an ;; article using the registry. Use long group names so that Gnus ;; knows where the article is. (setq gnus-registry-max-entries 2500 gnus-registry-use-long-group-names t) (gnus-registry-initialize) (setq gnus-refer-article-method '(current (nnregistry) (nnweb "gmane" (nnweb-type gmane)))) @end example The example above instructs Gnus to first look up the article in the current group, or, alternatively, using the registry, and finally, if all else fails, using Gmane. @node Fancy splitting to parent @subsection Fancy splitting to parent Simply put, this lets you put followup e-mail where it belongs. Every message has a Message-ID, which is unique, and the registry remembers it. When the message is moved or copied, the registry will notice this and offer the new group as a choice to the splitting strategy. When a followup is made, usually it mentions the original message's Message-ID in the headers. The registry knows this and uses that mention to find the group where the original message lives. You only have to put a rule like this: @lisp (setq nnimap-my-split-fancy '(| ;; split to parent: you need this (: gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent) ;; other rules, as an example (: spam-split) ;; default mailbox "mail") @end lisp in your fancy split setup. In addition, you may want to customize the following variables. @defvar gnus-registry-track-extra This is a list of symbols, so it's best to change it from the Customize interface. By default it's @code{nil}, but you may want to track @code{subject} and @code{sender} as well when splitting by parent. It may work for you. It can be annoying if your mail flow is large and people don't stick to the same groups. @end defvar @defvar gnus-registry-split-strategy This is a symbol, so it's best to change it from the Customize interface. By default it's @code{nil}, but you may want to set it to @code{majority} or @code{first} to split by sender or subject based on the majority of matches or on the first found. @end defvar @node Store custom flags and keywords @subsection Store custom flags and keywords The registry lets you set custom flags and keywords per message. You can use the Gnus->Registry Marks menu or the @kbd{M M x} keyboard shortcuts, where @code{x} is the first letter of the mark's name. @defvar gnus-registry-marks The custom marks that the registry can use. You can modify the default list, if you like. If you do, you'll have to exit Emacs before they take effect (you can also unload the registry and reload it or evaluate the specific macros you'll need, but you probably don't want to bother). Use the Customize interface to modify the list. By default this list has the @code{Important}, @code{Work}, @code{Personal}, @code{To-Do}, and @code{Later} marks. They all have keyboard shortcuts like @kbd{M M i} for Important, using the first letter. @end defvar @defun gnus-registry-mark-article Call this function to mark an article with a custom registry mark. It will offer the available marks for completion. @end defun @node Store arbitrary data @subsection Store arbitrary data The registry has a simple API that uses a Message-ID as the key to store arbitrary data (as long as it can be converted to a list for storage). @defun gnus-registry-store-extra-entry (id key value) Store @code{value} in the extra data key @code{key} for message @code{id}. @end defun @defun gnus-registry-delete-extra-entry (id key) Delete the extra data key @code{key} for message @code{id}. @end defun @defun gnus-registry-fetch-extra (id key) Get the extra data key @code{key} for message @code{id}. @end defun @defvar gnus-registry-extra-entries-precious If any extra entries are precious, their presence will make the registry keep the whole entry forever, even if there are no groups for the Message-ID and if the size limit of the registry is reached. By default this is just @code{(marks)} so the custom registry marks are precious. @end defvar @node Other modes @section Interaction with other modes @subsection Dired @cindex dired @code{gnus-dired-minor-mode} provides some useful functions for dired buffers. It is enabled with @lisp (add-hook 'dired-mode-hook 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) @end lisp @table @kbd @item C-c C-m C-a @findex gnus-dired-attach @cindex attachments, selection via dired Send dired's marked files as an attachment (@code{gnus-dired-attach}). You will be prompted for a message buffer. @item C-c C-m C-l @findex gnus-dired-find-file-mailcap Visit a file according to the appropriate mailcap entry (@code{gnus-dired-find-file-mailcap}). With prefix, open file in a new buffer. @item C-c C-m C-p @findex gnus-dired-print Print file according to the mailcap entry (@code{gnus-dired-print}). If there is no print command, print in a PostScript image. @end table @node Various Various @section Various Various @cindex mode lines @cindex highlights @table @code @item gnus-home-directory @vindex gnus-home-directory All Gnus file and directory variables will be initialized from this variable, which defaults to @file{~/}. @item gnus-directory @vindex gnus-directory Most Gnus storage file and directory variables will be initialized from this variable, which defaults to the @env{SAVEDIR} environment variable, or @file{~/News/} if that variable isn't set. Note that Gnus is mostly loaded when the @file{~/.gnus.el} file is read. This means that other directory variables that are initialized from this variable won't be set properly if you set this variable in @file{~/.gnus.el}. Set this variable in @file{.emacs} instead. @item gnus-default-directory @vindex gnus-default-directory Not related to the above variable at all---this variable says what the default directory of all Gnus buffers should be. If you issue commands like @kbd{C-x C-f}, the prompt you'll get starts in the current buffer's default directory. If this variable is @code{nil} (which is the default), the default directory will be the default directory of the buffer you were in when you started Gnus. @item gnus-verbose @vindex gnus-verbose This variable is an integer between zero and ten. The higher the value, the more messages will be displayed. If this variable is zero, Gnus will never flash any messages, if it is seven (which is the default), most important messages will be shown, and if it is ten, Gnus won't ever shut up, but will flash so many messages it will make your head swim. @item gnus-verbose-backends @vindex gnus-verbose-backends This variable works the same way as @code{gnus-verbose}, but it applies to the Gnus back ends instead of Gnus proper. @item gnus-add-timestamp-to-message @vindex gnus-add-timestamp-to-message This variable controls whether to add timestamps to messages that are controlled by @code{gnus-verbose} and @code{gnus-verbose-backends} and are issued. The default value is @code{nil} which means never to add timestamp. If it is @code{log}, add timestamps to only the messages that go into the @samp{*Messages*} buffer (in XEmacs, it is the @w{@samp{ *Message-Log*}} buffer). If it is neither @code{nil} nor @code{log}, add timestamps not only to log messages but also to the ones displayed in the echo area. @item nnheader-max-head-length @vindex nnheader-max-head-length When the back ends read straight heads of articles, they all try to read as little as possible. This variable (default 8192) specifies the absolute max length the back ends will try to read before giving up on finding a separator line between the head and the body. If this variable is @code{nil}, there is no upper read bound. If it is @code{t}, the back ends won't try to read the articles piece by piece, but read the entire articles. This makes sense with some versions of @code{ange-ftp} or @code{efs}. @item nnheader-head-chop-length @vindex nnheader-head-chop-length This variable (default 2048) says how big a piece of each article to read when doing the operation described above. @item nnheader-file-name-translation-alist @vindex nnheader-file-name-translation-alist @cindex file names @cindex invalid characters in file names @cindex characters in file names This is an alist that says how to translate characters in file names. For instance, if @samp{:} is invalid as a file character in file names on your system (you OS/2 user you), you could say something like: @lisp @group (setq nnheader-file-name-translation-alist '((?: . ?_))) @end group @end lisp In fact, this is the default value for this variable on OS/2 and MS Windows (phooey) systems. @item gnus-hidden-properties @vindex gnus-hidden-properties This is a list of properties to use to hide ``invisible'' text. It is @code{(invisible t intangible t)} by default on most systems, which makes invisible text invisible and intangible. @item gnus-parse-headers-hook @vindex gnus-parse-headers-hook A hook called before parsing headers. It can be used, for instance, to gather statistics on the headers fetched, or perhaps you'd like to prune some headers. I don't see why you'd want that, though. @item gnus-shell-command-separator @vindex gnus-shell-command-separator String used to separate two shell commands. The default is @samp{;}. @item gnus-invalid-group-regexp @vindex gnus-invalid-group-regexp Regexp to match ``invalid'' group names when querying user for a group name. The default value catches some @strong{really} invalid group names who could possibly mess up Gnus internally (like allowing @samp{:} in a group name, which is normally used to delimit method and group). @acronym{IMAP} users might want to allow @samp{/} in group names though. @item gnus-safe-html-newsgroups @vindex gnus-safe-html-newsgroups Groups in which links in html articles are considered all safe. The value may be a regexp matching those groups, a list of group names, or @code{nil}. This overrides @code{mm-w3m-safe-url-regexp}. The default value is @code{"\\`nnrss[+:]"}. This is effective only when emacs-w3m renders html articles, i.e., in the case @code{mm-text-html-renderer} is set to @code{w3m}. @xref{Display Customization, ,Display Customization, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}. @end table @node The End @chapter The End Well, that's the manual---you can get on with your life now. Keep in touch. Say hello to your cats from me. My @strong{ghod}---I just can't stand goodbyes. Sniffle. Ol' Charles Reznikoff said it pretty well, so I leave the floor to him: @quotation @strong{Te Deum} @sp 1 Not because of victories @* I sing,@* having none,@* but for the common sunshine,@* the breeze,@* the largess of the spring. @sp 1 Not for victory@* but for the day's work done@* as well as I was able;@* not for a seat upon the dais@* but at the common table.@* @end quotation @node Appendices @chapter Appendices @menu * XEmacs:: Requirements for installing under XEmacs. * History:: How Gnus got where it is today. * On Writing Manuals:: Why this is not a beginner's guide. * Terminology:: We use really difficult, like, words here. * Customization:: Tailoring Gnus to your needs. * Troubleshooting:: What you might try if things do not work. * Gnus Reference Guide:: Rilly, rilly technical stuff. * Emacs for Heathens:: A short introduction to Emacsian terms. * Frequently Asked Questions:: The Gnus FAQ @end menu @node XEmacs @section XEmacs @cindex XEmacs @cindex installing under XEmacs XEmacs is distributed as a collection of packages. You should install whatever packages the Gnus XEmacs package requires. The current requirements are @samp{gnus}, @samp{mail-lib}, @samp{xemacs-base}, @samp{eterm}, @samp{sh-script}, @samp{net-utils}, @samp{os-utils}, @samp{dired}, @samp{mh-e}, @samp{sieve}, @samp{ps-print}, @samp{W3}, @samp{pgg}, @samp{mailcrypt}, @samp{ecrypto}, and @samp{sasl}. @node History @section History @cindex history @sc{gnus} was written by Masanobu @sc{Umeda}. When autumn crept up in '94, Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen grew bored and decided to rewrite Gnus. If you want to investigate the person responsible for this outrage, you can point your (feh!) web browser to @uref{http://quimby.gnus.org/}. This is also the primary distribution point for the new and spiffy versions of Gnus, and is known as The Site That Destroys Newsrcs And Drives People Mad. During the first extended alpha period of development, the new Gnus was called ``(ding) Gnus''. @dfn{(ding)} is, of course, short for @dfn{ding is not Gnus}, which is a total and utter lie, but who cares? (Besides, the ``Gnus'' in this abbreviation should probably be pronounced ``news'' as @sc{Umeda} intended, which makes it a more appropriate name, don't you think?) In any case, after spending all that energy on coming up with a new and spunky name, we decided that the name was @emph{too} spunky, so we renamed it back again to ``Gnus''. But in mixed case. ``Gnus'' vs. ``@sc{gnus}''. New vs. old. @menu * Gnus Versions:: What Gnus versions have been released. * Other Gnus Versions:: Other Gnus versions that also have been released. * Why?:: What's the point of Gnus? * Compatibility:: Just how compatible is Gnus with @sc{gnus}? * Conformity:: Gnus tries to conform to all standards. * Emacsen:: Gnus can be run on a few modern Emacsen. * Gnus Development:: How Gnus is developed. * Contributors:: Oodles of people. * New Features:: Pointers to some of the new stuff in Gnus. @end menu @node Gnus Versions @subsection Gnus Versions @cindex ding Gnus @cindex September Gnus @cindex Red Gnus @cindex Quassia Gnus @cindex Pterodactyl Gnus @cindex Oort Gnus @cindex No Gnus @cindex Gnus versions The first ``proper'' release of Gnus 5 was done in November 1995 when it was included in the Emacs 19.30 distribution (132 (ding) Gnus releases plus 15 Gnus 5.0 releases). In May 1996 the next Gnus generation (aka. ``September Gnus'' (after 99 releases)) was released under the name ``Gnus 5.2'' (40 releases). On July 28th 1996 work on Red Gnus was begun, and it was released on January 25th 1997 (after 84 releases) as ``Gnus 5.4'' (67 releases). On September 13th 1997, Quassia Gnus was started and lasted 37 releases. It was released as ``Gnus 5.6'' on March 8th 1998 (46 releases). Gnus 5.6 begat Pterodactyl Gnus on August 29th 1998 and was released as ``Gnus 5.8'' (after 99 releases and a CVS repository) on December 3rd 1999. On the 26th of October 2000, Oort Gnus was begun and was released as Gnus 5.10 on May 1st 2003 (24 releases). On the January 4th 2004, No Gnus was begun. On April 19, 2010 Gnus development was moved to Git. See http://git.gnus.org for details (http://www.gnus.org will be updated with the information when possible). If you happen upon a version of Gnus that has a prefixed name -- ``(ding) Gnus'', ``September Gnus'', ``Red Gnus'', ``Quassia Gnus'', ``Pterodactyl Gnus'', ``Oort Gnus'', ``No Gnus'' -- don't panic. Don't let it know that you're frightened. Back away. Slowly. Whatever you do, don't run. Walk away, calmly, until you're out of its reach. Find a proper released version of Gnus and snuggle up to that instead. @node Other Gnus Versions @subsection Other Gnus Versions @cindex Semi-gnus In addition to the versions of Gnus which have had their releases coordinated by Lars, one major development has been Semi-gnus from Japan. It's based on a library called @acronym{SEMI}, which provides @acronym{MIME} capabilities. These Gnusae are based mainly on Gnus 5.6 and Pterodactyl Gnus. Collectively, they are called ``Semi-gnus'', and different strains are called T-gnus, ET-gnus, Nana-gnus and Chaos. These provide powerful @acronym{MIME} and multilingualization things, especially important for Japanese users. @node Why? @subsection Why? What's the point of Gnus? I want to provide a ``rad'', ``happening'', ``way cool'' and ``hep'' newsreader, that lets you do anything you can think of. That was my original motivation, but while working on Gnus, it has become clear to me that this generation of newsreaders really belong in the stone age. Newsreaders haven't developed much since the infancy of the net. If the volume continues to rise with the current rate of increase, all current newsreaders will be pretty much useless. How do you deal with newsgroups that have thousands of new articles each day? How do you keep track of millions of people who post? Gnus offers no real solutions to these questions, but I would very much like to see Gnus being used as a testing ground for new methods of reading and fetching news. Expanding on @sc{Umeda}-san's wise decision to separate the newsreader from the back ends, Gnus now offers a simple interface for anybody who wants to write new back ends for fetching mail and news from different sources. I have added hooks for customizations everywhere I could imagine it being useful. By doing so, I'm inviting every one of you to explore and invent. May Gnus never be complete. @kbd{C-u 100 M-x all-hail-emacs} and @kbd{C-u 100 M-x all-hail-xemacs}. @node Compatibility @subsection Compatibility @cindex compatibility Gnus was designed to be fully compatible with @sc{gnus}. Almost all key bindings have been kept. More key bindings have been added, of course, but only in one or two obscure cases have old bindings been changed. Our motto is: @quotation @cartouche @center In a cloud bones of steel. @end cartouche @end quotation All commands have kept their names. Some internal functions have changed their names. The @code{gnus-uu} package has changed drastically. @xref{Decoding Articles}. One major compatibility question is the presence of several summary buffers. All variables relevant while reading a group are buffer-local to the summary buffer they belong in. Although many important variables have their values copied into their global counterparts whenever a command is executed in the summary buffer, this change might lead to incorrect values being used unless you are careful. All code that relies on knowledge of @sc{gnus} internals will probably fail. To take two examples: Sorting @code{gnus-newsrc-alist} (or changing it in any way, as a matter of fact) is strictly verboten. Gnus maintains a hash table that points to the entries in this alist (which speeds up many functions), and changing the alist directly will lead to peculiar results. @cindex hilit19 @cindex highlighting Old hilit19 code does not work at all. In fact, you should probably remove all hilit code from all Gnus hooks (@code{gnus-group-prepare-hook} and @code{gnus-summary-prepare-hook}). Gnus provides various integrated functions for highlighting. These are faster and more accurate. To make life easier for everybody, Gnus will by default remove all hilit calls from all hilit hooks. Uncleanliness! Away! Packages like @code{expire-kill} will no longer work. As a matter of fact, you should probably remove all old @sc{gnus} packages (and other code) when you start using Gnus. More likely than not, Gnus already does what you have written code to make @sc{gnus} do. (Snicker.) Even though old methods of doing things are still supported, only the new methods are documented in this manual. If you detect a new method of doing something while reading this manual, that does not mean you have to stop doing it the old way. Gnus understands all @sc{gnus} startup files. @kindex M-x gnus-bug @findex gnus-bug @cindex reporting bugs @cindex bugs Overall, a casual user who hasn't written much code that depends on @sc{gnus} internals should suffer no problems. If problems occur, please let me know by issuing that magic command @kbd{M-x gnus-bug}. @vindex gnus-bug-create-help-buffer If you are in the habit of sending bug reports @emph{very} often, you may find the helpful help buffer annoying after a while. If so, set @code{gnus-bug-create-help-buffer} to @code{nil} to avoid having it pop up at you. @node Conformity @subsection Conformity No rebels without a clue here, ma'am. We conform to all standards known to (wo)man. Except for those standards and/or conventions we disagree with, of course. @table @strong @item RFC (2)822 @cindex RFC 822 @cindex RFC 2822 There are no known breaches of this standard. @item RFC 1036 @cindex RFC 1036 There are no known breaches of this standard, either. @item Son-of-RFC 1036 @cindex Son-of-RFC 1036 We do have some breaches to this one. @table @emph @item X-Newsreader @itemx User-Agent These are considered to be ``vanity headers'', while I consider them to be consumer information. After seeing so many badly formatted articles coming from @code{tin} and @code{Netscape} I know not to use either of those for posting articles. I would not have known that if it wasn't for the @code{X-Newsreader} header. @end table @item USEFOR @cindex USEFOR USEFOR is an IETF working group writing a successor to RFC 1036, based on Son-of-RFC 1036. They have produced a number of drafts proposing various changes to the format of news articles. The Gnus towers will look into implementing the changes when the draft is accepted as an RFC. @item MIME - RFC 2045-2049 etc @cindex @acronym{MIME} All the various @acronym{MIME} RFCs are supported. @item Disposition Notifications - RFC 2298 Message Mode is able to request notifications from the receiver. @item PGP - RFC 1991 and RFC 2440 @cindex RFC 1991 @cindex RFC 2440 RFC 1991 is the original @acronym{PGP} message specification, published as an informational RFC. RFC 2440 was the follow-up, now called Open PGP, and put on the Standards Track. Both document a non-@acronym{MIME} aware @acronym{PGP} format. Gnus supports both encoding (signing and encryption) and decoding (verification and decryption). @item PGP/MIME - RFC 2015/3156 RFC 2015 (superseded by 3156 which references RFC 2440 instead of RFC 1991) describes the @acronym{MIME}-wrapping around the RFC 1991/2440 format. Gnus supports both encoding and decoding. @item S/MIME - RFC 2633 RFC 2633 describes the @acronym{S/MIME} format. @item IMAP - RFC 1730/2060, RFC 2195, RFC 2086, RFC 2359, RFC 2595, RFC 1731 RFC 1730 is @acronym{IMAP} version 4, updated somewhat by RFC 2060 (@acronym{IMAP} 4 revision 1). RFC 2195 describes CRAM-MD5 authentication for @acronym{IMAP}. RFC 2086 describes access control lists (ACLs) for @acronym{IMAP}. RFC 2359 describes a @acronym{IMAP} protocol enhancement. RFC 2595 describes the proper @acronym{TLS} integration (STARTTLS) with @acronym{IMAP}. RFC 1731 describes the GSSAPI/Kerberos4 mechanisms for @acronym{IMAP}. @end table If you ever notice Gnus acting non-compliant with regards to the texts mentioned above, don't hesitate to drop a note to Gnus Towers and let us know. @node Emacsen @subsection Emacsen @cindex Emacsen @cindex XEmacs @cindex Mule @cindex Emacs This version of Gnus should work on: @itemize @bullet @item Emacs 21.1 and up. @item XEmacs 21.4 and up. @end itemize This Gnus version will absolutely not work on any Emacsen older than that. Not reliably, at least. Older versions of Gnus may work on older Emacs versions. Particularly, Gnus 5.10.8 should also work on Emacs 20.7 and XEmacs 21.1. @c No-merge comment: The paragraph added in v5-10 here must not be @c synced here! @node Gnus Development @subsection Gnus Development Gnus is developed in a two-phased cycle. The first phase involves much discussion on the development mailing list @samp{ding@@gnus.org}, where people propose changes and new features, post patches and new back ends. This phase is called the @dfn{alpha} phase, since the Gnusae released in this phase are @dfn{alpha releases}, or (perhaps more commonly in other circles) @dfn{snapshots}. During this phase, Gnus is assumed to be unstable and should not be used by casual users. Gnus alpha releases have names like ``Oort Gnus'' and ``No Gnus''. @xref{Gnus Versions}. After futzing around for 10-100 alpha releases, Gnus is declared @dfn{frozen}, and only bug fixes are applied. Gnus loses the prefix, and is called things like ``Gnus 5.10.1'' instead. Normal people are supposed to be able to use these, and these are mostly discussed on the @samp{gnu.emacs.gnus} newsgroup. This newgroup is mirrored to the mailing list @samp{info-gnus-english@@gnu.org} which is carried on Gmane as @samp{gmane.emacs.gnus.user}. These releases are finally integrated in Emacs. @cindex Incoming* @vindex mail-source-delete-incoming Some variable defaults differ between alpha Gnusae and released Gnusae, in particular, @code{mail-source-delete-incoming}. This is to prevent lossage of mail if an alpha release hiccups while handling the mail. @xref{Mail Source Customization}. The division of discussion between the ding mailing list and the Gnus newsgroup is not purely based on publicity concerns. It's true that having people write about the horrible things that an alpha Gnus release can do (sometimes) in a public forum may scare people off, but more importantly, talking about new experimental features that have been introduced may confuse casual users. New features are frequently introduced, fiddled with, and judged to be found wanting, and then either discarded or totally rewritten. People reading the mailing list usually keep up with these rapid changes, while people on the newsgroup can't be assumed to do so. So if you have problems with or questions about the alpha versions, direct those to the ding mailing list @samp{ding@@gnus.org}. This list is also available on Gmane as @samp{gmane.emacs.gnus.general}. @cindex Incoming* @vindex mail-source-delete-incoming Some variable defaults differ between alpha Gnusae and released Gnusae, in particular, @code{mail-source-delete-incoming}. This is to prevent lossage of mail if an alpha release hiccups while handling the mail. @xref{Mail Source Customization}. @node Contributors @subsection Contributors @cindex contributors The new Gnus version couldn't have been done without the help of all the people on the (ding) mailing list. Every day for over a year I have gotten billions of nice bug reports from them, filling me with joy, every single one of them. Smooches. The people on the list have been tried beyond endurance, what with my ``oh, that's a neat idea <type type>, yup, I'll release it right away <ship off> no wait, that doesn't work at all <type type>, yup, I'll ship that one off right away <ship off> no, wait, that absolutely does not work'' policy for releases. Micro$oft---bah. Amateurs. I'm @emph{much} worse. (Or is that ``worser''? ``much worser''? ``worsest''?) I would like to take this opportunity to thank the Academy for@dots{} oops, wrong show. @itemize @bullet @item Masanobu @sc{Umeda}---the writer of the original @sc{gnus}. @item Shenghuo Zhu---uudecode.el, mm-uu.el, rfc1843.el, nnwarchive and many, many other things connected with @acronym{MIME} and other types of en/decoding, as well as general bug fixing, new functionality and stuff. @item Per Abrahamsen---custom, scoring, highlighting and @sc{soup} code (as well as numerous other things). @item Luis Fernandes---design and graphics. @item Joe Reiss---creator of the smiley faces. @item Justin Sheehy---the @acronym{FAQ} maintainer. @item Erik Naggum---help, ideas, support, code and stuff. @item Wes Hardaker---@file{gnus-picon.el} and the manual section on @dfn{picons} (@pxref{Picons}). @item Kim-Minh Kaplan---further work on the picon code. @item Brad Miller---@file{gnus-gl.el} and the GroupLens manual section. @item Sudish Joseph---innumerable bug fixes. @item Ilja Weis---@file{gnus-topic.el}. @item Steven L. Baur---lots and lots and lots of bugs detections and fixes. @item Vladimir Alexiev---the refcard and reference booklets. @item Felix Lee & Jamie Zawinski---I stole some pieces from the XGnus distribution by Felix Lee and JWZ. @item Scott Byer---@file{nnfolder.el} enhancements & rewrite. @item Peter Mutsaers---orphan article scoring code. @item Ken Raeburn---POP mail support. @item Hallvard B Furuseth---various bits and pieces, especially dealing with .newsrc files. @item Brian Edmonds---@file{gnus-bbdb.el}. @item David Moore---rewrite of @file{nnvirtual.el} and many other things. @item Kevin Davidson---came up with the name @dfn{ding}, so blame him. @item Fran@,{c}ois Pinard---many, many interesting and thorough bug reports, as well as autoconf support. @end itemize This manual was proof-read by Adrian Aichner, with Ricardo Nassif, Mark Borges, and Jost Krieger proof-reading parts of the manual. The following people have contributed many patches and suggestions: Christopher Davis, Andrew Eskilsson, Kai Grossjohann, Kevin Greiner, Jesper Harder, Paul Jarc, Simon Josefsson, David K@aa{}gedal, Richard Pieri, Fabrice Popineau, Daniel Quinlan, Michael Shields, Reiner Steib, Jason L. Tibbitts, III, Jack Vinson, Katsumi Yamaoka, @c Yamaoka and Teodor Zlatanov. Also thanks to the following for patches and stuff: Jari Aalto, Adrian Aichner, Vladimir Alexiev, Russ Allbery, Peter Arius, Matt Armstrong, Marc Auslander, Miles Bader, Alexei V. Barantsev, Frank Bennett, Robert Bihlmeyer, Chris Bone, Mark Borges, Mark Boyns, Lance A. Brown, Rob Browning, Kees de Bruin, Martin Buchholz, Joe Buehler, Kevin Buhr, Alastair Burt, Joao Cachopo, Zlatko Calusic, Massimo Campostrini, Castor, David Charlap, Dan Christensen, Kevin Christian, Jae-you Chung, @c ? James H. Cloos, Jr., Laura Conrad, Michael R. Cook, Glenn Coombs, Andrew J. Cosgriff, Neil Crellin, Frank D. Cringle, Geoffrey T. Dairiki, Andre Deparade, Ulrik Dickow, Dave Disser, Rui-Tao Dong, @c ? Joev Dubach, Michael Welsh Duggan, Dave Edmondson, Paul Eggert, Mark W. Eichin, Karl Eichwalder, Enami Tsugutomo, @c Enami Michael Ernst, Luc Van Eycken, Sam Falkner, Nelson Jose dos Santos Ferreira, Sigbjorn Finne, Sven Fischer, Paul Fisher, Decklin Foster, Gary D. Foster, Paul Franklin, Guy Geens, Arne Georg Gleditsch, David S. Goldberg, Michelangelo Grigni, Dale Hagglund, D. Hall, Magnus Hammerin, Kenichi Handa, @c Handa Raja R. Harinath, Yoshiki Hayashi, @c Hayashi P. E. Jareth Hein, Hisashige Kenji, @c Hisashige Scott Hofmann, Tassilo Horn, Marc Horowitz, Gunnar Horrigmo, Richard Hoskins, Brad Howes, Miguel de Icaza, Fran@,{c}ois Felix Ingrand, Tatsuya Ichikawa, @c Ichikawa Ishikawa Ichiro, @c Ishikawa Lee Iverson, Iwamuro Motonori, @c Iwamuro Rajappa Iyer, Andreas Jaeger, Adam P. Jenkins, Randell Jesup, Fred Johansen, Gareth Jones, Greg Klanderman, Karl Kleinpaste, Michael Klingbeil, Peter Skov Knudsen, Shuhei Kobayashi, @c Kobayashi Petr Konecny, Koseki Yoshinori, @c Koseki Thor Kristoffersen, Jens Lautenbacher, Martin Larose, Seokchan Lee, @c Lee Joerg Lenneis, Carsten Leonhardt, James LewisMoss, Christian Limpach, Markus Linnala, Dave Love, Mike McEwan, Tonny Madsen, Shlomo Mahlab, Nat Makarevitch, Istvan Marko, David Martin, Jason R. Mastaler, Gordon Matzigkeit, Timo Metzemakers, Richard Mlynarik, Lantz Moore, Morioka Tomohiko, @c Morioka Erik Toubro Nielsen, Hrvoje Niksic, Andy Norman, Fred Oberhauser, C. R. Oldham, Alexandre Oliva, Ken Olstad, Masaharu Onishi, @c Onishi Hideki Ono, @c Ono Ettore Perazzoli, William Perry, Stephen Peters, Jens-Ulrik Holger Petersen, Ulrich Pfeifer, Matt Pharr, Andy Piper, John McClary Prevost, Bill Pringlemeir, Mike Pullen, Jim Radford, Colin Rafferty, Lasse Rasinen, Lars Balker Rasmussen, Joe Reiss, Renaud Rioboo, Roland B. Roberts, Bart Robinson, Christian von Roques, Markus Rost, Jason Rumney, Wolfgang Rupprecht, Jay Sachs, Dewey M. Sasser, Conrad Sauerwald, Loren Schall, Dan Schmidt, Ralph Schleicher, Philippe Schnoebelen, Andreas Schwab, Randal L. Schwartz, Danny Siu, Matt Simmons, Paul D. Smith, Jeff Sparkes, Toby Speight, Michael Sperber, Darren Stalder, Richard Stallman, Greg Stark, Sam Steingold, Paul Stevenson, Jonas Steverud, Paul Stodghill, Kiyokazu Suto, @c Suto Kurt Swanson, Samuel Tardieu, Teddy, Chuck Thompson, Tozawa Akihiko, @c Tozawa Philippe Troin, James Troup, Trung Tran-Duc, Jack Twilley, Aaron M. Ucko, Aki Vehtari, Didier Verna, Vladimir Volovich, Jan Vroonhof, Stefan Waldherr, Pete Ware, Barry A. Warsaw, Christoph Wedler, Joe Wells, Lee Willis, and Lloyd Zusman. For a full overview of what each person has done, the ChangeLogs included in the Gnus alpha distributions should give ample reading (550kB and counting). Apologies to everybody that I've forgotten, of which there are many, I'm sure. Gee, that's quite a list of people. I guess that must mean that there actually are people who are using Gnus. Who'd'a thunk it! @node New Features @subsection New Features @cindex new features @menu * ding Gnus:: New things in Gnus 5.0/5.1, the first new Gnus. * September Gnus:: The Thing Formally Known As Gnus 5.2/5.3. * Red Gnus:: Third time best---Gnus 5.4/5.5. * Quassia Gnus:: Two times two is four, or Gnus 5.6/5.7. * Pterodactyl Gnus:: Pentad also starts with P, AKA Gnus 5.8/5.9. * Oort Gnus:: It's big. It's far out. Gnus 5.10/5.11. * No Gnus:: Very punny. @end menu These lists are, of course, just @emph{short} overviews of the @emph{most} important new features. No, really. There are tons more. Yes, we have feeping creaturism in full effect. @node ding Gnus @subsubsection (ding) Gnus New features in Gnus 5.0/5.1: @itemize @bullet @item The look of all buffers can be changed by setting format-like variables (@pxref{Group Buffer Format} and @pxref{Summary Buffer Format}). @item Local spool and several @acronym{NNTP} servers can be used at once (@pxref{Select Methods}). @item You can combine groups into virtual groups (@pxref{Virtual Groups}). @item You can read a number of different mail formats (@pxref{Getting Mail}). All the mail back ends implement a convenient mail expiry scheme (@pxref{Expiring Mail}). @item Gnus can use various strategies for gathering threads that have lost their roots (thereby gathering loose sub-threads into one thread) or it can go back and retrieve enough headers to build a complete thread (@pxref{Customizing Threading}). @item Killed groups can be displayed in the group buffer, and you can read them as well (@pxref{Listing Groups}). @item Gnus can do partial group updates---you do not have to retrieve the entire active file just to check for new articles in a few groups (@pxref{The Active File}). @item Gnus implements a sliding scale of subscribedness to groups (@pxref{Group Levels}). @item You can score articles according to any number of criteria (@pxref{Scoring}). You can even get Gnus to find out how to score articles for you (@pxref{Adaptive Scoring}). @item Gnus maintains a dribble buffer that is auto-saved the normal Emacs manner, so it should be difficult to lose much data on what you have read if your machine should go down (@pxref{Auto Save}). @item Gnus now has its own startup file (@file{~/.gnus.el}) to avoid cluttering up the @file{.emacs} file. @item You can set the process mark on both groups and articles and perform operations on all the marked items (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). @item You can list subsets of groups according to, well, anything (@pxref{Listing Groups}). @item You can browse foreign servers and subscribe to groups from those servers (@pxref{Browse Foreign Server}). @item Gnus can fetch articles, asynchronously, on a second connection to the server (@pxref{Asynchronous Fetching}). @item You can cache articles locally (@pxref{Article Caching}). @item The uudecode functions have been expanded and generalized (@pxref{Decoding Articles}). @item You can still post uuencoded articles, which was a little-known feature of @sc{gnus}' past (@pxref{Uuencoding and Posting}). @item Fetching parents (and other articles) now actually works without glitches (@pxref{Finding the Parent}). @item Gnus can fetch @acronym{FAQ}s and group descriptions (@pxref{Group Information}). @item Digests (and other files) can be used as the basis for groups (@pxref{Document Groups}). @item Articles can be highlighted and customized (@pxref{Customizing Articles}). @item URLs and other external references can be buttonized (@pxref{Article Buttons}). @item You can do lots of strange stuff with the Gnus window & frame configuration (@pxref{Window Layout}). @end itemize @node September Gnus @subsubsection September Gnus @iftex @iflatex \gnusfig{-28cm}{0cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/september,height=20cm}} @end iflatex @end iftex New features in Gnus 5.2/5.3: @itemize @bullet @item A new message composition mode is used. All old customization variables for @code{mail-mode}, @code{rnews-reply-mode} and @code{gnus-msg} are now obsolete. @item Gnus is now able to generate @dfn{sparse} threads---threads where missing articles are represented by empty nodes (@pxref{Customizing Threading}). @lisp (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some) @end lisp @item Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server (@pxref{Archived Messages}). @item Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are referred. @item Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions. @item Picons (personal icons) can be displayed under XEmacs (@pxref{Picons}). @item A @code{trn}-like tree buffer can be displayed (@pxref{Tree Display}). @lisp (setq gnus-use-trees t) @end lisp @item An @code{nn}-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary buffers (@pxref{Pick and Read}). @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode) @end lisp @item In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode (@pxref{Binary Groups}). @item Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy (@pxref{Group Topics}). @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode) @end lisp @item Gnus can re-send and bounce mail (@pxref{Summary Mail Commands}). @item Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency is possible (@pxref{Group Score}). @lisp (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group) @end lisp @item Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on groups of groups (@pxref{Marking Groups}). @item Caching is possible in virtual groups. @item @code{nndoc} now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else (@pxref{Document Groups}). @item Gnus has a new back end (@code{nnsoup}) to create/read SOUP packets. @item The Gnus cache is much faster. @item Groups can be sorted according to many criteria (@pxref{Sorting Groups}). @item New group parameters have been introduced to set list-addresses and expiry times (@pxref{Group Parameters}). @item All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used (@pxref{Formatting Fonts}). @item There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on process marked articles on the @kbd{M P} submap (@pxref{Setting Process Marks}). @item The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available articles based on a wide range of criteria. These commands have been bound to keys on the @kbd{/} submap (@pxref{Limiting}). @item Articles can be made persistent with the @kbd{*} command (@pxref{Persistent Articles}). @item All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles. @item Article headers can be buttonized (@pxref{Article Washing}). @item All mail back ends support fetching articles by @code{Message-ID}. @item Duplicate mail can now be treated properly (@pxref{Duplicates}). @item All summary mode commands are available directly from the article buffer (@pxref{Article Keymap}). @item Frames can be part of @code{gnus-buffer-configuration} (@pxref{Window Layout}). @item Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process (@pxref{Daemons}). @iftex @iflatex \marginpar[\mbox{}\hfill\epsfig{figure=ps/fseptember,height=5cm}]{\epsfig{figure=ps/fseptember,height=5cm}} @end iflatex @end iftex @item Groups can be made permanently visible (@pxref{Listing Groups}). @lisp (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:") @end lisp @item Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier. @item Gnus respects the @code{Mail-Copies-To} header. @item Threads can be gathered by looking at the @code{References} header (@pxref{Customizing Threading}). @lisp (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function 'gnus-gather-threads-by-references) @end lisp @item Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid refetching (@pxref{Article Backlog}). @lisp (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50) @end lisp @item A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate buffer to allow easier treatment. @item Gnus can suggest where to save articles (@pxref{Saving Articles}). @item Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving (@pxref{Saving Articles}). @lisp (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t) @end lisp @item @code{gnus-uu} can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching articles (@pxref{Other Decode Variables}). @lisp (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view) @end lisp @item Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text (@pxref{Article Washing}). @item Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much cited text to hide is now customizable (@pxref{Article Hiding}). @lisp (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2) @end lisp @item Boring headers can be hidden (@pxref{Article Hiding}). @item Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar. @item Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added. @end itemize @node Red Gnus @subsubsection Red Gnus New features in Gnus 5.4/5.5: @iftex @iflatex \gnusfig{-5.5cm}{-4cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/red,height=20cm}} @end iflatex @end iftex @itemize @bullet @item @file{nntp.el} has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion. @item Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into Gnus (@pxref{Asynchronous Fetching}). @item Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like @code{and}, @code{or}, @code{not}, and parent redirection (@pxref{Advanced Scoring}). @item Article washing status can be displayed in the article mode line (@pxref{Misc Article}). @item @file{gnus.el} has been split into many smaller files. @item Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID can be done (@pxref{Duplicate Suppression}). @lisp (setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t) @end lisp @item New variables for specifying what score and adapt files are to be considered home score and adapt files (@pxref{Home Score File}) have been added. @item @code{nndoc} was rewritten to be easily extendable (@pxref{Document Server Internals}). @item Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics (@pxref{Topic Parameters}). @item Article editing has been revamped and is now actually usable. @item Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions (@pxref{Article Signature}). @item Summary pick mode has been made to look more @code{nn}-like. Line numbers are displayed and the @kbd{.} command can be used to pick articles (@code{Pick and Read}). @item Commands for moving the @file{.newsrc.eld} from one server to another have been added (@pxref{Changing Servers}). @item There's a way now to specify that ``uninteresting'' fields be suppressed when generating lines in buffers (@pxref{Advanced Formatting}). @item Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with @kbd{C-M-_} (@pxref{Undo}). @item Scoring can be done on words using the new score type @code{w} (@pxref{Score File Format}). @item Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis (@pxref{Adaptive Scoring}). @lisp (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word)) @end lisp @item Scores can be decayed (@pxref{Score Decays}). @lisp (setq gnus-decay-scores t) @end lisp @item Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first (@pxref{Score File Format}). @item A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from the native server (@pxref{Changing Servers}). @item A new command for reading collections of documents (@code{nndoc} with @code{nnvirtual} on top) has been added---@kbd{C-M-d} (@pxref{Really Various Summary Commands}). @item Process mark sets can be pushed and popped (@pxref{Setting Process Marks}). @item A new mail-to-news back end makes it possible to post even when the @acronym{NNTP} server doesn't allow posting (@pxref{Mail-To-News Gateways}). @item A new back end for reading searches from Web search engines (@dfn{DejaNews}, @dfn{Alta Vista}, @dfn{InReference}) has been added (@pxref{Web Searches}). @item Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently (@pxref{Topic Sorting}). @item Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently (@code{Sorting Groups}). @item Cached articles can be pulled into the groups (@pxref{Summary Generation Commands}). @iftex @iflatex \marginpar[\mbox{}\hfill\epsfig{figure=ps/fred,width=3cm}]{\epsfig{figure=ps/fred,width=3cm}} @end iflatex @end iftex @item Score files are now applied in a more reliable order (@pxref{Score Variables}). @item Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated (@pxref{Splitting Mail}). @item More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk from incoming mail before saving the mail (@pxref{Washing Mail}). @item Emphasized text can be properly fontisized: @end itemize @node Quassia Gnus @subsubsection Quassia Gnus New features in Gnus 5.6: @itemize @bullet @item New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. @xref{Gnus Unplugged}, for the full story. @item The @code{nndraft} back end has returned, but works differently than before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the @code{nndraft} group, which is created automatically. @item @code{gnus-alter-header-function} can now be used to alter header values. @item @code{gnus-summary-goto-article} now accept Message-ID's. @item A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message outside the region: @kbd{C-c C-v}. @item You can now post to component group in @code{nnvirtual} groups with @kbd{C-u C-c C-c}. @item @code{nntp-rlogin-program}---new variable to ease customization. @item @code{C-u C-c C-c} in @code{gnus-article-edit-mode} will now inhibit re-highlighting of the article buffer. @item New element in @code{gnus-boring-article-headers}---@code{long-to}. @item @kbd{M-i} symbolic prefix command. @xref{Symbolic Prefixes}, for details. @item @kbd{L} and @kbd{I} in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix @kbd{a} to add the score rule to the @file{all.SCORE} file. @item @code{gnus-simplify-subject-functions} variable to allow greater control over simplification. @item @kbd{A T}---new command for fetching the current thread. @item @kbd{/ T}---new command for including the current thread in the limit. @item @kbd{M-RET} is a new Message command for breaking cited text. @item @samp{\\1}-expressions are now valid in @code{nnmail-split-methods}. @item The @code{custom-face-lookup} function has been removed. If you used this function in your initialization files, you must rewrite them to use @code{face-spec-set} instead. @item Canceling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix @kbd{a} forces normal posting method. @item New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text---@kbd{W d}. @item For easier debugging of @code{nntp}, you can set @code{nntp-record-commands} to a non-@code{nil} value. @item @code{nntp} now uses @file{~/.authinfo}, a @file{.netrc}-like file, for controlling where and how to send @sc{authinfo} to @acronym{NNTP} servers. @item A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer has been added. @item A history of where mails have been split is available. @item A new article date command has been added---@code{article-date-iso8601}. @item Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting @code{gnus-score-thread-simplify}. @item A new function for citing in Message has been added---@code{message-cite-original-without-signature}. @item @code{article-strip-all-blank-lines}---new article command. @item A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has been added. @item A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the @code{gnus-adaptive-word-minimum} variable. @item The ``lapsed date'' article header can be kept continually updated by the @code{gnus-start-date-timer} command. @item Web listserv archives can be read with the @code{nnlistserv} back end. @item Old dejanews archives can now be read by @code{nnweb}. @end itemize @node Pterodactyl Gnus @subsubsection Pterodactyl Gnus New features in Gnus 5.8: @itemize @bullet @item The mail-fetching functions have changed. See the manual for the many details. In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone. If you used procmail like in @lisp (setq nnmail-use-procmail t) (setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail) (setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/") (setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in") @end lisp this now has changed to @lisp (setq mail-sources '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/" :suffix ".in"))) @end lisp @xref{Mail Source Specifiers}. @item Gnus is now a @acronym{MIME}-capable reader. This affects many parts of Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands. See the manual for details. @item Gnus has also been multilingualized. This also affects too many parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables. @item @code{gnus-auto-select-first} can now be a function to be called to position point. @item The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in summary buffers and @acronym{NOV} files. @item @code{gnus-article-display-hook} has been removed. Instead, a number of variables starting with @code{gnus-treat-} have been added. @item The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now works in a subtly different manner. @item New web-based back ends have been added: @code{nnslashdot}, @code{nnwarchive} and @code{nnultimate}. nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with ever-changing layouts. @item Gnus can now read @acronym{IMAP} mail via @code{nnimap}. @end itemize @node Oort Gnus @subsubsection Oort Gnus @cindex Oort Gnus New features in Gnus 5.10: @itemize @bullet @item Installation changes @c *********************** @itemize @bullet @item Upgrading from previous (stable) version if you have used Oort. If you have tried Oort (the unstable Gnus branch leading to this release) but went back to a stable version, be careful when upgrading to this version. In particular, you will probably want to remove all @file{.marks} (nnml) and @file{.mrk} (nnfolder) files, so that flags are read from your @file{.newsrc.eld} instead of from the @file{.marks}/@file{.mrk} file where this release store flags. See a later entry for more information about marks. Note that downgrading isn't save in general. @item Lisp files are now installed in @file{.../site-lisp/gnus/} by default. It defaulted to @file{.../site-lisp/} formerly. In addition to this, the new installer issues a warning if other Gnus installations which will shadow the latest one are detected. You can then remove those shadows manually or remove them using @code{make remove-installed-shadows}. @item New @file{make.bat} for compiling and installing Gnus under MS Windows Use @file{make.bat} if you want to install Gnus under MS Windows, the first argument to the batch-program should be the directory where @file{xemacs.exe} respectively @file{emacs.exe} is located, if you want to install Gnus after compiling it, give @file{make.bat} @code{/copy} as the second parameter. @file{make.bat} has been rewritten from scratch, it now features automatic recognition of XEmacs and GNU Emacs, generates @file{gnus-load.el}, checks if errors occur while compilation and generation of info files and reports them at the end of the build process. It now uses @code{makeinfo} if it is available and falls back to @file{infohack.el} otherwise. @file{make.bat} should now install all files which are necessary to run Gnus and be generally a complete replacement for the @code{configure; make; make install} cycle used under Unix systems. The new @file{make.bat} makes @file{make-x.bat} and @file{xemacs.mak} superfluous, so they have been removed. @item @file{~/News/overview/} not used. As a result of the following change, the @file{~/News/overview/} directory is not used any more. You can safely delete the entire hierarchy. @c FIXME: `gnus-load' is mentioned in README, which is not included in @c the repository. We should find a better place for this item. @item @code{(require 'gnus-load)} If you use a stand-alone Gnus distribution, you'd better add @code{(require 'gnus-load)} into your @file{~/.emacs} after adding the Gnus lisp directory into load-path. File @file{gnus-load.el} contains autoload commands, functions and variables, some of which may not be included in distributions of Emacsen. @end itemize @item New packages and libraries within Gnus @c ***************************************** @itemize @bullet @item The revised Gnus @acronym{FAQ} is included in the manual, @xref{Frequently Asked Questions}. @item @acronym{TLS} wrapper shipped with Gnus @acronym{TLS}/@acronym{SSL} is now supported in @acronym{IMAP} and @acronym{NNTP} via @file{tls.el} and GNUTLS. @item Improved anti-spam features. Gnus is now able to take out spam from your mail and news streams using a wide variety of programs and filter rules. Among the supported methods are RBL blocklists, bogofilter and white/blacklists. Hooks for easy use of external packages such as SpamAssassin and Hashcash are also new. @ref{Thwarting Email Spam} and @ref{Spam Package}. @c FIXME: @xref{Spam Package}?. Should this be under Misc? @item Gnus supports server-side mail filtering using Sieve. Sieve rules can be added as Group Parameters for groups, and the complete Sieve script is generated using @kbd{D g} from the Group buffer, and then uploaded to the server using @kbd{C-c C-l} in the generated Sieve buffer. @xref{Sieve Commands}, and the new Sieve manual @ref{Top, , Top, sieve, Emacs Sieve}. @end itemize @item Changes in group mode @c ************************ @itemize @bullet @item @code{gnus-group-read-ephemeral-group} can be called interactively, using @kbd{G M}. @item Retrieval of charters and control messages There are new commands for fetching newsgroup charters (@kbd{H c}) and control messages (@kbd{H C}). @item The new variable @code{gnus-parameters} can be used to set group parameters. Earlier this was done only via @kbd{G p} (or @kbd{G c}), which stored the parameters in @file{~/.newsrc.eld}, but via this variable you can enjoy the powers of customize, and simplified backups since you set the variable in @file{~/.gnus.el} instead of @file{~/.newsrc.eld}. The variable maps regular expressions matching group names to group parameters, a'la: @lisp (setq gnus-parameters '(("mail\\..*" (gnus-show-threads nil) (gnus-use-scoring nil)) ("^nnimap:\\(foo.bar\\)$" (to-group . "\\1")))) @end lisp @item Unread count correct in nnimap groups. The estimated number of unread articles in the group buffer should now be correct for nnimap groups. This is achieved by calling @code{nnimap-fixup-unread-after-getting-new-news} from the @code{gnus-setup-news-hook} (called on startup) and @code{gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook}. (called after getting new mail). If you have modified those variables from the default, you may want to add @code{nnimap-fixup-unread-after-getting-new-news} again. If you were happy with the estimate and want to save some (minimal) time when getting new mail, remove the function. @item Group names are treated as UTF-8 by default. This is supposedly what USEFOR wanted to migrate to. See @code{gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist} and @code{gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist} for customization. @item @code{gnus-group-charset-alist} and @code{gnus-group-ignored-charsets-alist}. The regexps in these variables are compared with full group names instead of real group names in 5.8. Users who customize these variables should change those regexps accordingly. For example: @lisp ("^han\\>" euc-kr) -> ("\\(^\\|:\\)han\\>" euc-kr) @end lisp @item Old intermediate incoming mail files (@file{Incoming*}) are deleted after a couple of days, not immediately. @xref{Mail Source Customization}. (New in Gnus 5.10.10 / Emacs 22.2) @end itemize @item Changes in summary and article mode @c ************************************** @itemize @bullet @item @kbd{F} (@code{gnus-article-followup-with-original}) and @kbd{R} (@code{gnus-article-reply-with-original}) only yank the text in the region if the region is active. @item In draft groups, @kbd{e} is now bound to @code{gnus-draft-edit-message}. Use @kbd{B w} for @code{gnus-summary-edit-article} instead. @item Article Buttons More buttons for URLs, mail addresses, Message-IDs, Info links, man pages and Emacs or Gnus related references. @xref{Article Buttons}. The variables @code{gnus-button-@var{*}-level} can be used to control the appearance of all article buttons. @xref{Article Button Levels}. @item Single-part yenc encoded attachments can be decoded. @item Picons The picons code has been reimplemented to work in GNU Emacs---some of the previous options have been removed or renamed. Picons are small ``personal icons'' representing users, domain and newsgroups, which can be displayed in the Article buffer. @xref{Picons}. @item If the new option @code{gnus-treat-body-boundary} is non-@code{nil}, a boundary line is drawn at the end of the headers. @item Signed article headers (X-PGP-Sig) can be verified with @kbd{W p}. @item The Summary Buffer uses an arrow in the fringe to indicate the current article. Use @code{(setq gnus-summary-display-arrow nil)} to disable it. @item Warn about email replies to news Do you often find yourself replying to news by email by mistake? Then the new option @code{gnus-confirm-mail-reply-to-news} is just the thing for you. @item If the new option @code{gnus-summary-display-while-building} is non-@code{nil}, the summary buffer is shown and updated as it's being built. @item The new @code{recent} mark @samp{.} indicates newly arrived messages (as opposed to old but unread messages). @item Gnus supports RFC 2369 mailing list headers, and adds a number of related commands in mailing list groups. @xref{Mailing List}. @item The Date header can be displayed in a format that can be read aloud in English. @xref{Article Date}. @item diffs are automatically highlighted in groups matching @code{mm-uu-diff-groups-regexp} @item Better handling of Microsoft citation styles Gnus now tries to recognize the mangled header block that some Microsoft mailers use to indicate that the rest of the message is a citation, even though it is not quoted in any way. The variable @code{gnus-cite-unsightly-citation-regexp} matches the start of these citations. The new command @kbd{W Y f} (@code{gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article}) allows deuglifying broken Outlook (Express) articles. @item @code{gnus-article-skip-boring} If you set @code{gnus-article-skip-boring} to @code{t}, then Gnus will not scroll down to show you a page that contains only boring text, which by default means cited text and signature. You can customize what is skippable using @code{gnus-article-boring-faces}. This feature is especially useful if you read many articles that consist of a little new content at the top with a long, untrimmed message cited below. @item Smileys (@samp{:-)}, @samp{;-)} etc) are now displayed graphically in Emacs too. Put @code{(setq gnus-treat-display-smileys nil)} in @file{~/.gnus.el} to disable it. @item Face headers handling. @xref{Face}. @item In the summary buffer, the new command @kbd{/ N} inserts new messages and @kbd{/ o} inserts old messages. @item Gnus decodes morse encoded messages if you press @kbd{W m}. @item @code{gnus-summary-line-format} The default value changed to @samp{%U%R%z%I%(%[%4L: %-23,23f%]%) %s\n}. Moreover @code{gnus-extra-headers}, @code{nnmail-extra-headers} and @code{gnus-ignored-from-addresses} changed their default so that the users name will be replaced by the recipient's name or the group name posting to for @acronym{NNTP} groups. @item Deleting of attachments. The command @code{gnus-mime-save-part-and-strip} (bound to @kbd{C-o} on @acronym{MIME} buttons) saves a part and replaces the part with an external one. @code{gnus-mime-delete-part} (bound to @kbd{d} on @acronym{MIME} buttons) removes a part. It works only on back ends that support editing. @item @code{gnus-default-charset} The default value is determined from the @code{current-language-environment} variable, instead of @code{iso-8859-1}. Also the @samp{.*} item in @code{gnus-group-charset-alist} is removed. @item Printing capabilities are enhanced. Gnus supports Muttprint natively with @kbd{O P} from the Summary and Article buffers. Also, each individual @acronym{MIME} part can be printed using @kbd{p} on the @acronym{MIME} button. @item Extended format specs. Format spec @samp{%&user-date;} is added into @code{gnus-summary-line-format-alist}. Also, user defined extended format specs are supported. The extended format specs look like @samp{%u&foo;}, which invokes function @code{gnus-user-format-function-@var{foo}}. Because @samp{&} is used as the escape character, old user defined format @samp{%u&} is no longer supported. @item @kbd{/ *} (@code{gnus-summary-limit-include-cached}) is rewritten. @c FIXME: Was this a user-visible change? It was aliased to @kbd{Y c} (@code{gnus-summary-insert-cached-articles}). The new function filters out other articles. @item Some limiting commands accept a @kbd{C-u} prefix to negate the match. If @kbd{C-u} is used on subject, author or extra headers, i.e., @kbd{/ s}, @kbd{/ a}, and @kbd{/ x} (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-@{subject,author,extra@}}) respectively, the result will be to display all articles that do not match the expression. @item Gnus inlines external parts (message/external). @end itemize @item Changes in Message mode and related Gnus features @c **************************************************** @itemize @bullet @item Delayed articles You can delay the sending of a message with @kbd{C-c C-j} in the Message buffer. The messages are delivered at specified time. This is useful for sending yourself reminders. @xref{Delayed Articles}. @item If the new option @code{nnml-use-compressed-files} is non-@code{nil}, the nnml back end allows compressed message files. @item The new option @code{gnus-gcc-mark-as-read} automatically marks Gcc articles as read. @item Externalizing of attachments If @code{gnus-gcc-externalize-attachments} or @code{message-fcc-externalize-attachments} is non-@code{nil}, attach local files as external parts. @item The envelope sender address can be customized when using Sendmail. @xref{Mail Variables, Mail Variables,, message, Message Manual}. @item Gnus no longer generate the Sender: header automatically. Earlier it was generated when the user configurable email address was different from the Gnus guessed default user address. As the guessing algorithm is rarely correct these days, and (more controversially) the only use of the Sender: header was to check if you are entitled to cancel/supersede news (which is now solved by Cancel Locks instead, see another entry), generation of the header has been disabled by default. See the variables @code{message-required-headers}, @code{message-required-news-headers}, and @code{message-required-mail-headers}. @item Features from third party @file{message-utils.el} added to @file{message.el}. Message now asks if you wish to remove @samp{(was: <old subject>)} from subject lines (see @code{message-subject-trailing-was-query}). @kbd{C-c M-m} and @kbd{C-c M-f} inserts markers indicating included text. @kbd{C-c C-f a} adds a X-No-Archive: header. @kbd{C-c C-f x} inserts appropriate headers and a note in the body for cross-postings and followups (see the variables @code{message-cross-post-@var{*}}). @item References and X-Draft-From headers are no longer generated when you start composing messages and @code{message-generate-headers-first} is @code{nil}. @item Easy inclusion of X-Faces headers. @xref{X-Face}. @item Group Carbon Copy (GCC) quoting To support groups that contains SPC and other weird characters, groups are quoted before they are placed in the Gcc: header. This means variables such as @code{gnus-message-archive-group} should no longer contain quote characters to make groups containing SPC work. Also, if you are using the string @samp{nnml:foo, nnml:bar} (indicating Gcc into two groups) you must change it to return the list @code{("nnml:foo" "nnml:bar")}, otherwise the Gcc: line will be quoted incorrectly. Note that returning the string @samp{nnml:foo, nnml:bar} was incorrect earlier, it just didn't generate any problems since it was inserted directly. @item @code{message-insinuate-rmail} @c FIXME should that not be 'message-user-agent? Adding @code{(message-insinuate-rmail)} and @code{(setq mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent)} in @file{.emacs} convinces Rmail to compose, reply and forward messages in message-mode, where you can enjoy the power of @acronym{MML}. @item @code{message-minibuffer-local-map} The line below enables BBDB in resending a message: @lisp (define-key message-minibuffer-local-map [(tab)] 'bbdb-complete-name) @end lisp @item @code{gnus-posting-styles} Add a new format of match like @lisp ((header "to" "larsi.*org") (Organization "Somewhere, Inc.")) @end lisp The old format like the lines below is obsolete, but still accepted. @lisp (header "to" "larsi.*org" (Organization "Somewhere, Inc.")) @end lisp @item @code{message-ignored-news-headers} and @code{message-ignored-mail-headers} @samp{X-Draft-From} and @samp{X-Gnus-Agent-Meta-Information} have been added into these two variables. If you customized those, perhaps you need add those two headers too. @item Gnus supports the ``format=flowed'' (RFC 2646) parameter. On composing messages, it is enabled by @code{use-hard-newlines}. Decoding format=flowed was present but not documented in earlier versions. @item The option @code{mm-fill-flowed} can be used to disable treatment of ``format=flowed'' messages. Also, flowed text is disabled when sending inline PGP signed messages. @xref{Flowed text, , Flowed text, emacs-mime, The Emacs MIME Manual}. (New in Gnus 5.10.7) @c This entry is also present in the node "No Gnus". @item Gnus supports the generation of RFC 2298 Disposition Notification requests. This is invoked with the @kbd{C-c M-n} key binding from message mode. @item Message supports the Importance: (RFC 2156) header. In the message buffer, @kbd{C-c C-f C-i} or @kbd{C-c C-u} cycles through the valid values. @item Gnus supports Cancel Locks in News. This means a header @samp{Cancel-Lock} is inserted in news posting. It is used to determine if you wrote an article or not (for canceling and superseding). Gnus generates a random password string the first time you post a message, and saves it in your @file{~/.emacs} using the Custom system. While the variable is called @code{canlock-password}, it is not security sensitive data. Publishing your canlock string on the web will not allow anyone to be able to anything she could not already do. The behavior can be changed by customizing @code{message-insert-canlock}. @item Gnus supports @acronym{PGP} (RFC 1991/2440), @acronym{PGP/MIME} (RFC 2015/3156) and @acronym{S/MIME} (RFC 2630-2633). It needs an external @acronym{S/MIME} and OpenPGP implementation, but no additional Lisp libraries. This add several menu items to the Attachments menu, and @kbd{C-c RET} key bindings, when composing messages. This also obsoletes @code{gnus-article-hide-pgp-hook}. @item @acronym{MML} (Mime compose) prefix changed from @kbd{M-m} to @kbd{C-c C-m}. This change was made to avoid conflict with the standard binding of @code{back-to-indentation}, which is also useful in message mode. @item The default for @code{message-forward-show-mml} changed to the symbol @code{best}. The behavior for the @code{best} value is to show @acronym{MML} (i.e., convert to @acronym{MIME}) when appropriate. @acronym{MML} will not be used when forwarding signed or encrypted messages, as the conversion invalidate the digital signature. @item If @code{auto-compression-mode} is enabled, attachments are automatically decompressed when activated. @c FIXME: Does this affect article or message mode? @item Support for non-@acronym{ASCII} domain names Message supports non-@acronym{ASCII} domain names in From:, To: and Cc: and will query you whether to perform encoding when you try to send a message. The variable @code{message-use-idna} controls this. Gnus will also decode non-@acronym{ASCII} domain names in From:, To: and Cc: when you view a message. The variable @code{gnus-use-idna} controls this. @item You can now drag and drop attachments to the Message buffer. See @code{mml-dnd-protocol-alist} and @code{mml-dnd-attach-options}. @xref{MIME, ,MIME, message, Message Manual}. @c New in 5.10.9 / 5.11 (Emacs 22.1) @item @code{auto-fill-mode} is enabled by default in Message mode. See @code{message-fill-column}. @xref{Various Message Variables, , Message Headers, message, Message Manual}. @c New in Gnus 5.10.12 / 5.11 (Emacs 22.3) @end itemize @item Changes in back ends @c *********************** @itemize @bullet @item Gnus can display RSS newsfeeds as a newsgroup. @xref{RSS}. @item The nndoc back end now supports mailman digests and exim bounces. @item Gnus supports Maildir groups. Gnus includes a new back end @file{nnmaildir.el}. @xref{Maildir}. @item The nnml and nnfolder back ends store marks for each groups. This makes it possible to take backup of nnml/nnfolder servers/groups separately of @file{~/.newsrc.eld}, while preserving marks. It also makes it possible to share articles and marks between users (without sharing the @file{~/.newsrc.eld} file) within e.g. a department. It works by storing the marks stored in @file{~/.newsrc.eld} in a per-group file @file{.marks} (for nnml) and @file{@var{groupname}.mrk} (for nnfolder, named @var{groupname}). If the nnml/nnfolder is moved to another machine, Gnus will automatically use the @file{.marks} or @file{.mrk} file instead of the information in @file{~/.newsrc.eld}. The new server variables @code{nnml-marks-is-evil} and @code{nnfolder-marks-is-evil} can be used to disable this feature. @end itemize @item Appearance @c ************* @itemize @bullet @item The menu bar item (in Group and Summary buffer) named ``Misc'' has been renamed to ``Gnus''. @item The menu bar item (in Message mode) named ``@acronym{MML}'' has been renamed to ``Attachments''. Note that this menu also contains security related stuff, like signing and encryption (@pxref{Security, Security,, message, Message Manual}). @item The tool bars have been updated to use GNOME icons in Group, Summary and Message mode. You can also customize the tool bars: @kbd{M-x customize-apropos RET -tool-bar$} should get you started. This is a new feature in Gnus 5.10.10. (Only for Emacs, not in XEmacs.) @item The tool bar icons are now (de)activated correctly in the group buffer, see the variable @code{gnus-group-update-tool-bar}. Its default value depends on your Emacs version. This is a new feature in Gnus 5.10.9. @end itemize @item Miscellaneous changes @c ************************ @itemize @bullet @item @code{gnus-agent} The Gnus Agent has seen a major updated and is now enabled by default, and all nntp and nnimap servers from @code{gnus-select-method} and @code{gnus-secondary-select-method} are agentized by default. Earlier only the server in @code{gnus-select-method} was agentized by the default, and the agent was disabled by default. When the agent is enabled, headers are now also retrieved from the Agent cache instead of the back ends when possible. Earlier this only happened in the unplugged state. You can enroll or remove servers with @kbd{J a} and @kbd{J r} in the server buffer. Gnus will not download articles into the Agent cache, unless you instruct it to do so, though, by using @kbd{J u} or @kbd{J s} from the Group buffer. You revert to the old behavior of having the Agent disabled with @code{(setq gnus-agent nil)}. Note that putting @code{(gnus-agentize)} in @file{~/.gnus.el} is not needed any more. @item Gnus reads the @acronym{NOV} and articles in the Agent if plugged. If one reads an article while plugged, and the article already exists in the Agent, it won't get downloaded once more. @code{(setq gnus-agent-cache nil)} reverts to the old behavior. @item Dired integration @code{gnus-dired-minor-mode} (see @ref{Other modes}) installs key bindings in dired buffers to send a file as an attachment, open a file using the appropriate mailcap entry, and print a file using the mailcap entry. @item The format spec @code{%C} for positioning point has changed to @code{%*}. @item @code{gnus-slave-unplugged} A new command which starts Gnus offline in slave mode. @end itemize @end itemize @node No Gnus @subsubsection No Gnus @cindex No Gnus New features in No Gnus: @c FIXME: Gnus 5.12? @include gnus-news.texi @iftex @page @node The Manual @section The Manual @cindex colophon @cindex manual This manual was generated from a TeXinfo file and then run through either @code{texi2dvi} @iflatex or my own home-brewed TeXinfo to \LaTeX\ transformer, and then run through @code{latex} and @code{dvips} @end iflatex to get what you hold in your hands now. The following conventions have been used: @enumerate @item This is a @samp{string} @item This is a @kbd{keystroke} @item This is a @file{file} @item This is a @code{symbol} @end enumerate So if I were to say ``set @code{flargnoze} to @samp{yes}'', that would mean: @lisp (setq flargnoze "yes") @end lisp If I say ``set @code{flumphel} to @code{yes}'', that would mean: @lisp (setq flumphel 'yes) @end lisp @samp{yes} and @code{yes} are two @emph{very} different things---don't ever get them confused. @iflatex @c @head Of course, everything in this manual is of vital interest, so you should read it all. Several times. However, if you feel like skimming the manual, look for that gnu head you should see in the margin over there---it means that what's being discussed is of more importance than the rest of the stuff. (On the other hand, if everything is infinitely important, how can anything be more important than that? Just one more of the mysteries of this world, I guess.) @end iflatex @end iftex @node On Writing Manuals @section On Writing Manuals I guess most manuals are written after-the-fact; documenting a program that's already there. This is not how this manual is written. When implementing something, I write the manual entry for that something straight away. I then see that it's difficult to explain the functionality, so I write how it's supposed to be, and then I change the implementation. Writing the documentation and writing the code go hand in hand. This, of course, means that this manual has no, or little, flow. It documents absolutely everything in Gnus, but often not where you're looking for it. It is a reference manual, and not a guide to how to get started with Gnus. That would be a totally different book, that should be written using the reference manual as source material. It would look quite different. @page @node Terminology @section Terminology @cindex terminology @table @dfn @item news @cindex news This is what you are supposed to use this thing for---reading news. News is generally fetched from a nearby @acronym{NNTP} server, and is generally publicly available to everybody. If you post news, the entire world is likely to read just what you have written, and they'll all snigger mischievously. Behind your back. @item mail @cindex mail Everything that's delivered to you personally is mail. Some news/mail readers (like Gnus) blur the distinction between mail and news, but there is a difference. Mail is private. News is public. Mailing is not posting, and replying is not following up. @item reply @cindex reply Send a mail to the person who has written what you are reading. @item follow up @cindex follow up Post an article to the current newsgroup responding to the article you are reading. @item back end @cindex back end Gnus considers mail and news to be mostly the same, really. The only difference is how to access the actual articles. News articles are commonly fetched via the protocol @acronym{NNTP}, whereas mail messages could be read from a file on the local disk. The internal architecture of Gnus thus comprises a ``front end'' and a number of ``back ends''. Internally, when you enter a group (by hitting @key{RET}, say), you thereby invoke a function in the front end in Gnus. The front end then ``talks'' to a back end and says things like ``Give me the list of articles in the foo group'' or ``Show me article number 4711''. So a back end mainly defines either a protocol (the @code{nntp} back end accesses news via @acronym{NNTP}, the @code{nnimap} back end accesses mail via @acronym{IMAP}) or a file format and directory layout (the @code{nnspool} back end accesses news via the common ``spool directory'' format, the @code{nnml} back end access mail via a file format and directory layout that's quite similar). Gnus does not handle the underlying media, so to speak---this is all done by the back ends. A back end is a collection of functions to access the articles. However, sometimes the term ``back end'' is also used where ``server'' would have been more appropriate. And then there is the term ``select method'' which can mean either. The Gnus terminology can be quite confusing. @item native @cindex native Gnus will always use one method (and back end) as the @dfn{native}, or default, way of getting news. @item foreign @cindex foreign You can also have any number of foreign groups active at the same time. These are groups that use non-native non-secondary back ends for getting news. @item secondary @cindex secondary Secondary back ends are somewhere half-way between being native and being foreign, but they mostly act like they are native. @item article @cindex article A message that has been posted as news. @item mail message @cindex mail message A message that has been mailed. @item message @cindex message A mail message or news article @item head @cindex head The top part of a message, where administrative information (etc.) is put. @item body @cindex body The rest of an article. Everything not in the head is in the body. @item header @cindex header A line from the head of an article. @item headers @cindex headers A collection of such lines, or a collection of heads. Or even a collection of @acronym{NOV} lines. @item @acronym{NOV} @cindex @acronym{NOV} @acronym{NOV} stands for News OverView, which is a type of news server header which provide datas containing the condensed header information of articles. They are produced by the server itself; in the @code{nntp} back end Gnus uses the ones that the @acronym{NNTP} server makes, but Gnus makes them by itself for some backends (in particular, @code{nnml}). When Gnus enters a group, it asks the back end for the headers of all unread articles in the group. Most servers support the News OverView format, which is more compact and much faster to read and parse than the normal @sc{head} format. The @acronym{NOV} data consist of one or more text lines (@pxref{Text Lines, ,Motion by Text Lines, elisp, The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}) where each line has the header information of one article. The header information is a tab-separated series of the header's contents including an article number, a subject, an author, a date, a message-id, references, etc. Those data enable Gnus to generate summary lines quickly. However, if the server does not support @acronym{NOV} or you disable it purposely or for some reason, Gnus will try to generate the header information by parsing each article's headers one by one. It will take time. Therefore, it is not usually a good idea to set nn*-nov-is-evil (@pxref{Slow/Expensive Connection}) to a non-@code{nil} value unless you know that the server makes wrong @acronym{NOV} data. @item level @cindex levels Each group is subscribed at some @dfn{level} or other (1-9). The ones that have a lower level are ``more'' subscribed than the groups with a higher level. In fact, groups on levels 1-5 are considered @dfn{subscribed}; 6-7 are @dfn{unsubscribed}; 8 are @dfn{zombies}; and 9 are @dfn{killed}. Commands for listing groups and scanning for new articles will all use the numeric prefix as @dfn{working level}. @item killed groups @cindex killed groups No information on killed groups is stored or updated, which makes killed groups much easier to handle than subscribed groups. @item zombie groups @cindex zombie groups Just like killed groups, only slightly less dead. @item active file @cindex active file The news server has to keep track of what articles it carries, and what groups exist. All this information in stored in the active file, which is rather large, as you might surmise. @item bogus groups @cindex bogus groups A group that exists in the @file{.newsrc} file, but isn't known to the server (i.e., it isn't in the active file), is a @emph{bogus group}. This means that the group probably doesn't exist (any more). @item activating @cindex activating groups The act of asking the server for info on a group and computing the number of unread articles is called @dfn{activating the group}. Un-activated groups are listed with @samp{*} in the group buffer. @item spool @cindex spool News servers store their articles locally in one fashion or other. One old-fashioned storage method is to have just one file per article. That's called a ``traditional spool''. @item server @cindex server A machine one can connect to and get news (or mail) from. @item select method @cindex select method A structure that specifies the back end, the server and the virtual server settings. @item virtual server @cindex virtual server A named select method. Since a select method defines all there is to know about connecting to a (physical) server, taking the thing as a whole is a virtual server. @item washing @cindex washing Taking a buffer and running it through a filter of some sort. The result will (more often than not) be cleaner and more pleasing than the original. @item ephemeral groups @cindex ephemeral groups @cindex temporary groups Most groups store data on what articles you have read. @dfn{Ephemeral} groups are groups that will have no data stored---when you exit the group, it'll disappear into the aether. @item solid groups @cindex solid groups This is the opposite of ephemeral groups. All groups listed in the group buffer are solid groups. @item sparse articles @cindex sparse articles These are article placeholders shown in the summary buffer when @code{gnus-build-sparse-threads} has been switched on. @item threading @cindex threading To put responses to articles directly after the articles they respond to---in a hierarchical fashion. @item root @cindex root @cindex thread root The first article in a thread is the root. It is the ancestor of all articles in the thread. @item parent @cindex parent An article that has responses. @item child @cindex child An article that responds to a different article---its parent. @item digest @cindex digest A collection of messages in one file. The most common digest format is specified by RFC 1153. @item splitting @cindex splitting, terminology @cindex mail sorting @cindex mail filtering (splitting) The action of sorting your emails according to certain rules. Sometimes incorrectly called mail filtering. @end table @page @node Customization @section Customization @cindex general customization All variables are properly documented elsewhere in this manual. This section is designed to give general pointers on how to customize Gnus for some quite common situations. @menu * Slow/Expensive Connection:: You run a local Emacs and get the news elsewhere. * Slow Terminal Connection:: You run a remote Emacs. * Little Disk Space:: You feel that having large setup files is icky. * Slow Machine:: You feel like buying a faster machine. @end menu @node Slow/Expensive Connection @subsection Slow/Expensive Connection If you run Emacs on a machine locally, and get your news from a machine over some very thin strings, you want to cut down on the amount of data Gnus has to get from the server. @table @code @item gnus-read-active-file Set this to @code{nil}, which will inhibit Gnus from requesting the entire active file from the server. This file is often very large. You also have to set @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} and @code{gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups} to @code{nil} to make sure that Gnus doesn't suddenly decide to fetch the active file anyway. @item gnus-nov-is-evil @vindex gnus-nov-is-evil Usually this one must @emph{always} be @code{nil} (which is the default). If, for example, you wish to not use @acronym{NOV} (@pxref{Terminology}) with the @code{nntp} back end (@pxref{Crosspost Handling}), set @code{nntp-nov-is-evil} to a non-@code{nil} value instead of setting this. But you normally do not need to set @code{nntp-nov-is-evil} since Gnus by itself will detect whether the @acronym{NNTP} server supports @acronym{NOV}. Anyway, grabbing article headers from the @acronym{NNTP} server will not be very fast if you tell Gnus not to use @acronym{NOV}. As the variables for the other back ends, there are @code{nndiary-nov-is-evil}, @code{nndir-nov-is-evil}, @code{nnfolder-nov-is-evil}, @code{nnimap-nov-is-evil}, @code{nnml-nov-is-evil}, and @code{nnspool-nov-is-evil}. Note that a non-@code{nil} value for @code{gnus-nov-is-evil} overrides all those variables. @end table @node Slow Terminal Connection @subsection Slow Terminal Connection Let's say you use your home computer for dialing up the system that runs Emacs and Gnus. If your modem is slow, you want to reduce (as much as possible) the amount of data sent over the wires. @table @code @item gnus-auto-center-summary Set this to @code{nil} to inhibit Gnus from re-centering the summary buffer all the time. If it is @code{vertical}, do only vertical re-centering. If it is neither @code{nil} nor @code{vertical}, do both horizontal and vertical recentering. @item gnus-visible-headers Cut down on the headers included in the articles to the minimum. You can, in fact, make do without them altogether---most of the useful data is in the summary buffer, anyway. Set this variable to @samp{^NEVVVVER} or @samp{From:}, or whatever you feel you need. Use the following to enable all the available hiding features: @lisp (setq gnus-treat-hide-headers 'head gnus-treat-hide-signature t gnus-treat-hide-citation t) @end lisp @item gnus-use-full-window By setting this to @code{nil}, you can make all the windows smaller. While this doesn't really cut down much generally, it means that you have to see smaller portions of articles before deciding that you didn't want to read them anyway. @item gnus-thread-hide-subtree If this is non-@code{nil}, all threads in the summary buffer will be hidden initially. @item gnus-updated-mode-lines If this is @code{nil}, Gnus will not put information in the buffer mode lines, which might save some time. @end table @node Little Disk Space @subsection Little Disk Space @cindex disk space The startup files can get rather large, so you may want to cut their sizes a bit if you are running out of space. @table @code @item gnus-save-newsrc-file If this is @code{nil}, Gnus will never save @file{.newsrc}---it will only save @file{.newsrc.eld}. This means that you will not be able to use any other newsreaders than Gnus. This variable is @code{t} by default. @item gnus-read-newsrc-file If this is @code{nil}, Gnus will never read @file{.newsrc}---it will only read @file{.newsrc.eld}. This means that you will not be able to use any other newsreaders than Gnus. This variable is @code{t} by default. @item gnus-save-killed-list If this is @code{nil}, Gnus will not save the list of dead groups. You should also set @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} to @code{ask-server} and @code{gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups} to @code{nil} if you set this variable to @code{nil}. This variable is @code{t} by default. @end table @node Slow Machine @subsection Slow Machine @cindex slow machine If you have a slow machine, or are just really impatient, there are a few things you can do to make Gnus run faster. Set @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} and @code{gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups} to @code{nil} to make startup faster. Set @code{gnus-show-threads}, @code{gnus-use-cross-reference} and @code{gnus-nov-is-evil} to @code{nil} to make entering and exiting the summary buffer faster. Also @pxref{Slow/Expensive Connection}. @page @node Troubleshooting @section Troubleshooting @cindex troubleshooting Gnus works @emph{so} well straight out of the box---I can't imagine any problems, really. Ahem. @enumerate @item Make sure your computer is switched on. @item Make sure that you really load the current Gnus version. If you have been running @sc{gnus}, you need to exit Emacs and start it up again before Gnus will work. @item Try doing an @kbd{M-x gnus-version}. If you get something that looks like @c @samp{Gnus v5.13} @c Adjust ../Makefile.in if you change this line! @c you have the right files loaded. Otherwise you have some old @file{.el} files lying around. Delete these. @item Read the help group (@kbd{G h} in the group buffer) for a @acronym{FAQ} and a how-to. @item @vindex max-lisp-eval-depth Gnus works on many recursive structures, and in some extreme (and very rare) cases Gnus may recurse down ``too deeply'' and Emacs will beep at you. If this happens to you, set @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} to 500 or something like that. @end enumerate If all else fails, report the problem as a bug. @cindex bugs @cindex reporting bugs @kindex M-x gnus-bug @findex gnus-bug If you find a bug in Gnus, you can report it with the @kbd{M-x gnus-bug} command. @kbd{M-x set-variable RET debug-on-error RET t RET}, and send me the backtrace. I will fix bugs, but I can only fix them if you send me a precise description as to how to reproduce the bug. You really can never be too detailed in a bug report. Always use the @kbd{M-x gnus-bug} command when you make bug reports, even if it creates a 10Kb mail each time you use it, and even if you have sent me your environment 500 times before. I don't care. I want the full info each time. It is also important to remember that I have no memory whatsoever. If you send a bug report, and I send you a reply, and then you just send back ``No, it's not! Moron!'', I will have no idea what you are insulting me about. Always over-explain everything. It's much easier for all of us---if I don't have all the information I need, I will just mail you and ask for more info, and everything takes more time. If the problem you're seeing is very visual, and you can't quite explain it, copy the Emacs window to a file (with @code{xwd}, for instance), put it somewhere it can be reached, and include the URL of the picture in the bug report. @cindex patches If you would like to contribute a patch to fix bugs or make improvements, please produce the patch using @samp{diff -u}. @cindex edebug If you want to debug your problem further before reporting, possibly in order to solve the problem yourself and send a patch, you can use edebug. Debugging Lisp code is documented in the Elisp manual (@pxref{Debugging, , Debugging Lisp Programs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}). To get you started with edebug, consider if you discover some weird behavior when pressing @kbd{c}, the first step is to do @kbd{C-h k c} and click on the hyperlink (Emacs only) in the documentation buffer that leads you to the function definition, then press @kbd{M-x edebug-defun RET} with point inside that function, return to Gnus and press @kbd{c} to invoke the code. You will be placed in the lisp buffer and can single step using @kbd{SPC} and evaluate expressions using @kbd{M-:} or inspect variables using @kbd{C-h v}, abort execution with @kbd{q}, and resume execution with @kbd{c} or @kbd{g}. @cindex elp @cindex profile @cindex slow Sometimes, a problem do not directly generate an elisp error but manifests itself by causing Gnus to be very slow. In these cases, you can use @kbd{M-x toggle-debug-on-quit} and press @kbd{C-g} when things are slow, and then try to analyze the backtrace (repeating the procedure helps isolating the real problem areas). A fancier approach is to use the elisp profiler, ELP. The profiler is (or should be) fully documented elsewhere, but to get you started there are a few steps that need to be followed. First, instrument the part of Gnus you are interested in for profiling, e.g. @kbd{M-x elp-instrument-package RET gnus} or @kbd{M-x elp-instrument-package RET message}. Then perform the operation that is slow and press @kbd{M-x elp-results}. You will then see which operations that takes time, and can debug them further. If the entire operation takes much longer than the time spent in the slowest function in the profiler output, you probably profiled the wrong part of Gnus. To reset profiling statistics, use @kbd{M-x elp-reset-all}. @kbd{M-x elp-restore-all} is supposed to remove profiling, but given the complexities and dynamic code generation in Gnus, it might not always work perfectly. @cindex gnu.emacs.gnus @cindex ding mailing list If you just need help, you are better off asking on @samp{gnu.emacs.gnus}. I'm not very helpful. You can also ask on @email{ding@@gnus.org, the ding mailing list}. Write to @email{ding-request@@gnus.org} to subscribe. @page @node Gnus Reference Guide @section Gnus Reference Guide It is my hope that other people will figure out smart stuff that Gnus can do, and that other people will write those smart things as well. To facilitate that I thought it would be a good idea to describe the inner workings of Gnus. And some of the not-so-inner workings, while I'm at it. You can never expect the internals of a program not to change, but I will be defining (in some details) the interface between Gnus and its back ends (this is written in stone), the format of the score files (ditto), data structures (some are less likely to change than others) and general methods of operation. @menu * Gnus Utility Functions:: Common functions and variable to use. * Back End Interface:: How Gnus communicates with the servers. * Score File Syntax:: A BNF definition of the score file standard. * Headers:: How Gnus stores headers internally. * Ranges:: A handy format for storing mucho numbers. * Group Info:: The group info format. * Extended Interactive:: Symbolic prefixes and stuff. * Emacs/XEmacs Code:: Gnus can be run under all modern Emacsen. * Various File Formats:: Formats of files that Gnus use. @end menu @node Gnus Utility Functions @subsection Gnus Utility Functions @cindex Gnus utility functions @cindex utility functions @cindex functions @cindex internal variables When writing small functions to be run from hooks (and stuff), it's vital to have access to the Gnus internal functions and variables. Below is a list of the most common ones. @table @code @item gnus-newsgroup-name @vindex gnus-newsgroup-name This variable holds the name of the current newsgroup. @item gnus-find-method-for-group @findex gnus-find-method-for-group A function that returns the select method for @var{group}. @item gnus-group-real-name @findex gnus-group-real-name Takes a full (prefixed) Gnus group name, and returns the unprefixed name. @item gnus-group-prefixed-name @findex gnus-group-prefixed-name Takes an unprefixed group name and a select method, and returns the full (prefixed) Gnus group name. @item gnus-get-info @findex gnus-get-info Returns the group info list for @var{group}. @item gnus-group-unread @findex gnus-group-unread The number of unread articles in @var{group}, or @code{t} if that is unknown. @item gnus-active @findex gnus-active The active entry for @var{group}. @item gnus-set-active @findex gnus-set-active Set the active entry for @var{group}. @item gnus-add-current-to-buffer-list @findex gnus-add-current-to-buffer-list Adds the current buffer to the list of buffers to be killed on Gnus exit. @item gnus-continuum-version @findex gnus-continuum-version Takes a Gnus version string as a parameter and returns a floating point number. Earlier versions will always get a lower number than later versions. @item gnus-group-read-only-p @findex gnus-group-read-only-p Says whether @var{group} is read-only or not. @item gnus-news-group-p @findex gnus-news-group-p Says whether @var{group} came from a news back end. @item gnus-ephemeral-group-p @findex gnus-ephemeral-group-p Says whether @var{group} is ephemeral or not. @item gnus-server-to-method @findex gnus-server-to-method Returns the select method corresponding to @var{server}. @item gnus-server-equal @findex gnus-server-equal Says whether two virtual servers are equal. @item gnus-group-native-p @findex gnus-group-native-p Says whether @var{group} is native or not. @item gnus-group-secondary-p @findex gnus-group-secondary-p Says whether @var{group} is secondary or not. @item gnus-group-foreign-p @findex gnus-group-foreign-p Says whether @var{group} is foreign or not. @item gnus-group-find-parameter @findex gnus-group-find-parameter Returns the parameter list of @var{group}. If given a second parameter, returns the value of that parameter for @var{group}. @item gnus-group-set-parameter @findex gnus-group-set-parameter Takes three parameters; @var{group}, @var{parameter} and @var{value}. @item gnus-narrow-to-body @findex gnus-narrow-to-body Narrows the current buffer to the body of the article. @item gnus-check-backend-function @findex gnus-check-backend-function Takes two parameters, @var{function} and @var{group}. If the back end @var{group} comes from supports @var{function}, return non-@code{nil}. @lisp (gnus-check-backend-function "request-scan" "nnml:misc") @result{} t @end lisp @item gnus-read-method @findex gnus-read-method Prompts the user for a select method. @end table @node Back End Interface @subsection Back End Interface Gnus doesn't know anything about @acronym{NNTP}, spools, mail or virtual groups. It only knows how to talk to @dfn{virtual servers}. A virtual server is a @dfn{back end} and some @dfn{back end variables}. As examples of the first, we have @code{nntp}, @code{nnspool} and @code{nnmbox}. As examples of the latter we have @code{nntp-port-number} and @code{nnmbox-directory}. When Gnus asks for information from a back end---say @code{nntp}---on something, it will normally include a virtual server name in the function parameters. (If not, the back end should use the ``current'' virtual server.) For instance, @code{nntp-request-list} takes a virtual server as its only (optional) parameter. If this virtual server hasn't been opened, the function should fail. Note that a virtual server name has no relation to some physical server name. Take this example: @lisp (nntp "odd-one" (nntp-address "ifi.uio.no") (nntp-port-number 4324)) @end lisp Here the virtual server name is @samp{odd-one} while the name of the physical server is @samp{ifi.uio.no}. The back ends should be able to switch between several virtual servers. The standard back ends implement this by keeping an alist of virtual server environments that they pull down/push up when needed. There are two groups of interface functions: @dfn{required functions}, which must be present, and @dfn{optional functions}, which Gnus will always check for presence before attempting to call 'em. All these functions are expected to return data in the buffer @code{nntp-server-buffer} (@samp{ *nntpd*}), which is somewhat unfortunately named, but we'll have to live with it. When I talk about @dfn{resulting data}, I always refer to the data in that buffer. When I talk about @dfn{return value}, I talk about the function value returned by the function call. Functions that fail should return @code{nil} as the return value. Some back ends could be said to be @dfn{server-forming} back ends, and some might be said not to be. The latter are back ends that generally only operate on one group at a time, and have no concept of ``server'' ---they have a group, and they deliver info on that group and nothing more. Gnus identifies each message by way of group name and article number. A few remarks about these article numbers might be useful. First of all, the numbers are positive integers. Secondly, it is normally not possible for later articles to ``re-use'' older article numbers without confusing Gnus. That is, if a group has ever contained a message numbered 42, then no other message may get that number, or Gnus will get mightily confused.@footnote{See the function @code{nnchoke-request-update-info}, @ref{Optional Back End Functions}.} Third, article numbers must be assigned in order of arrival in the group; this is not necessarily the same as the date of the message. The previous paragraph already mentions all the ``hard'' restrictions that article numbers must fulfill. But it seems that it might be useful to assign @emph{consecutive} article numbers, for Gnus gets quite confused if there are holes in the article numbering sequence. However, due to the ``no-reuse'' restriction, holes cannot be avoided altogether. It's also useful for the article numbers to start at 1 to avoid running out of numbers as long as possible. Note that by convention, back ends are named @code{nnsomething}, but Gnus also comes with some @code{nnnotbackends}, such as @file{nnheader.el}, @file{nnmail.el} and @file{nnoo.el}. In the examples and definitions I will refer to the imaginary back end @code{nnchoke}. @cindex @code{nnchoke} @menu * Required Back End Functions:: Functions that must be implemented. * Optional Back End Functions:: Functions that need not be implemented. * Error Messaging:: How to get messages and report errors. * Writing New Back Ends:: Extending old back ends. * Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus:: What has to be done on the Gnus end. * Mail-like Back Ends:: Some tips on mail back ends. @end menu @node Required Back End Functions @subsubsection Required Back End Functions @table @code @item (nnchoke-retrieve-headers ARTICLES &optional GROUP SERVER FETCH-OLD) @var{articles} is either a range of article numbers or a list of @code{Message-ID}s. Current back ends do not fully support either---only sequences (lists) of article numbers, and most back ends do not support retrieval of @code{Message-ID}s. But they should try for both. The result data should either be HEADs or @acronym{NOV} lines, and the result value should either be @code{headers} or @code{nov} to reflect this. This might later be expanded to @code{various}, which will be a mixture of HEADs and @acronym{NOV} lines, but this is currently not supported by Gnus. If @var{fetch-old} is non-@code{nil} it says to try fetching ``extra headers'', in some meaning of the word. This is generally done by fetching (at most) @var{fetch-old} extra headers less than the smallest article number in @code{articles}, and filling the gaps as well. The presence of this parameter can be ignored if the back end finds it cumbersome to follow the request. If this is non-@code{nil} and not a number, do maximum fetches. Here's an example HEAD: @example 221 1056 Article retrieved. Path: ifi.uio.no!sturles From: sturles@@ifi.uio.no (Sturle Sunde) Newsgroups: ifi.discussion Subject: Re: Something very droll Date: 27 Oct 1994 14:02:57 +0100 Organization: Dept. of Informatics, University of Oslo, Norway Lines: 26 Message-ID: <38o8e1$a0o@@holmenkollen.ifi.uio.no> References: <38jdmq$4qu@@visbur.ifi.uio.no> NNTP-Posting-Host: holmenkollen.ifi.uio.no . @end example So a @code{headers} return value would imply that there's a number of these in the data buffer. Here's a BNF definition of such a buffer: @example headers = *head head = error / valid-head error-message = [ "4" / "5" ] 2number " " <error message> eol valid-head = valid-message *header "." eol valid-message = "221 " <number> " Article retrieved." eol header = <text> eol @end example @cindex BNF (The version of BNF used here is the one used in RFC822.) If the return value is @code{nov}, the data buffer should contain @dfn{network overview database} lines. These are basically fields separated by tabs. @example nov-buffer = *nov-line nov-line = field 7*8[ <TAB> field ] eol field = <text except TAB> @end example For a closer look at what should be in those fields, @pxref{Headers}. @item (nnchoke-open-server SERVER &optional DEFINITIONS) @var{server} is here the virtual server name. @var{definitions} is a list of @code{(VARIABLE VALUE)} pairs that define this virtual server. If the server can't be opened, no error should be signaled. The back end may then choose to refuse further attempts at connecting to this server. In fact, it should do so. If the server is opened already, this function should return a non-@code{nil} value. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-close-server &optional SERVER) Close connection to @var{server} and free all resources connected to it. Return @code{nil} if the server couldn't be closed for some reason. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-request-close) Close connection to all servers and free all resources that the back end have reserved. All buffers that have been created by that back end should be killed. (Not the @code{nntp-server-buffer}, though.) This function is generally only called when Gnus is shutting down. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-server-opened &optional SERVER) If @var{server} is the current virtual server, and the connection to the physical server is alive, then this function should return a non-@code{nil} value. This function should under no circumstances attempt to reconnect to a server we have lost connection to. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-status-message &optional SERVER) This function should return the last error message from @var{server}. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-request-article ARTICLE &optional GROUP SERVER TO-BUFFER) The result data from this function should be the article specified by @var{article}. This might either be a @code{Message-ID} or a number. It is optional whether to implement retrieval by @code{Message-ID}, but it would be nice if that were possible. If @var{to-buffer} is non-@code{nil}, the result data should be returned in this buffer instead of the normal data buffer. This is to make it possible to avoid copying large amounts of data from one buffer to another, while Gnus mainly requests articles to be inserted directly into its article buffer. If it is at all possible, this function should return a cons cell where the @code{car} is the group name the article was fetched from, and the @code{cdr} is the article number. This will enable Gnus to find out what the real group and article numbers are when fetching articles by @code{Message-ID}. If this isn't possible, @code{t} should be returned on successful article retrieval. @item (nnchoke-request-group GROUP &optional SERVER FAST INFO) Get data on @var{group}. This function also has the side effect of making @var{group} the current group. If @var{fast}, don't bother to return useful data, just make @var{group} the current group. If @var{info}, it allows the backend to update the group info structure. Here's an example of some result data and a definition of the same: @example 211 56 1000 1059 ifi.discussion @end example The first number is the status, which should be 211. Next is the total number of articles in the group, the lowest article number, the highest article number, and finally the group name. Note that the total number of articles may be less than one might think while just considering the highest and lowest article numbers, but some articles may have been canceled. Gnus just discards the total-number, so whether one should take the bother to generate it properly (if that is a problem) is left as an exercise to the reader. If the group contains no articles, the lowest article number should be reported as 1 and the highest as 0. @example group-status = [ error / info ] eol error = [ "4" / "5" ] 2<number> " " <Error message> info = "211 " 3* [ <number> " " ] <string> @end example @item (nnchoke-close-group GROUP &optional SERVER) Close @var{group} and free any resources connected to it. This will be a no-op on most back ends. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-request-list &optional SERVER) Return a list of all groups available on @var{server}. And that means @emph{all}. Here's an example from a server that only carries two groups: @example ifi.test 0000002200 0000002000 y ifi.discussion 3324 3300 n @end example On each line we have a group name, then the highest article number in that group, the lowest article number, and finally a flag. If the group contains no articles, the lowest article number should be reported as 1 and the highest as 0. @example active-file = *active-line active-line = name " " <number> " " <number> " " flags eol name = <string> flags = "n" / "y" / "m" / "x" / "j" / "=" name @end example The flag says whether the group is read-only (@samp{n}), is moderated (@samp{m}), is dead (@samp{x}), is aliased to some other group (@samp{=other-group}) or none of the above (@samp{y}). @item (nnchoke-request-post &optional SERVER) This function should post the current buffer. It might return whether the posting was successful or not, but that's not required. If, for instance, the posting is done asynchronously, it has generally not been completed by the time this function concludes. In that case, this function should set up some kind of sentinel to beep the user loud and clear if the posting could not be completed. There should be no result data from this function. @end table @node Optional Back End Functions @subsubsection Optional Back End Functions @table @code @item (nnchoke-retrieve-groups GROUPS &optional SERVER) @var{groups} is a list of groups, and this function should request data on all those groups. How it does it is of no concern to Gnus, but it should attempt to do this in a speedy fashion. The return value of this function can be either @code{active} or @code{group}, which says what the format of the result data is. The former is in the same format as the data from @code{nnchoke-request-list}, while the latter is a buffer full of lines in the same format as @code{nnchoke-request-group} gives. @example group-buffer = *active-line / *group-status @end example @item (nnchoke-request-update-info GROUP INFO &optional SERVER) A Gnus group info (@pxref{Group Info}) is handed to the back end for alterations. This comes in handy if the back end really carries all the information (as is the case with virtual and imap groups). This function should destructively alter the info to suit its needs, and should return a non-@code{nil} value (exceptionally, @code{nntp-request-update-info} always returns @code{nil} not to waste the network resources). There should be no result data from this function. @item (nnchoke-request-type GROUP &optional ARTICLE) When the user issues commands for ``sending news'' (@kbd{F} in the summary buffer, for instance), Gnus has to know whether the article the user is following up on is news or mail. This function should return @code{news} if @var{article} in @var{group} is news, @code{mail} if it is mail and @code{unknown} if the type can't be decided. (The @var{article} parameter is necessary in @code{nnvirtual} groups which might very well combine mail groups and news groups.) Both @var{group} and @var{article} may be @code{nil}. There should be no result data from this function. @item (nnchoke-request-set-mark GROUP ACTION &optional SERVER) Set/remove/add marks on articles. Normally Gnus handles the article marks (such as read, ticked, expired etc) internally, and store them in @file{~/.newsrc.eld}. Some back ends (such as @acronym{IMAP}) however carry all information about the articles on the server, so Gnus need to propagate the mark information to the server. @var{action} is a list of mark setting requests, having this format: @example (RANGE ACTION MARK) @end example @var{range} is a range of articles you wish to update marks on. @var{action} is @code{add} or @code{del}, used to add marks or remove marks (preserving all marks not mentioned). @var{mark} is a list of marks; where each mark is a symbol. Currently used marks are @code{read}, @code{tick}, @code{reply}, @code{expire}, @code{killed}, @code{dormant}, @code{save}, @code{download}, @code{unsend}, @code{forward} and @code{recent}, but your back end should, if possible, not limit itself to these. Given contradictory actions, the last action in the list should be the effective one. That is, if your action contains a request to add the @code{tick} mark on article 1 and, later in the list, a request to remove the mark on the same article, the mark should in fact be removed. An example action list: @example (((5 12 30) 'del '(tick)) ((10 . 90) 'add '(read expire)) ((92 94) 'del '(read))) @end example The function should return a range of articles it wasn't able to set the mark on (currently not used for anything). There should be no result data from this function. @item (nnchoke-request-update-mark GROUP ARTICLE MARK) If the user tries to set a mark that the back end doesn't like, this function may change the mark. Gnus will use whatever this function returns as the mark for @var{article} instead of the original @var{mark}. If the back end doesn't care, it must return the original @var{mark}, and not @code{nil} or any other type of garbage. The only use for this I can see is what @code{nnvirtual} does with it---if a component group is auto-expirable, marking an article as read in the virtual group should result in the article being marked as expirable. There should be no result data from this function. @item (nnchoke-request-scan &optional GROUP SERVER) This function may be called at any time (by Gnus or anything else) to request that the back end check for incoming articles, in one way or another. A mail back end will typically read the spool file or query the @acronym{POP} server when this function is invoked. The @var{group} doesn't have to be heeded---if the back end decides that it is too much work just scanning for a single group, it may do a total scan of all groups. It would be nice, however, to keep things local if that's practical. There should be no result data from this function. @item (nnchoke-request-group-description GROUP &optional SERVER) The result data from this function should be a description of @var{group}. @example description-line = name <TAB> description eol name = <string> description = <text> @end example @item (nnchoke-request-list-newsgroups &optional SERVER) The result data from this function should be the description of all groups available on the server. @example description-buffer = *description-line @end example @item (nnchoke-request-newgroups DATE &optional SERVER) The result data from this function should be all groups that were created after @samp{date}, which is in normal human-readable date format (i.e., the date format used in mail and news headers, and returned by the function @code{message-make-date} by default). The data should be in the active buffer format. It is okay for this function to return ``too many'' groups; some back ends might find it cheaper to return the full list of groups, rather than just the new groups. But don't do this for back ends with many groups. Normally, if the user creates the groups herself, there won't be too many groups, so @code{nnml} and the like are probably safe. But for back ends like @code{nntp}, where the groups have been created by the server, it is quite likely that there can be many groups. @item (nnchoke-request-create-group GROUP &optional SERVER) This function should create an empty group with name @var{group}. There should be no return data. @item (nnchoke-request-expire-articles ARTICLES &optional GROUP SERVER FORCE) This function should run the expiry process on all articles in the @var{articles} range (which is currently a simple list of article numbers.) It is left up to the back end to decide how old articles should be before they are removed by this function. If @var{force} is non-@code{nil}, all @var{articles} should be deleted, no matter how new they are. This function should return a list of articles that it did not/was not able to delete. There should be no result data returned. @item (nnchoke-request-move-article ARTICLE GROUP SERVER ACCEPT-FORM &optional LAST) This function should move @var{article} (which is a number) from @var{group} by calling @var{accept-form}. This function should ready the article in question for moving by removing any header lines it has added to the article, and generally should ``tidy up'' the article. Then it should @code{eval} @var{accept-form} in the buffer where the ``tidy'' article is. This will do the actual copying. If this @code{eval} returns a non-@code{nil} value, the article should be removed. If @var{last} is @code{nil}, that means that there is a high likelihood that there will be more requests issued shortly, so that allows some optimizations. The function should return a cons where the @code{car} is the group name and the @code{cdr} is the article number that the article was entered as. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-request-accept-article GROUP &optional SERVER LAST) This function takes the current buffer and inserts it into @var{group}. If @var{last} in @code{nil}, that means that there will be more calls to this function in short order. The function should return a cons where the @code{car} is the group name and the @code{cdr} is the article number that the article was entered as. The group should exist before the back end is asked to accept the article for that group. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-request-replace-article ARTICLE GROUP BUFFER) This function should remove @var{article} (which is a number) from @var{group} and insert @var{buffer} there instead. There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-request-delete-group GROUP FORCE &optional SERVER) This function should delete @var{group}. If @var{force}, it should really delete all the articles in the group, and then delete the group itself. (If there is such a thing as ``the group itself''.) There should be no data returned. @item (nnchoke-request-rename-group GROUP NEW-NAME &optional SERVER) This function should rename @var{group} into @var{new-name}. All articles in @var{group} should move to @var{new-name}. There should be no data returned. @end table @node Error Messaging @subsubsection Error Messaging @findex nnheader-report @findex nnheader-get-report The back ends should use the function @code{nnheader-report} to report error conditions---they should not raise errors when they aren't able to perform a request. The first argument to this function is the back end symbol, and the rest are interpreted as arguments to @code{format} if there are multiple of them, or just a string if there is one of them. This function must always returns @code{nil}. @lisp (nnheader-report 'nnchoke "You did something totally bogus") (nnheader-report 'nnchoke "Could not request group %s" group) @end lisp Gnus, in turn, will call @code{nnheader-get-report} when it gets a @code{nil} back from a server, and this function returns the most recently reported message for the back end in question. This function takes one argument---the server symbol. Internally, these functions access @var{back-end}@code{-status-string}, so the @code{nnchoke} back end will have its error message stored in @code{nnchoke-status-string}. @node Writing New Back Ends @subsubsection Writing New Back Ends Many back ends are quite similar. @code{nnml} is just like @code{nnspool}, but it allows you to edit the articles on the server. @code{nnmh} is just like @code{nnml}, but it doesn't use an active file, and it doesn't maintain overview databases. @code{nndir} is just like @code{nnml}, but it has no concept of ``groups'', and it doesn't allow editing articles. It would make sense if it were possible to ``inherit'' functions from back ends when writing new back ends. And, indeed, you can do that if you want to. (You don't have to if you don't want to, of course.) All the back ends declare their public variables and functions by using a package called @code{nnoo}. To inherit functions from other back ends (and allow other back ends to inherit functions from the current back end), you should use the following macros: @table @code @item nnoo-declare This macro declares the first parameter to be a child of the subsequent parameters. For instance: @lisp (nnoo-declare nndir nnml nnmh) @end lisp @code{nndir} has declared here that it intends to inherit functions from both @code{nnml} and @code{nnmh}. @item defvoo This macro is equivalent to @code{defvar}, but registers the variable as a public server variable. Most state-oriented variables should be declared with @code{defvoo} instead of @code{defvar}. In addition to the normal @code{defvar} parameters, it takes a list of variables in the parent back ends to map the variable to when executing a function in those back ends. @lisp (defvoo nndir-directory nil "Where nndir will look for groups." nnml-current-directory nnmh-current-directory) @end lisp This means that @code{nnml-current-directory} will be set to @code{nndir-directory} when an @code{nnml} function is called on behalf of @code{nndir}. (The same with @code{nnmh}.) @item nnoo-define-basics This macro defines some common functions that almost all back ends should have. @lisp (nnoo-define-basics nndir) @end lisp @item deffoo This macro is just like @code{defun} and takes the same parameters. In addition to doing the normal @code{defun} things, it registers the function as being public so that other back ends can inherit it. @item nnoo-map-functions This macro allows mapping of functions from the current back end to functions from the parent back ends. @lisp (nnoo-map-functions nndir (nnml-retrieve-headers 0 nndir-current-group 0 0) (nnmh-request-article 0 nndir-current-group 0 0)) @end lisp This means that when @code{nndir-retrieve-headers} is called, the first, third, and fourth parameters will be passed on to @code{nnml-retrieve-headers}, while the second parameter is set to the value of @code{nndir-current-group}. @item nnoo-import This macro allows importing functions from back ends. It should be the last thing in the source file, since it will only define functions that haven't already been defined. @lisp (nnoo-import nndir (nnmh nnmh-request-list nnmh-request-newgroups) (nnml)) @end lisp This means that calls to @code{nndir-request-list} should just be passed on to @code{nnmh-request-list}, while all public functions from @code{nnml} that haven't been defined in @code{nndir} yet should be defined now. @end table Below is a slightly shortened version of the @code{nndir} back end. @lisp ;;; @r{nndir.el --- single directory newsgroup access for Gnus} ;; @r{Copyright (C) 1995,1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.} ;;; @r{Code:} (require 'nnheader) (require 'nnmh) (require 'nnml) (require 'nnoo) (eval-when-compile (require 'cl)) (nnoo-declare nndir nnml nnmh) (defvoo nndir-directory nil "Where nndir will look for groups." nnml-current-directory nnmh-current-directory) (defvoo nndir-nov-is-evil nil "*Non-nil means that nndir will never retrieve NOV headers." nnml-nov-is-evil) (defvoo nndir-current-group "" nil nnml-current-group nnmh-current-group) (defvoo nndir-top-directory nil nil nnml-directory nnmh-directory) (defvoo nndir-get-new-mail nil nil nnml-get-new-mail nnmh-get-new-mail) (defvoo nndir-status-string "" nil nnmh-status-string) (defconst nndir-version "nndir 1.0") ;;; @r{Interface functions.} (nnoo-define-basics nndir) (deffoo nndir-open-server (server &optional defs) (setq nndir-directory (or (cadr (assq 'nndir-directory defs)) server)) (unless (assq 'nndir-directory defs) (push `(nndir-directory ,server) defs)) (push `(nndir-current-group ,(file-name-nondirectory (directory-file-name nndir-directory))) defs) (push `(nndir-top-directory ,(file-name-directory (directory-file-name nndir-directory))) defs) (nnoo-change-server 'nndir server defs)) (nnoo-map-functions nndir (nnml-retrieve-headers 0 nndir-current-group 0 0) (nnmh-request-article 0 nndir-current-group 0 0) (nnmh-request-group nndir-current-group 0 0) (nnmh-close-group nndir-current-group 0)) (nnoo-import nndir (nnmh nnmh-status-message nnmh-request-list nnmh-request-newgroups)) (provide 'nndir) @end lisp @node Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus @subsubsection Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus @vindex gnus-valid-select-methods @findex gnus-declare-backend Having Gnus start using your new back end is rather easy---you just declare it with the @code{gnus-declare-backend} functions. This will enter the back end into the @code{gnus-valid-select-methods} variable. @code{gnus-declare-backend} takes two parameters---the back end name and an arbitrary number of @dfn{abilities}. Here's an example: @lisp (gnus-declare-backend "nnchoke" 'mail 'respool 'address) @end lisp The above line would then go in the @file{nnchoke.el} file. The abilities can be: @table @code @item mail This is a mailish back end---followups should (probably) go via mail. @item post This is a newsish back end---followups should (probably) go via news. @item post-mail This back end supports both mail and news. @item none This is neither a post nor mail back end---it's something completely different. @item respool It supports respooling---or rather, it is able to modify its source articles and groups. @item address The name of the server should be in the virtual server name. This is true for almost all back ends. @item prompt-address The user should be prompted for an address when doing commands like @kbd{B} in the group buffer. This is true for back ends like @code{nntp}, but not @code{nnmbox}, for instance. @end table @node Mail-like Back Ends @subsubsection Mail-like Back Ends One of the things that separate the mail back ends from the rest of the back ends is the heavy dependence by most of the mail back ends on common functions in @file{nnmail.el}. For instance, here's the definition of @code{nnml-request-scan}: @lisp (deffoo nnml-request-scan (&optional group server) (setq nnml-article-file-alist nil) (nnmail-get-new-mail 'nnml 'nnml-save-nov nnml-directory group)) @end lisp It simply calls @code{nnmail-get-new-mail} with a few parameters, and @code{nnmail} takes care of all the moving and splitting of the mail. This function takes four parameters. @table @var @item method This should be a symbol to designate which back end is responsible for the call. @item exit-function This function should be called after the splitting has been performed. @item temp-directory Where the temporary files should be stored. @item group This optional argument should be a group name if the splitting is to be performed for one group only. @end table @code{nnmail-get-new-mail} will call @var{back-end}@code{-save-mail} to save each article. @var{back-end}@code{-active-number} will be called to find the article number assigned to this article. The function also uses the following variables: @var{back-end}@code{-get-new-mail} (to see whether to get new mail for this back end); and @var{back-end}@code{-group-alist} and @var{back-end}@code{-active-file} to generate the new active file. @var{back-end}@code{-group-alist} should be a group-active alist, like this: @example (("a-group" (1 . 10)) ("some-group" (34 . 39))) @end example @node Score File Syntax @subsection Score File Syntax Score files are meant to be easily parseable, but yet extremely mallable. It was decided that something that had the same read syntax as an Emacs Lisp list would fit that spec. Here's a typical score file: @lisp (("summary" ("win95" -10000 nil s) ("Gnus")) ("from" ("Lars" -1000)) (mark -100)) @end lisp BNF definition of a score file: @example score-file = "" / "(" *element ")" element = rule / atom rule = string-rule / number-rule / date-rule string-rule = "(" quote string-header quote space *string-match ")" number-rule = "(" quote number-header quote space *number-match ")" date-rule = "(" quote date-header quote space *date-match ")" quote = <ascii 34> string-header = "subject" / "from" / "references" / "message-id" / "xref" / "body" / "head" / "all" / "followup" number-header = "lines" / "chars" date-header = "date" string-match = "(" quote <string> quote [ "" / [ space score [ "" / space date [ "" / [ space string-match-t ] ] ] ] ] ")" score = "nil" / <integer> date = "nil" / <natural number> string-match-t = "nil" / "s" / "substring" / "S" / "Substring" / "r" / "regex" / "R" / "Regex" / "e" / "exact" / "E" / "Exact" / "f" / "fuzzy" / "F" / "Fuzzy" number-match = "(" <integer> [ "" / [ space score [ "" / space date [ "" / [ space number-match-t ] ] ] ] ] ")" number-match-t = "nil" / "=" / "<" / ">" / ">=" / "<=" date-match = "(" quote <string> quote [ "" / [ space score [ "" / space date [ "" / [ space date-match-t ] ] ] ] ")" date-match-t = "nil" / "at" / "before" / "after" atom = "(" [ required-atom / optional-atom ] ")" required-atom = mark / expunge / mark-and-expunge / files / exclude-files / read-only / touched optional-atom = adapt / local / eval mark = "mark" space nil-or-number nil-or-number = "nil" / <integer> expunge = "expunge" space nil-or-number mark-and-expunge = "mark-and-expunge" space nil-or-number files = "files" *[ space <string> ] exclude-files = "exclude-files" *[ space <string> ] read-only = "read-only" [ space "nil" / space "t" ] adapt = "adapt" [ space "ignore" / space "t" / space adapt-rule ] adapt-rule = "(" *[ <string> *[ "(" <string> <integer> ")" ] ")" local = "local" *[ space "(" <string> space <form> ")" ] eval = "eval" space <form> space = *[ " " / <TAB> / <NEWLINE> ] @end example Any unrecognized elements in a score file should be ignored, but not discarded. As you can see, white space is needed, but the type and amount of white space is irrelevant. This means that formatting of the score file is left up to the programmer---if it's simpler to just spew it all out on one looong line, then that's ok. The meaning of the various atoms are explained elsewhere in this manual (@pxref{Score File Format}). @node Headers @subsection Headers Internally Gnus uses a format for storing article headers that corresponds to the @acronym{NOV} format in a mysterious fashion. One could almost suspect that the author looked at the @acronym{NOV} specification and just shamelessly @emph{stole} the entire thing, and one would be right. @dfn{Header} is a severely overloaded term. ``Header'' is used in RFC 1036 to talk about lines in the head of an article (e.g., @code{From}). It is used by many people as a synonym for ``head''---``the header and the body''. (That should be avoided, in my opinion.) And Gnus uses a format internally that it calls ``header'', which is what I'm talking about here. This is a 9-element vector, basically, with each header (ouch) having one slot. These slots are, in order: @code{number}, @code{subject}, @code{from}, @code{date}, @code{id}, @code{references}, @code{chars}, @code{lines}, @code{xref}, and @code{extra}. There are macros for accessing and setting these slots---they all have predictable names beginning with @code{mail-header-} and @code{mail-header-set-}, respectively. All these slots contain strings, except the @code{extra} slot, which contains an alist of header/value pairs (@pxref{To From Newsgroups}). @node Ranges @subsection Ranges @sc{gnus} introduced a concept that I found so useful that I've started using it a lot and have elaborated on it greatly. The question is simple: If you have a large amount of objects that are identified by numbers (say, articles, to take a @emph{wild} example) that you want to qualify as being ``included'', a normal sequence isn't very useful. (A 200,000 length sequence is a bit long-winded.) The solution is as simple as the question: You just collapse the sequence. @example (1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12) @end example is transformed into @example ((1 . 6) (10 . 12)) @end example To avoid having those nasty @samp{(13 . 13)} elements to denote a lonesome object, a @samp{13} is a valid element: @example ((1 . 6) 7 (10 . 12)) @end example This means that comparing two ranges to find out whether they are equal is slightly tricky: @example ((1 . 5) 7 8 (10 . 12)) @end example and @example ((1 . 5) (7 . 8) (10 . 12)) @end example are equal. In fact, any non-descending list is a range: @example (1 2 3 4 5) @end example is a perfectly valid range, although a pretty long-winded one. This is also valid: @example (1 . 5) @end example and is equal to the previous range. Here's a BNF definition of ranges. Of course, one must remember the semantic requirement that the numbers are non-descending. (Any number of repetition of the same number is allowed, but apt to disappear in range handling.) @example range = simple-range / normal-range simple-range = "(" number " . " number ")" normal-range = "(" start-contents ")" contents = "" / simple-range *[ " " contents ] / number *[ " " contents ] @end example Gnus currently uses ranges to keep track of read articles and article marks. I plan on implementing a number of range operators in C if The Powers That Be are willing to let me. (I haven't asked yet, because I need to do some more thinking on what operators I need to make life totally range-based without ever having to convert back to normal sequences.) @node Group Info @subsection Group Info Gnus stores all permanent info on groups in a @dfn{group info} list. This list is from three to six elements (or more) long and exhaustively describes the group. Here are two example group infos; one is a very simple group while the second is a more complex one: @example ("no.group" 5 ((1 . 54324))) ("nnml:my.mail" 3 ((1 . 5) 9 (20 . 55)) ((tick (15 . 19)) (replied 3 6 (19 . 3))) (nnml "") ((auto-expire . t) (to-address . "ding@@gnus.org"))) @end example The first element is the @dfn{group name}---as Gnus knows the group, anyway. The second element is the @dfn{subscription level}, which normally is a small integer. (It can also be the @dfn{rank}, which is a cons cell where the @code{car} is the level and the @code{cdr} is the score.) The third element is a list of ranges of read articles. The fourth element is a list of lists of article marks of various kinds. The fifth element is the select method (or virtual server, if you like). The sixth element is a list of @dfn{group parameters}, which is what this section is about. Any of the last three elements may be missing if they are not required. In fact, the vast majority of groups will normally only have the first three elements, which saves quite a lot of cons cells. Here's a BNF definition of the group info format: @example info = "(" group space ralevel space read [ "" / [ space marks-list [ "" / [ space method [ "" / space parameters ] ] ] ] ] ")" group = quote <string> quote ralevel = rank / level level = <integer in the range of 1 to inf> rank = "(" level "." score ")" score = <integer in the range of 1 to inf> read = range marks-lists = nil / "(" *marks ")" marks = "(" <string> range ")" method = "(" <string> *elisp-forms ")" parameters = "(" *elisp-forms ")" @end example Actually that @samp{marks} rule is a fib. A @samp{marks} is a @samp{<string>} consed on to a @samp{range}, but that's a bitch to say in pseudo-BNF. If you have a Gnus info and want to access the elements, Gnus offers a series of macros for getting/setting these elements. @table @code @item gnus-info-group @itemx gnus-info-set-group @findex gnus-info-group @findex gnus-info-set-group Get/set the group name. @item gnus-info-rank @itemx gnus-info-set-rank @findex gnus-info-rank @findex gnus-info-set-rank Get/set the group rank (@pxref{Group Score}). @item gnus-info-level @itemx gnus-info-set-level @findex gnus-info-level @findex gnus-info-set-level Get/set the group level. @item gnus-info-score @itemx gnus-info-set-score @findex gnus-info-score @findex gnus-info-set-score Get/set the group score (@pxref{Group Score}). @item gnus-info-read @itemx gnus-info-set-read @findex gnus-info-read @findex gnus-info-set-read Get/set the ranges of read articles. @item gnus-info-marks @itemx gnus-info-set-marks @findex gnus-info-marks @findex gnus-info-set-marks Get/set the lists of ranges of marked articles. @item gnus-info-method @itemx gnus-info-set-method @findex gnus-info-method @findex gnus-info-set-method Get/set the group select method. @item gnus-info-params @itemx gnus-info-set-params @findex gnus-info-params @findex gnus-info-set-params Get/set the group parameters. @end table All the getter functions take one parameter---the info list. The setter functions take two parameters---the info list and the new value. The last three elements in the group info aren't mandatory, so it may be necessary to extend the group info before setting the element. If this is necessary, you can just pass on a non-@code{nil} third parameter to the three final setter functions to have this happen automatically. @node Extended Interactive @subsection Extended Interactive @cindex interactive @findex gnus-interactive Gnus extends the standard Emacs @code{interactive} specification slightly to allow easy use of the symbolic prefix (@pxref{Symbolic Prefixes}). Here's an example of how this is used: @lisp (defun gnus-summary-increase-score (&optional score symp) (interactive (gnus-interactive "P\ny")) ... ) @end lisp The best thing to do would have been to implement @code{gnus-interactive} as a macro which would have returned an @code{interactive} form, but this isn't possible since Emacs checks whether a function is interactive or not by simply doing an @code{assq} on the lambda form. So, instead we have @code{gnus-interactive} function that takes a string and returns values that are usable to @code{interactive}. This function accepts (almost) all normal @code{interactive} specs, but adds a few more. @table @samp @item y @vindex gnus-current-prefix-symbol The current symbolic prefix---the @code{gnus-current-prefix-symbol} variable. @item Y @vindex gnus-current-prefix-symbols A list of the current symbolic prefixes---the @code{gnus-current-prefix-symbol} variable. @item A The current article number---the @code{gnus-summary-article-number} function. @item H The current article header---the @code{gnus-summary-article-header} function. @item g The current group name---the @code{gnus-group-group-name} function. @end table @node Emacs/XEmacs Code @subsection Emacs/XEmacs Code @cindex XEmacs @cindex Emacsen While Gnus runs under Emacs, XEmacs and Mule, I decided that one of the platforms must be the primary one. I chose Emacs. Not because I don't like XEmacs or Mule, but because it comes first alphabetically. This means that Gnus will byte-compile under Emacs with nary a warning, while XEmacs will pump out gigabytes of warnings while byte-compiling. As I use byte-compilation warnings to help me root out trivial errors in Gnus, that's very useful. I've also consistently used Emacs function interfaces, but have used Gnusey aliases for the functions. To take an example: Emacs defines a @code{run-at-time} function while XEmacs defines a @code{start-itimer} function. I then define a function called @code{gnus-run-at-time} that takes the same parameters as the Emacs @code{run-at-time}. When running Gnus under Emacs, the former function is just an alias for the latter. However, when running under XEmacs, the former is an alias for the following function: @lisp (defun gnus-xmas-run-at-time (time repeat function &rest args) (start-itimer "gnus-run-at-time" `(lambda () (,function ,@@args)) time repeat)) @end lisp This sort of thing has been done for bunches of functions. Gnus does not redefine any native Emacs functions while running under XEmacs---it does this @code{defalias} thing with Gnus equivalents instead. Cleaner all over. In the cases where the XEmacs function interface was obviously cleaner, I used it instead. For example @code{gnus-region-active-p} is an alias for @code{region-active-p} in XEmacs, whereas in Emacs it is a function. Of course, I could have chosen XEmacs as my native platform and done mapping functions the other way around. But I didn't. The performance hit these indirections impose on Gnus under XEmacs should be slight. @node Various File Formats @subsection Various File Formats @menu * Active File Format:: Information on articles and groups available. * Newsgroups File Format:: Group descriptions. @end menu @node Active File Format @subsubsection Active File Format The active file lists all groups available on the server in question. It also lists the highest and lowest current article numbers in each group. Here's an excerpt from a typical active file: @example soc.motss 296030 293865 y alt.binaries.pictures.fractals 3922 3913 n comp.sources.unix 1605 1593 m comp.binaries.ibm.pc 5097 5089 y no.general 1000 900 y @end example Here's a pseudo-BNF definition of this file: @example active = *group-line group-line = group spc high-number spc low-number spc flag <NEWLINE> group = <non-white-space string> spc = " " high-number = <non-negative integer> low-number = <positive integer> flag = "y" / "n" / "m" / "j" / "x" / "=" group @end example For a full description of this file, see the manual pages for @samp{innd}, in particular @samp{active(5)}. @node Newsgroups File Format @subsubsection Newsgroups File Format The newsgroups file lists groups along with their descriptions. Not all groups on the server have to be listed, and not all groups in the file have to exist on the server. The file is meant purely as information to the user. The format is quite simple; a group name, a tab, and the description. Here's the definition: @example newsgroups = *line line = group tab description <NEWLINE> group = <non-white-space string> tab = <TAB> description = <string> @end example @page @node Emacs for Heathens @section Emacs for Heathens Believe it or not, but some people who use Gnus haven't really used Emacs much before they embarked on their journey on the Gnus Love Boat. If you are one of those unfortunates whom ``@kbd{C-M-a}'', ``kill the region'', and ``set @code{gnus-flargblossen} to an alist where the key is a regexp that is used for matching on the group name'' are magical phrases with little or no meaning, then this appendix is for you. If you are already familiar with Emacs, just ignore this and go fondle your cat instead. @menu * Keystrokes:: Entering text and executing commands. * Emacs Lisp:: The built-in Emacs programming language. @end menu @node Keystrokes @subsection Keystrokes @itemize @bullet @item Q: What is an experienced Emacs user? @item A: A person who wishes that the terminal had pedals. @end itemize Yes, when you use Emacs, you are apt to use the control key, the shift key and the meta key a lot. This is very annoying to some people (notably @code{vi}le users), and the rest of us just love the hell out of it. Just give up and submit. Emacs really does stand for ``Escape-Meta-Alt-Control-Shift'', and not ``Editing Macros'', as you may have heard from other disreputable sources (like the Emacs author). The shift keys are normally located near your pinky fingers, and are normally used to get capital letters and stuff. You probably use it all the time. The control key is normally marked ``CTRL'' or something like that. The meta key is, funnily enough, never marked as such on any keyboard. The one I'm currently at has a key that's marked ``Alt'', which is the meta key on this keyboard. It's usually located somewhere to the left hand side of the keyboard, usually on the bottom row. Now, us Emacs people don't say ``press the meta-control-m key'', because that's just too inconvenient. We say ``press the @kbd{C-M-m} key''. @kbd{M-} is the prefix that means ``meta'' and ``C-'' is the prefix that means ``control''. So ``press @kbd{C-k}'' means ``press down the control key, and hold it down while you press @kbd{k}''. ``Press @kbd{C-M-k}'' means ``press down and hold down the meta key and the control key and then press @kbd{k}''. Simple, ay? This is somewhat complicated by the fact that not all keyboards have a meta key. In that case you can use the ``escape'' key. Then @kbd{M-k} means ``press escape, release escape, press @kbd{k}''. That's much more work than if you have a meta key, so if that's the case, I respectfully suggest you get a real keyboard with a meta key. You can't live without it. @node Emacs Lisp @subsection Emacs Lisp Emacs is the King of Editors because it's really a Lisp interpreter. Each and every key you tap runs some Emacs Lisp code snippet, and since Emacs Lisp is an interpreted language, that means that you can configure any key to run any arbitrary code. You just, like, do it. Gnus is written in Emacs Lisp, and is run as a bunch of interpreted functions. (These are byte-compiled for speed, but it's still interpreted.) If you decide that you don't like the way Gnus does certain things, it's trivial to have it do something a different way. (Well, at least if you know how to write Lisp code.) However, that's beyond the scope of this manual, so we are simply going to talk about some common constructs that you normally use in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file to customize Gnus. (You can also use the @file{~/.emacs} file, but in order to set things of Gnus up, it is much better to use the @file{~/.gnus.el} file, @xref{Startup Files}.) If you want to set the variable @code{gnus-florgbnize} to four (4), you write the following: @lisp (setq gnus-florgbnize 4) @end lisp This function (really ``special form'') @code{setq} is the one that can set a variable to some value. This is really all you need to know. Now you can go and fill your @file{~/.gnus.el} file with lots of these to change how Gnus works. If you have put that thing in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file, it will be read and @code{eval}ed (which is Lisp-ese for ``run'') the next time you start Gnus. If you want to change the variable right away, simply say @kbd{C-x C-e} after the closing parenthesis. That will @code{eval} the previous ``form'', which is a simple @code{setq} statement here. Go ahead---just try it, if you're located at your Emacs. After you @kbd{C-x C-e}, you will see @samp{4} appear in the echo area, which is the return value of the form you @code{eval}ed. Some pitfalls: If the manual says ``set @code{gnus-read-active-file} to @code{some}'', that means: @lisp (setq gnus-read-active-file 'some) @end lisp On the other hand, if the manual says ``set @code{gnus-nntp-server-file} to @samp{/etc/nntpserver}'', that means: @lisp (setq gnus-nntp-server-file "/etc/nntpserver") @end lisp So be careful not to mix up strings (the latter) with symbols (the former). The manual is unambiguous, but it can be confusing. @page @include gnus-faq.texi @node GNU Free Documentation License @chapter GNU Free Documentation License @include doclicense.texi @node Index @chapter Index @printindex cp @node Key Index @chapter Key Index @printindex ky @bye @iftex @iflatex \end{document} @end iflatex @end iftex @c Local Variables: @c mode: texinfo @c coding: iso-8859-1 @c End: